diff --git a/Gopkg.lock b/Gopkg.lock index bf05a0041..3336db68c 100644 --- a/Gopkg.lock +++ b/Gopkg.lock @@ -1,6 +1,54 @@ # This file is autogenerated, do not edit; changes may be undone by the next 'dep ensure'. +[[projects]] + digest = "1:e24ea5dbc89fbab51635ee32e5be4f61a9267cae20788efcae4c07efb4abec99" + name = "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go" + packages = [ + "aws", + "aws/awserr", + "aws/awsutil", + "aws/client", + "aws/client/metadata", + "aws/corehandlers", + "aws/credentials", + "aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds", + "aws/credentials/endpointcreds", + "aws/credentials/stscreds", + "aws/csm", + "aws/defaults", + "aws/ec2metadata", + "aws/endpoints", + "aws/request", + "aws/session", + "aws/signer/v4", + "internal/sdkio", + "internal/sdkrand", + "internal/sdkuri", + "internal/shareddefaults", + "private/protocol", + "private/protocol/eventstream", + "private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi", + "private/protocol/query", + "private/protocol/query/queryutil", + "private/protocol/rest", + "private/protocol/restxml", + "private/protocol/xml/xmlutil", + "service/s3", + "service/sts", + ] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "4324bc9d8865bdb3e6aa86ec7772ca1272d2750e" + version = "v1.15.21" + +[[projects]] + branch = "master" + digest = "1:37011b20a70e205b93ebea5287e1afa5618db54bf3998c36ff5a8e4b146a170a" + name = "github.com/bgentry/go-netrc" + packages = ["netrc"] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "9fd32a8b3d3d3f9d43c341bfe098430e07609480" + [[projects]] branch = "master" digest = "1:cd7ba2b29e93e2a8384e813dfc80ebb0f85d9214762e6ca89bb55a58092eab87" @@ -48,6 +96,14 @@ revision = "c2828203cd70a50dcccfb2761f8b1f8ceef9a8e9" version = "v1.4.7" +[[projects]] + digest = "1:74d9b0a7b4107b41e0ade759fac64502876f82d29fb23d77b3dd24b194ee3dd5" + name = "github.com/go-ini/ini" + packages = ["."] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "5cf292cae48347c2490ac1a58fe36735fb78df7e" + version = "v1.38.2" + [[projects]] branch = "master" digest = "1:4a8ed9b8cf22bd03bee5d74179fa06a282e4a73b6de949f7a865ff56cd2537e0" @@ -56,6 +112,38 @@ pruneopts = "NUT" revision = "604e922904d35e97f98a774db7881f049cd8d970" +[[projects]] + branch = "master" + digest = "1:a5d940c38bf56f121721bfa747c66356df387cb9d5318c570c6d4170aab62862" + name = "github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp" + packages = ["."] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "d5fe4b57a186c716b0e00b8c301cbd9b4182694d" + +[[projects]] + branch = "master" + digest = "1:b634d733abf079dc191d359e5a8d31479f1795d00e656f8a018a459571046266" + name = "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter" + packages = ["helper/url"] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "4bda8fa99001c61db3cad96b421d4c12a81f256d" + +[[projects]] + branch = "master" + digest = "1:fbab03227343a0285fc74a68dd2ff46cda7edecbbe5a3e98d2cecd00cc67b217" + name = "github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp" + packages = ["."] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "b1a1dbde6fdc11e3ae79efd9039009e22d4ae240" + +[[projects]] + digest = "1:0b06ffe0c0764e413a6738e3f045d6bb14117359aef80a09f8c60fbff2ecad6b" + name = "github.com/hashicorp/go-version" + packages = ["."] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "b5a281d3160aa11950a6182bd9a9dc2cb1e02d50" + version = "v1.0.0" + [[projects]] branch = "master" digest = "1:11c6c696067d3127ecf332b10f89394d386d9083f82baf71f40f2da31841a009" @@ -83,6 +171,14 @@ pruneopts = "NUT" revision = "d14ea06fba99483203c19d92cfcd13ebe73135f4" +[[projects]] + branch = "master" + digest = "1:490643e333b848f3d6ab772c21082d706663dcf4a3c0fbe9a4b4ef7b205ce6c7" + name = "github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter" + packages = ["."] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "906e15686e6309ff310c1c10463ab53287c3a678" + [[projects]] branch = "master" digest = "1:f774b11ae458cae2d10b94ef66ef00ba1c57f1971dd0e5534ac743cbe574f6d4" @@ -91,6 +187,21 @@ pruneopts = "NUT" revision = "7818a0f93387d1037cbd06f69323d9f8d068af7c" +[[projects]] + digest = "1:ac6d01547ec4f7f673311b4663909269bfb8249952de3279799289467837c3cc" + name = "github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath" + packages = ["."] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "0b12d6b5" + +[[projects]] + branch = "master" + digest = "1:263f9b0a0bcbfff9d5e7d9f2aa11f53995d98214fe0fb97e429e7a5f4534a0f9" + name = "github.com/kardianos/osext" + packages = ["."] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "ae77be60afb1dcacde03767a8c37337fad28ac14" + [[projects]] digest = "1:8021af4dcbd531ae89433c8c3a6520e51064114aaf8eb1724c3cf911c497c9ba" name = "github.com/kevinburke/ssh_config" @@ -147,6 +258,14 @@ pruneopts = "NUT" revision = "58046073cbffe2f25d425fe1331102f55cf719de" +[[projects]] + branch = "master" + digest = "1:18b773b92ac82a451c1276bd2776c1e55ce057ee202691ab33c8d6690efcc048" + name = "github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface" + packages = ["."] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "a61a99592b77c9ba629d254a693acffaeb4b7e28" + [[projects]] branch = "master" digest = "1:5fe20cfe4ef484c237cec9f947b2a6fa90bad4b8610fd014f0e4211e13d82d5d" @@ -302,6 +421,19 @@ revision = "d154598bacbf4501c095a309753c5d4af66caa81" version = "v0.1.2" +[[projects]] + digest = "1:07e8742c479bab0066149ad02a710024154e76874fd0a2dba002d87702725825" + name = "github.com/ulikunitz/xz" + packages = [ + ".", + "internal/hash", + "internal/xlog", + "lzma", + ] + pruneopts = "NUT" + revision = "0c6b41e72360850ca4f98dc341fd999726ea007f" + version = "v0.5.4" + [[projects]] digest = "1:3148cb3478c26a92b4c1a18abb9428234b281e278af6267840721a24b6cbc6a3" name = "github.com/xanzy/ssh-agent" @@ -458,7 +590,9 @@ "github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew", "github.com/fatih/color", "github.com/golang-collections/collections/stack", + "github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter", "github.com/jesseduffield/gocui", + "github.com/kardianos/osext", "github.com/mgutz/str", "github.com/nicksnyder/go-i18n/v2/i18n", "github.com/shibukawa/configdir", @@ -470,6 +604,7 @@ "golang.org/x/text/language", "gopkg.in/src-d/go-git.v4", "gopkg.in/src-d/go-git.v4/plumbing", + "gopkg.in/yaml.v2", ] solver-name = "gps-cdcl" solver-version = 1 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/LICENSE.txt b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d64569567 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ + + Apache License + Version 2.0, January 2004 + http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + + 1. Definitions. + + "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, + and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + + "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by + the copyright owner that is granting the License. + + "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all + other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common + control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, + "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the + direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the + outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. + + "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity + exercising permissions granted by this License. + + "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, + including but not limited to software source code, documentation + source, and configuration files. + + "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical + transformation or translation of a Source form, including but + not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, + and conversions to other media types. + + "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or + Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a + copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work + (an example is provided in the Appendix below). + + "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object + form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the + editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications + represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes + of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain + separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, + the Work and Derivative Works thereof. + + "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including + the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions + to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally + submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner + or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of + the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" + means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent + to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to + communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, + and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the + Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but + excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise + designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution." + + "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity + on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and + subsequently incorporated within the Work. + + 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of + this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, + worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable + copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, + publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the + Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form. + + 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of + this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, + worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable + (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, + use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, + where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable + by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their + Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) + with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You + institute patent litigation against any entity (including a + cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work + or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct + or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses + granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate + as of the date such litigation is filed. + + 4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the + Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without + modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You + meet the following conditions: + + (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or + Derivative Works a copy of this License; and + + (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that You changed the files; and + + (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works + that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and + attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, + excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of + the Derivative Works; and + + (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its + distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must + include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained + within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not + pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one + of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed + as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or + documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, + within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and + wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents + of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and + do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution + notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside + or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided + that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed + as modifying the License. + + You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and + may provide additional or different license terms and conditions + for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or + for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, + reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with + the conditions stated in this License. + + 5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, + any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work + by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of + this License, without any additional terms or conditions. + Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify + the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed + with Licensor regarding such Contributions. + + 6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade + names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, + except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the + origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + + 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or + agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each + Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or + implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions + of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A + PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the + appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any + risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License. + + 8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, + whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, + unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly + negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be + liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, + incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a + result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the + Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, + work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor + has been advised of the possibility of such damages. + + 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing + the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, + and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, + or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this + License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only + on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf + of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, + defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability + incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason + of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work. + + To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following + boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" + replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include + the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate + comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a + file or class name and description of purpose be included on the + same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier + identification within third-party archives. + + Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + You may obtain a copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + limitations under the License. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/NOTICE.txt b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/NOTICE.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f14d1162 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/NOTICE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +AWS SDK for Go +Copyright 2015 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2014-2015 Stripe, Inc. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56fdfc2bf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/error.go @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +// Package awserr represents API error interface accessors for the SDK. +package awserr + +// An Error wraps lower level errors with code, message and an original error. +// The underlying concrete error type may also satisfy other interfaces which +// can be to used to obtain more specific information about the error. +// +// Calling Error() or String() will always include the full information about +// an error based on its underlying type. +// +// Example: +// +// output, err := s3manage.Upload(svc, input, opts) +// if err != nil { +// if awsErr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok { +// // Get error details +// log.Println("Error:", awsErr.Code(), awsErr.Message()) +// +// // Prints out full error message, including original error if there was one. +// log.Println("Error:", awsErr.Error()) +// +// // Get original error +// if origErr := awsErr.OrigErr(); origErr != nil { +// // operate on original error. +// } +// } else { +// fmt.Println(err.Error()) +// } +// } +// +type Error interface { + // Satisfy the generic error interface. + error + + // Returns the short phrase depicting the classification of the error. + Code() string + + // Returns the error details message. + Message() string + + // Returns the original error if one was set. Nil is returned if not set. + OrigErr() error +} + +// BatchError is a batch of errors which also wraps lower level errors with +// code, message, and original errors. Calling Error() will include all errors +// that occurred in the batch. +// +// Deprecated: Replaced with BatchedErrors. Only defined for backwards +// compatibility. +type BatchError interface { + // Satisfy the generic error interface. + error + + // Returns the short phrase depicting the classification of the error. + Code() string + + // Returns the error details message. + Message() string + + // Returns the original error if one was set. Nil is returned if not set. + OrigErrs() []error +} + +// BatchedErrors is a batch of errors which also wraps lower level errors with +// code, message, and original errors. Calling Error() will include all errors +// that occurred in the batch. +// +// Replaces BatchError +type BatchedErrors interface { + // Satisfy the base Error interface. + Error + + // Returns the original error if one was set. Nil is returned if not set. + OrigErrs() []error +} + +// New returns an Error object described by the code, message, and origErr. +// +// If origErr satisfies the Error interface it will not be wrapped within a new +// Error object and will instead be returned. +func New(code, message string, origErr error) Error { + var errs []error + if origErr != nil { + errs = append(errs, origErr) + } + return newBaseError(code, message, errs) +} + +// NewBatchError returns an BatchedErrors with a collection of errors as an +// array of errors. +func NewBatchError(code, message string, errs []error) BatchedErrors { + return newBaseError(code, message, errs) +} + +// A RequestFailure is an interface to extract request failure information from +// an Error such as the request ID of the failed request returned by a service. +// RequestFailures may not always have a requestID value if the request failed +// prior to reaching the service such as a connection error. +// +// Example: +// +// output, err := s3manage.Upload(svc, input, opts) +// if err != nil { +// if reqerr, ok := err.(RequestFailure); ok { +// log.Println("Request failed", reqerr.Code(), reqerr.Message(), reqerr.RequestID()) +// } else { +// log.Println("Error:", err.Error()) +// } +// } +// +// Combined with awserr.Error: +// +// output, err := s3manage.Upload(svc, input, opts) +// if err != nil { +// if awsErr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok { +// // Generic AWS Error with Code, Message, and original error (if any) +// fmt.Println(awsErr.Code(), awsErr.Message(), awsErr.OrigErr()) +// +// if reqErr, ok := err.(awserr.RequestFailure); ok { +// // A service error occurred +// fmt.Println(reqErr.StatusCode(), reqErr.RequestID()) +// } +// } else { +// fmt.Println(err.Error()) +// } +// } +// +type RequestFailure interface { + Error + + // The status code of the HTTP response. + StatusCode() int + + // The request ID returned by the service for a request failure. This will + // be empty if no request ID is available such as the request failed due + // to a connection error. + RequestID() string +} + +// NewRequestFailure returns a new request error wrapper for the given Error +// provided. +func NewRequestFailure(err Error, statusCode int, reqID string) RequestFailure { + return newRequestError(err, statusCode, reqID) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/types.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0202a008f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/types.go @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +package awserr + +import "fmt" + +// SprintError returns a string of the formatted error code. +// +// Both extra and origErr are optional. If they are included their lines +// will be added, but if they are not included their lines will be ignored. +func SprintError(code, message, extra string, origErr error) string { + msg := fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", code, message) + if extra != "" { + msg = fmt.Sprintf("%s\n\t%s", msg, extra) + } + if origErr != nil { + msg = fmt.Sprintf("%s\ncaused by: %s", msg, origErr.Error()) + } + return msg +} + +// A baseError wraps the code and message which defines an error. It also +// can be used to wrap an original error object. +// +// Should be used as the root for errors satisfying the awserr.Error. Also +// for any error which does not fit into a specific error wrapper type. +type baseError struct { + // Classification of error + code string + + // Detailed information about error + message string + + // Optional original error this error is based off of. Allows building + // chained errors. + errs []error +} + +// newBaseError returns an error object for the code, message, and errors. +// +// code is a short no whitespace phrase depicting the classification of +// the error that is being created. +// +// message is the free flow string containing detailed information about the +// error. +// +// origErrs is the error objects which will be nested under the new errors to +// be returned. +func newBaseError(code, message string, origErrs []error) *baseError { + b := &baseError{ + code: code, + message: message, + errs: origErrs, + } + + return b +} + +// Error returns the string representation of the error. +// +// See ErrorWithExtra for formatting. +// +// Satisfies the error interface. +func (b baseError) Error() string { + size := len(b.errs) + if size > 0 { + return SprintError(b.code, b.message, "", errorList(b.errs)) + } + + return SprintError(b.code, b.message, "", nil) +} + +// String returns the string representation of the error. +// Alias for Error to satisfy the stringer interface. +func (b baseError) String() string { + return b.Error() +} + +// Code returns the short phrase depicting the classification of the error. +func (b baseError) Code() string { + return b.code +} + +// Message returns the error details message. +func (b baseError) Message() string { + return b.message +} + +// OrigErr returns the original error if one was set. Nil is returned if no +// error was set. This only returns the first element in the list. If the full +// list is needed, use BatchedErrors. +func (b baseError) OrigErr() error { + switch len(b.errs) { + case 0: + return nil + case 1: + return b.errs[0] + default: + if err, ok := b.errs[0].(Error); ok { + return NewBatchError(err.Code(), err.Message(), b.errs[1:]) + } + return NewBatchError("BatchedErrors", + "multiple errors occurred", b.errs) + } +} + +// OrigErrs returns the original errors if one was set. An empty slice is +// returned if no error was set. +func (b baseError) OrigErrs() []error { + return b.errs +} + +// So that the Error interface type can be included as an anonymous field +// in the requestError struct and not conflict with the error.Error() method. +type awsError Error + +// A requestError wraps a request or service error. +// +// Composed of baseError for code, message, and original error. +type requestError struct { + awsError + statusCode int + requestID string +} + +// newRequestError returns a wrapped error with additional information for +// request status code, and service requestID. +// +// Should be used to wrap all request which involve service requests. Even if +// the request failed without a service response, but had an HTTP status code +// that may be meaningful. +// +// Also wraps original errors via the baseError. +func newRequestError(err Error, statusCode int, requestID string) *requestError { + return &requestError{ + awsError: err, + statusCode: statusCode, + requestID: requestID, + } +} + +// Error returns the string representation of the error. +// Satisfies the error interface. +func (r requestError) Error() string { + extra := fmt.Sprintf("status code: %d, request id: %s", + r.statusCode, r.requestID) + return SprintError(r.Code(), r.Message(), extra, r.OrigErr()) +} + +// String returns the string representation of the error. +// Alias for Error to satisfy the stringer interface. +func (r requestError) String() string { + return r.Error() +} + +// StatusCode returns the wrapped status code for the error +func (r requestError) StatusCode() int { + return r.statusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the wrapped requestID +func (r requestError) RequestID() string { + return r.requestID +} + +// OrigErrs returns the original errors if one was set. An empty slice is +// returned if no error was set. +func (r requestError) OrigErrs() []error { + if b, ok := r.awsError.(BatchedErrors); ok { + return b.OrigErrs() + } + return []error{r.OrigErr()} +} + +// An error list that satisfies the golang interface +type errorList []error + +// Error returns the string representation of the error. +// +// Satisfies the error interface. +func (e errorList) Error() string { + msg := "" + // How do we want to handle the array size being zero + if size := len(e); size > 0 { + for i := 0; i < size; i++ { + msg += fmt.Sprintf("%s", e[i].Error()) + // We check the next index to see if it is within the slice. + // If it is, then we append a newline. We do this, because unit tests + // could be broken with the additional '\n' + if i+1 < size { + msg += "\n" + } + } + } + return msg +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/copy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/copy.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a3d106d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/copy.go @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +package awsutil + +import ( + "io" + "reflect" + "time" +) + +// Copy deeply copies a src structure to dst. Useful for copying request and +// response structures. +// +// Can copy between structs of different type, but will only copy fields which +// are assignable, and exist in both structs. Fields which are not assignable, +// or do not exist in both structs are ignored. +func Copy(dst, src interface{}) { + dstval := reflect.ValueOf(dst) + if !dstval.IsValid() { + panic("Copy dst cannot be nil") + } + + rcopy(dstval, reflect.ValueOf(src), true) +} + +// CopyOf returns a copy of src while also allocating the memory for dst. +// src must be a pointer type or this operation will fail. +func CopyOf(src interface{}) (dst interface{}) { + dsti := reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(src).Elem()) + dst = dsti.Interface() + rcopy(dsti, reflect.ValueOf(src), true) + return +} + +// rcopy performs a recursive copy of values from the source to destination. +// +// root is used to skip certain aspects of the copy which are not valid +// for the root node of a object. +func rcopy(dst, src reflect.Value, root bool) { + if !src.IsValid() { + return + } + + switch src.Kind() { + case reflect.Ptr: + if _, ok := src.Interface().(io.Reader); ok { + if dst.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && dst.Elem().CanSet() { + dst.Elem().Set(src) + } else if dst.CanSet() { + dst.Set(src) + } + } else { + e := src.Type().Elem() + if dst.CanSet() && !src.IsNil() { + if _, ok := src.Interface().(*time.Time); !ok { + dst.Set(reflect.New(e)) + } else { + tempValue := reflect.New(e) + tempValue.Elem().Set(src.Elem()) + // Sets time.Time's unexported values + dst.Set(tempValue) + } + } + if src.Elem().IsValid() { + // Keep the current root state since the depth hasn't changed + rcopy(dst.Elem(), src.Elem(), root) + } + } + case reflect.Struct: + t := dst.Type() + for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ { + name := t.Field(i).Name + srcVal := src.FieldByName(name) + dstVal := dst.FieldByName(name) + if srcVal.IsValid() && dstVal.CanSet() { + rcopy(dstVal, srcVal, false) + } + } + case reflect.Slice: + if src.IsNil() { + break + } + + s := reflect.MakeSlice(src.Type(), src.Len(), src.Cap()) + dst.Set(s) + for i := 0; i < src.Len(); i++ { + rcopy(dst.Index(i), src.Index(i), false) + } + case reflect.Map: + if src.IsNil() { + break + } + + s := reflect.MakeMap(src.Type()) + dst.Set(s) + for _, k := range src.MapKeys() { + v := src.MapIndex(k) + v2 := reflect.New(v.Type()).Elem() + rcopy(v2, v, false) + dst.SetMapIndex(k, v2) + } + default: + // Assign the value if possible. If its not assignable, the value would + // need to be converted and the impact of that may be unexpected, or is + // not compatible with the dst type. + if src.Type().AssignableTo(dst.Type()) { + dst.Set(src) + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/equal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/equal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59fa4a558 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/equal.go @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +package awsutil + +import ( + "reflect" +) + +// DeepEqual returns if the two values are deeply equal like reflect.DeepEqual. +// In addition to this, this method will also dereference the input values if +// possible so the DeepEqual performed will not fail if one parameter is a +// pointer and the other is not. +// +// DeepEqual will not perform indirection of nested values of the input parameters. +func DeepEqual(a, b interface{}) bool { + ra := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(a)) + rb := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(b)) + + if raValid, rbValid := ra.IsValid(), rb.IsValid(); !raValid && !rbValid { + // If the elements are both nil, and of the same type the are equal + // If they are of different types they are not equal + return reflect.TypeOf(a) == reflect.TypeOf(b) + } else if raValid != rbValid { + // Both values must be valid to be equal + return false + } + + return reflect.DeepEqual(ra.Interface(), rb.Interface()) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11c52c389 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +package awsutil + +import ( + "reflect" + "regexp" + "strconv" + "strings" + + "github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath" +) + +var indexRe = regexp.MustCompile(`(.+)\[(-?\d+)?\]$`) + +// rValuesAtPath returns a slice of values found in value v. The values +// in v are explored recursively so all nested values are collected. +func rValuesAtPath(v interface{}, path string, createPath, caseSensitive, nilTerm bool) []reflect.Value { + pathparts := strings.Split(path, "||") + if len(pathparts) > 1 { + for _, pathpart := range pathparts { + vals := rValuesAtPath(v, pathpart, createPath, caseSensitive, nilTerm) + if len(vals) > 0 { + return vals + } + } + return nil + } + + values := []reflect.Value{reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(v))} + components := strings.Split(path, ".") + for len(values) > 0 && len(components) > 0 { + var index *int64 + var indexStar bool + c := strings.TrimSpace(components[0]) + if c == "" { // no actual component, illegal syntax + return nil + } else if caseSensitive && c != "*" && strings.ToLower(c[0:1]) == c[0:1] { + // TODO normalize case for user + return nil // don't support unexported fields + } + + // parse this component + if m := indexRe.FindStringSubmatch(c); m != nil { + c = m[1] + if m[2] == "" { + index = nil + indexStar = true + } else { + i, _ := strconv.ParseInt(m[2], 10, 32) + index = &i + indexStar = false + } + } + + nextvals := []reflect.Value{} + for _, value := range values { + // pull component name out of struct member + if value.Kind() != reflect.Struct { + continue + } + + if c == "*" { // pull all members + for i := 0; i < value.NumField(); i++ { + if f := reflect.Indirect(value.Field(i)); f.IsValid() { + nextvals = append(nextvals, f) + } + } + continue + } + + value = value.FieldByNameFunc(func(name string) bool { + if c == name { + return true + } else if !caseSensitive && strings.ToLower(name) == strings.ToLower(c) { + return true + } + return false + }) + + if nilTerm && value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && len(components[1:]) == 0 { + if !value.IsNil() { + value.Set(reflect.Zero(value.Type())) + } + return []reflect.Value{value} + } + + if createPath && value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && value.IsNil() { + // TODO if the value is the terminus it should not be created + // if the value to be set to its position is nil. + value.Set(reflect.New(value.Type().Elem())) + value = value.Elem() + } else { + value = reflect.Indirect(value) + } + + if value.Kind() == reflect.Slice || value.Kind() == reflect.Map { + if !createPath && value.IsNil() { + value = reflect.ValueOf(nil) + } + } + + if value.IsValid() { + nextvals = append(nextvals, value) + } + } + values = nextvals + + if indexStar || index != nil { + nextvals = []reflect.Value{} + for _, valItem := range values { + value := reflect.Indirect(valItem) + if value.Kind() != reflect.Slice { + continue + } + + if indexStar { // grab all indices + for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ { + idx := reflect.Indirect(value.Index(i)) + if idx.IsValid() { + nextvals = append(nextvals, idx) + } + } + continue + } + + // pull out index + i := int(*index) + if i >= value.Len() { // check out of bounds + if createPath { + // TODO resize slice + } else { + continue + } + } else if i < 0 { // support negative indexing + i = value.Len() + i + } + value = reflect.Indirect(value.Index(i)) + + if value.Kind() == reflect.Slice || value.Kind() == reflect.Map { + if !createPath && value.IsNil() { + value = reflect.ValueOf(nil) + } + } + + if value.IsValid() { + nextvals = append(nextvals, value) + } + } + values = nextvals + } + + components = components[1:] + } + return values +} + +// ValuesAtPath returns a list of values at the case insensitive lexical +// path inside of a structure. +func ValuesAtPath(i interface{}, path string) ([]interface{}, error) { + result, err := jmespath.Search(path, i) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + v := reflect.ValueOf(result) + if !v.IsValid() || (v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && v.IsNil()) { + return nil, nil + } + if s, ok := result.([]interface{}); ok { + return s, err + } + if v.Kind() == reflect.Map && v.Len() == 0 { + return nil, nil + } + if v.Kind() == reflect.Slice { + out := make([]interface{}, v.Len()) + for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ { + out[i] = v.Index(i).Interface() + } + return out, nil + } + + return []interface{}{result}, nil +} + +// SetValueAtPath sets a value at the case insensitive lexical path inside +// of a structure. +func SetValueAtPath(i interface{}, path string, v interface{}) { + if rvals := rValuesAtPath(i, path, true, false, v == nil); rvals != nil { + for _, rval := range rvals { + if rval.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && rval.IsNil() { + continue + } + setValue(rval, v) + } + } +} + +func setValue(dstVal reflect.Value, src interface{}) { + if dstVal.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + dstVal = reflect.Indirect(dstVal) + } + srcVal := reflect.ValueOf(src) + + if !srcVal.IsValid() { // src is literal nil + if dstVal.CanAddr() { + // Convert to pointer so that pointer's value can be nil'ed + // dstVal = dstVal.Addr() + } + dstVal.Set(reflect.Zero(dstVal.Type())) + + } else if srcVal.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + if srcVal.IsNil() { + srcVal = reflect.Zero(dstVal.Type()) + } else { + srcVal = reflect.ValueOf(src).Elem() + } + dstVal.Set(srcVal) + } else { + dstVal.Set(srcVal) + } + +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/prettify.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/prettify.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..710eb432f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/prettify.go @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +package awsutil + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "reflect" + "strings" +) + +// Prettify returns the string representation of a value. +func Prettify(i interface{}) string { + var buf bytes.Buffer + prettify(reflect.ValueOf(i), 0, &buf) + return buf.String() +} + +// prettify will recursively walk value v to build a textual +// representation of the value. +func prettify(v reflect.Value, indent int, buf *bytes.Buffer) { + for v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + v = v.Elem() + } + + switch v.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + strtype := v.Type().String() + if strtype == "time.Time" { + fmt.Fprintf(buf, "%s", v.Interface()) + break + } else if strings.HasPrefix(strtype, "io.") { + buf.WriteString("") + break + } + + buf.WriteString("{\n") + + names := []string{} + for i := 0; i < v.Type().NumField(); i++ { + name := v.Type().Field(i).Name + f := v.Field(i) + if name[0:1] == strings.ToLower(name[0:1]) { + continue // ignore unexported fields + } + if (f.Kind() == reflect.Ptr || f.Kind() == reflect.Slice || f.Kind() == reflect.Map) && f.IsNil() { + continue // ignore unset fields + } + names = append(names, name) + } + + for i, n := range names { + val := v.FieldByName(n) + buf.WriteString(strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2)) + buf.WriteString(n + ": ") + prettify(val, indent+2, buf) + + if i < len(names)-1 { + buf.WriteString(",\n") + } + } + + buf.WriteString("\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + "}") + case reflect.Slice: + strtype := v.Type().String() + if strtype == "[]uint8" { + fmt.Fprintf(buf, " len %d", v.Len()) + break + } + + nl, id, id2 := "", "", "" + if v.Len() > 3 { + nl, id, id2 = "\n", strings.Repeat(" ", indent), strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2) + } + buf.WriteString("[" + nl) + for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ { + buf.WriteString(id2) + prettify(v.Index(i), indent+2, buf) + + if i < v.Len()-1 { + buf.WriteString("," + nl) + } + } + + buf.WriteString(nl + id + "]") + case reflect.Map: + buf.WriteString("{\n") + + for i, k := range v.MapKeys() { + buf.WriteString(strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2)) + buf.WriteString(k.String() + ": ") + prettify(v.MapIndex(k), indent+2, buf) + + if i < v.Len()-1 { + buf.WriteString(",\n") + } + } + + buf.WriteString("\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + "}") + default: + if !v.IsValid() { + fmt.Fprint(buf, "") + return + } + format := "%v" + switch v.Interface().(type) { + case string: + format = "%q" + case io.ReadSeeker, io.Reader: + format = "buffer(%p)" + } + fmt.Fprintf(buf, format, v.Interface()) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/string_value.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/string_value.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6432f1a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/string_value.go @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +package awsutil + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "reflect" + "strings" +) + +// StringValue returns the string representation of a value. +func StringValue(i interface{}) string { + var buf bytes.Buffer + stringValue(reflect.ValueOf(i), 0, &buf) + return buf.String() +} + +func stringValue(v reflect.Value, indent int, buf *bytes.Buffer) { + for v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + v = v.Elem() + } + + switch v.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + buf.WriteString("{\n") + + names := []string{} + for i := 0; i < v.Type().NumField(); i++ { + name := v.Type().Field(i).Name + f := v.Field(i) + if name[0:1] == strings.ToLower(name[0:1]) { + continue // ignore unexported fields + } + if (f.Kind() == reflect.Ptr || f.Kind() == reflect.Slice) && f.IsNil() { + continue // ignore unset fields + } + names = append(names, name) + } + + for i, n := range names { + val := v.FieldByName(n) + buf.WriteString(strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2)) + buf.WriteString(n + ": ") + stringValue(val, indent+2, buf) + + if i < len(names)-1 { + buf.WriteString(",\n") + } + } + + buf.WriteString("\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + "}") + case reflect.Slice: + nl, id, id2 := "", "", "" + if v.Len() > 3 { + nl, id, id2 = "\n", strings.Repeat(" ", indent), strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2) + } + buf.WriteString("[" + nl) + for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ { + buf.WriteString(id2) + stringValue(v.Index(i), indent+2, buf) + + if i < v.Len()-1 { + buf.WriteString("," + nl) + } + } + + buf.WriteString(nl + id + "]") + case reflect.Map: + buf.WriteString("{\n") + + for i, k := range v.MapKeys() { + buf.WriteString(strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2)) + buf.WriteString(k.String() + ": ") + stringValue(v.MapIndex(k), indent+2, buf) + + if i < v.Len()-1 { + buf.WriteString(",\n") + } + } + + buf.WriteString("\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + "}") + default: + format := "%v" + switch v.Interface().(type) { + case string: + format = "%q" + } + fmt.Fprintf(buf, format, v.Interface()) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..212fe25e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +package client + +import ( + "fmt" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// A Config provides configuration to a service client instance. +type Config struct { + Config *aws.Config + Handlers request.Handlers + Endpoint string + SigningRegion string + SigningName string + + // States that the signing name did not come from a modeled source but + // was derived based on other data. Used by service client constructors + // to determine if the signin name can be overriden based on metadata the + // service has. + SigningNameDerived bool +} + +// ConfigProvider provides a generic way for a service client to receive +// the ClientConfig without circular dependencies. +type ConfigProvider interface { + ClientConfig(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) Config +} + +// ConfigNoResolveEndpointProvider same as ConfigProvider except it will not +// resolve the endpoint automatically. The service client's endpoint must be +// provided via the aws.Config.Endpoint field. +type ConfigNoResolveEndpointProvider interface { + ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint(cfgs ...*aws.Config) Config +} + +// A Client implements the base client request and response handling +// used by all service clients. +type Client struct { + request.Retryer + metadata.ClientInfo + + Config aws.Config + Handlers request.Handlers +} + +// New will return a pointer to a new initialized service client. +func New(cfg aws.Config, info metadata.ClientInfo, handlers request.Handlers, options ...func(*Client)) *Client { + svc := &Client{ + Config: cfg, + ClientInfo: info, + Handlers: handlers.Copy(), + } + + switch retryer, ok := cfg.Retryer.(request.Retryer); { + case ok: + svc.Retryer = retryer + case cfg.Retryer != nil && cfg.Logger != nil: + s := fmt.Sprintf("WARNING: %T does not implement request.Retryer; using DefaultRetryer instead", cfg.Retryer) + cfg.Logger.Log(s) + fallthrough + default: + maxRetries := aws.IntValue(cfg.MaxRetries) + if cfg.MaxRetries == nil || maxRetries == aws.UseServiceDefaultRetries { + maxRetries = 3 + } + svc.Retryer = DefaultRetryer{NumMaxRetries: maxRetries} + } + + svc.AddDebugHandlers() + + for _, option := range options { + option(svc) + } + + return svc +} + +// NewRequest returns a new Request pointer for the service API +// operation and parameters. +func (c *Client) NewRequest(operation *request.Operation, params interface{}, data interface{}) *request.Request { + return request.New(c.Config, c.ClientInfo, c.Handlers, c.Retryer, operation, params, data) +} + +// AddDebugHandlers injects debug logging handlers into the service to log request +// debug information. +func (c *Client) AddDebugHandlers() { + if !c.Config.LogLevel.AtLeast(aws.LogDebug) { + return + } + + c.Handlers.Send.PushFrontNamed(LogHTTPRequestHandler) + c.Handlers.Send.PushBackNamed(LogHTTPResponseHandler) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a397b0d04 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +package client + +import ( + "strconv" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkrand" +) + +// DefaultRetryer implements basic retry logic using exponential backoff for +// most services. If you want to implement custom retry logic, implement the +// request.Retryer interface or create a structure type that composes this +// struct and override the specific methods. For example, to override only +// the MaxRetries method: +// +// type retryer struct { +// client.DefaultRetryer +// } +// +// // This implementation always has 100 max retries +// func (d retryer) MaxRetries() int { return 100 } +type DefaultRetryer struct { + NumMaxRetries int +} + +// MaxRetries returns the number of maximum returns the service will use to make +// an individual API request. +func (d DefaultRetryer) MaxRetries() int { + return d.NumMaxRetries +} + +// RetryRules returns the delay duration before retrying this request again +func (d DefaultRetryer) RetryRules(r *request.Request) time.Duration { + // Set the upper limit of delay in retrying at ~five minutes + minTime := 30 + throttle := d.shouldThrottle(r) + if throttle { + if delay, ok := getRetryDelay(r); ok { + return delay + } + + minTime = 500 + } + + retryCount := r.RetryCount + if throttle && retryCount > 8 { + retryCount = 8 + } else if retryCount > 13 { + retryCount = 13 + } + + delay := (1 << uint(retryCount)) * (sdkrand.SeededRand.Intn(minTime) + minTime) + return time.Duration(delay) * time.Millisecond +} + +// ShouldRetry returns true if the request should be retried. +func (d DefaultRetryer) ShouldRetry(r *request.Request) bool { + // If one of the other handlers already set the retry state + // we don't want to override it based on the service's state + if r.Retryable != nil { + return *r.Retryable + } + + if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 500 && r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode != 501 { + return true + } + return r.IsErrorRetryable() || d.shouldThrottle(r) +} + +// ShouldThrottle returns true if the request should be throttled. +func (d DefaultRetryer) shouldThrottle(r *request.Request) bool { + switch r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode { + case 429: + case 502: + case 503: + case 504: + default: + return r.IsErrorThrottle() + } + + return true +} + +// This will look in the Retry-After header, RFC 7231, for how long +// it will wait before attempting another request +func getRetryDelay(r *request.Request) (time.Duration, bool) { + if !canUseRetryAfterHeader(r) { + return 0, false + } + + delayStr := r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("Retry-After") + if len(delayStr) == 0 { + return 0, false + } + + delay, err := strconv.Atoi(delayStr) + if err != nil { + return 0, false + } + + return time.Duration(delay) * time.Second, true +} + +// Will look at the status code to see if the retry header pertains to +// the status code. +func canUseRetryAfterHeader(r *request.Request) bool { + switch r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode { + case 429: + case 503: + default: + return false + } + + return true +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/logger.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/logger.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9fb896d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/logger.go @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +package client + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http/httputil" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const logReqMsg = `DEBUG: Request %s/%s Details: +---[ REQUEST POST-SIGN ]----------------------------- +%s +-----------------------------------------------------` + +const logReqErrMsg = `DEBUG ERROR: Request %s/%s: +---[ REQUEST DUMP ERROR ]----------------------------- +%s +------------------------------------------------------` + +type logWriter struct { + // Logger is what we will use to log the payload of a response. + Logger aws.Logger + // buf stores the contents of what has been read + buf *bytes.Buffer +} + +func (logger *logWriter) Write(b []byte) (int, error) { + return logger.buf.Write(b) +} + +type teeReaderCloser struct { + // io.Reader will be a tee reader that is used during logging. + // This structure will read from a body and write the contents to a logger. + io.Reader + // Source is used just to close when we are done reading. + Source io.ReadCloser +} + +func (reader *teeReaderCloser) Close() error { + return reader.Source.Close() +} + +// LogHTTPRequestHandler is a SDK request handler to log the HTTP request sent +// to a service. Will include the HTTP request body if the LogLevel of the +// request matches LogDebugWithHTTPBody. +var LogHTTPRequestHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "awssdk.client.LogRequest", + Fn: logRequest, +} + +func logRequest(r *request.Request) { + logBody := r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithHTTPBody) + bodySeekable := aws.IsReaderSeekable(r.Body) + + b, err := httputil.DumpRequestOut(r.HTTPRequest, logBody) + if err != nil { + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logReqErrMsg, + r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, err)) + return + } + + if logBody { + if !bodySeekable { + r.SetReaderBody(aws.ReadSeekCloser(r.HTTPRequest.Body)) + } + // Reset the request body because dumpRequest will re-wrap the r.HTTPRequest's + // Body as a NoOpCloser and will not be reset after read by the HTTP + // client reader. + r.ResetBody() + } + + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logReqMsg, + r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, string(b))) +} + +// LogHTTPRequestHeaderHandler is a SDK request handler to log the HTTP request sent +// to a service. Will only log the HTTP request's headers. The request payload +// will not be read. +var LogHTTPRequestHeaderHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "awssdk.client.LogRequestHeader", + Fn: logRequestHeader, +} + +func logRequestHeader(r *request.Request) { + b, err := httputil.DumpRequestOut(r.HTTPRequest, false) + if err != nil { + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logReqErrMsg, + r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, err)) + return + } + + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logReqMsg, + r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, string(b))) +} + +const logRespMsg = `DEBUG: Response %s/%s Details: +---[ RESPONSE ]-------------------------------------- +%s +-----------------------------------------------------` + +const logRespErrMsg = `DEBUG ERROR: Response %s/%s: +---[ RESPONSE DUMP ERROR ]----------------------------- +%s +-----------------------------------------------------` + +// LogHTTPResponseHandler is a SDK request handler to log the HTTP response +// received from a service. Will include the HTTP response body if the LogLevel +// of the request matches LogDebugWithHTTPBody. +var LogHTTPResponseHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "awssdk.client.LogResponse", + Fn: logResponse, +} + +func logResponse(r *request.Request) { + lw := &logWriter{r.Config.Logger, bytes.NewBuffer(nil)} + + logBody := r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithHTTPBody) + if logBody { + r.HTTPResponse.Body = &teeReaderCloser{ + Reader: io.TeeReader(r.HTTPResponse.Body, lw), + Source: r.HTTPResponse.Body, + } + } + + handlerFn := func(req *request.Request) { + b, err := httputil.DumpResponse(req.HTTPResponse, false) + if err != nil { + lw.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logRespErrMsg, + req.ClientInfo.ServiceName, req.Operation.Name, err)) + return + } + + lw.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logRespMsg, + req.ClientInfo.ServiceName, req.Operation.Name, string(b))) + + if logBody { + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(lw.buf) + if err != nil { + lw.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logRespErrMsg, + req.ClientInfo.ServiceName, req.Operation.Name, err)) + return + } + + lw.Logger.Log(string(b)) + } + } + + const handlerName = "awsdk.client.LogResponse.ResponseBody" + + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.SetBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ + Name: handlerName, Fn: handlerFn, + }) + r.Handlers.UnmarshalError.SetBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ + Name: handlerName, Fn: handlerFn, + }) +} + +// LogHTTPResponseHeaderHandler is a SDK request handler to log the HTTP +// response received from a service. Will only log the HTTP response's headers. +// The response payload will not be read. +var LogHTTPResponseHeaderHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "awssdk.client.LogResponseHeader", + Fn: logResponseHeader, +} + +func logResponseHeader(r *request.Request) { + if r.Config.Logger == nil { + return + } + + b, err := httputil.DumpResponse(r.HTTPResponse, false) + if err != nil { + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logRespErrMsg, + r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, err)) + return + } + + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logRespMsg, + r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, string(b))) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..920e9fddf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +package metadata + +// ClientInfo wraps immutable data from the client.Client structure. +type ClientInfo struct { + ServiceName string + ServiceID string + APIVersion string + Endpoint string + SigningName string + SigningRegion string + JSONVersion string + TargetPrefix string +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5421b5d4e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go @@ -0,0 +1,492 @@ +package aws + +import ( + "net/http" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints" +) + +// UseServiceDefaultRetries instructs the config to use the service's own +// default number of retries. This will be the default action if +// Config.MaxRetries is nil also. +const UseServiceDefaultRetries = -1 + +// RequestRetryer is an alias for a type that implements the request.Retryer +// interface. +type RequestRetryer interface{} + +// A Config provides service configuration for service clients. By default, +// all clients will use the defaults.DefaultConfig tructure. +// +// // Create Session with MaxRetry configuration to be shared by multiple +// // service clients. +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{ +// MaxRetries: aws.Int(3), +// })) +// +// // Create S3 service client with a specific Region. +// svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{ +// Region: aws.String("us-west-2"), +// }) +type Config struct { + // Enables verbose error printing of all credential chain errors. + // Should be used when wanting to see all errors while attempting to + // retrieve credentials. + CredentialsChainVerboseErrors *bool + + // The credentials object to use when signing requests. Defaults to a + // chain of credential providers to search for credentials in environment + // variables, shared credential file, and EC2 Instance Roles. + Credentials *credentials.Credentials + + // An optional endpoint URL (hostname only or fully qualified URI) + // that overrides the default generated endpoint for a client. Set this + // to `""` to use the default generated endpoint. + // + // @note You must still provide a `Region` value when specifying an + // endpoint for a client. + Endpoint *string + + // The resolver to use for looking up endpoints for AWS service clients + // to use based on region. + EndpointResolver endpoints.Resolver + + // EnforceShouldRetryCheck is used in the AfterRetryHandler to always call + // ShouldRetry regardless of whether or not if request.Retryable is set. + // This will utilize ShouldRetry method of custom retryers. If EnforceShouldRetryCheck + // is not set, then ShouldRetry will only be called if request.Retryable is nil. + // Proper handling of the request.Retryable field is important when setting this field. + EnforceShouldRetryCheck *bool + + // The region to send requests to. This parameter is required and must + // be configured globally or on a per-client basis unless otherwise + // noted. A full list of regions is found in the "Regions and Endpoints" + // document. + // + // @see http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html + // AWS Regions and Endpoints + Region *string + + // Set this to `true` to disable SSL when sending requests. Defaults + // to `false`. + DisableSSL *bool + + // The HTTP client to use when sending requests. Defaults to + // `http.DefaultClient`. + HTTPClient *http.Client + + // An integer value representing the logging level. The default log level + // is zero (LogOff), which represents no logging. To enable logging set + // to a LogLevel Value. + LogLevel *LogLevelType + + // The logger writer interface to write logging messages to. Defaults to + // standard out. + Logger Logger + + // The maximum number of times that a request will be retried for failures. + // Defaults to -1, which defers the max retry setting to the service + // specific configuration. + MaxRetries *int + + // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of + // recoverable failures. + // + // When nil or the value does not implement the request.Retryer interface, + // the client.DefaultRetryer will be used. + // + // When both Retryer and MaxRetries are non-nil, the former is used and + // the latter ignored. + // + // To set the Retryer field in a type-safe manner and with chaining, use + // the request.WithRetryer helper function: + // + // cfg := request.WithRetryer(aws.NewConfig(), myRetryer) + // + Retryer RequestRetryer + + // Disables semantic parameter validation, which validates input for + // missing required fields and/or other semantic request input errors. + DisableParamValidation *bool + + // Disables the computation of request and response checksums, e.g., + // CRC32 checksums in Amazon DynamoDB. + DisableComputeChecksums *bool + + // Set this to `true` to force the request to use path-style addressing, + // i.e., `http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY`. By default, the S3 client + // will use virtual hosted bucket addressing when possible + // (`http://BUCKET.s3.amazonaws.com/KEY`). + // + // @note This configuration option is specific to the Amazon S3 service. + // @see http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html + // Amazon S3: Virtual Hosting of Buckets + S3ForcePathStyle *bool + + // Set this to `true` to disable the SDK adding the `Expect: 100-Continue` + // header to PUT requests over 2MB of content. 100-Continue instructs the + // HTTP client not to send the body until the service responds with a + // `continue` status. This is useful to prevent sending the request body + // until after the request is authenticated, and validated. + // + // http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectPUT.html + // + // 100-Continue is only enabled for Go 1.6 and above. See `http.Transport`'s + // `ExpectContinueTimeout` for information on adjusting the continue wait + // timeout. https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Transport + // + // You should use this flag to disble 100-Continue if you experience issues + // with proxies or third party S3 compatible services. + S3Disable100Continue *bool + + // Set this to `true` to enable S3 Accelerate feature. For all operations + // compatible with S3 Accelerate will use the accelerate endpoint for + // requests. Requests not compatible will fall back to normal S3 requests. + // + // The bucket must be enable for accelerate to be used with S3 client with + // accelerate enabled. If the bucket is not enabled for accelerate an error + // will be returned. The bucket name must be DNS compatible to also work + // with accelerate. + S3UseAccelerate *bool + + // S3DisableContentMD5Validation config option is temporarily disabled, + // For S3 GetObject API calls, #1837. + // + // Set this to `true` to disable the S3 service client from automatically + // adding the ContentMD5 to S3 Object Put and Upload API calls. This option + // will also disable the SDK from performing object ContentMD5 validation + // on GetObject API calls. + S3DisableContentMD5Validation *bool + + // Set this to `true` to disable the EC2Metadata client from overriding the + // default http.Client's Timeout. This is helpful if you do not want the + // EC2Metadata client to create a new http.Client. This options is only + // meaningful if you're not already using a custom HTTP client with the + // SDK. Enabled by default. + // + // Must be set and provided to the session.NewSession() in order to disable + // the EC2Metadata overriding the timeout for default credentials chain. + // + // Example: + // sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(aws.NewConfig() + // .WithEC2MetadataDiableTimeoutOverride(true))) + // + // svc := s3.New(sess) + // + EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride *bool + + // Instructs the endpoint to be generated for a service client to + // be the dual stack endpoint. The dual stack endpoint will support + // both IPv4 and IPv6 addressing. + // + // Setting this for a service which does not support dual stack will fail + // to make requets. It is not recommended to set this value on the session + // as it will apply to all service clients created with the session. Even + // services which don't support dual stack endpoints. + // + // If the Endpoint config value is also provided the UseDualStack flag + // will be ignored. + // + // Only supported with. + // + // sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) + // + // svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{ + // UseDualStack: aws.Bool(true), + // }) + UseDualStack *bool + + // SleepDelay is an override for the func the SDK will call when sleeping + // during the lifecycle of a request. Specifically this will be used for + // request delays. This value should only be used for testing. To adjust + // the delay of a request see the aws/client.DefaultRetryer and + // aws/request.Retryer. + // + // SleepDelay will prevent any Context from being used for canceling retry + // delay of an API operation. It is recommended to not use SleepDelay at all + // and specify a Retryer instead. + SleepDelay func(time.Duration) + + // DisableRestProtocolURICleaning will not clean the URL path when making rest protocol requests. + // Will default to false. This would only be used for empty directory names in s3 requests. + // + // Example: + // sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{ + // DisableRestProtocolURICleaning: aws.Bool(true), + // })) + // + // svc := s3.New(sess) + // out, err := svc.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput { + // Bucket: aws.String("bucketname"), + // Key: aws.String("//foo//bar//moo"), + // }) + DisableRestProtocolURICleaning *bool +} + +// NewConfig returns a new Config pointer that can be chained with builder +// methods to set multiple configuration values inline without using pointers. +// +// // Create Session with MaxRetry configuration to be shared by multiple +// // service clients. +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(aws.NewConfig(). +// WithMaxRetries(3), +// )) +// +// // Create S3 service client with a specific Region. +// svc := s3.New(sess, aws.NewConfig(). +// WithRegion("us-west-2"), +// ) +func NewConfig() *Config { + return &Config{} +} + +// WithCredentialsChainVerboseErrors sets a config verbose errors boolean and returning +// a Config pointer. +func (c *Config) WithCredentialsChainVerboseErrors(verboseErrs bool) *Config { + c.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors = &verboseErrs + return c +} + +// WithCredentials sets a config Credentials value returning a Config pointer +// for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithCredentials(creds *credentials.Credentials) *Config { + c.Credentials = creds + return c +} + +// WithEndpoint sets a config Endpoint value returning a Config pointer for +// chaining. +func (c *Config) WithEndpoint(endpoint string) *Config { + c.Endpoint = &endpoint + return c +} + +// WithEndpointResolver sets a config EndpointResolver value returning a +// Config pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithEndpointResolver(resolver endpoints.Resolver) *Config { + c.EndpointResolver = resolver + return c +} + +// WithRegion sets a config Region value returning a Config pointer for +// chaining. +func (c *Config) WithRegion(region string) *Config { + c.Region = ®ion + return c +} + +// WithDisableSSL sets a config DisableSSL value returning a Config pointer +// for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithDisableSSL(disable bool) *Config { + c.DisableSSL = &disable + return c +} + +// WithHTTPClient sets a config HTTPClient value returning a Config pointer +// for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithHTTPClient(client *http.Client) *Config { + c.HTTPClient = client + return c +} + +// WithMaxRetries sets a config MaxRetries value returning a Config pointer +// for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithMaxRetries(max int) *Config { + c.MaxRetries = &max + return c +} + +// WithDisableParamValidation sets a config DisableParamValidation value +// returning a Config pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithDisableParamValidation(disable bool) *Config { + c.DisableParamValidation = &disable + return c +} + +// WithDisableComputeChecksums sets a config DisableComputeChecksums value +// returning a Config pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithDisableComputeChecksums(disable bool) *Config { + c.DisableComputeChecksums = &disable + return c +} + +// WithLogLevel sets a config LogLevel value returning a Config pointer for +// chaining. +func (c *Config) WithLogLevel(level LogLevelType) *Config { + c.LogLevel = &level + return c +} + +// WithLogger sets a config Logger value returning a Config pointer for +// chaining. +func (c *Config) WithLogger(logger Logger) *Config { + c.Logger = logger + return c +} + +// WithS3ForcePathStyle sets a config S3ForcePathStyle value returning a Config +// pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithS3ForcePathStyle(force bool) *Config { + c.S3ForcePathStyle = &force + return c +} + +// WithS3Disable100Continue sets a config S3Disable100Continue value returning +// a Config pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithS3Disable100Continue(disable bool) *Config { + c.S3Disable100Continue = &disable + return c +} + +// WithS3UseAccelerate sets a config S3UseAccelerate value returning a Config +// pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithS3UseAccelerate(enable bool) *Config { + c.S3UseAccelerate = &enable + return c + +} + +// WithS3DisableContentMD5Validation sets a config +// S3DisableContentMD5Validation value returning a Config pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithS3DisableContentMD5Validation(enable bool) *Config { + c.S3DisableContentMD5Validation = &enable + return c + +} + +// WithUseDualStack sets a config UseDualStack value returning a Config +// pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithUseDualStack(enable bool) *Config { + c.UseDualStack = &enable + return c +} + +// WithEC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride sets a config EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride value +// returning a Config pointer for chaining. +func (c *Config) WithEC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride(enable bool) *Config { + c.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride = &enable + return c +} + +// WithSleepDelay overrides the function used to sleep while waiting for the +// next retry. Defaults to time.Sleep. +func (c *Config) WithSleepDelay(fn func(time.Duration)) *Config { + c.SleepDelay = fn + return c +} + +// MergeIn merges the passed in configs into the existing config object. +func (c *Config) MergeIn(cfgs ...*Config) { + for _, other := range cfgs { + mergeInConfig(c, other) + } +} + +func mergeInConfig(dst *Config, other *Config) { + if other == nil { + return + } + + if other.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors != nil { + dst.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors = other.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors + } + + if other.Credentials != nil { + dst.Credentials = other.Credentials + } + + if other.Endpoint != nil { + dst.Endpoint = other.Endpoint + } + + if other.EndpointResolver != nil { + dst.EndpointResolver = other.EndpointResolver + } + + if other.Region != nil { + dst.Region = other.Region + } + + if other.DisableSSL != nil { + dst.DisableSSL = other.DisableSSL + } + + if other.HTTPClient != nil { + dst.HTTPClient = other.HTTPClient + } + + if other.LogLevel != nil { + dst.LogLevel = other.LogLevel + } + + if other.Logger != nil { + dst.Logger = other.Logger + } + + if other.MaxRetries != nil { + dst.MaxRetries = other.MaxRetries + } + + if other.Retryer != nil { + dst.Retryer = other.Retryer + } + + if other.DisableParamValidation != nil { + dst.DisableParamValidation = other.DisableParamValidation + } + + if other.DisableComputeChecksums != nil { + dst.DisableComputeChecksums = other.DisableComputeChecksums + } + + if other.S3ForcePathStyle != nil { + dst.S3ForcePathStyle = other.S3ForcePathStyle + } + + if other.S3Disable100Continue != nil { + dst.S3Disable100Continue = other.S3Disable100Continue + } + + if other.S3UseAccelerate != nil { + dst.S3UseAccelerate = other.S3UseAccelerate + } + + if other.S3DisableContentMD5Validation != nil { + dst.S3DisableContentMD5Validation = other.S3DisableContentMD5Validation + } + + if other.UseDualStack != nil { + dst.UseDualStack = other.UseDualStack + } + + if other.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride != nil { + dst.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride = other.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride + } + + if other.SleepDelay != nil { + dst.SleepDelay = other.SleepDelay + } + + if other.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning != nil { + dst.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning = other.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning + } + + if other.EnforceShouldRetryCheck != nil { + dst.EnforceShouldRetryCheck = other.EnforceShouldRetryCheck + } +} + +// Copy will return a shallow copy of the Config object. If any additional +// configurations are provided they will be merged into the new config returned. +func (c *Config) Copy(cfgs ...*Config) *Config { + dst := &Config{} + dst.MergeIn(c) + + for _, cfg := range cfgs { + dst.MergeIn(cfg) + } + + return dst +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79f426853 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context.go @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +package aws + +import ( + "time" +) + +// Context is an copy of the Go v1.7 stdlib's context.Context interface. +// It is represented as a SDK interface to enable you to use the "WithContext" +// API methods with Go v1.6 and a Context type such as golang.org/x/net/context. +// +// See https://golang.org/pkg/context on how to use contexts. +type Context interface { + // Deadline returns the time when work done on behalf of this context + // should be canceled. Deadline returns ok==false when no deadline is + // set. Successive calls to Deadline return the same results. + Deadline() (deadline time.Time, ok bool) + + // Done returns a channel that's closed when work done on behalf of this + // context should be canceled. Done may return nil if this context can + // never be canceled. Successive calls to Done return the same value. + Done() <-chan struct{} + + // Err returns a non-nil error value after Done is closed. Err returns + // Canceled if the context was canceled or DeadlineExceeded if the + // context's deadline passed. No other values for Err are defined. + // After Done is closed, successive calls to Err return the same value. + Err() error + + // Value returns the value associated with this context for key, or nil + // if no value is associated with key. Successive calls to Value with + // the same key returns the same result. + // + // Use context values only for request-scoped data that transits + // processes and API boundaries, not for passing optional parameters to + // functions. + Value(key interface{}) interface{} +} + +// BackgroundContext returns a context that will never be canceled, has no +// values, and no deadline. This context is used by the SDK to provide +// backwards compatibility with non-context API operations and functionality. +// +// Go 1.6 and before: +// This context function is equivalent to context.Background in the Go stdlib. +// +// Go 1.7 and later: +// The context returned will be the value returned by context.Background() +// +// See https://golang.org/pkg/context for more information on Contexts. +func BackgroundContext() Context { + return backgroundCtx +} + +// SleepWithContext will wait for the timer duration to expire, or the context +// is canceled. Which ever happens first. If the context is canceled the Context's +// error will be returned. +// +// Expects Context to always return a non-nil error if the Done channel is closed. +func SleepWithContext(ctx Context, dur time.Duration) error { + t := time.NewTimer(dur) + defer t.Stop() + + select { + case <-t.C: + break + case <-ctx.Done(): + return ctx.Err() + } + + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_6.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_6.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fdda5303 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_6.go @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +// +build !go1.7 + +package aws + +import "time" + +// An emptyCtx is a copy of the Go 1.7 context.emptyCtx type. This is copied to +// provide a 1.6 and 1.5 safe version of context that is compatible with Go +// 1.7's Context. +// +// An emptyCtx is never canceled, has no values, and has no deadline. It is not +// struct{}, since vars of this type must have distinct addresses. +type emptyCtx int + +func (*emptyCtx) Deadline() (deadline time.Time, ok bool) { + return +} + +func (*emptyCtx) Done() <-chan struct{} { + return nil +} + +func (*emptyCtx) Err() error { + return nil +} + +func (*emptyCtx) Value(key interface{}) interface{} { + return nil +} + +func (e *emptyCtx) String() string { + switch e { + case backgroundCtx: + return "aws.BackgroundContext" + } + return "unknown empty Context" +} + +var ( + backgroundCtx = new(emptyCtx) +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_7.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_7.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..064f75c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_7.go @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +// +build go1.7 + +package aws + +import "context" + +var ( + backgroundCtx = context.Background() +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/convert_types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/convert_types.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff5d58e06 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/convert_types.go @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +package aws + +import "time" + +// String returns a pointer to the string value passed in. +func String(v string) *string { + return &v +} + +// StringValue returns the value of the string pointer passed in or +// "" if the pointer is nil. +func StringValue(v *string) string { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + return "" +} + +// StringSlice converts a slice of string values into a slice of +// string pointers +func StringSlice(src []string) []*string { + dst := make([]*string, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + dst[i] = &(src[i]) + } + return dst +} + +// StringValueSlice converts a slice of string pointers into a slice of +// string values +func StringValueSlice(src []*string) []string { + dst := make([]string, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + if src[i] != nil { + dst[i] = *(src[i]) + } + } + return dst +} + +// StringMap converts a string map of string values into a string +// map of string pointers +func StringMap(src map[string]string) map[string]*string { + dst := make(map[string]*string) + for k, val := range src { + v := val + dst[k] = &v + } + return dst +} + +// StringValueMap converts a string map of string pointers into a string +// map of string values +func StringValueMap(src map[string]*string) map[string]string { + dst := make(map[string]string) + for k, val := range src { + if val != nil { + dst[k] = *val + } + } + return dst +} + +// Bool returns a pointer to the bool value passed in. +func Bool(v bool) *bool { + return &v +} + +// BoolValue returns the value of the bool pointer passed in or +// false if the pointer is nil. +func BoolValue(v *bool) bool { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + return false +} + +// BoolSlice converts a slice of bool values into a slice of +// bool pointers +func BoolSlice(src []bool) []*bool { + dst := make([]*bool, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + dst[i] = &(src[i]) + } + return dst +} + +// BoolValueSlice converts a slice of bool pointers into a slice of +// bool values +func BoolValueSlice(src []*bool) []bool { + dst := make([]bool, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + if src[i] != nil { + dst[i] = *(src[i]) + } + } + return dst +} + +// BoolMap converts a string map of bool values into a string +// map of bool pointers +func BoolMap(src map[string]bool) map[string]*bool { + dst := make(map[string]*bool) + for k, val := range src { + v := val + dst[k] = &v + } + return dst +} + +// BoolValueMap converts a string map of bool pointers into a string +// map of bool values +func BoolValueMap(src map[string]*bool) map[string]bool { + dst := make(map[string]bool) + for k, val := range src { + if val != nil { + dst[k] = *val + } + } + return dst +} + +// Int returns a pointer to the int value passed in. +func Int(v int) *int { + return &v +} + +// IntValue returns the value of the int pointer passed in or +// 0 if the pointer is nil. +func IntValue(v *int) int { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + return 0 +} + +// IntSlice converts a slice of int values into a slice of +// int pointers +func IntSlice(src []int) []*int { + dst := make([]*int, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + dst[i] = &(src[i]) + } + return dst +} + +// IntValueSlice converts a slice of int pointers into a slice of +// int values +func IntValueSlice(src []*int) []int { + dst := make([]int, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + if src[i] != nil { + dst[i] = *(src[i]) + } + } + return dst +} + +// IntMap converts a string map of int values into a string +// map of int pointers +func IntMap(src map[string]int) map[string]*int { + dst := make(map[string]*int) + for k, val := range src { + v := val + dst[k] = &v + } + return dst +} + +// IntValueMap converts a string map of int pointers into a string +// map of int values +func IntValueMap(src map[string]*int) map[string]int { + dst := make(map[string]int) + for k, val := range src { + if val != nil { + dst[k] = *val + } + } + return dst +} + +// Int64 returns a pointer to the int64 value passed in. +func Int64(v int64) *int64 { + return &v +} + +// Int64Value returns the value of the int64 pointer passed in or +// 0 if the pointer is nil. +func Int64Value(v *int64) int64 { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + return 0 +} + +// Int64Slice converts a slice of int64 values into a slice of +// int64 pointers +func Int64Slice(src []int64) []*int64 { + dst := make([]*int64, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + dst[i] = &(src[i]) + } + return dst +} + +// Int64ValueSlice converts a slice of int64 pointers into a slice of +// int64 values +func Int64ValueSlice(src []*int64) []int64 { + dst := make([]int64, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + if src[i] != nil { + dst[i] = *(src[i]) + } + } + return dst +} + +// Int64Map converts a string map of int64 values into a string +// map of int64 pointers +func Int64Map(src map[string]int64) map[string]*int64 { + dst := make(map[string]*int64) + for k, val := range src { + v := val + dst[k] = &v + } + return dst +} + +// Int64ValueMap converts a string map of int64 pointers into a string +// map of int64 values +func Int64ValueMap(src map[string]*int64) map[string]int64 { + dst := make(map[string]int64) + for k, val := range src { + if val != nil { + dst[k] = *val + } + } + return dst +} + +// Float64 returns a pointer to the float64 value passed in. +func Float64(v float64) *float64 { + return &v +} + +// Float64Value returns the value of the float64 pointer passed in or +// 0 if the pointer is nil. +func Float64Value(v *float64) float64 { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + return 0 +} + +// Float64Slice converts a slice of float64 values into a slice of +// float64 pointers +func Float64Slice(src []float64) []*float64 { + dst := make([]*float64, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + dst[i] = &(src[i]) + } + return dst +} + +// Float64ValueSlice converts a slice of float64 pointers into a slice of +// float64 values +func Float64ValueSlice(src []*float64) []float64 { + dst := make([]float64, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + if src[i] != nil { + dst[i] = *(src[i]) + } + } + return dst +} + +// Float64Map converts a string map of float64 values into a string +// map of float64 pointers +func Float64Map(src map[string]float64) map[string]*float64 { + dst := make(map[string]*float64) + for k, val := range src { + v := val + dst[k] = &v + } + return dst +} + +// Float64ValueMap converts a string map of float64 pointers into a string +// map of float64 values +func Float64ValueMap(src map[string]*float64) map[string]float64 { + dst := make(map[string]float64) + for k, val := range src { + if val != nil { + dst[k] = *val + } + } + return dst +} + +// Time returns a pointer to the time.Time value passed in. +func Time(v time.Time) *time.Time { + return &v +} + +// TimeValue returns the value of the time.Time pointer passed in or +// time.Time{} if the pointer is nil. +func TimeValue(v *time.Time) time.Time { + if v != nil { + return *v + } + return time.Time{} +} + +// SecondsTimeValue converts an int64 pointer to a time.Time value +// representing seconds since Epoch or time.Time{} if the pointer is nil. +func SecondsTimeValue(v *int64) time.Time { + if v != nil { + return time.Unix((*v / 1000), 0) + } + return time.Time{} +} + +// MillisecondsTimeValue converts an int64 pointer to a time.Time value +// representing milliseconds sinch Epoch or time.Time{} if the pointer is nil. +func MillisecondsTimeValue(v *int64) time.Time { + if v != nil { + return time.Unix(0, (*v * 1000000)) + } + return time.Time{} +} + +// TimeUnixMilli returns a Unix timestamp in milliseconds from "January 1, 1970 UTC". +// The result is undefined if the Unix time cannot be represented by an int64. +// Which includes calling TimeUnixMilli on a zero Time is undefined. +// +// This utility is useful for service API's such as CloudWatch Logs which require +// their unix time values to be in milliseconds. +// +// See Go stdlib https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.UnixNano for more information. +func TimeUnixMilli(t time.Time) int64 { + return t.UnixNano() / int64(time.Millisecond/time.Nanosecond) +} + +// TimeSlice converts a slice of time.Time values into a slice of +// time.Time pointers +func TimeSlice(src []time.Time) []*time.Time { + dst := make([]*time.Time, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + dst[i] = &(src[i]) + } + return dst +} + +// TimeValueSlice converts a slice of time.Time pointers into a slice of +// time.Time values +func TimeValueSlice(src []*time.Time) []time.Time { + dst := make([]time.Time, len(src)) + for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ { + if src[i] != nil { + dst[i] = *(src[i]) + } + } + return dst +} + +// TimeMap converts a string map of time.Time values into a string +// map of time.Time pointers +func TimeMap(src map[string]time.Time) map[string]*time.Time { + dst := make(map[string]*time.Time) + for k, val := range src { + v := val + dst[k] = &v + } + return dst +} + +// TimeValueMap converts a string map of time.Time pointers into a string +// map of time.Time values +func TimeValueMap(src map[string]*time.Time) map[string]time.Time { + dst := make(map[string]time.Time) + for k, val := range src { + if val != nil { + dst[k] = *val + } + } + return dst +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/handlers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/handlers.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cfcddf3dc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/handlers.go @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +package corehandlers + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "regexp" + "strconv" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// Interface for matching types which also have a Len method. +type lener interface { + Len() int +} + +// BuildContentLengthHandler builds the content length of a request based on the body, +// or will use the HTTPRequest.Header's "Content-Length" if defined. If unable +// to determine request body length and no "Content-Length" was specified it will panic. +// +// The Content-Length will only be added to the request if the length of the body +// is greater than 0. If the body is empty or the current `Content-Length` +// header is <= 0, the header will also be stripped. +var BuildContentLengthHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.BuildContentLengthHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + var length int64 + + if slength := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get("Content-Length"); slength != "" { + length, _ = strconv.ParseInt(slength, 10, 64) + } else { + if r.Body != nil { + var err error + length, err = aws.SeekerLen(r.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New(request.ErrCodeSerialization, "failed to get request body's length", err) + return + } + } + } + + if length > 0 { + r.HTTPRequest.ContentLength = length + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Content-Length", fmt.Sprintf("%d", length)) + } else { + r.HTTPRequest.ContentLength = 0 + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Del("Content-Length") + } +}} + +var reStatusCode = regexp.MustCompile(`^(\d{3})`) + +// ValidateReqSigHandler is a request handler to ensure that the request's +// signature doesn't expire before it is sent. This can happen when a request +// is built and signed significantly before it is sent. Or significant delays +// occur when retrying requests that would cause the signature to expire. +var ValidateReqSigHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "core.ValidateReqSigHandler", + Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + // Unsigned requests are not signed + if r.Config.Credentials == credentials.AnonymousCredentials { + return + } + + signedTime := r.Time + if !r.LastSignedAt.IsZero() { + signedTime = r.LastSignedAt + } + + // 10 minutes to allow for some clock skew/delays in transmission. + // Would be improved with aws/aws-sdk-go#423 + if signedTime.Add(10 * time.Minute).After(time.Now()) { + return + } + + fmt.Println("request expired, resigning") + r.Sign() + }, +} + +// SendHandler is a request handler to send service request using HTTP client. +var SendHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "core.SendHandler", + Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + sender := sendFollowRedirects + if r.DisableFollowRedirects { + sender = sendWithoutFollowRedirects + } + + if request.NoBody == r.HTTPRequest.Body { + // Strip off the request body if the NoBody reader was used as a + // place holder for a request body. This prevents the SDK from + // making requests with a request body when it would be invalid + // to do so. + // + // Use a shallow copy of the http.Request to ensure the race condition + // of transport on Body will not trigger + reqOrig, reqCopy := r.HTTPRequest, *r.HTTPRequest + reqCopy.Body = nil + r.HTTPRequest = &reqCopy + defer func() { + r.HTTPRequest = reqOrig + }() + } + + var err error + r.HTTPResponse, err = sender(r) + if err != nil { + handleSendError(r, err) + } + }, +} + +func sendFollowRedirects(r *request.Request) (*http.Response, error) { + return r.Config.HTTPClient.Do(r.HTTPRequest) +} + +func sendWithoutFollowRedirects(r *request.Request) (*http.Response, error) { + transport := r.Config.HTTPClient.Transport + if transport == nil { + transport = http.DefaultTransport + } + + return transport.RoundTrip(r.HTTPRequest) +} + +func handleSendError(r *request.Request, err error) { + // Prevent leaking if an HTTPResponse was returned. Clean up + // the body. + if r.HTTPResponse != nil { + r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + } + // Capture the case where url.Error is returned for error processing + // response. e.g. 301 without location header comes back as string + // error and r.HTTPResponse is nil. Other URL redirect errors will + // comeback in a similar method. + if e, ok := err.(*url.Error); ok && e.Err != nil { + if s := reStatusCode.FindStringSubmatch(e.Err.Error()); s != nil { + code, _ := strconv.ParseInt(s[1], 10, 64) + r.HTTPResponse = &http.Response{ + StatusCode: int(code), + Status: http.StatusText(int(code)), + Body: ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte{})), + } + return + } + } + if r.HTTPResponse == nil { + // Add a dummy request response object to ensure the HTTPResponse + // value is consistent. + r.HTTPResponse = &http.Response{ + StatusCode: int(0), + Status: http.StatusText(int(0)), + Body: ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte{})), + } + } + // Catch all other request errors. + r.Error = awserr.New("RequestError", "send request failed", err) + r.Retryable = aws.Bool(true) // network errors are retryable + + // Override the error with a context canceled error, if that was canceled. + ctx := r.Context() + select { + case <-ctx.Done(): + r.Error = awserr.New(request.CanceledErrorCode, + "request context canceled", ctx.Err()) + r.Retryable = aws.Bool(false) + default: + } +} + +// ValidateResponseHandler is a request handler to validate service response. +var ValidateResponseHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.ValidateResponseHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == 0 || r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 { + // this may be replaced by an UnmarshalError handler + r.Error = awserr.New("UnknownError", "unknown error", nil) + } +}} + +// AfterRetryHandler performs final checks to determine if the request should +// be retried and how long to delay. +var AfterRetryHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.AfterRetryHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + // If one of the other handlers already set the retry state + // we don't want to override it based on the service's state + if r.Retryable == nil || aws.BoolValue(r.Config.EnforceShouldRetryCheck) { + r.Retryable = aws.Bool(r.ShouldRetry(r)) + } + + if r.WillRetry() { + r.RetryDelay = r.RetryRules(r) + + if sleepFn := r.Config.SleepDelay; sleepFn != nil { + // Support SleepDelay for backwards compatibility and testing + sleepFn(r.RetryDelay) + } else if err := aws.SleepWithContext(r.Context(), r.RetryDelay); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New(request.CanceledErrorCode, + "request context canceled", err) + r.Retryable = aws.Bool(false) + return + } + + // when the expired token exception occurs the credentials + // need to be expired locally so that the next request to + // get credentials will trigger a credentials refresh. + if r.IsErrorExpired() { + r.Config.Credentials.Expire() + } + + r.RetryCount++ + r.Error = nil + } +}} + +// ValidateEndpointHandler is a request handler to validate a request had the +// appropriate Region and Endpoint set. Will set r.Error if the endpoint or +// region is not valid. +var ValidateEndpointHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.ValidateEndpointHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + if r.ClientInfo.SigningRegion == "" && aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region) == "" { + r.Error = aws.ErrMissingRegion + } else if r.ClientInfo.Endpoint == "" { + r.Error = aws.ErrMissingEndpoint + } +}} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/param_validator.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/param_validator.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d50b1557 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/param_validator.go @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +package corehandlers + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + +// ValidateParametersHandler is a request handler to validate the input parameters. +// Validating parameters only has meaning if done prior to the request being sent. +var ValidateParametersHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.ValidateParametersHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + if !r.ParamsFilled() { + return + } + + if v, ok := r.Params.(request.Validator); ok { + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + r.Error = err + } + } +}} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/user_agent.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/user_agent.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a15f496bc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/user_agent.go @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +package corehandlers + +import ( + "os" + "runtime" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// SDKVersionUserAgentHandler is a request handler for adding the SDK Version +// to the user agent. +var SDKVersionUserAgentHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "core.SDKVersionUserAgentHandler", + Fn: request.MakeAddToUserAgentHandler(aws.SDKName, aws.SDKVersion, + runtime.Version(), runtime.GOOS, runtime.GOARCH), +} + +const execEnvVar = `AWS_EXECUTION_ENV` +const execEnvUAKey = `exec_env` + +// AddHostExecEnvUserAgentHander is a request handler appending the SDK's +// execution environment to the user agent. +// +// If the environment variable AWS_EXECUTION_ENV is set, its value will be +// appended to the user agent string. +var AddHostExecEnvUserAgentHander = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "core.AddHostExecEnvUserAgentHander", + Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + v := os.Getenv(execEnvVar) + if len(v) == 0 { + return + } + + request.AddToUserAgent(r, execEnvUAKey+"/"+v) + }, +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f298d6596 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +package credentials + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" +) + +var ( + // ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain Is returned when there are no valid + // providers in the ChainProvider. + // + // This has been deprecated. For verbose error messaging set + // aws.Config.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors to true + // + // @readonly + ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain = awserr.New("NoCredentialProviders", + `no valid providers in chain. Deprecated. + For verbose messaging see aws.Config.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors`, + nil) +) + +// A ChainProvider will search for a provider which returns credentials +// and cache that provider until Retrieve is called again. +// +// The ChainProvider provides a way of chaining multiple providers together +// which will pick the first available using priority order of the Providers +// in the list. +// +// If none of the Providers retrieve valid credentials Value, ChainProvider's +// Retrieve() will return the error ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain. +// +// If a Provider is found which returns valid credentials Value ChainProvider +// will cache that Provider for all calls to IsExpired(), until Retrieve is +// called again. +// +// Example of ChainProvider to be used with an EnvProvider and EC2RoleProvider. +// In this example EnvProvider will first check if any credentials are available +// via the environment variables. If there are none ChainProvider will check +// the next Provider in the list, EC2RoleProvider in this case. If EC2RoleProvider +// does not return any credentials ChainProvider will return the error +// ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain +// +// creds := credentials.NewChainCredentials( +// []credentials.Provider{ +// &credentials.EnvProvider{}, +// &ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{ +// Client: ec2metadata.New(sess), +// }, +// }) +// +// // Usage of ChainCredentials with aws.Config +// svc := ec2.New(session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{ +// Credentials: creds, +// }))) +// +type ChainProvider struct { + Providers []Provider + curr Provider + VerboseErrors bool +} + +// NewChainCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object +// wrapping a chain of providers. +func NewChainCredentials(providers []Provider) *Credentials { + return NewCredentials(&ChainProvider{ + Providers: append([]Provider{}, providers...), + }) +} + +// Retrieve returns the credentials value or error if no provider returned +// without error. +// +// If a provider is found it will be cached and any calls to IsExpired() +// will return the expired state of the cached provider. +func (c *ChainProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) { + var errs []error + for _, p := range c.Providers { + creds, err := p.Retrieve() + if err == nil { + c.curr = p + return creds, nil + } + errs = append(errs, err) + } + c.curr = nil + + var err error + err = ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain + if c.VerboseErrors { + err = awserr.NewBatchError("NoCredentialProviders", "no valid providers in chain", errs) + } + return Value{}, err +} + +// IsExpired will returned the expired state of the currently cached provider +// if there is one. If there is no current provider, true will be returned. +func (c *ChainProvider) IsExpired() bool { + if c.curr != nil { + return c.curr.IsExpired() + } + + return true +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/credentials.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/credentials.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a270844df --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/credentials.go @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +// Package credentials provides credential retrieval and management +// +// The Credentials is the primary method of getting access to and managing +// credentials Values. Using dependency injection retrieval of the credential +// values is handled by a object which satisfies the Provider interface. +// +// By default the Credentials.Get() will cache the successful result of a +// Provider's Retrieve() until Provider.IsExpired() returns true. At which +// point Credentials will call Provider's Retrieve() to get new credential Value. +// +// The Provider is responsible for determining when credentials Value have expired. +// It is also important to note that Credentials will always call Retrieve the +// first time Credentials.Get() is called. +// +// Example of using the environment variable credentials. +// +// creds := credentials.NewEnvCredentials() +// +// // Retrieve the credentials value +// credValue, err := creds.Get() +// if err != nil { +// // handle error +// } +// +// Example of forcing credentials to expire and be refreshed on the next Get(). +// This may be helpful to proactively expire credentials and refresh them sooner +// than they would naturally expire on their own. +// +// creds := credentials.NewCredentials(&ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{}) +// creds.Expire() +// credsValue, err := creds.Get() +// // New credentials will be retrieved instead of from cache. +// +// +// Custom Provider +// +// Each Provider built into this package also provides a helper method to generate +// a Credentials pointer setup with the provider. To use a custom Provider just +// create a type which satisfies the Provider interface and pass it to the +// NewCredentials method. +// +// type MyProvider struct{} +// func (m *MyProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) {...} +// func (m *MyProvider) IsExpired() bool {...} +// +// creds := credentials.NewCredentials(&MyProvider{}) +// credValue, err := creds.Get() +// +package credentials + +import ( + "sync" + "time" +) + +// AnonymousCredentials is an empty Credential object that can be used as +// dummy placeholder credentials for requests that do not need signed. +// +// This Credentials can be used to configure a service to not sign requests +// when making service API calls. For example, when accessing public +// s3 buckets. +// +// svc := s3.New(session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{ +// Credentials: credentials.AnonymousCredentials, +// }))) +// // Access public S3 buckets. +// +// @readonly +var AnonymousCredentials = NewStaticCredentials("", "", "") + +// A Value is the AWS credentials value for individual credential fields. +type Value struct { + // AWS Access key ID + AccessKeyID string + + // AWS Secret Access Key + SecretAccessKey string + + // AWS Session Token + SessionToken string + + // Provider used to get credentials + ProviderName string +} + +// A Provider is the interface for any component which will provide credentials +// Value. A provider is required to manage its own Expired state, and what to +// be expired means. +// +// The Provider should not need to implement its own mutexes, because +// that will be managed by Credentials. +type Provider interface { + // Retrieve returns nil if it successfully retrieved the value. + // Error is returned if the value were not obtainable, or empty. + Retrieve() (Value, error) + + // IsExpired returns if the credentials are no longer valid, and need + // to be retrieved. + IsExpired() bool +} + +// An ErrorProvider is a stub credentials provider that always returns an error +// this is used by the SDK when construction a known provider is not possible +// due to an error. +type ErrorProvider struct { + // The error to be returned from Retrieve + Err error + + // The provider name to set on the Retrieved returned Value + ProviderName string +} + +// Retrieve will always return the error that the ErrorProvider was created with. +func (p ErrorProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) { + return Value{ProviderName: p.ProviderName}, p.Err +} + +// IsExpired will always return not expired. +func (p ErrorProvider) IsExpired() bool { + return false +} + +// A Expiry provides shared expiration logic to be used by credentials +// providers to implement expiry functionality. +// +// The best method to use this struct is as an anonymous field within the +// provider's struct. +// +// Example: +// type EC2RoleProvider struct { +// Expiry +// ... +// } +type Expiry struct { + // The date/time when to expire on + expiration time.Time + + // If set will be used by IsExpired to determine the current time. + // Defaults to time.Now if CurrentTime is not set. Available for testing + // to be able to mock out the current time. + CurrentTime func() time.Time +} + +// SetExpiration sets the expiration IsExpired will check when called. +// +// If window is greater than 0 the expiration time will be reduced by the +// window value. +// +// Using a window is helpful to trigger credentials to expire sooner than +// the expiration time given to ensure no requests are made with expired +// tokens. +func (e *Expiry) SetExpiration(expiration time.Time, window time.Duration) { + e.expiration = expiration + if window > 0 { + e.expiration = e.expiration.Add(-window) + } +} + +// IsExpired returns if the credentials are expired. +func (e *Expiry) IsExpired() bool { + curTime := e.CurrentTime + if curTime == nil { + curTime = time.Now + } + return e.expiration.Before(curTime()) +} + +// A Credentials provides concurrency safe retrieval of AWS credentials Value. +// Credentials will cache the credentials value until they expire. Once the value +// expires the next Get will attempt to retrieve valid credentials. +// +// Credentials is safe to use across multiple goroutines and will manage the +// synchronous state so the Providers do not need to implement their own +// synchronization. +// +// The first Credentials.Get() will always call Provider.Retrieve() to get the +// first instance of the credentials Value. All calls to Get() after that +// will return the cached credentials Value until IsExpired() returns true. +type Credentials struct { + creds Value + forceRefresh bool + + m sync.RWMutex + + provider Provider +} + +// NewCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials with the provider set. +func NewCredentials(provider Provider) *Credentials { + return &Credentials{ + provider: provider, + forceRefresh: true, + } +} + +// Get returns the credentials value, or error if the credentials Value failed +// to be retrieved. +// +// Will return the cached credentials Value if it has not expired. If the +// credentials Value has expired the Provider's Retrieve() will be called +// to refresh the credentials. +// +// If Credentials.Expire() was called the credentials Value will be force +// expired, and the next call to Get() will cause them to be refreshed. +func (c *Credentials) Get() (Value, error) { + // Check the cached credentials first with just the read lock. + c.m.RLock() + if !c.isExpired() { + creds := c.creds + c.m.RUnlock() + return creds, nil + } + c.m.RUnlock() + + // Credentials are expired need to retrieve the credentials taking the full + // lock. + c.m.Lock() + defer c.m.Unlock() + + if c.isExpired() { + creds, err := c.provider.Retrieve() + if err != nil { + return Value{}, err + } + c.creds = creds + c.forceRefresh = false + } + + return c.creds, nil +} + +// Expire expires the credentials and forces them to be retrieved on the +// next call to Get(). +// +// This will override the Provider's expired state, and force Credentials +// to call the Provider's Retrieve(). +func (c *Credentials) Expire() { + c.m.Lock() + defer c.m.Unlock() + + c.forceRefresh = true +} + +// IsExpired returns if the credentials are no longer valid, and need +// to be retrieved. +// +// If the Credentials were forced to be expired with Expire() this will +// reflect that override. +func (c *Credentials) IsExpired() bool { + c.m.RLock() + defer c.m.RUnlock() + + return c.isExpired() +} + +// isExpired helper method wrapping the definition of expired credentials. +func (c *Credentials) isExpired() bool { + return c.forceRefresh || c.provider.IsExpired() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds/ec2_role_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds/ec2_role_provider.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ed791be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds/ec2_role_provider.go @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +package ec2rolecreds + +import ( + "bufio" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkuri" +) + +// ProviderName provides a name of EC2Role provider +const ProviderName = "EC2RoleProvider" + +// A EC2RoleProvider retrieves credentials from the EC2 service, and keeps track if +// those credentials are expired. +// +// Example how to configure the EC2RoleProvider with custom http Client, Endpoint +// or ExpiryWindow +// +// p := &ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{ +// // Pass in a custom timeout to be used when requesting +// // IAM EC2 Role credentials. +// Client: ec2metadata.New(sess, aws.Config{ +// HTTPClient: &http.Client{Timeout: 10 * time.Second}, +// }), +// +// // Do not use early expiry of credentials. If a non zero value is +// // specified the credentials will be expired early +// ExpiryWindow: 0, +// } +type EC2RoleProvider struct { + credentials.Expiry + + // Required EC2Metadata client to use when connecting to EC2 metadata service. + Client *ec2metadata.EC2Metadata + + // ExpiryWindow will allow the credentials to trigger refreshing prior to + // the credentials actually expiring. This is beneficial so race conditions + // with expiring credentials do not cause request to fail unexpectedly + // due to ExpiredTokenException exceptions. + // + // So a ExpiryWindow of 10s would cause calls to IsExpired() to return true + // 10 seconds before the credentials are actually expired. + // + // If ExpiryWindow is 0 or less it will be ignored. + ExpiryWindow time.Duration +} + +// NewCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object wrapping +// the EC2RoleProvider. Takes a ConfigProvider to create a EC2Metadata client. +// The ConfigProvider is satisfied by the session.Session type. +func NewCredentials(c client.ConfigProvider, options ...func(*EC2RoleProvider)) *credentials.Credentials { + p := &EC2RoleProvider{ + Client: ec2metadata.New(c), + } + + for _, option := range options { + option(p) + } + + return credentials.NewCredentials(p) +} + +// NewCredentialsWithClient returns a pointer to a new Credentials object wrapping +// the EC2RoleProvider. Takes a EC2Metadata client to use when connecting to EC2 +// metadata service. +func NewCredentialsWithClient(client *ec2metadata.EC2Metadata, options ...func(*EC2RoleProvider)) *credentials.Credentials { + p := &EC2RoleProvider{ + Client: client, + } + + for _, option := range options { + option(p) + } + + return credentials.NewCredentials(p) +} + +// Retrieve retrieves credentials from the EC2 service. +// Error will be returned if the request fails, or unable to extract +// the desired credentials. +func (m *EC2RoleProvider) Retrieve() (credentials.Value, error) { + credsList, err := requestCredList(m.Client) + if err != nil { + return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, err + } + + if len(credsList) == 0 { + return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, awserr.New("EmptyEC2RoleList", "empty EC2 Role list", nil) + } + credsName := credsList[0] + + roleCreds, err := requestCred(m.Client, credsName) + if err != nil { + return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, err + } + + m.SetExpiration(roleCreds.Expiration, m.ExpiryWindow) + + return credentials.Value{ + AccessKeyID: roleCreds.AccessKeyID, + SecretAccessKey: roleCreds.SecretAccessKey, + SessionToken: roleCreds.Token, + ProviderName: ProviderName, + }, nil +} + +// A ec2RoleCredRespBody provides the shape for unmarshaling credential +// request responses. +type ec2RoleCredRespBody struct { + // Success State + Expiration time.Time + AccessKeyID string + SecretAccessKey string + Token string + + // Error state + Code string + Message string +} + +const iamSecurityCredsPath = "iam/security-credentials/" + +// requestCredList requests a list of credentials from the EC2 service. +// If there are no credentials, or there is an error making or receiving the request +func requestCredList(client *ec2metadata.EC2Metadata) ([]string, error) { + resp, err := client.GetMetadata(iamSecurityCredsPath) + if err != nil { + return nil, awserr.New("EC2RoleRequestError", "no EC2 instance role found", err) + } + + credsList := []string{} + s := bufio.NewScanner(strings.NewReader(resp)) + for s.Scan() { + credsList = append(credsList, s.Text()) + } + + if err := s.Err(); err != nil { + return nil, awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to read EC2 instance role from metadata service", err) + } + + return credsList, nil +} + +// requestCred requests the credentials for a specific credentials from the EC2 service. +// +// If the credentials cannot be found, or there is an error reading the response +// and error will be returned. +func requestCred(client *ec2metadata.EC2Metadata, credsName string) (ec2RoleCredRespBody, error) { + resp, err := client.GetMetadata(sdkuri.PathJoin(iamSecurityCredsPath, credsName)) + if err != nil { + return ec2RoleCredRespBody{}, + awserr.New("EC2RoleRequestError", + fmt.Sprintf("failed to get %s EC2 instance role credentials", credsName), + err) + } + + respCreds := ec2RoleCredRespBody{} + if err := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(resp)).Decode(&respCreds); err != nil { + return ec2RoleCredRespBody{}, + awserr.New("SerializationError", + fmt.Sprintf("failed to decode %s EC2 instance role credentials", credsName), + err) + } + + if respCreds.Code != "Success" { + // If an error code was returned something failed requesting the role. + return ec2RoleCredRespBody{}, awserr.New(respCreds.Code, respCreds.Message, nil) + } + + return respCreds, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds/provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds/provider.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4cec5c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds/provider.go @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +// Package endpointcreds provides support for retrieving credentials from an +// arbitrary HTTP endpoint. +// +// The credentials endpoint Provider can receive both static and refreshable +// credentials that will expire. Credentials are static when an "Expiration" +// value is not provided in the endpoint's response. +// +// Static credentials will never expire once they have been retrieved. The format +// of the static credentials response: +// { +// "AccessKeyId" : "MUA...", +// "SecretAccessKey" : "/7PC5om....", +// } +// +// Refreshable credentials will expire within the "ExpiryWindow" of the Expiration +// value in the response. The format of the refreshable credentials response: +// { +// "AccessKeyId" : "MUA...", +// "SecretAccessKey" : "/7PC5om....", +// "Token" : "AQoDY....=", +// "Expiration" : "2016-02-25T06:03:31Z" +// } +// +// Errors should be returned in the following format and only returned with 400 +// or 500 HTTP status codes. +// { +// "code": "ErrorCode", +// "message": "Helpful error message." +// } +package endpointcreds + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// ProviderName is the name of the credentials provider. +const ProviderName = `CredentialsEndpointProvider` + +// Provider satisfies the credentials.Provider interface, and is a client to +// retrieve credentials from an arbitrary endpoint. +type Provider struct { + staticCreds bool + credentials.Expiry + + // Requires a AWS Client to make HTTP requests to the endpoint with. + // the Endpoint the request will be made to is provided by the aws.Config's + // Endpoint value. + Client *client.Client + + // ExpiryWindow will allow the credentials to trigger refreshing prior to + // the credentials actually expiring. This is beneficial so race conditions + // with expiring credentials do not cause request to fail unexpectedly + // due to ExpiredTokenException exceptions. + // + // So a ExpiryWindow of 10s would cause calls to IsExpired() to return true + // 10 seconds before the credentials are actually expired. + // + // If ExpiryWindow is 0 or less it will be ignored. + ExpiryWindow time.Duration +} + +// NewProviderClient returns a credentials Provider for retrieving AWS credentials +// from arbitrary endpoint. +func NewProviderClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint string, options ...func(*Provider)) credentials.Provider { + p := &Provider{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: "CredentialsEndpoint", + Endpoint: endpoint, + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + p.Client.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(unmarshalHandler) + p.Client.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(unmarshalError) + p.Client.Handlers.Validate.Clear() + p.Client.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(validateEndpointHandler) + + for _, option := range options { + option(p) + } + + return p +} + +// NewCredentialsClient returns a Credentials wrapper for retrieving credentials +// from an arbitrary endpoint concurrently. The client will request the +func NewCredentialsClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint string, options ...func(*Provider)) *credentials.Credentials { + return credentials.NewCredentials(NewProviderClient(cfg, handlers, endpoint, options...)) +} + +// IsExpired returns true if the credentials retrieved are expired, or not yet +// retrieved. +func (p *Provider) IsExpired() bool { + if p.staticCreds { + return false + } + return p.Expiry.IsExpired() +} + +// Retrieve will attempt to request the credentials from the endpoint the Provider +// was configured for. And error will be returned if the retrieval fails. +func (p *Provider) Retrieve() (credentials.Value, error) { + resp, err := p.getCredentials() + if err != nil { + return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, + awserr.New("CredentialsEndpointError", "failed to load credentials", err) + } + + if resp.Expiration != nil { + p.SetExpiration(*resp.Expiration, p.ExpiryWindow) + } else { + p.staticCreds = true + } + + return credentials.Value{ + AccessKeyID: resp.AccessKeyID, + SecretAccessKey: resp.SecretAccessKey, + SessionToken: resp.Token, + ProviderName: ProviderName, + }, nil +} + +type getCredentialsOutput struct { + Expiration *time.Time + AccessKeyID string + SecretAccessKey string + Token string +} + +type errorOutput struct { + Code string `json:"code"` + Message string `json:"message"` +} + +func (p *Provider) getCredentials() (*getCredentialsOutput, error) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: "GetCredentials", + HTTPMethod: "GET", + } + + out := &getCredentialsOutput{} + req := p.Client.NewRequest(op, nil, out) + req.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Accept", "application/json") + + return out, req.Send() +} + +func validateEndpointHandler(r *request.Request) { + if len(r.ClientInfo.Endpoint) == 0 { + r.Error = aws.ErrMissingEndpoint + } +} + +func unmarshalHandler(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + + out := r.Data.(*getCredentialsOutput) + if err := json.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body).Decode(&out); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to decode endpoint credentials", + err, + ) + } +} + +func unmarshalError(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + + var errOut errorOutput + if err := json.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body).Decode(&errOut); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to decode endpoint credentials", + err, + ) + } + + // Response body format is not consistent between metadata endpoints. + // Grab the error message as a string and include that as the source error + r.Error = awserr.New(errOut.Code, errOut.Message, nil) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/env_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/env_provider.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14231a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/env_provider.go @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +package credentials + +import ( + "os" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" +) + +// EnvProviderName provides a name of Env provider +const EnvProviderName = "EnvProvider" + +var ( + // ErrAccessKeyIDNotFound is returned when the AWS Access Key ID can't be + // found in the process's environment. + // + // @readonly + ErrAccessKeyIDNotFound = awserr.New("EnvAccessKeyNotFound", "AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID or AWS_ACCESS_KEY not found in environment", nil) + + // ErrSecretAccessKeyNotFound is returned when the AWS Secret Access Key + // can't be found in the process's environment. + // + // @readonly + ErrSecretAccessKeyNotFound = awserr.New("EnvSecretNotFound", "AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY or AWS_SECRET_KEY not found in environment", nil) +) + +// A EnvProvider retrieves credentials from the environment variables of the +// running process. Environment credentials never expire. +// +// Environment variables used: +// +// * Access Key ID: AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID or AWS_ACCESS_KEY +// +// * Secret Access Key: AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY or AWS_SECRET_KEY +type EnvProvider struct { + retrieved bool +} + +// NewEnvCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object +// wrapping the environment variable provider. +func NewEnvCredentials() *Credentials { + return NewCredentials(&EnvProvider{}) +} + +// Retrieve retrieves the keys from the environment. +func (e *EnvProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) { + e.retrieved = false + + id := os.Getenv("AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID") + if id == "" { + id = os.Getenv("AWS_ACCESS_KEY") + } + + secret := os.Getenv("AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY") + if secret == "" { + secret = os.Getenv("AWS_SECRET_KEY") + } + + if id == "" { + return Value{ProviderName: EnvProviderName}, ErrAccessKeyIDNotFound + } + + if secret == "" { + return Value{ProviderName: EnvProviderName}, ErrSecretAccessKeyNotFound + } + + e.retrieved = true + return Value{ + AccessKeyID: id, + SecretAccessKey: secret, + SessionToken: os.Getenv("AWS_SESSION_TOKEN"), + ProviderName: EnvProviderName, + }, nil +} + +// IsExpired returns if the credentials have been retrieved. +func (e *EnvProvider) IsExpired() bool { + return !e.retrieved +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/shared_credentials_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/shared_credentials_provider.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e21e0f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/shared_credentials_provider.go @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +package credentials + +import ( + "fmt" + "os" + + "github.com/go-ini/ini" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/shareddefaults" +) + +// SharedCredsProviderName provides a name of SharedCreds provider +const SharedCredsProviderName = "SharedCredentialsProvider" + +var ( + // ErrSharedCredentialsHomeNotFound is emitted when the user directory cannot be found. + ErrSharedCredentialsHomeNotFound = awserr.New("UserHomeNotFound", "user home directory not found.", nil) +) + +// A SharedCredentialsProvider retrieves credentials from the current user's home +// directory, and keeps track if those credentials are expired. +// +// Profile ini file example: $HOME/.aws/credentials +type SharedCredentialsProvider struct { + // Path to the shared credentials file. + // + // If empty will look for "AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE" env variable. If the + // env value is empty will default to current user's home directory. + // Linux/OSX: "$HOME/.aws/credentials" + // Windows: "%USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials" + Filename string + + // AWS Profile to extract credentials from the shared credentials file. If empty + // will default to environment variable "AWS_PROFILE" or "default" if + // environment variable is also not set. + Profile string + + // retrieved states if the credentials have been successfully retrieved. + retrieved bool +} + +// NewSharedCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object +// wrapping the Profile file provider. +func NewSharedCredentials(filename, profile string) *Credentials { + return NewCredentials(&SharedCredentialsProvider{ + Filename: filename, + Profile: profile, + }) +} + +// Retrieve reads and extracts the shared credentials from the current +// users home directory. +func (p *SharedCredentialsProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) { + p.retrieved = false + + filename, err := p.filename() + if err != nil { + return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, err + } + + creds, err := loadProfile(filename, p.profile()) + if err != nil { + return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, err + } + + p.retrieved = true + return creds, nil +} + +// IsExpired returns if the shared credentials have expired. +func (p *SharedCredentialsProvider) IsExpired() bool { + return !p.retrieved +} + +// loadProfiles loads from the file pointed to by shared credentials filename for profile. +// The credentials retrieved from the profile will be returned or error. Error will be +// returned if it fails to read from the file, or the data is invalid. +func loadProfile(filename, profile string) (Value, error) { + config, err := ini.Load(filename) + if err != nil { + return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, awserr.New("SharedCredsLoad", "failed to load shared credentials file", err) + } + iniProfile, err := config.GetSection(profile) + if err != nil { + return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, awserr.New("SharedCredsLoad", "failed to get profile", err) + } + + id, err := iniProfile.GetKey("aws_access_key_id") + if err != nil { + return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, awserr.New("SharedCredsAccessKey", + fmt.Sprintf("shared credentials %s in %s did not contain aws_access_key_id", profile, filename), + err) + } + + secret, err := iniProfile.GetKey("aws_secret_access_key") + if err != nil { + return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, awserr.New("SharedCredsSecret", + fmt.Sprintf("shared credentials %s in %s did not contain aws_secret_access_key", profile, filename), + nil) + } + + // Default to empty string if not found + token := iniProfile.Key("aws_session_token") + + return Value{ + AccessKeyID: id.String(), + SecretAccessKey: secret.String(), + SessionToken: token.String(), + ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName, + }, nil +} + +// filename returns the filename to use to read AWS shared credentials. +// +// Will return an error if the user's home directory path cannot be found. +func (p *SharedCredentialsProvider) filename() (string, error) { + if len(p.Filename) != 0 { + return p.Filename, nil + } + + if p.Filename = os.Getenv("AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE"); len(p.Filename) != 0 { + return p.Filename, nil + } + + if home := shareddefaults.UserHomeDir(); len(home) == 0 { + // Backwards compatibility of home directly not found error being returned. + // This error is too verbose, failure when opening the file would of been + // a better error to return. + return "", ErrSharedCredentialsHomeNotFound + } + + p.Filename = shareddefaults.SharedCredentialsFilename() + + return p.Filename, nil +} + +// profile returns the AWS shared credentials profile. If empty will read +// environment variable "AWS_PROFILE". If that is not set profile will +// return "default". +func (p *SharedCredentialsProvider) profile() string { + if p.Profile == "" { + p.Profile = os.Getenv("AWS_PROFILE") + } + if p.Profile == "" { + p.Profile = "default" + } + + return p.Profile +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/static_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/static_provider.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f5dab3fc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/static_provider.go @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +package credentials + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" +) + +// StaticProviderName provides a name of Static provider +const StaticProviderName = "StaticProvider" + +var ( + // ErrStaticCredentialsEmpty is emitted when static credentials are empty. + // + // @readonly + ErrStaticCredentialsEmpty = awserr.New("EmptyStaticCreds", "static credentials are empty", nil) +) + +// A StaticProvider is a set of credentials which are set programmatically, +// and will never expire. +type StaticProvider struct { + Value +} + +// NewStaticCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object +// wrapping a static credentials value provider. +func NewStaticCredentials(id, secret, token string) *Credentials { + return NewCredentials(&StaticProvider{Value: Value{ + AccessKeyID: id, + SecretAccessKey: secret, + SessionToken: token, + }}) +} + +// NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds returns a pointer to a new Credentials object +// wrapping the static credentials value provide. Same as NewStaticCredentials +// but takes the creds Value instead of individual fields +func NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds(creds Value) *Credentials { + return NewCredentials(&StaticProvider{Value: creds}) +} + +// Retrieve returns the credentials or error if the credentials are invalid. +func (s *StaticProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) { + if s.AccessKeyID == "" || s.SecretAccessKey == "" { + return Value{ProviderName: StaticProviderName}, ErrStaticCredentialsEmpty + } + + if len(s.Value.ProviderName) == 0 { + s.Value.ProviderName = StaticProviderName + } + return s.Value, nil +} + +// IsExpired returns if the credentials are expired. +// +// For StaticProvider, the credentials never expired. +func (s *StaticProvider) IsExpired() bool { + return false +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds/assume_role_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds/assume_role_provider.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4108e433e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds/assume_role_provider.go @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +/* +Package stscreds are credential Providers to retrieve STS AWS credentials. + +STS provides multiple ways to retrieve credentials which can be used when making +future AWS service API operation calls. + +The SDK will ensure that per instance of credentials.Credentials all requests +to refresh the credentials will be synchronized. But, the SDK is unable to +ensure synchronous usage of the AssumeRoleProvider if the value is shared +between multiple Credentials, Sessions or service clients. + +Assume Role + +To assume an IAM role using STS with the SDK you can create a new Credentials +with the SDKs's stscreds package. + + // Initial credentials loaded from SDK's default credential chain. Such as + // the environment, shared credentials (~/.aws/credentials), or EC2 Instance + // Role. These credentials will be used to to make the STS Assume Role API. + sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) + + // Create the credentials from AssumeRoleProvider to assume the role + // referenced by the "myRoleARN" ARN. + creds := stscreds.NewCredentials(sess, "myRoleArn") + + // Create service client value configured for credentials + // from assumed role. + svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{Credentials: creds}) + +Assume Role with static MFA Token + +To assume an IAM role with a MFA token you can either specify a MFA token code +directly or provide a function to prompt the user each time the credentials +need to refresh the role's credentials. Specifying the TokenCode should be used +for short lived operations that will not need to be refreshed, and when you do +not want to have direct control over the user provides their MFA token. + +With TokenCode the AssumeRoleProvider will be not be able to refresh the role's +credentials. + + // Create the credentials from AssumeRoleProvider to assume the role + // referenced by the "myRoleARN" ARN using the MFA token code provided. + creds := stscreds.NewCredentials(sess, "myRoleArn", func(p *stscreds.AssumeRoleProvider) { + p.SerialNumber = aws.String("myTokenSerialNumber") + p.TokenCode = aws.String("00000000") + }) + + // Create service client value configured for credentials + // from assumed role. + svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{Credentials: creds}) + +Assume Role with MFA Token Provider + +To assume an IAM role with MFA for longer running tasks where the credentials +may need to be refreshed setting the TokenProvider field of AssumeRoleProvider +will allow the credential provider to prompt for new MFA token code when the +role's credentials need to be refreshed. + +The StdinTokenProvider function is available to prompt on stdin to retrieve +the MFA token code from the user. You can also implement custom prompts by +satisfing the TokenProvider function signature. + +Using StdinTokenProvider with multiple AssumeRoleProviders, or Credentials will +have undesirable results as the StdinTokenProvider will not be synchronized. A +single Credentials with an AssumeRoleProvider can be shared safely. + + // Create the credentials from AssumeRoleProvider to assume the role + // referenced by the "myRoleARN" ARN. Prompting for MFA token from stdin. + creds := stscreds.NewCredentials(sess, "myRoleArn", func(p *stscreds.AssumeRoleProvider) { + p.SerialNumber = aws.String("myTokenSerialNumber") + p.TokenProvider = stscreds.StdinTokenProvider + }) + + // Create service client value configured for credentials + // from assumed role. + svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{Credentials: creds}) + +*/ +package stscreds + +import ( + "fmt" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts" +) + +// StdinTokenProvider will prompt on stdout and read from stdin for a string value. +// An error is returned if reading from stdin fails. +// +// Use this function go read MFA tokens from stdin. The function makes no attempt +// to make atomic prompts from stdin across multiple gorouties. +// +// Using StdinTokenProvider with multiple AssumeRoleProviders, or Credentials will +// have undesirable results as the StdinTokenProvider will not be synchronized. A +// single Credentials with an AssumeRoleProvider can be shared safely +// +// Will wait forever until something is provided on the stdin. +func StdinTokenProvider() (string, error) { + var v string + fmt.Printf("Assume Role MFA token code: ") + _, err := fmt.Scanln(&v) + + return v, err +} + +// ProviderName provides a name of AssumeRole provider +const ProviderName = "AssumeRoleProvider" + +// AssumeRoler represents the minimal subset of the STS client API used by this provider. +type AssumeRoler interface { + AssumeRole(input *sts.AssumeRoleInput) (*sts.AssumeRoleOutput, error) +} + +// DefaultDuration is the default amount of time in minutes that the credentials +// will be valid for. +var DefaultDuration = time.Duration(15) * time.Minute + +// AssumeRoleProvider retrieves temporary credentials from the STS service, and +// keeps track of their expiration time. +// +// This credential provider will be used by the SDKs default credential change +// when shared configuration is enabled, and the shared config or shared credentials +// file configure assume role. See Session docs for how to do this. +// +// AssumeRoleProvider does not provide any synchronization and it is not safe +// to share this value across multiple Credentials, Sessions, or service clients +// without also sharing the same Credentials instance. +type AssumeRoleProvider struct { + credentials.Expiry + + // STS client to make assume role request with. + Client AssumeRoler + + // Role to be assumed. + RoleARN string + + // Session name, if you wish to reuse the credentials elsewhere. + RoleSessionName string + + // Expiry duration of the STS credentials. Defaults to 15 minutes if not set. + Duration time.Duration + + // Optional ExternalID to pass along, defaults to nil if not set. + ExternalID *string + + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string + + // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user + // who is making the AssumeRole call. Specify this value if the trust policy + // of the role being assumed includes a condition that requires MFA authentication. + // The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) + // or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user). + SerialNumber *string + + // The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being + // assumed requires MFA (that is, if the policy includes a condition that tests + // for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode value + // is missing or expired, the AssumeRole call returns an "access denied" error. + // + // If SerialNumber is set and neither TokenCode nor TokenProvider are also + // set an error will be returned. + TokenCode *string + + // Async method of providing MFA token code for assuming an IAM role with MFA. + // The value returned by the function will be used as the TokenCode in the Retrieve + // call. See StdinTokenProvider for a provider that prompts and reads from stdin. + // + // This token provider will be called when ever the assumed role's + // credentials need to be refreshed when SerialNumber is also set and + // TokenCode is not set. + // + // If both TokenCode and TokenProvider is set, TokenProvider will be used and + // TokenCode is ignored. + TokenProvider func() (string, error) + + // ExpiryWindow will allow the credentials to trigger refreshing prior to + // the credentials actually expiring. This is beneficial so race conditions + // with expiring credentials do not cause request to fail unexpectedly + // due to ExpiredTokenException exceptions. + // + // So a ExpiryWindow of 10s would cause calls to IsExpired() to return true + // 10 seconds before the credentials are actually expired. + // + // If ExpiryWindow is 0 or less it will be ignored. + ExpiryWindow time.Duration +} + +// NewCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object wrapping the +// AssumeRoleProvider. The credentials will expire every 15 minutes and the +// role will be named after a nanosecond timestamp of this operation. +// +// Takes a Config provider to create the STS client. The ConfigProvider is +// satisfied by the session.Session type. +// +// It is safe to share the returned Credentials with multiple Sessions and +// service clients. All access to the credentials and refreshing them +// will be synchronized. +func NewCredentials(c client.ConfigProvider, roleARN string, options ...func(*AssumeRoleProvider)) *credentials.Credentials { + p := &AssumeRoleProvider{ + Client: sts.New(c), + RoleARN: roleARN, + Duration: DefaultDuration, + } + + for _, option := range options { + option(p) + } + + return credentials.NewCredentials(p) +} + +// NewCredentialsWithClient returns a pointer to a new Credentials object wrapping the +// AssumeRoleProvider. The credentials will expire every 15 minutes and the +// role will be named after a nanosecond timestamp of this operation. +// +// Takes an AssumeRoler which can be satisfied by the STS client. +// +// It is safe to share the returned Credentials with multiple Sessions and +// service clients. All access to the credentials and refreshing them +// will be synchronized. +func NewCredentialsWithClient(svc AssumeRoler, roleARN string, options ...func(*AssumeRoleProvider)) *credentials.Credentials { + p := &AssumeRoleProvider{ + Client: svc, + RoleARN: roleARN, + Duration: DefaultDuration, + } + + for _, option := range options { + option(p) + } + + return credentials.NewCredentials(p) +} + +// Retrieve generates a new set of temporary credentials using STS. +func (p *AssumeRoleProvider) Retrieve() (credentials.Value, error) { + + // Apply defaults where parameters are not set. + if p.RoleSessionName == "" { + // Try to work out a role name that will hopefully end up unique. + p.RoleSessionName = fmt.Sprintf("%d", time.Now().UTC().UnixNano()) + } + if p.Duration == 0 { + // Expire as often as AWS permits. + p.Duration = DefaultDuration + } + input := &sts.AssumeRoleInput{ + DurationSeconds: aws.Int64(int64(p.Duration / time.Second)), + RoleArn: aws.String(p.RoleARN), + RoleSessionName: aws.String(p.RoleSessionName), + ExternalId: p.ExternalID, + } + if p.Policy != nil { + input.Policy = p.Policy + } + if p.SerialNumber != nil { + if p.TokenCode != nil { + input.SerialNumber = p.SerialNumber + input.TokenCode = p.TokenCode + } else if p.TokenProvider != nil { + input.SerialNumber = p.SerialNumber + code, err := p.TokenProvider() + if err != nil { + return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, err + } + input.TokenCode = aws.String(code) + } else { + return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, + awserr.New("AssumeRoleTokenNotAvailable", + "assume role with MFA enabled, but neither TokenCode nor TokenProvider are set", nil) + } + } + + roleOutput, err := p.Client.AssumeRole(input) + if err != nil { + return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, err + } + + // We will proactively generate new credentials before they expire. + p.SetExpiration(*roleOutput.Credentials.Expiration, p.ExpiryWindow) + + return credentials.Value{ + AccessKeyID: *roleOutput.Credentials.AccessKeyId, + SecretAccessKey: *roleOutput.Credentials.SecretAccessKey, + SessionToken: *roleOutput.Credentials.SessionToken, + ProviderName: ProviderName, + }, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..152d785b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +// Package csm provides Client Side Monitoring (CSM) which enables sending metrics +// via UDP connection. Using the Start function will enable the reporting of +// metrics on a given port. If Start is called, with different parameters, again, +// a panic will occur. +// +// Pause can be called to pause any metrics publishing on a given port. Sessions +// that have had their handlers modified via InjectHandlers may still be used. +// However, the handlers will act as a no-op meaning no metrics will be published. +// +// Example: +// r, err := csm.Start("clientID", ":31000") +// if err != nil { +// panic(fmt.Errorf("failed starting CSM: %v", err)) +// } +// +// sess, err := session.NewSession(&aws.Config{}) +// if err != nil { +// panic(fmt.Errorf("failed loading session: %v", err)) +// } +// +// r.InjectHandlers(&sess.Handlers) +// +// client := s3.New(sess) +// resp, err := client.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String("bucket"), +// Key: aws.String("key"), +// }) +// +// // Will pause monitoring +// r.Pause() +// resp, err = client.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String("bucket"), +// Key: aws.String("key"), +// }) +// +// // Resume monitoring +// r.Continue() +// +// Start returns a Reporter that is used to enable or disable monitoring. If +// access to the Reporter is required later, calling Get will return the Reporter +// singleton. +// +// Example: +// r := csm.Get() +// r.Continue() +package csm diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/enable.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/enable.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f0c6eac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/enable.go @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +package csm + +import ( + "fmt" + "sync" +) + +var ( + lock sync.Mutex +) + +// Client side metric handler names +const ( + APICallMetricHandlerName = "awscsm.SendAPICallMetric" + APICallAttemptMetricHandlerName = "awscsm.SendAPICallAttemptMetric" +) + +// Start will start the a long running go routine to capture +// client side metrics. Calling start multiple time will only +// start the metric listener once and will panic if a different +// client ID or port is passed in. +// +// Example: +// r, err := csm.Start("clientID", "127.0.0.1:8094") +// if err != nil { +// panic(fmt.Errorf("expected no error, but received %v", err)) +// } +// sess := session.NewSession() +// r.InjectHandlers(sess.Handlers) +// +// svc := s3.New(sess) +// out, err := svc.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String("bucket"), +// Key: aws.String("key"), +// }) +func Start(clientID string, url string) (*Reporter, error) { + lock.Lock() + defer lock.Unlock() + + if sender == nil { + sender = newReporter(clientID, url) + } else { + if sender.clientID != clientID { + panic(fmt.Errorf("inconsistent client IDs. %q was expected, but received %q", sender.clientID, clientID)) + } + + if sender.url != url { + panic(fmt.Errorf("inconsistent URLs. %q was expected, but received %q", sender.url, url)) + } + } + + if err := connect(url); err != nil { + sender = nil + return nil, err + } + + return sender, nil +} + +// Get will return a reporter if one exists, if one does not exist, nil will +// be returned. +func Get() *Reporter { + lock.Lock() + defer lock.Unlock() + + return sender +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/metric.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/metric.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b0d630e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/metric.go @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +package csm + +import ( + "strconv" + "time" +) + +type metricTime time.Time + +func (t metricTime) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + ns := time.Duration(time.Time(t).UnixNano()) + return []byte(strconv.FormatInt(int64(ns/time.Millisecond), 10)), nil +} + +type metric struct { + ClientID *string `json:"ClientId,omitempty"` + API *string `json:"Api,omitempty"` + Service *string `json:"Service,omitempty"` + Timestamp *metricTime `json:"Timestamp,omitempty"` + Type *string `json:"Type,omitempty"` + Version *int `json:"Version,omitempty"` + + AttemptCount *int `json:"AttemptCount,omitempty"` + Latency *int `json:"Latency,omitempty"` + + Fqdn *string `json:"Fqdn,omitempty"` + UserAgent *string `json:"UserAgent,omitempty"` + AttemptLatency *int `json:"AttemptLatency,omitempty"` + + SessionToken *string `json:"SessionToken,omitempty"` + Region *string `json:"Region,omitempty"` + AccessKey *string `json:"AccessKey,omitempty"` + HTTPStatusCode *int `json:"HttpStatusCode,omitempty"` + XAmzID2 *string `json:"XAmzId2,omitempty"` + XAmzRequestID *string `json:"XAmznRequestId,omitempty"` + + AWSException *string `json:"AwsException,omitempty"` + AWSExceptionMessage *string `json:"AwsExceptionMessage,omitempty"` + SDKException *string `json:"SdkException,omitempty"` + SDKExceptionMessage *string `json:"SdkExceptionMessage,omitempty"` + + DestinationIP *string `json:"DestinationIp,omitempty"` + ConnectionReused *int `json:"ConnectionReused,omitempty"` + + AcquireConnectionLatency *int `json:"AcquireConnectionLatency,omitempty"` + ConnectLatency *int `json:"ConnectLatency,omitempty"` + RequestLatency *int `json:"RequestLatency,omitempty"` + DNSLatency *int `json:"DnsLatency,omitempty"` + TCPLatency *int `json:"TcpLatency,omitempty"` + SSLLatency *int `json:"SslLatency,omitempty"` +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/metric_chan.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/metric_chan.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..514fc3739 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/metric_chan.go @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +package csm + +import ( + "sync/atomic" +) + +const ( + runningEnum = iota + pausedEnum +) + +var ( + // MetricsChannelSize of metrics to hold in the channel + MetricsChannelSize = 100 +) + +type metricChan struct { + ch chan metric + paused int64 +} + +func newMetricChan(size int) metricChan { + return metricChan{ + ch: make(chan metric, size), + } +} + +func (ch *metricChan) Pause() { + atomic.StoreInt64(&ch.paused, pausedEnum) +} + +func (ch *metricChan) Continue() { + atomic.StoreInt64(&ch.paused, runningEnum) +} + +func (ch *metricChan) IsPaused() bool { + v := atomic.LoadInt64(&ch.paused) + return v == pausedEnum +} + +// Push will push metrics to the metric channel if the channel +// is not paused +func (ch *metricChan) Push(m metric) bool { + if ch.IsPaused() { + return false + } + + select { + case ch.ch <- m: + return true + default: + return false + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/reporter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/reporter.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11082e5ed --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/reporter.go @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +package csm + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "net" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const ( + // DefaultPort is used when no port is specified + DefaultPort = "31000" +) + +// Reporter will gather metrics of API requests made and +// send those metrics to the CSM endpoint. +type Reporter struct { + clientID string + url string + conn net.Conn + metricsCh metricChan + done chan struct{} +} + +var ( + sender *Reporter +) + +func connect(url string) error { + const network = "udp" + if err := sender.connect(network, url); err != nil { + return err + } + + if sender.done == nil { + sender.done = make(chan struct{}) + go sender.start() + } + + return nil +} + +func newReporter(clientID, url string) *Reporter { + return &Reporter{ + clientID: clientID, + url: url, + metricsCh: newMetricChan(MetricsChannelSize), + } +} + +func (rep *Reporter) sendAPICallAttemptMetric(r *request.Request) { + if rep == nil { + return + } + + now := time.Now() + creds, _ := r.Config.Credentials.Get() + + m := metric{ + ClientID: aws.String(rep.clientID), + API: aws.String(r.Operation.Name), + Service: aws.String(r.ClientInfo.ServiceID), + Timestamp: (*metricTime)(&now), + UserAgent: aws.String(r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get("User-Agent")), + Region: r.Config.Region, + Type: aws.String("ApiCallAttempt"), + Version: aws.Int(1), + + XAmzRequestID: aws.String(r.RequestID), + + AttemptCount: aws.Int(r.RetryCount + 1), + AttemptLatency: aws.Int(int(now.Sub(r.AttemptTime).Nanoseconds() / int64(time.Millisecond))), + AccessKey: aws.String(creds.AccessKeyID), + } + + if r.HTTPResponse != nil { + m.HTTPStatusCode = aws.Int(r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode) + } + + if r.Error != nil { + if awserr, ok := r.Error.(awserr.Error); ok { + setError(&m, awserr) + } + } + + rep.metricsCh.Push(m) +} + +func setError(m *metric, err awserr.Error) { + msg := err.Error() + code := err.Code() + + switch code { + case "RequestError", + "SerializationError", + request.CanceledErrorCode: + m.SDKException = &code + m.SDKExceptionMessage = &msg + default: + m.AWSException = &code + m.AWSExceptionMessage = &msg + } +} + +func (rep *Reporter) sendAPICallMetric(r *request.Request) { + if rep == nil { + return + } + + now := time.Now() + m := metric{ + ClientID: aws.String(rep.clientID), + API: aws.String(r.Operation.Name), + Service: aws.String(r.ClientInfo.ServiceID), + Timestamp: (*metricTime)(&now), + Type: aws.String("ApiCall"), + AttemptCount: aws.Int(r.RetryCount + 1), + Latency: aws.Int(int(time.Now().Sub(r.Time) / time.Millisecond)), + XAmzRequestID: aws.String(r.RequestID), + } + + // TODO: Probably want to figure something out for logging dropped + // metrics + rep.metricsCh.Push(m) +} + +func (rep *Reporter) connect(network, url string) error { + if rep.conn != nil { + rep.conn.Close() + } + + conn, err := net.Dial(network, url) + if err != nil { + return awserr.New("UDPError", "Could not connect", err) + } + + rep.conn = conn + + return nil +} + +func (rep *Reporter) close() { + if rep.done != nil { + close(rep.done) + } + + rep.metricsCh.Pause() +} + +func (rep *Reporter) start() { + defer func() { + rep.metricsCh.Pause() + }() + + for { + select { + case <-rep.done: + rep.done = nil + return + case m := <-rep.metricsCh.ch: + // TODO: What to do with this error? Probably should just log + b, err := json.Marshal(m) + if err != nil { + continue + } + + rep.conn.Write(b) + } + } +} + +// Pause will pause the metric channel preventing any new metrics from +// being added. +func (rep *Reporter) Pause() { + lock.Lock() + defer lock.Unlock() + + if rep == nil { + return + } + + rep.close() +} + +// Continue will reopen the metric channel and allow for monitoring +// to be resumed. +func (rep *Reporter) Continue() { + lock.Lock() + defer lock.Unlock() + if rep == nil { + return + } + + if !rep.metricsCh.IsPaused() { + return + } + + rep.metricsCh.Continue() +} + +// InjectHandlers will will enable client side metrics and inject the proper +// handlers to handle how metrics are sent. +// +// Example: +// // Start must be called in order to inject the correct handlers +// r, err := csm.Start("clientID", "127.0.0.1:8094") +// if err != nil { +// panic(fmt.Errorf("expected no error, but received %v", err)) +// } +// +// sess := session.NewSession() +// r.InjectHandlers(&sess.Handlers) +// +// // create a new service client with our client side metric session +// svc := s3.New(sess) +func (rep *Reporter) InjectHandlers(handlers *request.Handlers) { + if rep == nil { + return + } + + apiCallHandler := request.NamedHandler{Name: APICallMetricHandlerName, Fn: rep.sendAPICallMetric} + apiCallAttemptHandler := request.NamedHandler{Name: APICallAttemptMetricHandlerName, Fn: rep.sendAPICallAttemptMetric} + + handlers.Complete.PushFrontNamed(apiCallHandler) + handlers.Complete.PushFrontNamed(apiCallAttemptHandler) + + handlers.AfterRetry.PushFrontNamed(apiCallAttemptHandler) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/defaults.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5040a2f64 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/defaults.go @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +// Package defaults is a collection of helpers to retrieve the SDK's default +// configuration and handlers. +// +// Generally this package shouldn't be used directly, but session.Session +// instead. This package is useful when you need to reset the defaults +// of a session or service client to the SDK defaults before setting +// additional parameters. +package defaults + +import ( + "fmt" + "net" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "os" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// A Defaults provides a collection of default values for SDK clients. +type Defaults struct { + Config *aws.Config + Handlers request.Handlers +} + +// Get returns the SDK's default values with Config and handlers pre-configured. +func Get() Defaults { + cfg := Config() + handlers := Handlers() + cfg.Credentials = CredChain(cfg, handlers) + + return Defaults{ + Config: cfg, + Handlers: handlers, + } +} + +// Config returns the default configuration without credentials. +// To retrieve a config with credentials also included use +// `defaults.Get().Config` instead. +// +// Generally you shouldn't need to use this method directly, but +// is available if you need to reset the configuration of an +// existing service client or session. +func Config() *aws.Config { + return aws.NewConfig(). + WithCredentials(credentials.AnonymousCredentials). + WithRegion(os.Getenv("AWS_REGION")). + WithHTTPClient(http.DefaultClient). + WithMaxRetries(aws.UseServiceDefaultRetries). + WithLogger(aws.NewDefaultLogger()). + WithLogLevel(aws.LogOff). + WithEndpointResolver(endpoints.DefaultResolver()) +} + +// Handlers returns the default request handlers. +// +// Generally you shouldn't need to use this method directly, but +// is available if you need to reset the request handlers of an +// existing service client or session. +func Handlers() request.Handlers { + var handlers request.Handlers + + handlers.Validate.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.ValidateEndpointHandler) + handlers.Validate.AfterEachFn = request.HandlerListStopOnError + handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.SDKVersionUserAgentHandler) + handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.AddHostExecEnvUserAgentHander) + handlers.Build.AfterEachFn = request.HandlerListStopOnError + handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.BuildContentLengthHandler) + handlers.Send.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.ValidateReqSigHandler) + handlers.Send.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.SendHandler) + handlers.AfterRetry.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.AfterRetryHandler) + handlers.ValidateResponse.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.ValidateResponseHandler) + + return handlers +} + +// CredChain returns the default credential chain. +// +// Generally you shouldn't need to use this method directly, but +// is available if you need to reset the credentials of an +// existing service client or session's Config. +func CredChain(cfg *aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers) *credentials.Credentials { + return credentials.NewCredentials(&credentials.ChainProvider{ + VerboseErrors: aws.BoolValue(cfg.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors), + Providers: CredProviders(cfg, handlers), + }) +} + +// CredProviders returns the slice of providers used in +// the default credential chain. +// +// For applications that need to use some other provider (for example use +// different environment variables for legacy reasons) but still fall back +// on the default chain of providers. This allows that default chaint to be +// automatically updated +func CredProviders(cfg *aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers) []credentials.Provider { + return []credentials.Provider{ + &credentials.EnvProvider{}, + &credentials.SharedCredentialsProvider{Filename: "", Profile: ""}, + RemoteCredProvider(*cfg, handlers), + } +} + +const ( + httpProviderEnvVar = "AWS_CONTAINER_CREDENTIALS_FULL_URI" + ecsCredsProviderEnvVar = "AWS_CONTAINER_CREDENTIALS_RELATIVE_URI" +) + +// RemoteCredProvider returns a credentials provider for the default remote +// endpoints such as EC2 or ECS Roles. +func RemoteCredProvider(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers) credentials.Provider { + if u := os.Getenv(httpProviderEnvVar); len(u) > 0 { + return localHTTPCredProvider(cfg, handlers, u) + } + + if uri := os.Getenv(ecsCredsProviderEnvVar); len(uri) > 0 { + u := fmt.Sprintf("http://169.254.170.2%s", uri) + return httpCredProvider(cfg, handlers, u) + } + + return ec2RoleProvider(cfg, handlers) +} + +var lookupHostFn = net.LookupHost + +func isLoopbackHost(host string) (bool, error) { + ip := net.ParseIP(host) + if ip != nil { + return ip.IsLoopback(), nil + } + + // Host is not an ip, perform lookup + addrs, err := lookupHostFn(host) + if err != nil { + return false, err + } + for _, addr := range addrs { + if !net.ParseIP(addr).IsLoopback() { + return false, nil + } + } + + return true, nil +} + +func localHTTPCredProvider(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, u string) credentials.Provider { + var errMsg string + + parsed, err := url.Parse(u) + if err != nil { + errMsg = fmt.Sprintf("invalid URL, %v", err) + } else { + host := aws.URLHostname(parsed) + if len(host) == 0 { + errMsg = "unable to parse host from local HTTP cred provider URL" + } else if isLoopback, loopbackErr := isLoopbackHost(host); loopbackErr != nil { + errMsg = fmt.Sprintf("failed to resolve host %q, %v", host, loopbackErr) + } else if !isLoopback { + errMsg = fmt.Sprintf("invalid endpoint host, %q, only loopback hosts are allowed.", host) + } + } + + if len(errMsg) > 0 { + if cfg.Logger != nil { + cfg.Logger.Log("Ignoring, HTTP credential provider", errMsg, err) + } + return credentials.ErrorProvider{ + Err: awserr.New("CredentialsEndpointError", errMsg, err), + ProviderName: endpointcreds.ProviderName, + } + } + + return httpCredProvider(cfg, handlers, u) +} + +func httpCredProvider(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, u string) credentials.Provider { + return endpointcreds.NewProviderClient(cfg, handlers, u, + func(p *endpointcreds.Provider) { + p.ExpiryWindow = 5 * time.Minute + }, + ) +} + +func ec2RoleProvider(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers) credentials.Provider { + resolver := cfg.EndpointResolver + if resolver == nil { + resolver = endpoints.DefaultResolver() + } + + e, _ := resolver.EndpointFor(endpoints.Ec2metadataServiceID, "") + return &ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{ + Client: ec2metadata.NewClient(cfg, handlers, e.URL, e.SigningRegion), + ExpiryWindow: 5 * time.Minute, + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/shared_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/shared_config.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca0ee1dcc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/shared_config.go @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +package defaults + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/shareddefaults" +) + +// SharedCredentialsFilename returns the SDK's default file path +// for the shared credentials file. +// +// Builds the shared config file path based on the OS's platform. +// +// - Linux/Unix: $HOME/.aws/credentials +// - Windows: %USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials +func SharedCredentialsFilename() string { + return shareddefaults.SharedCredentialsFilename() +} + +// SharedConfigFilename returns the SDK's default file path for +// the shared config file. +// +// Builds the shared config file path based on the OS's platform. +// +// - Linux/Unix: $HOME/.aws/config +// - Windows: %USERPROFILE%\.aws\config +func SharedConfigFilename() string { + return shareddefaults.SharedConfigFilename() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fcb61618 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +// Package aws provides the core SDK's utilities and shared types. Use this package's +// utilities to simplify setting and reading API operations parameters. +// +// Value and Pointer Conversion Utilities +// +// This package includes a helper conversion utility for each scalar type the SDK's +// API use. These utilities make getting a pointer of the scalar, and dereferencing +// a pointer easier. +// +// Each conversion utility comes in two forms. Value to Pointer and Pointer to Value. +// The Pointer to value will safely dereference the pointer and return its value. +// If the pointer was nil, the scalar's zero value will be returned. +// +// The value to pointer functions will be named after the scalar type. So get a +// *string from a string value use the "String" function. This makes it easy to +// to get pointer of a literal string value, because getting the address of a +// literal requires assigning the value to a variable first. +// +// var strPtr *string +// +// // Without the SDK's conversion functions +// str := "my string" +// strPtr = &str +// +// // With the SDK's conversion functions +// strPtr = aws.String("my string") +// +// // Convert *string to string value +// str = aws.StringValue(strPtr) +// +// In addition to scalars the aws package also includes conversion utilities for +// map and slice for commonly types used in API parameters. The map and slice +// conversion functions use similar naming pattern as the scalar conversion +// functions. +// +// var strPtrs []*string +// var strs []string = []string{"Go", "Gophers", "Go"} +// +// // Convert []string to []*string +// strPtrs = aws.StringSlice(strs) +// +// // Convert []*string to []string +// strs = aws.StringValueSlice(strPtrs) +// +// SDK Default HTTP Client +// +// The SDK will use the http.DefaultClient if a HTTP client is not provided to +// the SDK's Session, or service client constructor. This means that if the +// http.DefaultClient is modified by other components of your application the +// modifications will be picked up by the SDK as well. +// +// In some cases this might be intended, but it is a better practice to create +// a custom HTTP Client to share explicitly through your application. You can +// configure the SDK to use the custom HTTP Client by setting the HTTPClient +// value of the SDK's Config type when creating a Session or service client. +package aws diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c215cd3f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +package ec2metadata + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/http" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkuri" +) + +// GetMetadata uses the path provided to request information from the EC2 +// instance metdata service. The content will be returned as a string, or +// error if the request failed. +func (c *EC2Metadata) GetMetadata(p string) (string, error) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: "GetMetadata", + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: sdkuri.PathJoin("/meta-data", p), + } + + output := &metadataOutput{} + req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output) + + return output.Content, req.Send() +} + +// GetUserData returns the userdata that was configured for the service. If +// there is no user-data setup for the EC2 instance a "NotFoundError" error +// code will be returned. +func (c *EC2Metadata) GetUserData() (string, error) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: "GetUserData", + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/user-data", + } + + output := &metadataOutput{} + req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output) + req.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(func(r *request.Request) { + if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound { + r.Error = awserr.New("NotFoundError", "user-data not found", r.Error) + } + }) + + return output.Content, req.Send() +} + +// GetDynamicData uses the path provided to request information from the EC2 +// instance metadata service for dynamic data. The content will be returned +// as a string, or error if the request failed. +func (c *EC2Metadata) GetDynamicData(p string) (string, error) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: "GetDynamicData", + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: sdkuri.PathJoin("/dynamic", p), + } + + output := &metadataOutput{} + req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output) + + return output.Content, req.Send() +} + +// GetInstanceIdentityDocument retrieves an identity document describing an +// instance. Error is returned if the request fails or is unable to parse +// the response. +func (c *EC2Metadata) GetInstanceIdentityDocument() (EC2InstanceIdentityDocument, error) { + resp, err := c.GetDynamicData("instance-identity/document") + if err != nil { + return EC2InstanceIdentityDocument{}, + awserr.New("EC2MetadataRequestError", + "failed to get EC2 instance identity document", err) + } + + doc := EC2InstanceIdentityDocument{} + if err := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(resp)).Decode(&doc); err != nil { + return EC2InstanceIdentityDocument{}, + awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to decode EC2 instance identity document", err) + } + + return doc, nil +} + +// IAMInfo retrieves IAM info from the metadata API +func (c *EC2Metadata) IAMInfo() (EC2IAMInfo, error) { + resp, err := c.GetMetadata("iam/info") + if err != nil { + return EC2IAMInfo{}, + awserr.New("EC2MetadataRequestError", + "failed to get EC2 IAM info", err) + } + + info := EC2IAMInfo{} + if err := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(resp)).Decode(&info); err != nil { + return EC2IAMInfo{}, + awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to decode EC2 IAM info", err) + } + + if info.Code != "Success" { + errMsg := fmt.Sprintf("failed to get EC2 IAM Info (%s)", info.Code) + return EC2IAMInfo{}, + awserr.New("EC2MetadataError", errMsg, nil) + } + + return info, nil +} + +// Region returns the region the instance is running in. +func (c *EC2Metadata) Region() (string, error) { + resp, err := c.GetMetadata("placement/availability-zone") + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + + // returns region without the suffix. Eg: us-west-2a becomes us-west-2 + return resp[:len(resp)-1], nil +} + +// Available returns if the application has access to the EC2 Metadata service. +// Can be used to determine if application is running within an EC2 Instance and +// the metadata service is available. +func (c *EC2Metadata) Available() bool { + if _, err := c.GetMetadata("instance-id"); err != nil { + return false + } + + return true +} + +// An EC2IAMInfo provides the shape for unmarshaling +// an IAM info from the metadata API +type EC2IAMInfo struct { + Code string + LastUpdated time.Time + InstanceProfileArn string + InstanceProfileID string +} + +// An EC2InstanceIdentityDocument provides the shape for unmarshaling +// an instance identity document +type EC2InstanceIdentityDocument struct { + DevpayProductCodes []string `json:"devpayProductCodes"` + AvailabilityZone string `json:"availabilityZone"` + PrivateIP string `json:"privateIp"` + Version string `json:"version"` + Region string `json:"region"` + InstanceID string `json:"instanceId"` + BillingProducts []string `json:"billingProducts"` + InstanceType string `json:"instanceType"` + AccountID string `json:"accountId"` + PendingTime time.Time `json:"pendingTime"` + ImageID string `json:"imageId"` + KernelID string `json:"kernelId"` + RamdiskID string `json:"ramdiskId"` + Architecture string `json:"architecture"` +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef5f73292 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +// Package ec2metadata provides the client for making API calls to the +// EC2 Metadata service. +// +// This package's client can be disabled completely by setting the environment +// variable "AWS_EC2_METADATA_DISABLED=true". This environment variable set to +// true instructs the SDK to disable the EC2 Metadata client. The client cannot +// be used while the environemnt variable is set to true, (case insensitive). +package ec2metadata + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "io" + "net/http" + "os" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// ServiceName is the name of the service. +const ServiceName = "ec2metadata" +const disableServiceEnvVar = "AWS_EC2_METADATA_DISABLED" + +// A EC2Metadata is an EC2 Metadata service Client. +type EC2Metadata struct { + *client.Client +} + +// New creates a new instance of the EC2Metadata client with a session. +// This client is safe to use across multiple goroutines. +// +// +// Example: +// // Create a EC2Metadata client from just a session. +// svc := ec2metadata.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a EC2Metadata client with additional configuration +// svc := ec2metadata.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithLogLevel(aws.LogDebugHTTPBody)) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *EC2Metadata { + c := p.ClientConfig(ServiceName, cfgs...) + return NewClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion) +} + +// NewClient returns a new EC2Metadata client. Should be used to create +// a client when not using a session. Generally using just New with a session +// is preferred. +// +// If an unmodified HTTP client is provided from the stdlib default, or no client +// the EC2RoleProvider's EC2Metadata HTTP client's timeout will be shortened. +// To disable this set Config.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride to false. Enabled by default. +func NewClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion string, opts ...func(*client.Client)) *EC2Metadata { + if !aws.BoolValue(cfg.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride) && httpClientZero(cfg.HTTPClient) { + // If the http client is unmodified and this feature is not disabled + // set custom timeouts for EC2Metadata requests. + cfg.HTTPClient = &http.Client{ + // use a shorter timeout than default because the metadata + // service is local if it is running, and to fail faster + // if not running on an ec2 instance. + Timeout: 5 * time.Second, + } + } + + svc := &EC2Metadata{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "latest", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(unmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(unmarshalError) + svc.Handlers.Validate.Clear() + svc.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(validateEndpointHandler) + + // Disable the EC2 Metadata service if the environment variable is set. + // This shortcirctes the service's functionality to always fail to send + // requests. + if strings.ToLower(os.Getenv(disableServiceEnvVar)) == "true" { + svc.Handlers.Send.SwapNamed(request.NamedHandler{ + Name: corehandlers.SendHandler.Name, + Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + r.Error = awserr.New( + request.CanceledErrorCode, + "EC2 IMDS access disabled via "+disableServiceEnvVar+" env var", + nil) + }, + }) + } + + // Add additional options to the service config + for _, option := range opts { + option(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +func httpClientZero(c *http.Client) bool { + return c == nil || (c.Transport == nil && c.CheckRedirect == nil && c.Jar == nil && c.Timeout == 0) +} + +type metadataOutput struct { + Content string +} + +func unmarshalHandler(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + b := &bytes.Buffer{} + if _, err := io.Copy(b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata respose", err) + return + } + + if data, ok := r.Data.(*metadataOutput); ok { + data.Content = b.String() + } +} + +func unmarshalError(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + b := &bytes.Buffer{} + if _, err := io.Copy(b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata error respose", err) + return + } + + // Response body format is not consistent between metadata endpoints. + // Grab the error message as a string and include that as the source error + r.Error = awserr.New("EC2MetadataError", "failed to make EC2Metadata request", errors.New(b.String())) +} + +func validateEndpointHandler(r *request.Request) { + if r.ClientInfo.Endpoint == "" { + r.Error = aws.ErrMissingEndpoint + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c04ba06c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +package endpoints + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "io" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" +) + +type modelDefinition map[string]json.RawMessage + +// A DecodeModelOptions are the options for how the endpoints model definition +// are decoded. +type DecodeModelOptions struct { + SkipCustomizations bool +} + +// Set combines all of the option functions together. +func (d *DecodeModelOptions) Set(optFns ...func(*DecodeModelOptions)) { + for _, fn := range optFns { + fn(d) + } +} + +// DecodeModel unmarshals a Regions and Endpoint model definition file into +// a endpoint Resolver. If the file format is not supported, or an error occurs +// when unmarshaling the model an error will be returned. +// +// Casting the return value of this func to a EnumPartitions will +// allow you to get a list of the partitions in the order the endpoints +// will be resolved in. +// +// resolver, err := endpoints.DecodeModel(reader) +// +// partitions := resolver.(endpoints.EnumPartitions).Partitions() +// for _, p := range partitions { +// // ... inspect partitions +// } +func DecodeModel(r io.Reader, optFns ...func(*DecodeModelOptions)) (Resolver, error) { + var opts DecodeModelOptions + opts.Set(optFns...) + + // Get the version of the partition file to determine what + // unmarshaling model to use. + modelDef := modelDefinition{} + if err := json.NewDecoder(r).Decode(&modelDef); err != nil { + return nil, newDecodeModelError("failed to decode endpoints model", err) + } + + var version string + if b, ok := modelDef["version"]; ok { + version = string(b) + } else { + return nil, newDecodeModelError("endpoints version not found in model", nil) + } + + if version == "3" { + return decodeV3Endpoints(modelDef, opts) + } + + return nil, newDecodeModelError( + fmt.Sprintf("endpoints version %s, not supported", version), nil) +} + +func decodeV3Endpoints(modelDef modelDefinition, opts DecodeModelOptions) (Resolver, error) { + b, ok := modelDef["partitions"] + if !ok { + return nil, newDecodeModelError("endpoints model missing partitions", nil) + } + + ps := partitions{} + if err := json.Unmarshal(b, &ps); err != nil { + return nil, newDecodeModelError("failed to decode endpoints model", err) + } + + if opts.SkipCustomizations { + return ps, nil + } + + // Customization + for i := 0; i < len(ps); i++ { + p := &ps[i] + custAddEC2Metadata(p) + custAddS3DualStack(p) + custRmIotDataService(p) + custFixAppAutoscalingChina(p) + } + + return ps, nil +} + +func custAddS3DualStack(p *partition) { + if p.ID != "aws" { + return + } + + s, ok := p.Services["s3"] + if !ok { + return + } + + s.Defaults.HasDualStack = boxedTrue + s.Defaults.DualStackHostname = "{service}.dualstack.{region}.{dnsSuffix}" + + p.Services["s3"] = s +} + +func custAddEC2Metadata(p *partition) { + p.Services["ec2metadata"] = service{ + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "169.254.169.254/latest", + Protocols: []string{"http"}, + }, + }, + } +} + +func custRmIotDataService(p *partition) { + delete(p.Services, "data.iot") +} + +func custFixAppAutoscalingChina(p *partition) { + if p.ID != "aws-cn" { + return + } + + const serviceName = "application-autoscaling" + s, ok := p.Services[serviceName] + if !ok { + return + } + + const expectHostname = `autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com` + if e, a := s.Defaults.Hostname, expectHostname; e != a { + fmt.Printf("custFixAppAutoscalingChina: ignoring customization, expected %s, got %s\n", e, a) + return + } + + s.Defaults.Hostname = expectHostname + ".cn" + p.Services[serviceName] = s +} + +type decodeModelError struct { + awsError +} + +func newDecodeModelError(msg string, err error) decodeModelError { + return decodeModelError{ + awsError: awserr.New("DecodeEndpointsModelError", msg, err), + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebce035cf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go @@ -0,0 +1,3243 @@ +// Code generated by aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package endpoints + +import ( + "regexp" +) + +// Partition identifiers +const ( + AwsPartitionID = "aws" // AWS Standard partition. + AwsCnPartitionID = "aws-cn" // AWS China partition. + AwsUsGovPartitionID = "aws-us-gov" // AWS GovCloud (US) partition. +) + +// AWS Standard partition's regions. +const ( + ApNortheast1RegionID = "ap-northeast-1" // Asia Pacific (Tokyo). + ApNortheast2RegionID = "ap-northeast-2" // Asia Pacific (Seoul). + ApSouth1RegionID = "ap-south-1" // Asia Pacific (Mumbai). + ApSoutheast1RegionID = "ap-southeast-1" // Asia Pacific (Singapore). + ApSoutheast2RegionID = "ap-southeast-2" // Asia Pacific (Sydney). + CaCentral1RegionID = "ca-central-1" // Canada (Central). + EuCentral1RegionID = "eu-central-1" // EU (Frankfurt). + EuWest1RegionID = "eu-west-1" // EU (Ireland). + EuWest2RegionID = "eu-west-2" // EU (London). + EuWest3RegionID = "eu-west-3" // EU (Paris). + SaEast1RegionID = "sa-east-1" // South America (Sao Paulo). + UsEast1RegionID = "us-east-1" // US East (N. Virginia). + UsEast2RegionID = "us-east-2" // US East (Ohio). + UsWest1RegionID = "us-west-1" // US West (N. California). + UsWest2RegionID = "us-west-2" // US West (Oregon). +) + +// AWS China partition's regions. +const ( + CnNorth1RegionID = "cn-north-1" // China (Beijing). + CnNorthwest1RegionID = "cn-northwest-1" // China (Ningxia). +) + +// AWS GovCloud (US) partition's regions. +const ( + UsGovWest1RegionID = "us-gov-west-1" // AWS GovCloud (US). +) + +// Service identifiers +const ( + A4bServiceID = "a4b" // A4b. + AcmServiceID = "acm" // Acm. + AcmPcaServiceID = "acm-pca" // AcmPca. + ApiMediatailorServiceID = "api.mediatailor" // ApiMediatailor. + ApiPricingServiceID = "api.pricing" // ApiPricing. + ApiSagemakerServiceID = "api.sagemaker" // ApiSagemaker. + ApigatewayServiceID = "apigateway" // Apigateway. + ApplicationAutoscalingServiceID = "application-autoscaling" // ApplicationAutoscaling. + Appstream2ServiceID = "appstream2" // Appstream2. + AthenaServiceID = "athena" // Athena. + AutoscalingServiceID = "autoscaling" // Autoscaling. + AutoscalingPlansServiceID = "autoscaling-plans" // AutoscalingPlans. + BatchServiceID = "batch" // Batch. + BudgetsServiceID = "budgets" // Budgets. + CeServiceID = "ce" // Ce. + Cloud9ServiceID = "cloud9" // Cloud9. + ClouddirectoryServiceID = "clouddirectory" // Clouddirectory. + CloudformationServiceID = "cloudformation" // Cloudformation. + CloudfrontServiceID = "cloudfront" // Cloudfront. + CloudhsmServiceID = "cloudhsm" // Cloudhsm. + Cloudhsmv2ServiceID = "cloudhsmv2" // Cloudhsmv2. + CloudsearchServiceID = "cloudsearch" // Cloudsearch. + CloudtrailServiceID = "cloudtrail" // Cloudtrail. + CodebuildServiceID = "codebuild" // Codebuild. + CodecommitServiceID = "codecommit" // Codecommit. + CodedeployServiceID = "codedeploy" // Codedeploy. + CodepipelineServiceID = "codepipeline" // Codepipeline. + CodestarServiceID = "codestar" // Codestar. + CognitoIdentityServiceID = "cognito-identity" // CognitoIdentity. + CognitoIdpServiceID = "cognito-idp" // CognitoIdp. + CognitoSyncServiceID = "cognito-sync" // CognitoSync. + ComprehendServiceID = "comprehend" // Comprehend. + ConfigServiceID = "config" // Config. + CurServiceID = "cur" // Cur. + DatapipelineServiceID = "datapipeline" // Datapipeline. + DaxServiceID = "dax" // Dax. + DevicefarmServiceID = "devicefarm" // Devicefarm. + DirectconnectServiceID = "directconnect" // Directconnect. + DiscoveryServiceID = "discovery" // Discovery. + DmsServiceID = "dms" // Dms. + DsServiceID = "ds" // Ds. + DynamodbServiceID = "dynamodb" // Dynamodb. + Ec2ServiceID = "ec2" // Ec2. + Ec2metadataServiceID = "ec2metadata" // Ec2metadata. + EcrServiceID = "ecr" // Ecr. + EcsServiceID = "ecs" // Ecs. + ElasticacheServiceID = "elasticache" // Elasticache. + ElasticbeanstalkServiceID = "elasticbeanstalk" // Elasticbeanstalk. + ElasticfilesystemServiceID = "elasticfilesystem" // Elasticfilesystem. + ElasticloadbalancingServiceID = "elasticloadbalancing" // Elasticloadbalancing. + ElasticmapreduceServiceID = "elasticmapreduce" // Elasticmapreduce. + ElastictranscoderServiceID = "elastictranscoder" // Elastictranscoder. + EmailServiceID = "email" // Email. + EntitlementMarketplaceServiceID = "entitlement.marketplace" // EntitlementMarketplace. + EsServiceID = "es" // Es. + EventsServiceID = "events" // Events. + FirehoseServiceID = "firehose" // Firehose. + FmsServiceID = "fms" // Fms. + GameliftServiceID = "gamelift" // Gamelift. + GlacierServiceID = "glacier" // Glacier. + GlueServiceID = "glue" // Glue. + GreengrassServiceID = "greengrass" // Greengrass. + GuarddutyServiceID = "guardduty" // Guardduty. + HealthServiceID = "health" // Health. + IamServiceID = "iam" // Iam. + ImportexportServiceID = "importexport" // Importexport. + InspectorServiceID = "inspector" // Inspector. + IotServiceID = "iot" // Iot. + KinesisServiceID = "kinesis" // Kinesis. + KinesisanalyticsServiceID = "kinesisanalytics" // Kinesisanalytics. + KinesisvideoServiceID = "kinesisvideo" // Kinesisvideo. + KmsServiceID = "kms" // Kms. + LambdaServiceID = "lambda" // Lambda. + LightsailServiceID = "lightsail" // Lightsail. + LogsServiceID = "logs" // Logs. + MachinelearningServiceID = "machinelearning" // Machinelearning. + MarketplacecommerceanalyticsServiceID = "marketplacecommerceanalytics" // Marketplacecommerceanalytics. + MediaconvertServiceID = "mediaconvert" // Mediaconvert. + MedialiveServiceID = "medialive" // Medialive. + MediapackageServiceID = "mediapackage" // Mediapackage. + MediastoreServiceID = "mediastore" // Mediastore. + MeteringMarketplaceServiceID = "metering.marketplace" // MeteringMarketplace. + MghServiceID = "mgh" // Mgh. + MobileanalyticsServiceID = "mobileanalytics" // Mobileanalytics. + ModelsLexServiceID = "models.lex" // ModelsLex. + MonitoringServiceID = "monitoring" // Monitoring. + MturkRequesterServiceID = "mturk-requester" // MturkRequester. + NeptuneServiceID = "neptune" // Neptune. + OpsworksServiceID = "opsworks" // Opsworks. + OpsworksCmServiceID = "opsworks-cm" // OpsworksCm. + OrganizationsServiceID = "organizations" // Organizations. + PinpointServiceID = "pinpoint" // Pinpoint. + PollyServiceID = "polly" // Polly. + RdsServiceID = "rds" // Rds. + RedshiftServiceID = "redshift" // Redshift. + RekognitionServiceID = "rekognition" // Rekognition. + ResourceGroupsServiceID = "resource-groups" // ResourceGroups. + Route53ServiceID = "route53" // Route53. + Route53domainsServiceID = "route53domains" // Route53domains. + RuntimeLexServiceID = "runtime.lex" // RuntimeLex. + RuntimeSagemakerServiceID = "runtime.sagemaker" // RuntimeSagemaker. + S3ServiceID = "s3" // S3. + SdbServiceID = "sdb" // Sdb. + SecretsmanagerServiceID = "secretsmanager" // Secretsmanager. + ServerlessrepoServiceID = "serverlessrepo" // Serverlessrepo. + ServicecatalogServiceID = "servicecatalog" // Servicecatalog. + ServicediscoveryServiceID = "servicediscovery" // Servicediscovery. + ShieldServiceID = "shield" // Shield. + SmsServiceID = "sms" // Sms. + SnowballServiceID = "snowball" // Snowball. + SnsServiceID = "sns" // Sns. + SqsServiceID = "sqs" // Sqs. + SsmServiceID = "ssm" // Ssm. + StatesServiceID = "states" // States. + StoragegatewayServiceID = "storagegateway" // Storagegateway. + StreamsDynamodbServiceID = "streams.dynamodb" // StreamsDynamodb. + StsServiceID = "sts" // Sts. + SupportServiceID = "support" // Support. + SwfServiceID = "swf" // Swf. + TaggingServiceID = "tagging" // Tagging. + TranslateServiceID = "translate" // Translate. + WafServiceID = "waf" // Waf. + WafRegionalServiceID = "waf-regional" // WafRegional. + WorkdocsServiceID = "workdocs" // Workdocs. + WorkmailServiceID = "workmail" // Workmail. + WorkspacesServiceID = "workspaces" // Workspaces. + XrayServiceID = "xray" // Xray. +) + +// DefaultResolver returns an Endpoint resolver that will be able +// to resolve endpoints for: AWS Standard, AWS China, and AWS GovCloud (US). +// +// Use DefaultPartitions() to get the list of the default partitions. +func DefaultResolver() Resolver { + return defaultPartitions +} + +// DefaultPartitions returns a list of the partitions the SDK is bundled +// with. The available partitions are: AWS Standard, AWS China, and AWS GovCloud (US). +// +// partitions := endpoints.DefaultPartitions +// for _, p := range partitions { +// // ... inspect partitions +// } +func DefaultPartitions() []Partition { + return defaultPartitions.Partitions() +} + +var defaultPartitions = partitions{ + awsPartition, + awscnPartition, + awsusgovPartition, +} + +// AwsPartition returns the Resolver for AWS Standard. +func AwsPartition() Partition { + return awsPartition.Partition() +} + +var awsPartition = partition{ + ID: "aws", + Name: "AWS Standard", + DNSSuffix: "amazonaws.com", + RegionRegex: regionRegex{ + Regexp: func() *regexp.Regexp { + reg, _ := regexp.Compile("^(us|eu|ap|sa|ca)\\-\\w+\\-\\d+$") + return reg + }(), + }, + Defaults: endpoint{ + Hostname: "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}", + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + SignatureVersions: []string{"v4"}, + }, + Regions: regions{ + "ap-northeast-1": region{ + Description: "Asia Pacific (Tokyo)", + }, + "ap-northeast-2": region{ + Description: "Asia Pacific (Seoul)", + }, + "ap-south-1": region{ + Description: "Asia Pacific (Mumbai)", + }, + "ap-southeast-1": region{ + Description: "Asia Pacific (Singapore)", + }, + "ap-southeast-2": region{ + Description: "Asia Pacific (Sydney)", + }, + "ca-central-1": region{ + Description: "Canada (Central)", + }, + "eu-central-1": region{ + Description: "EU (Frankfurt)", + }, + "eu-west-1": region{ + Description: "EU (Ireland)", + }, + "eu-west-2": region{ + Description: "EU (London)", + }, + "eu-west-3": region{ + Description: "EU (Paris)", + }, + "sa-east-1": region{ + Description: "South America (Sao Paulo)", + }, + "us-east-1": region{ + Description: "US East (N. Virginia)", + }, + "us-east-2": region{ + Description: "US East (Ohio)", + }, + "us-west-1": region{ + Description: "US West (N. California)", + }, + "us-west-2": region{ + Description: "US West (Oregon)", + }, + }, + Services: services{ + "a4b": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "acm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "acm-pca": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "api.mediatailor": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "api.pricing": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "pricing", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "api.sagemaker": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "apigateway": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "application-autoscaling": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com", + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "application-autoscaling", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "appstream2": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "appstream", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "athena": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "autoscaling": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "autoscaling-plans": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com", + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "autoscaling-plans", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "batch": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "budgets": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "budgets.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "ce": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "ce.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "cloud9": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "clouddirectory": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudformation": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudfront": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "cloudfront.amazonaws.com", + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "cloudhsm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudhsmv2": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "cloudhsm", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudsearch": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudtrail": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "codebuild": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "codebuild-fips.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "codebuild-fips.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "codebuild-fips.us-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-1", + }, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "codebuild-fips.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "codecommit": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "codedeploy": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "codepipeline": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "codestar": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cognito-identity": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cognito-idp": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cognito-sync": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "comprehend": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "config": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cur": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "datapipeline": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "dax": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "devicefarm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "directconnect": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "discovery": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "dms": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ds": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "dynamodb": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "local": endpoint{ + Hostname: "localhost:8000", + Protocols: []string{"http"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ec2": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ec2metadata": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "169.254.169.254/latest", + Protocols: []string{"http"}, + }, + }, + }, + "ecr": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ecs": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticache": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "elasticache-fips.us-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-1", + }, + }, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticbeanstalk": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticfilesystem": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticloadbalancing": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticmapreduce": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "{region}.{service}.{dnsSuffix}", + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}", + }, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}", + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elastictranscoder": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "email": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "entitlement.marketplace": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "aws-marketplace", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "es": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "events": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "firehose": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "fms": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "gamelift": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "glacier": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "glue": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "greengrass": service{ + IsRegionalized: boxedTrue, + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "guardduty": service{ + IsRegionalized: boxedTrue, + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "health": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "iam": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "iam.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "importexport": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "importexport.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"v2", "v4"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + Service: "IngestionService", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "inspector": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "iot": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "execute-api", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "kinesis": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "kinesisanalytics": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "kinesisvideo": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "kms": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "lambda": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "lightsail": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "logs": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "machinelearning": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "marketplacecommerceanalytics": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "mediaconvert": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "medialive": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "mediapackage": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "mediastore": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "metering.marketplace": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "aws-marketplace", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "mgh": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "mobileanalytics": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "models.lex": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "lex", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "monitoring": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "mturk-requester": service{ + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "sandbox": endpoint{ + Hostname: "mturk-requester-sandbox.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "neptune": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-1", + }, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "opsworks": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "opsworks-cm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "organizations": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "organizations.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "pinpoint": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "mobiletargeting", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "polly": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "rds": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "{service}.{dnsSuffix}", + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "redshift": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "rekognition": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "resource-groups": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "route53": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "route53.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "route53domains": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "runtime.lex": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "lex", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "runtime.sagemaker": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "s3": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "us-east-1", + IsRegionalized: boxedTrue, + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3v4"}, + + HasDualStack: boxedTrue, + DualStackHostname: "{service}.dualstack.{region}.{dnsSuffix}", + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.ap-northeast-1.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "s3-external-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3-external-1.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.sa-east-1.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.us-west-1.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + }, + }, + "sdb": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + SignatureVersions: []string{"v2"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sdb.amazonaws.com", + }, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "secretsmanager": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "serverlessrepo": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "us-west-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + }, + }, + "servicecatalog": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "servicediscovery": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "shield": service{ + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + Defaults: endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "Shield.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sms": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "snowball": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sns": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sqs": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "{region}.queue.{dnsSuffix}", + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "fips-us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sqs-fips.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "fips-us-east-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sqs-fips.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "fips-us-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sqs-fips.us-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-1", + }, + }, + "fips-us-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sqs-fips.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "queue.{dnsSuffix}", + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ssm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "states": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "storagegateway": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "streams.dynamodb": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "dynamodb", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "local": endpoint{ + Hostname: "localhost:8000", + Protocols: []string{"http"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sts": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + Defaults: endpoint{ + Hostname: "sts.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sts.ap-northeast-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-northeast-2", + }, + }, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "aws-global": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sts-fips.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sts-fips.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sts-fips.us-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-1", + }, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sts-fips.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "support": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "swf": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "tagging": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "translate": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "waf": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "waf.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "waf-regional": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "workdocs": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "workmail": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "workspaces": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "xray": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + }, +} + +// AwsCnPartition returns the Resolver for AWS China. +func AwsCnPartition() Partition { + return awscnPartition.Partition() +} + +var awscnPartition = partition{ + ID: "aws-cn", + Name: "AWS China", + DNSSuffix: "amazonaws.com.cn", + RegionRegex: regionRegex{ + Regexp: func() *regexp.Regexp { + reg, _ := regexp.Compile("^cn\\-\\w+\\-\\d+$") + return reg + }(), + }, + Defaults: endpoint{ + Hostname: "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}", + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + SignatureVersions: []string{"v4"}, + }, + Regions: regions{ + "cn-north-1": region{ + Description: "China (Beijing)", + }, + "cn-northwest-1": region{ + Description: "China (Ningxia)", + }, + }, + Services: services{ + "apigateway": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "application-autoscaling": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com.cn", + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "application-autoscaling", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "autoscaling": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudformation": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudtrail": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "codedeploy": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cognito-identity": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "config": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "directconnect": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ds": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "dynamodb": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ec2": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ec2metadata": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "169.254.169.254/latest", + Protocols: []string{"http"}, + }, + }, + }, + "ecr": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ecs": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticache": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticbeanstalk": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticloadbalancing": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticmapreduce": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "es": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "events": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "glacier": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "iam": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-cn-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-cn-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "iam.cn-north-1.amazonaws.com.cn", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "cn-north-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "iot": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "execute-api", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "kinesis": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "lambda": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "logs": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "monitoring": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "rds": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "redshift": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "s3": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3v4"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sms": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "snowball": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sns": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sqs": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "{region}.queue.{dnsSuffix}", + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ssm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "storagegateway": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "streams.dynamodb": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "dynamodb", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sts": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "swf": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "tagging": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + }, +} + +// AwsUsGovPartition returns the Resolver for AWS GovCloud (US). +func AwsUsGovPartition() Partition { + return awsusgovPartition.Partition() +} + +var awsusgovPartition = partition{ + ID: "aws-us-gov", + Name: "AWS GovCloud (US)", + DNSSuffix: "amazonaws.com", + RegionRegex: regionRegex{ + Regexp: func() *regexp.Regexp { + reg, _ := regexp.Compile("^us\\-gov\\-\\w+\\-\\d+$") + return reg + }(), + }, + Defaults: endpoint{ + Hostname: "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}", + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + SignatureVersions: []string{"v4"}, + }, + Regions: regions{ + "us-gov-west-1": region{ + Description: "AWS GovCloud (US)", + }, + }, + Services: services{ + "acm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "apigateway": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "autoscaling": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + }, + }, + "cloudformation": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudhsm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudhsmv2": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "cloudhsm", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "cloudtrail": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "codedeploy": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "config": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "directconnect": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "dms": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "dynamodb": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-gov-west-1-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "dynamodb.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-west-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "ec2": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ec2metadata": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "169.254.169.254/latest", + Protocols: []string{"http"}, + }, + }, + }, + "ecr": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "ecs": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticache": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "elasticache-fips.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-west-1", + }, + }, + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticbeanstalk": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "elasticloadbalancing": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + }, + }, + "elasticmapreduce": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + }, + }, + "es": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "events": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "glacier": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + }, + }, + "iam": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-us-gov-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-us-gov-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "iam.us-gov.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-west-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "inspector": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "iot": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "execute-api", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "kinesis": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "kms": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "lambda": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "logs": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "metering.marketplace": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "aws-marketplace", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "monitoring": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "polly": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "rds": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "redshift": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "rekognition": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "s3": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "fips-us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3-fips-us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-west-1", + }, + }, + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com", + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + }, + }, + "sms": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "snowball": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "sns": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + }, + }, + "sqs": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + SSLCommonName: "{region}.queue.{dnsSuffix}", + Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, + }, + }, + }, + "ssm": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "states": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "storagegateway": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "streams.dynamodb": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "dynamodb", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-gov-west-1-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "dynamodb.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-west-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "sts": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "swf": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "tagging": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "translate": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + }, +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84316b92c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +// Package endpoints provides the types and functionality for defining regions +// and endpoints, as well as querying those definitions. +// +// The SDK's Regions and Endpoints metadata is code generated into the endpoints +// package, and is accessible via the DefaultResolver function. This function +// returns a endpoint Resolver will search the metadata and build an associated +// endpoint if one is found. The default resolver will search all partitions +// known by the SDK. e.g AWS Standard (aws), AWS China (aws-cn), and +// AWS GovCloud (US) (aws-us-gov). +// . +// +// Enumerating Regions and Endpoint Metadata +// +// Casting the Resolver returned by DefaultResolver to a EnumPartitions interface +// will allow you to get access to the list of underlying Partitions with the +// Partitions method. This is helpful if you want to limit the SDK's endpoint +// resolving to a single partition, or enumerate regions, services, and endpoints +// in the partition. +// +// resolver := endpoints.DefaultResolver() +// partitions := resolver.(endpoints.EnumPartitions).Partitions() +// +// for _, p := range partitions { +// fmt.Println("Regions for", p.ID()) +// for id, _ := range p.Regions() { +// fmt.Println("*", id) +// } +// +// fmt.Println("Services for", p.ID()) +// for id, _ := range p.Services() { +// fmt.Println("*", id) +// } +// } +// +// Using Custom Endpoints +// +// The endpoints package also gives you the ability to use your own logic how +// endpoints are resolved. This is a great way to define a custom endpoint +// for select services, without passing that logic down through your code. +// +// If a type implements the Resolver interface it can be used to resolve +// endpoints. To use this with the SDK's Session and Config set the value +// of the type to the EndpointsResolver field of aws.Config when initializing +// the session, or service client. +// +// In addition the ResolverFunc is a wrapper for a func matching the signature +// of Resolver.EndpointFor, converting it to a type that satisfies the +// Resolver interface. +// +// +// myCustomResolver := func(service, region string, optFns ...func(*endpoints.Options)) (endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint, error) { +// if service == endpoints.S3ServiceID { +// return endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint{ +// URL: "s3.custom.endpoint.com", +// SigningRegion: "custom-signing-region", +// }, nil +// } +// +// return endpoints.DefaultResolver().EndpointFor(service, region, optFns...) +// } +// +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{ +// Region: aws.String("us-west-2"), +// EndpointResolver: endpoints.ResolverFunc(myCustomResolver), +// })) +package endpoints diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e29c09512 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +package endpoints + +import ( + "fmt" + "regexp" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" +) + +// Options provide the configuration needed to direct how the +// endpoints will be resolved. +type Options struct { + // DisableSSL forces the endpoint to be resolved as HTTP. + // instead of HTTPS if the service supports it. + DisableSSL bool + + // Sets the resolver to resolve the endpoint as a dualstack endpoint + // for the service. If dualstack support for a service is not known and + // StrictMatching is not enabled a dualstack endpoint for the service will + // be returned. This endpoint may not be valid. If StrictMatching is + // enabled only services that are known to support dualstack will return + // dualstack endpoints. + UseDualStack bool + + // Enables strict matching of services and regions resolved endpoints. + // If the partition doesn't enumerate the exact service and region an + // error will be returned. This option will prevent returning endpoints + // that look valid, but may not resolve to any real endpoint. + StrictMatching bool + + // Enables resolving a service endpoint based on the region provided if the + // service does not exist. The service endpoint ID will be used as the service + // domain name prefix. By default the endpoint resolver requires the service + // to be known when resolving endpoints. + // + // If resolving an endpoint on the partition list the provided region will + // be used to determine which partition's domain name pattern to the service + // endpoint ID with. If both the service and region are unkonwn and resolving + // the endpoint on partition list an UnknownEndpointError error will be returned. + // + // If resolving and endpoint on a partition specific resolver that partition's + // domain name pattern will be used with the service endpoint ID. If both + // region and service do not exist when resolving an endpoint on a specific + // partition the partition's domain pattern will be used to combine the + // endpoint and region together. + // + // This option is ignored if StrictMatching is enabled. + ResolveUnknownService bool +} + +// Set combines all of the option functions together. +func (o *Options) Set(optFns ...func(*Options)) { + for _, fn := range optFns { + fn(o) + } +} + +// DisableSSLOption sets the DisableSSL options. Can be used as a functional +// option when resolving endpoints. +func DisableSSLOption(o *Options) { + o.DisableSSL = true +} + +// UseDualStackOption sets the UseDualStack option. Can be used as a functional +// option when resolving endpoints. +func UseDualStackOption(o *Options) { + o.UseDualStack = true +} + +// StrictMatchingOption sets the StrictMatching option. Can be used as a functional +// option when resolving endpoints. +func StrictMatchingOption(o *Options) { + o.StrictMatching = true +} + +// ResolveUnknownServiceOption sets the ResolveUnknownService option. Can be used +// as a functional option when resolving endpoints. +func ResolveUnknownServiceOption(o *Options) { + o.ResolveUnknownService = true +} + +// A Resolver provides the interface for functionality to resolve endpoints. +// The build in Partition and DefaultResolver return value satisfy this interface. +type Resolver interface { + EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) +} + +// ResolverFunc is a helper utility that wraps a function so it satisfies the +// Resolver interface. This is useful when you want to add additional endpoint +// resolving logic, or stub out specific endpoints with custom values. +type ResolverFunc func(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) + +// EndpointFor wraps the ResolverFunc function to satisfy the Resolver interface. +func (fn ResolverFunc) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) { + return fn(service, region, opts...) +} + +var schemeRE = regexp.MustCompile("^([^:]+)://") + +// AddScheme adds the HTTP or HTTPS schemes to a endpoint URL if there is no +// scheme. If disableSSL is true HTTP will set HTTP instead of the default HTTPS. +// +// If disableSSL is set, it will only set the URL's scheme if the URL does not +// contain a scheme. +func AddScheme(endpoint string, disableSSL bool) string { + if !schemeRE.MatchString(endpoint) { + scheme := "https" + if disableSSL { + scheme = "http" + } + endpoint = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", scheme, endpoint) + } + + return endpoint +} + +// EnumPartitions a provides a way to retrieve the underlying partitions that +// make up the SDK's default Resolver, or any resolver decoded from a model +// file. +// +// Use this interface with DefaultResolver and DecodeModels to get the list of +// Partitions. +type EnumPartitions interface { + Partitions() []Partition +} + +// RegionsForService returns a map of regions for the partition and service. +// If either the partition or service does not exist false will be returned +// as the second parameter. +// +// This example shows how to get the regions for DynamoDB in the AWS partition. +// rs, exists := endpoints.RegionsForService(endpoints.DefaultPartitions(), endpoints.AwsPartitionID, endpoints.DynamodbServiceID) +// +// This is equivalent to using the partition directly. +// rs := endpoints.AwsPartition().Services()[endpoints.DynamodbServiceID].Regions() +func RegionsForService(ps []Partition, partitionID, serviceID string) (map[string]Region, bool) { + for _, p := range ps { + if p.ID() != partitionID { + continue + } + if _, ok := p.p.Services[serviceID]; !ok { + break + } + + s := Service{ + id: serviceID, + p: p.p, + } + return s.Regions(), true + } + + return map[string]Region{}, false +} + +// PartitionForRegion returns the first partition which includes the region +// passed in. This includes both known regions and regions which match +// a pattern supported by the partition which may include regions that are +// not explicitly known by the partition. Use the Regions method of the +// returned Partition if explicit support is needed. +func PartitionForRegion(ps []Partition, regionID string) (Partition, bool) { + for _, p := range ps { + if _, ok := p.p.Regions[regionID]; ok || p.p.RegionRegex.MatchString(regionID) { + return p, true + } + } + + return Partition{}, false +} + +// A Partition provides the ability to enumerate the partition's regions +// and services. +type Partition struct { + id string + p *partition +} + +// ID returns the identifier of the partition. +func (p Partition) ID() string { return p.id } + +// EndpointFor attempts to resolve the endpoint based on service and region. +// See Options for information on configuring how the endpoint is resolved. +// +// If the service cannot be found in the metadata the UnknownServiceError +// error will be returned. This validation will occur regardless if +// StrictMatching is enabled. To enable resolving unknown services set the +// "ResolveUnknownService" option to true. When StrictMatching is disabled +// this option allows the partition resolver to resolve a endpoint based on +// the service endpoint ID provided. +// +// When resolving endpoints you can choose to enable StrictMatching. This will +// require the provided service and region to be known by the partition. +// If the endpoint cannot be strictly resolved an error will be returned. This +// mode is useful to ensure the endpoint resolved is valid. Without +// StrictMatching enabled the endpoint returned my look valid but may not work. +// StrictMatching requires the SDK to be updated if you want to take advantage +// of new regions and services expansions. +// +// Errors that can be returned. +// * UnknownServiceError +// * UnknownEndpointError +func (p Partition) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) { + return p.p.EndpointFor(service, region, opts...) +} + +// Regions returns a map of Regions indexed by their ID. This is useful for +// enumerating over the regions in a partition. +func (p Partition) Regions() map[string]Region { + rs := map[string]Region{} + for id, r := range p.p.Regions { + rs[id] = Region{ + id: id, + desc: r.Description, + p: p.p, + } + } + + return rs +} + +// Services returns a map of Service indexed by their ID. This is useful for +// enumerating over the services in a partition. +func (p Partition) Services() map[string]Service { + ss := map[string]Service{} + for id := range p.p.Services { + ss[id] = Service{ + id: id, + p: p.p, + } + } + + return ss +} + +// A Region provides information about a region, and ability to resolve an +// endpoint from the context of a region, given a service. +type Region struct { + id, desc string + p *partition +} + +// ID returns the region's identifier. +func (r Region) ID() string { return r.id } + +// Description returns the region's description. The region description +// is free text, it can be empty, and it may change between SDK releases. +func (r Region) Description() string { return r.desc } + +// ResolveEndpoint resolves an endpoint from the context of the region given +// a service. See Partition.EndpointFor for usage and errors that can be returned. +func (r Region) ResolveEndpoint(service string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) { + return r.p.EndpointFor(service, r.id, opts...) +} + +// Services returns a list of all services that are known to be in this region. +func (r Region) Services() map[string]Service { + ss := map[string]Service{} + for id, s := range r.p.Services { + if _, ok := s.Endpoints[r.id]; ok { + ss[id] = Service{ + id: id, + p: r.p, + } + } + } + + return ss +} + +// A Service provides information about a service, and ability to resolve an +// endpoint from the context of a service, given a region. +type Service struct { + id string + p *partition +} + +// ID returns the identifier for the service. +func (s Service) ID() string { return s.id } + +// ResolveEndpoint resolves an endpoint from the context of a service given +// a region. See Partition.EndpointFor for usage and errors that can be returned. +func (s Service) ResolveEndpoint(region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) { + return s.p.EndpointFor(s.id, region, opts...) +} + +// Regions returns a map of Regions that the service is present in. +// +// A region is the AWS region the service exists in. Whereas a Endpoint is +// an URL that can be resolved to a instance of a service. +func (s Service) Regions() map[string]Region { + rs := map[string]Region{} + for id := range s.p.Services[s.id].Endpoints { + if r, ok := s.p.Regions[id]; ok { + rs[id] = Region{ + id: id, + desc: r.Description, + p: s.p, + } + } + } + + return rs +} + +// Endpoints returns a map of Endpoints indexed by their ID for all known +// endpoints for a service. +// +// A region is the AWS region the service exists in. Whereas a Endpoint is +// an URL that can be resolved to a instance of a service. +func (s Service) Endpoints() map[string]Endpoint { + es := map[string]Endpoint{} + for id := range s.p.Services[s.id].Endpoints { + es[id] = Endpoint{ + id: id, + serviceID: s.id, + p: s.p, + } + } + + return es +} + +// A Endpoint provides information about endpoints, and provides the ability +// to resolve that endpoint for the service, and the region the endpoint +// represents. +type Endpoint struct { + id string + serviceID string + p *partition +} + +// ID returns the identifier for an endpoint. +func (e Endpoint) ID() string { return e.id } + +// ServiceID returns the identifier the endpoint belongs to. +func (e Endpoint) ServiceID() string { return e.serviceID } + +// ResolveEndpoint resolves an endpoint from the context of a service and +// region the endpoint represents. See Partition.EndpointFor for usage and +// errors that can be returned. +func (e Endpoint) ResolveEndpoint(opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) { + return e.p.EndpointFor(e.serviceID, e.id, opts...) +} + +// A ResolvedEndpoint is an endpoint that has been resolved based on a partition +// service, and region. +type ResolvedEndpoint struct { + // The endpoint URL + URL string + + // The region that should be used for signing requests. + SigningRegion string + + // The service name that should be used for signing requests. + SigningName string + + // States that the signing name for this endpoint was derived from metadata + // passed in, but was not explicitly modeled. + SigningNameDerived bool + + // The signing method that should be used for signing requests. + SigningMethod string +} + +// So that the Error interface type can be included as an anonymous field +// in the requestError struct and not conflict with the error.Error() method. +type awsError awserr.Error + +// A EndpointNotFoundError is returned when in StrictMatching mode, and the +// endpoint for the service and region cannot be found in any of the partitions. +type EndpointNotFoundError struct { + awsError + Partition string + Service string + Region string +} + +// A UnknownServiceError is returned when the service does not resolve to an +// endpoint. Includes a list of all known services for the partition. Returned +// when a partition does not support the service. +type UnknownServiceError struct { + awsError + Partition string + Service string + Known []string +} + +// NewUnknownServiceError builds and returns UnknownServiceError. +func NewUnknownServiceError(p, s string, known []string) UnknownServiceError { + return UnknownServiceError{ + awsError: awserr.New("UnknownServiceError", + "could not resolve endpoint for unknown service", nil), + Partition: p, + Service: s, + Known: known, + } +} + +// String returns the string representation of the error. +func (e UnknownServiceError) Error() string { + extra := fmt.Sprintf("partition: %q, service: %q", + e.Partition, e.Service) + if len(e.Known) > 0 { + extra += fmt.Sprintf(", known: %v", e.Known) + } + return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), extra, e.OrigErr()) +} + +// String returns the string representation of the error. +func (e UnknownServiceError) String() string { + return e.Error() +} + +// A UnknownEndpointError is returned when in StrictMatching mode and the +// service is valid, but the region does not resolve to an endpoint. Includes +// a list of all known endpoints for the service. +type UnknownEndpointError struct { + awsError + Partition string + Service string + Region string + Known []string +} + +// NewUnknownEndpointError builds and returns UnknownEndpointError. +func NewUnknownEndpointError(p, s, r string, known []string) UnknownEndpointError { + return UnknownEndpointError{ + awsError: awserr.New("UnknownEndpointError", + "could not resolve endpoint", nil), + Partition: p, + Service: s, + Region: r, + Known: known, + } +} + +// String returns the string representation of the error. +func (e UnknownEndpointError) Error() string { + extra := fmt.Sprintf("partition: %q, service: %q, region: %q", + e.Partition, e.Service, e.Region) + if len(e.Known) > 0 { + extra += fmt.Sprintf(", known: %v", e.Known) + } + return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), extra, e.OrigErr()) +} + +// String returns the string representation of the error. +func (e UnknownEndpointError) String() string { + return e.Error() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff6f76db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +package endpoints + +import ( + "fmt" + "regexp" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +type partitions []partition + +func (ps partitions) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) { + var opt Options + opt.Set(opts...) + + for i := 0; i < len(ps); i++ { + if !ps[i].canResolveEndpoint(service, region, opt.StrictMatching) { + continue + } + + return ps[i].EndpointFor(service, region, opts...) + } + + // If loose matching fallback to first partition format to use + // when resolving the endpoint. + if !opt.StrictMatching && len(ps) > 0 { + return ps[0].EndpointFor(service, region, opts...) + } + + return ResolvedEndpoint{}, NewUnknownEndpointError("all partitions", service, region, []string{}) +} + +// Partitions satisfies the EnumPartitions interface and returns a list +// of Partitions representing each partition represented in the SDK's +// endpoints model. +func (ps partitions) Partitions() []Partition { + parts := make([]Partition, 0, len(ps)) + for i := 0; i < len(ps); i++ { + parts = append(parts, ps[i].Partition()) + } + + return parts +} + +type partition struct { + ID string `json:"partition"` + Name string `json:"partitionName"` + DNSSuffix string `json:"dnsSuffix"` + RegionRegex regionRegex `json:"regionRegex"` + Defaults endpoint `json:"defaults"` + Regions regions `json:"regions"` + Services services `json:"services"` +} + +func (p partition) Partition() Partition { + return Partition{ + id: p.ID, + p: &p, + } +} + +func (p partition) canResolveEndpoint(service, region string, strictMatch bool) bool { + s, hasService := p.Services[service] + _, hasEndpoint := s.Endpoints[region] + + if hasEndpoint && hasService { + return true + } + + if strictMatch { + return false + } + + return p.RegionRegex.MatchString(region) +} + +func (p partition) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (resolved ResolvedEndpoint, err error) { + var opt Options + opt.Set(opts...) + + s, hasService := p.Services[service] + if !(hasService || opt.ResolveUnknownService) { + // Only return error if the resolver will not fallback to creating + // endpoint based on service endpoint ID passed in. + return resolved, NewUnknownServiceError(p.ID, service, serviceList(p.Services)) + } + + e, hasEndpoint := s.endpointForRegion(region) + if !hasEndpoint && opt.StrictMatching { + return resolved, NewUnknownEndpointError(p.ID, service, region, endpointList(s.Endpoints)) + } + + defs := []endpoint{p.Defaults, s.Defaults} + return e.resolve(service, region, p.DNSSuffix, defs, opt), nil +} + +func serviceList(ss services) []string { + list := make([]string, 0, len(ss)) + for k := range ss { + list = append(list, k) + } + return list +} +func endpointList(es endpoints) []string { + list := make([]string, 0, len(es)) + for k := range es { + list = append(list, k) + } + return list +} + +type regionRegex struct { + *regexp.Regexp +} + +func (rr *regionRegex) UnmarshalJSON(b []byte) (err error) { + // Strip leading and trailing quotes + regex, err := strconv.Unquote(string(b)) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("unable to strip quotes from regex, %v", err) + } + + rr.Regexp, err = regexp.Compile(regex) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("unable to unmarshal region regex, %v", err) + } + return nil +} + +type regions map[string]region + +type region struct { + Description string `json:"description"` +} + +type services map[string]service + +type service struct { + PartitionEndpoint string `json:"partitionEndpoint"` + IsRegionalized boxedBool `json:"isRegionalized,omitempty"` + Defaults endpoint `json:"defaults"` + Endpoints endpoints `json:"endpoints"` +} + +func (s *service) endpointForRegion(region string) (endpoint, bool) { + if s.IsRegionalized == boxedFalse { + return s.Endpoints[s.PartitionEndpoint], region == s.PartitionEndpoint + } + + if e, ok := s.Endpoints[region]; ok { + return e, true + } + + // Unable to find any matching endpoint, return + // blank that will be used for generic endpoint creation. + return endpoint{}, false +} + +type endpoints map[string]endpoint + +type endpoint struct { + Hostname string `json:"hostname"` + Protocols []string `json:"protocols"` + CredentialScope credentialScope `json:"credentialScope"` + + // Custom fields not modeled + HasDualStack boxedBool `json:"-"` + DualStackHostname string `json:"-"` + + // Signature Version not used + SignatureVersions []string `json:"signatureVersions"` + + // SSLCommonName not used. + SSLCommonName string `json:"sslCommonName"` +} + +const ( + defaultProtocol = "https" + defaultSigner = "v4" +) + +var ( + protocolPriority = []string{"https", "http"} + signerPriority = []string{"v4", "v2"} +) + +func getByPriority(s []string, p []string, def string) string { + if len(s) == 0 { + return def + } + + for i := 0; i < len(p); i++ { + for j := 0; j < len(s); j++ { + if s[j] == p[i] { + return s[j] + } + } + } + + return s[0] +} + +func (e endpoint) resolve(service, region, dnsSuffix string, defs []endpoint, opts Options) ResolvedEndpoint { + var merged endpoint + for _, def := range defs { + merged.mergeIn(def) + } + merged.mergeIn(e) + e = merged + + hostname := e.Hostname + + // Offset the hostname for dualstack if enabled + if opts.UseDualStack && e.HasDualStack == boxedTrue { + hostname = e.DualStackHostname + } + + u := strings.Replace(hostname, "{service}", service, 1) + u = strings.Replace(u, "{region}", region, 1) + u = strings.Replace(u, "{dnsSuffix}", dnsSuffix, 1) + + scheme := getEndpointScheme(e.Protocols, opts.DisableSSL) + u = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", scheme, u) + + signingRegion := e.CredentialScope.Region + if len(signingRegion) == 0 { + signingRegion = region + } + + signingName := e.CredentialScope.Service + var signingNameDerived bool + if len(signingName) == 0 { + signingName = service + signingNameDerived = true + } + + return ResolvedEndpoint{ + URL: u, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningNameDerived: signingNameDerived, + SigningMethod: getByPriority(e.SignatureVersions, signerPriority, defaultSigner), + } +} + +func getEndpointScheme(protocols []string, disableSSL bool) string { + if disableSSL { + return "http" + } + + return getByPriority(protocols, protocolPriority, defaultProtocol) +} + +func (e *endpoint) mergeIn(other endpoint) { + if len(other.Hostname) > 0 { + e.Hostname = other.Hostname + } + if len(other.Protocols) > 0 { + e.Protocols = other.Protocols + } + if len(other.SignatureVersions) > 0 { + e.SignatureVersions = other.SignatureVersions + } + if len(other.CredentialScope.Region) > 0 { + e.CredentialScope.Region = other.CredentialScope.Region + } + if len(other.CredentialScope.Service) > 0 { + e.CredentialScope.Service = other.CredentialScope.Service + } + if len(other.SSLCommonName) > 0 { + e.SSLCommonName = other.SSLCommonName + } + if other.HasDualStack != boxedBoolUnset { + e.HasDualStack = other.HasDualStack + } + if len(other.DualStackHostname) > 0 { + e.DualStackHostname = other.DualStackHostname + } +} + +type credentialScope struct { + Region string `json:"region"` + Service string `json:"service"` +} + +type boxedBool int + +func (b *boxedBool) UnmarshalJSON(buf []byte) error { + v, err := strconv.ParseBool(string(buf)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if v { + *b = boxedTrue + } else { + *b = boxedFalse + } + + return nil +} + +const ( + boxedBoolUnset boxedBool = iota + boxedFalse + boxedTrue +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e92df22 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +// +build codegen + +package endpoints + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + "reflect" + "strings" + "text/template" + "unicode" +) + +// A CodeGenOptions are the options for code generating the endpoints into +// Go code from the endpoints model definition. +type CodeGenOptions struct { + // Options for how the model will be decoded. + DecodeModelOptions DecodeModelOptions +} + +// Set combines all of the option functions together +func (d *CodeGenOptions) Set(optFns ...func(*CodeGenOptions)) { + for _, fn := range optFns { + fn(d) + } +} + +// CodeGenModel given a endpoints model file will decode it and attempt to +// generate Go code from the model definition. Error will be returned if +// the code is unable to be generated, or decoded. +func CodeGenModel(modelFile io.Reader, outFile io.Writer, optFns ...func(*CodeGenOptions)) error { + var opts CodeGenOptions + opts.Set(optFns...) + + resolver, err := DecodeModel(modelFile, func(d *DecodeModelOptions) { + *d = opts.DecodeModelOptions + }) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + tmpl := template.Must(template.New("tmpl").Funcs(funcMap).Parse(v3Tmpl)) + if err := tmpl.ExecuteTemplate(outFile, "defaults", resolver); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to execute template, %v", err) + } + + return nil +} + +func toSymbol(v string) string { + out := []rune{} + for _, c := range strings.Title(v) { + if !(unicode.IsNumber(c) || unicode.IsLetter(c)) { + continue + } + + out = append(out, c) + } + + return string(out) +} + +func quoteString(v string) string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%q", v) +} + +func regionConstName(p, r string) string { + return toSymbol(p) + toSymbol(r) +} + +func partitionGetter(id string) string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%sPartition", toSymbol(id)) +} + +func partitionVarName(id string) string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%sPartition", strings.ToLower(toSymbol(id))) +} + +func listPartitionNames(ps partitions) string { + names := []string{} + switch len(ps) { + case 1: + return ps[0].Name + case 2: + return fmt.Sprintf("%s and %s", ps[0].Name, ps[1].Name) + default: + for i, p := range ps { + if i == len(ps)-1 { + names = append(names, "and "+p.Name) + } else { + names = append(names, p.Name) + } + } + return strings.Join(names, ", ") + } +} + +func boxedBoolIfSet(msg string, v boxedBool) string { + switch v { + case boxedTrue: + return fmt.Sprintf(msg, "boxedTrue") + case boxedFalse: + return fmt.Sprintf(msg, "boxedFalse") + default: + return "" + } +} + +func stringIfSet(msg, v string) string { + if len(v) == 0 { + return "" + } + + return fmt.Sprintf(msg, v) +} + +func stringSliceIfSet(msg string, vs []string) string { + if len(vs) == 0 { + return "" + } + + names := []string{} + for _, v := range vs { + names = append(names, `"`+v+`"`) + } + + return fmt.Sprintf(msg, strings.Join(names, ",")) +} + +func endpointIsSet(v endpoint) bool { + return !reflect.DeepEqual(v, endpoint{}) +} + +func serviceSet(ps partitions) map[string]struct{} { + set := map[string]struct{}{} + for _, p := range ps { + for id := range p.Services { + set[id] = struct{}{} + } + } + + return set +} + +var funcMap = template.FuncMap{ + "ToSymbol": toSymbol, + "QuoteString": quoteString, + "RegionConst": regionConstName, + "PartitionGetter": partitionGetter, + "PartitionVarName": partitionVarName, + "ListPartitionNames": listPartitionNames, + "BoxedBoolIfSet": boxedBoolIfSet, + "StringIfSet": stringIfSet, + "StringSliceIfSet": stringSliceIfSet, + "EndpointIsSet": endpointIsSet, + "ServicesSet": serviceSet, +} + +const v3Tmpl = ` +{{ define "defaults" -}} +// Code generated by aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package endpoints + +import ( + "regexp" +) + + {{ template "partition consts" . }} + + {{ range $_, $partition := . }} + {{ template "partition region consts" $partition }} + {{ end }} + + {{ template "service consts" . }} + + {{ template "endpoint resolvers" . }} +{{- end }} + +{{ define "partition consts" }} + // Partition identifiers + const ( + {{ range $_, $p := . -}} + {{ ToSymbol $p.ID }}PartitionID = {{ QuoteString $p.ID }} // {{ $p.Name }} partition. + {{ end -}} + ) +{{- end }} + +{{ define "partition region consts" }} + // {{ .Name }} partition's regions. + const ( + {{ range $id, $region := .Regions -}} + {{ ToSymbol $id }}RegionID = {{ QuoteString $id }} // {{ $region.Description }}. + {{ end -}} + ) +{{- end }} + +{{ define "service consts" }} + // Service identifiers + const ( + {{ $serviceSet := ServicesSet . -}} + {{ range $id, $_ := $serviceSet -}} + {{ ToSymbol $id }}ServiceID = {{ QuoteString $id }} // {{ ToSymbol $id }}. + {{ end -}} + ) +{{- end }} + +{{ define "endpoint resolvers" }} + // DefaultResolver returns an Endpoint resolver that will be able + // to resolve endpoints for: {{ ListPartitionNames . }}. + // + // Use DefaultPartitions() to get the list of the default partitions. + func DefaultResolver() Resolver { + return defaultPartitions + } + + // DefaultPartitions returns a list of the partitions the SDK is bundled + // with. The available partitions are: {{ ListPartitionNames . }}. + // + // partitions := endpoints.DefaultPartitions + // for _, p := range partitions { + // // ... inspect partitions + // } + func DefaultPartitions() []Partition { + return defaultPartitions.Partitions() + } + + var defaultPartitions = partitions{ + {{ range $_, $partition := . -}} + {{ PartitionVarName $partition.ID }}, + {{ end }} + } + + {{ range $_, $partition := . -}} + {{ $name := PartitionGetter $partition.ID -}} + // {{ $name }} returns the Resolver for {{ $partition.Name }}. + func {{ $name }}() Partition { + return {{ PartitionVarName $partition.ID }}.Partition() + } + var {{ PartitionVarName $partition.ID }} = {{ template "gocode Partition" $partition }} + {{ end }} +{{ end }} + +{{ define "default partitions" }} + func DefaultPartitions() []Partition { + return []partition{ + {{ range $_, $partition := . -}} + // {{ ToSymbol $partition.ID}}Partition(), + {{ end }} + } + } +{{ end }} + +{{ define "gocode Partition" -}} +partition{ + {{ StringIfSet "ID: %q,\n" .ID -}} + {{ StringIfSet "Name: %q,\n" .Name -}} + {{ StringIfSet "DNSSuffix: %q,\n" .DNSSuffix -}} + RegionRegex: {{ template "gocode RegionRegex" .RegionRegex }}, + {{ if EndpointIsSet .Defaults -}} + Defaults: {{ template "gocode Endpoint" .Defaults }}, + {{- end }} + Regions: {{ template "gocode Regions" .Regions }}, + Services: {{ template "gocode Services" .Services }}, +} +{{- end }} + +{{ define "gocode RegionRegex" -}} +regionRegex{ + Regexp: func() *regexp.Regexp{ + reg, _ := regexp.Compile({{ QuoteString .Regexp.String }}) + return reg + }(), +} +{{- end }} + +{{ define "gocode Regions" -}} +regions{ + {{ range $id, $region := . -}} + "{{ $id }}": {{ template "gocode Region" $region }}, + {{ end -}} +} +{{- end }} + +{{ define "gocode Region" -}} +region{ + {{ StringIfSet "Description: %q,\n" .Description -}} +} +{{- end }} + +{{ define "gocode Services" -}} +services{ + {{ range $id, $service := . -}} + "{{ $id }}": {{ template "gocode Service" $service }}, + {{ end }} +} +{{- end }} + +{{ define "gocode Service" -}} +service{ + {{ StringIfSet "PartitionEndpoint: %q,\n" .PartitionEndpoint -}} + {{ BoxedBoolIfSet "IsRegionalized: %s,\n" .IsRegionalized -}} + {{ if EndpointIsSet .Defaults -}} + Defaults: {{ template "gocode Endpoint" .Defaults -}}, + {{- end }} + {{ if .Endpoints -}} + Endpoints: {{ template "gocode Endpoints" .Endpoints }}, + {{- end }} +} +{{- end }} + +{{ define "gocode Endpoints" -}} +endpoints{ + {{ range $id, $endpoint := . -}} + "{{ $id }}": {{ template "gocode Endpoint" $endpoint }}, + {{ end }} +} +{{- end }} + +{{ define "gocode Endpoint" -}} +endpoint{ + {{ StringIfSet "Hostname: %q,\n" .Hostname -}} + {{ StringIfSet "SSLCommonName: %q,\n" .SSLCommonName -}} + {{ StringSliceIfSet "Protocols: []string{%s},\n" .Protocols -}} + {{ StringSliceIfSet "SignatureVersions: []string{%s},\n" .SignatureVersions -}} + {{ if or .CredentialScope.Region .CredentialScope.Service -}} + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + {{ StringIfSet "Region: %q,\n" .CredentialScope.Region -}} + {{ StringIfSet "Service: %q,\n" .CredentialScope.Service -}} + }, + {{- end }} + {{ BoxedBoolIfSet "HasDualStack: %s,\n" .HasDualStack -}} + {{ StringIfSet "DualStackHostname: %q,\n" .DualStackHostname -}} + +} +{{- end }} +` diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..576636168 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +package aws + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + +var ( + // ErrMissingRegion is an error that is returned if region configuration is + // not found. + // + // @readonly + ErrMissingRegion = awserr.New("MissingRegion", "could not find region configuration", nil) + + // ErrMissingEndpoint is an error that is returned if an endpoint cannot be + // resolved for a service. + // + // @readonly + ErrMissingEndpoint = awserr.New("MissingEndpoint", "'Endpoint' configuration is required for this service", nil) +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/jsonvalue.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/jsonvalue.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91a6f277a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/jsonvalue.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +package aws + +// JSONValue is a representation of a grab bag type that will be marshaled +// into a json string. This type can be used just like any other map. +// +// Example: +// +// values := aws.JSONValue{ +// "Foo": "Bar", +// } +// values["Baz"] = "Qux" +type JSONValue map[string]interface{} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/logger.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/logger.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed15b2ec --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/logger.go @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +package aws + +import ( + "log" + "os" +) + +// A LogLevelType defines the level logging should be performed at. Used to instruct +// the SDK which statements should be logged. +type LogLevelType uint + +// LogLevel returns the pointer to a LogLevel. Should be used to workaround +// not being able to take the address of a non-composite literal. +func LogLevel(l LogLevelType) *LogLevelType { + return &l +} + +// Value returns the LogLevel value or the default value LogOff if the LogLevel +// is nil. Safe to use on nil value LogLevelTypes. +func (l *LogLevelType) Value() LogLevelType { + if l != nil { + return *l + } + return LogOff +} + +// Matches returns true if the v LogLevel is enabled by this LogLevel. Should be +// used with logging sub levels. Is safe to use on nil value LogLevelTypes. If +// LogLevel is nil, will default to LogOff comparison. +func (l *LogLevelType) Matches(v LogLevelType) bool { + c := l.Value() + return c&v == v +} + +// AtLeast returns true if this LogLevel is at least high enough to satisfies v. +// Is safe to use on nil value LogLevelTypes. If LogLevel is nil, will default +// to LogOff comparison. +func (l *LogLevelType) AtLeast(v LogLevelType) bool { + c := l.Value() + return c >= v +} + +const ( + // LogOff states that no logging should be performed by the SDK. This is the + // default state of the SDK, and should be use to disable all logging. + LogOff LogLevelType = iota * 0x1000 + + // LogDebug state that debug output should be logged by the SDK. This should + // be used to inspect request made and responses received. + LogDebug +) + +// Debug Logging Sub Levels +const ( + // LogDebugWithSigning states that the SDK should log request signing and + // presigning events. This should be used to log the signing details of + // requests for debugging. Will also enable LogDebug. + LogDebugWithSigning LogLevelType = LogDebug | (1 << iota) + + // LogDebugWithHTTPBody states the SDK should log HTTP request and response + // HTTP bodys in addition to the headers and path. This should be used to + // see the body content of requests and responses made while using the SDK + // Will also enable LogDebug. + LogDebugWithHTTPBody + + // LogDebugWithRequestRetries states the SDK should log when service requests will + // be retried. This should be used to log when you want to log when service + // requests are being retried. Will also enable LogDebug. + LogDebugWithRequestRetries + + // LogDebugWithRequestErrors states the SDK should log when service requests fail + // to build, send, validate, or unmarshal. + LogDebugWithRequestErrors + + // LogDebugWithEventStreamBody states the SDK should log EventStream + // request and response bodys. This should be used to log the EventStream + // wire unmarshaled message content of requests and responses made while + // using the SDK Will also enable LogDebug. + LogDebugWithEventStreamBody +) + +// A Logger is a minimalistic interface for the SDK to log messages to. Should +// be used to provide custom logging writers for the SDK to use. +type Logger interface { + Log(...interface{}) +} + +// A LoggerFunc is a convenience type to convert a function taking a variadic +// list of arguments and wrap it so the Logger interface can be used. +// +// Example: +// s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{Logger: aws.LoggerFunc(func(args ...interface{}) { +// fmt.Fprintln(os.Stdout, args...) +// })}) +type LoggerFunc func(...interface{}) + +// Log calls the wrapped function with the arguments provided +func (f LoggerFunc) Log(args ...interface{}) { + f(args...) +} + +// NewDefaultLogger returns a Logger which will write log messages to stdout, and +// use same formatting runes as the stdlib log.Logger +func NewDefaultLogger() Logger { + return &defaultLogger{ + logger: log.New(os.Stdout, "", log.LstdFlags), + } +} + +// A defaultLogger provides a minimalistic logger satisfying the Logger interface. +type defaultLogger struct { + logger *log.Logger +} + +// Log logs the parameters to the stdlib logger. See log.Println. +func (l defaultLogger) Log(args ...interface{}) { + l.logger.Println(args...) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..271da432c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error.go @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +// +build !appengine,!plan9 + +package request + +import ( + "net" + "os" + "syscall" +) + +func isErrConnectionReset(err error) bool { + if opErr, ok := err.(*net.OpError); ok { + if sysErr, ok := opErr.Err.(*os.SyscallError); ok { + return sysErr.Err == syscall.ECONNRESET + } + } + + return false +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error_other.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error_other.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..daf9eca43 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error_other.go @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +// +build appengine plan9 + +package request + +import ( + "strings" +) + +func isErrConnectionReset(err error) bool { + return strings.Contains(err.Error(), "connection reset") +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/handlers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/handlers.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605a72d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/handlers.go @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +package request + +import ( + "fmt" + "strings" +) + +// A Handlers provides a collection of request handlers for various +// stages of handling requests. +type Handlers struct { + Validate HandlerList + Build HandlerList + Sign HandlerList + Send HandlerList + ValidateResponse HandlerList + Unmarshal HandlerList + UnmarshalStream HandlerList + UnmarshalMeta HandlerList + UnmarshalError HandlerList + Retry HandlerList + AfterRetry HandlerList + Complete HandlerList +} + +// Copy returns of this handler's lists. +func (h *Handlers) Copy() Handlers { + return Handlers{ + Validate: h.Validate.copy(), + Build: h.Build.copy(), + Sign: h.Sign.copy(), + Send: h.Send.copy(), + ValidateResponse: h.ValidateResponse.copy(), + Unmarshal: h.Unmarshal.copy(), + UnmarshalStream: h.UnmarshalStream.copy(), + UnmarshalError: h.UnmarshalError.copy(), + UnmarshalMeta: h.UnmarshalMeta.copy(), + Retry: h.Retry.copy(), + AfterRetry: h.AfterRetry.copy(), + Complete: h.Complete.copy(), + } +} + +// Clear removes callback functions for all handlers +func (h *Handlers) Clear() { + h.Validate.Clear() + h.Build.Clear() + h.Send.Clear() + h.Sign.Clear() + h.Unmarshal.Clear() + h.UnmarshalStream.Clear() + h.UnmarshalMeta.Clear() + h.UnmarshalError.Clear() + h.ValidateResponse.Clear() + h.Retry.Clear() + h.AfterRetry.Clear() + h.Complete.Clear() +} + +// A HandlerListRunItem represents an entry in the HandlerList which +// is being run. +type HandlerListRunItem struct { + Index int + Handler NamedHandler + Request *Request +} + +// A HandlerList manages zero or more handlers in a list. +type HandlerList struct { + list []NamedHandler + + // Called after each request handler in the list is called. If set + // and the func returns true the HandlerList will continue to iterate + // over the request handlers. If false is returned the HandlerList + // will stop iterating. + // + // Should be used if extra logic to be performed between each handler + // in the list. This can be used to terminate a list's iteration + // based on a condition such as error like, HandlerListStopOnError. + // Or for logging like HandlerListLogItem. + AfterEachFn func(item HandlerListRunItem) bool +} + +// A NamedHandler is a struct that contains a name and function callback. +type NamedHandler struct { + Name string + Fn func(*Request) +} + +// copy creates a copy of the handler list. +func (l *HandlerList) copy() HandlerList { + n := HandlerList{ + AfterEachFn: l.AfterEachFn, + } + if len(l.list) == 0 { + return n + } + + n.list = append(make([]NamedHandler, 0, len(l.list)), l.list...) + return n +} + +// Clear clears the handler list. +func (l *HandlerList) Clear() { + l.list = l.list[0:0] +} + +// Len returns the number of handlers in the list. +func (l *HandlerList) Len() int { + return len(l.list) +} + +// PushBack pushes handler f to the back of the handler list. +func (l *HandlerList) PushBack(f func(*Request)) { + l.PushBackNamed(NamedHandler{"__anonymous", f}) +} + +// PushBackNamed pushes named handler f to the back of the handler list. +func (l *HandlerList) PushBackNamed(n NamedHandler) { + if cap(l.list) == 0 { + l.list = make([]NamedHandler, 0, 5) + } + l.list = append(l.list, n) +} + +// PushFront pushes handler f to the front of the handler list. +func (l *HandlerList) PushFront(f func(*Request)) { + l.PushFrontNamed(NamedHandler{"__anonymous", f}) +} + +// PushFrontNamed pushes named handler f to the front of the handler list. +func (l *HandlerList) PushFrontNamed(n NamedHandler) { + if cap(l.list) == len(l.list) { + // Allocating new list required + l.list = append([]NamedHandler{n}, l.list...) + } else { + // Enough room to prepend into list. + l.list = append(l.list, NamedHandler{}) + copy(l.list[1:], l.list) + l.list[0] = n + } +} + +// Remove removes a NamedHandler n +func (l *HandlerList) Remove(n NamedHandler) { + l.RemoveByName(n.Name) +} + +// RemoveByName removes a NamedHandler by name. +func (l *HandlerList) RemoveByName(name string) { + for i := 0; i < len(l.list); i++ { + m := l.list[i] + if m.Name == name { + // Shift array preventing creating new arrays + copy(l.list[i:], l.list[i+1:]) + l.list[len(l.list)-1] = NamedHandler{} + l.list = l.list[:len(l.list)-1] + + // decrement list so next check to length is correct + i-- + } + } +} + +// SwapNamed will swap out any existing handlers with the same name as the +// passed in NamedHandler returning true if handlers were swapped. False is +// returned otherwise. +func (l *HandlerList) SwapNamed(n NamedHandler) (swapped bool) { + for i := 0; i < len(l.list); i++ { + if l.list[i].Name == n.Name { + l.list[i].Fn = n.Fn + swapped = true + } + } + + return swapped +} + +// Swap will swap out all handlers matching the name passed in. The matched +// handlers will be swapped in. True is returned if the handlers were swapped. +func (l *HandlerList) Swap(name string, replace NamedHandler) bool { + var swapped bool + + for i := 0; i < len(l.list); i++ { + if l.list[i].Name == name { + l.list[i] = replace + swapped = true + } + } + + return swapped +} + +// SetBackNamed will replace the named handler if it exists in the handler list. +// If the handler does not exist the handler will be added to the end of the list. +func (l *HandlerList) SetBackNamed(n NamedHandler) { + if !l.SwapNamed(n) { + l.PushBackNamed(n) + } +} + +// SetFrontNamed will replace the named handler if it exists in the handler list. +// If the handler does not exist the handler will be added to the beginning of +// the list. +func (l *HandlerList) SetFrontNamed(n NamedHandler) { + if !l.SwapNamed(n) { + l.PushFrontNamed(n) + } +} + +// Run executes all handlers in the list with a given request object. +func (l *HandlerList) Run(r *Request) { + for i, h := range l.list { + h.Fn(r) + item := HandlerListRunItem{ + Index: i, Handler: h, Request: r, + } + if l.AfterEachFn != nil && !l.AfterEachFn(item) { + return + } + } +} + +// HandlerListLogItem logs the request handler and the state of the +// request's Error value. Always returns true to continue iterating +// request handlers in a HandlerList. +func HandlerListLogItem(item HandlerListRunItem) bool { + if item.Request.Config.Logger == nil { + return true + } + item.Request.Config.Logger.Log("DEBUG: RequestHandler", + item.Index, item.Handler.Name, item.Request.Error) + + return true +} + +// HandlerListStopOnError returns false to stop the HandlerList iterating +// over request handlers if Request.Error is not nil. True otherwise +// to continue iterating. +func HandlerListStopOnError(item HandlerListRunItem) bool { + return item.Request.Error == nil +} + +// WithAppendUserAgent will add a string to the user agent prefixed with a +// single white space. +func WithAppendUserAgent(s string) Option { + return func(r *Request) { + r.Handlers.Build.PushBack(func(r2 *Request) { + AddToUserAgent(r, s) + }) + } +} + +// MakeAddToUserAgentHandler will add the name/version pair to the User-Agent request +// header. If the extra parameters are provided they will be added as metadata to the +// name/version pair resulting in the following format. +// "name/version (extra0; extra1; ...)" +// The user agent part will be concatenated with this current request's user agent string. +func MakeAddToUserAgentHandler(name, version string, extra ...string) func(*Request) { + ua := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", name, version) + if len(extra) > 0 { + ua += fmt.Sprintf(" (%s)", strings.Join(extra, "; ")) + } + return func(r *Request) { + AddToUserAgent(r, ua) + } +} + +// MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler adds the input to the User-Agent request header. +// The input string will be concatenated with the current request's user agent string. +func MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler(s string) func(*Request) { + return func(r *Request) { + AddToUserAgent(r, s) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/http_request.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/http_request.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79f79602b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/http_request.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +package request + +import ( + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" +) + +func copyHTTPRequest(r *http.Request, body io.ReadCloser) *http.Request { + req := new(http.Request) + *req = *r + req.URL = &url.URL{} + *req.URL = *r.URL + req.Body = body + + req.Header = http.Header{} + for k, v := range r.Header { + for _, vv := range v { + req.Header.Add(k, vv) + } + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/offset_reader.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/offset_reader.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0c2ef4fe --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/offset_reader.go @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +package request + +import ( + "io" + "sync" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio" +) + +// offsetReader is a thread-safe io.ReadCloser to prevent racing +// with retrying requests +type offsetReader struct { + buf io.ReadSeeker + lock sync.Mutex + closed bool +} + +func newOffsetReader(buf io.ReadSeeker, offset int64) *offsetReader { + reader := &offsetReader{} + buf.Seek(offset, sdkio.SeekStart) + + reader.buf = buf + return reader +} + +// Close will close the instance of the offset reader's access to +// the underlying io.ReadSeeker. +func (o *offsetReader) Close() error { + o.lock.Lock() + defer o.lock.Unlock() + o.closed = true + return nil +} + +// Read is a thread-safe read of the underlying io.ReadSeeker +func (o *offsetReader) Read(p []byte) (int, error) { + o.lock.Lock() + defer o.lock.Unlock() + + if o.closed { + return 0, io.EOF + } + + return o.buf.Read(p) +} + +// Seek is a thread-safe seeking operation. +func (o *offsetReader) Seek(offset int64, whence int) (int64, error) { + o.lock.Lock() + defer o.lock.Unlock() + + return o.buf.Seek(offset, whence) +} + +// CloseAndCopy will return a new offsetReader with a copy of the old buffer +// and close the old buffer. +func (o *offsetReader) CloseAndCopy(offset int64) *offsetReader { + o.Close() + return newOffsetReader(o.buf, offset) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75f0fe077 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go @@ -0,0 +1,657 @@ +package request + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "net" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "reflect" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio" +) + +const ( + // ErrCodeSerialization is the serialization error code that is received + // during protocol unmarshaling. + ErrCodeSerialization = "SerializationError" + + // ErrCodeRead is an error that is returned during HTTP reads. + ErrCodeRead = "ReadError" + + // ErrCodeResponseTimeout is the connection timeout error that is received + // during body reads. + ErrCodeResponseTimeout = "ResponseTimeout" + + // ErrCodeInvalidPresignExpire is returned when the expire time provided to + // presign is invalid + ErrCodeInvalidPresignExpire = "InvalidPresignExpireError" + + // CanceledErrorCode is the error code that will be returned by an + // API request that was canceled. Requests given a aws.Context may + // return this error when canceled. + CanceledErrorCode = "RequestCanceled" +) + +// A Request is the service request to be made. +type Request struct { + Config aws.Config + ClientInfo metadata.ClientInfo + Handlers Handlers + + Retryer + AttemptTime time.Time + Time time.Time + Operation *Operation + HTTPRequest *http.Request + HTTPResponse *http.Response + Body io.ReadSeeker + BodyStart int64 // offset from beginning of Body that the request body starts + Params interface{} + Error error + Data interface{} + RequestID string + RetryCount int + Retryable *bool + RetryDelay time.Duration + NotHoist bool + SignedHeaderVals http.Header + LastSignedAt time.Time + DisableFollowRedirects bool + + // A value greater than 0 instructs the request to be signed as Presigned URL + // You should not set this field directly. Instead use Request's + // Presign or PresignRequest methods. + ExpireTime time.Duration + + context aws.Context + + built bool + + // Need to persist an intermediate body between the input Body and HTTP + // request body because the HTTP Client's transport can maintain a reference + // to the HTTP request's body after the client has returned. This value is + // safe to use concurrently and wrap the input Body for each HTTP request. + safeBody *offsetReader +} + +// An Operation is the service API operation to be made. +type Operation struct { + Name string + HTTPMethod string + HTTPPath string + *Paginator + + BeforePresignFn func(r *Request) error +} + +// New returns a new Request pointer for the service API +// operation and parameters. +// +// Params is any value of input parameters to be the request payload. +// Data is pointer value to an object which the request's response +// payload will be deserialized to. +func New(cfg aws.Config, clientInfo metadata.ClientInfo, handlers Handlers, + retryer Retryer, operation *Operation, params interface{}, data interface{}) *Request { + + method := operation.HTTPMethod + if method == "" { + method = "POST" + } + + httpReq, _ := http.NewRequest(method, "", nil) + + var err error + httpReq.URL, err = url.Parse(clientInfo.Endpoint + operation.HTTPPath) + if err != nil { + httpReq.URL = &url.URL{} + err = awserr.New("InvalidEndpointURL", "invalid endpoint uri", err) + } + + SanitizeHostForHeader(httpReq) + + r := &Request{ + Config: cfg, + ClientInfo: clientInfo, + Handlers: handlers.Copy(), + + Retryer: retryer, + AttemptTime: time.Now(), + Time: time.Now(), + ExpireTime: 0, + Operation: operation, + HTTPRequest: httpReq, + Body: nil, + Params: params, + Error: err, + Data: data, + } + r.SetBufferBody([]byte{}) + + return r +} + +// A Option is a functional option that can augment or modify a request when +// using a WithContext API operation method. +type Option func(*Request) + +// WithGetResponseHeader builds a request Option which will retrieve a single +// header value from the HTTP Response. If there are multiple values for the +// header key use WithGetResponseHeaders instead to access the http.Header +// map directly. The passed in val pointer must be non-nil. +// +// This Option can be used multiple times with a single API operation. +// +// var id2, versionID string +// svc.PutObjectWithContext(ctx, params, +// request.WithGetResponseHeader("x-amz-id-2", &id2), +// request.WithGetResponseHeader("x-amz-version-id", &versionID), +// ) +func WithGetResponseHeader(key string, val *string) Option { + return func(r *Request) { + r.Handlers.Complete.PushBack(func(req *Request) { + *val = req.HTTPResponse.Header.Get(key) + }) + } +} + +// WithGetResponseHeaders builds a request Option which will retrieve the +// headers from the HTTP response and assign them to the passed in headers +// variable. The passed in headers pointer must be non-nil. +// +// var headers http.Header +// svc.PutObjectWithContext(ctx, params, request.WithGetResponseHeaders(&headers)) +func WithGetResponseHeaders(headers *http.Header) Option { + return func(r *Request) { + r.Handlers.Complete.PushBack(func(req *Request) { + *headers = req.HTTPResponse.Header + }) + } +} + +// WithLogLevel is a request option that will set the request to use a specific +// log level when the request is made. +// +// svc.PutObjectWithContext(ctx, params, request.WithLogLevel(aws.LogDebugWithHTTPBody) +func WithLogLevel(l aws.LogLevelType) Option { + return func(r *Request) { + r.Config.LogLevel = aws.LogLevel(l) + } +} + +// ApplyOptions will apply each option to the request calling them in the order +// the were provided. +func (r *Request) ApplyOptions(opts ...Option) { + for _, opt := range opts { + opt(r) + } +} + +// Context will always returns a non-nil context. If Request does not have a +// context aws.BackgroundContext will be returned. +func (r *Request) Context() aws.Context { + if r.context != nil { + return r.context + } + return aws.BackgroundContext() +} + +// SetContext adds a Context to the current request that can be used to cancel +// a in-flight request. The Context value must not be nil, or this method will +// panic. +// +// Unlike http.Request.WithContext, SetContext does not return a copy of the +// Request. It is not safe to use use a single Request value for multiple +// requests. A new Request should be created for each API operation request. +// +// Go 1.6 and below: +// The http.Request's Cancel field will be set to the Done() value of +// the context. This will overwrite the Cancel field's value. +// +// Go 1.7 and above: +// The http.Request.WithContext will be used to set the context on the underlying +// http.Request. This will create a shallow copy of the http.Request. The SDK +// may create sub contexts in the future for nested requests such as retries. +func (r *Request) SetContext(ctx aws.Context) { + if ctx == nil { + panic("context cannot be nil") + } + setRequestContext(r, ctx) +} + +// WillRetry returns if the request's can be retried. +func (r *Request) WillRetry() bool { + if !aws.IsReaderSeekable(r.Body) && r.HTTPRequest.Body != NoBody { + return false + } + return r.Error != nil && aws.BoolValue(r.Retryable) && r.RetryCount < r.MaxRetries() +} + +// ParamsFilled returns if the request's parameters have been populated +// and the parameters are valid. False is returned if no parameters are +// provided or invalid. +func (r *Request) ParamsFilled() bool { + return r.Params != nil && reflect.ValueOf(r.Params).Elem().IsValid() +} + +// DataFilled returns true if the request's data for response deserialization +// target has been set and is a valid. False is returned if data is not +// set, or is invalid. +func (r *Request) DataFilled() bool { + return r.Data != nil && reflect.ValueOf(r.Data).Elem().IsValid() +} + +// SetBufferBody will set the request's body bytes that will be sent to +// the service API. +func (r *Request) SetBufferBody(buf []byte) { + r.SetReaderBody(bytes.NewReader(buf)) +} + +// SetStringBody sets the body of the request to be backed by a string. +func (r *Request) SetStringBody(s string) { + r.SetReaderBody(strings.NewReader(s)) +} + +// SetReaderBody will set the request's body reader. +func (r *Request) SetReaderBody(reader io.ReadSeeker) { + r.Body = reader + r.BodyStart, _ = reader.Seek(0, sdkio.SeekCurrent) // Get the Bodies current offset. + r.ResetBody() +} + +// Presign returns the request's signed URL. Error will be returned +// if the signing fails. +// +// It is invalid to create a presigned URL with a expire duration 0 or less. An +// error is returned if expire duration is 0 or less. +func (r *Request) Presign(expire time.Duration) (string, error) { + r = r.copy() + + // Presign requires all headers be hoisted. There is no way to retrieve + // the signed headers not hoisted without this. Making the presigned URL + // useless. + r.NotHoist = false + + u, _, err := getPresignedURL(r, expire) + return u, err +} + +// PresignRequest behaves just like presign, with the addition of returning a +// set of headers that were signed. +// +// It is invalid to create a presigned URL with a expire duration 0 or less. An +// error is returned if expire duration is 0 or less. +// +// Returns the URL string for the API operation with signature in the query string, +// and the HTTP headers that were included in the signature. These headers must +// be included in any HTTP request made with the presigned URL. +// +// To prevent hoisting any headers to the query string set NotHoist to true on +// this Request value prior to calling PresignRequest. +func (r *Request) PresignRequest(expire time.Duration) (string, http.Header, error) { + r = r.copy() + return getPresignedURL(r, expire) +} + +// IsPresigned returns true if the request represents a presigned API url. +func (r *Request) IsPresigned() bool { + return r.ExpireTime != 0 +} + +func getPresignedURL(r *Request, expire time.Duration) (string, http.Header, error) { + if expire <= 0 { + return "", nil, awserr.New( + ErrCodeInvalidPresignExpire, + "presigned URL requires an expire duration greater than 0", + nil, + ) + } + + r.ExpireTime = expire + + if r.Operation.BeforePresignFn != nil { + if err := r.Operation.BeforePresignFn(r); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + } + + if err := r.Sign(); err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + + return r.HTTPRequest.URL.String(), r.SignedHeaderVals, nil +} + +func debugLogReqError(r *Request, stage string, retrying bool, err error) { + if !r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithRequestErrors) { + return + } + + retryStr := "not retrying" + if retrying { + retryStr = "will retry" + } + + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf("DEBUG: %s %s/%s failed, %s, error %v", + stage, r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, retryStr, err)) +} + +// Build will build the request's object so it can be signed and sent +// to the service. Build will also validate all the request's parameters. +// Any additional build Handlers set on this request will be run +// in the order they were set. +// +// The request will only be built once. Multiple calls to build will have +// no effect. +// +// If any Validate or Build errors occur the build will stop and the error +// which occurred will be returned. +func (r *Request) Build() error { + if !r.built { + r.Handlers.Validate.Run(r) + if r.Error != nil { + debugLogReqError(r, "Validate Request", false, r.Error) + return r.Error + } + r.Handlers.Build.Run(r) + if r.Error != nil { + debugLogReqError(r, "Build Request", false, r.Error) + return r.Error + } + r.built = true + } + + return r.Error +} + +// Sign will sign the request, returning error if errors are encountered. +// +// Sign will build the request prior to signing. All Sign Handlers will +// be executed in the order they were set. +func (r *Request) Sign() error { + r.Build() + if r.Error != nil { + debugLogReqError(r, "Build Request", false, r.Error) + return r.Error + } + + r.Handlers.Sign.Run(r) + return r.Error +} + +func (r *Request) getNextRequestBody() (io.ReadCloser, error) { + if r.safeBody != nil { + r.safeBody.Close() + } + + r.safeBody = newOffsetReader(r.Body, r.BodyStart) + + // Go 1.8 tightened and clarified the rules code needs to use when building + // requests with the http package. Go 1.8 removed the automatic detection + // of if the Request.Body was empty, or actually had bytes in it. The SDK + // always sets the Request.Body even if it is empty and should not actually + // be sent. This is incorrect. + // + // Go 1.8 did add a http.NoBody value that the SDK can use to tell the http + // client that the request really should be sent without a body. The + // Request.Body cannot be set to nil, which is preferable, because the + // field is exported and could introduce nil pointer dereferences for users + // of the SDK if they used that field. + // + // Related golang/go#18257 + l, err := aws.SeekerLen(r.Body) + if err != nil { + return nil, awserr.New(ErrCodeSerialization, "failed to compute request body size", err) + } + + var body io.ReadCloser + if l == 0 { + body = NoBody + } else if l > 0 { + body = r.safeBody + } else { + // Hack to prevent sending bodies for methods where the body + // should be ignored by the server. Sending bodies on these + // methods without an associated ContentLength will cause the + // request to socket timeout because the server does not handle + // Transfer-Encoding: chunked bodies for these methods. + // + // This would only happen if a aws.ReaderSeekerCloser was used with + // a io.Reader that was not also an io.Seeker, or did not implement + // Len() method. + switch r.Operation.HTTPMethod { + case "GET", "HEAD", "DELETE": + body = NoBody + default: + body = r.safeBody + } + } + + return body, nil +} + +// GetBody will return an io.ReadSeeker of the Request's underlying +// input body with a concurrency safe wrapper. +func (r *Request) GetBody() io.ReadSeeker { + return r.safeBody +} + +// Send will send the request, returning error if errors are encountered. +// +// Send will sign the request prior to sending. All Send Handlers will +// be executed in the order they were set. +// +// Canceling a request is non-deterministic. If a request has been canceled, +// then the transport will choose, randomly, one of the state channels during +// reads or getting the connection. +// +// readLoop() and getConn(req *Request, cm connectMethod) +// https://github.com/golang/go/blob/master/src/net/http/transport.go +// +// Send will not close the request.Request's body. +func (r *Request) Send() error { + defer func() { + // Regardless of success or failure of the request trigger the Complete + // request handlers. + r.Handlers.Complete.Run(r) + }() + + for { + r.AttemptTime = time.Now() + if aws.BoolValue(r.Retryable) { + if r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithRequestRetries) { + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf("DEBUG: Retrying Request %s/%s, attempt %d", + r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, r.RetryCount)) + } + + // The previous http.Request will have a reference to the r.Body + // and the HTTP Client's Transport may still be reading from + // the request's body even though the Client's Do returned. + r.HTTPRequest = copyHTTPRequest(r.HTTPRequest, nil) + r.ResetBody() + + // Closing response body to ensure that no response body is leaked + // between retry attempts. + if r.HTTPResponse != nil && r.HTTPResponse.Body != nil { + r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + } + } + + r.Sign() + if r.Error != nil { + return r.Error + } + + r.Retryable = nil + + r.Handlers.Send.Run(r) + if r.Error != nil { + if !shouldRetryCancel(r) { + return r.Error + } + + err := r.Error + r.Handlers.Retry.Run(r) + r.Handlers.AfterRetry.Run(r) + if r.Error != nil { + debugLogReqError(r, "Send Request", false, err) + return r.Error + } + debugLogReqError(r, "Send Request", true, err) + continue + } + r.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.Run(r) + r.Handlers.ValidateResponse.Run(r) + if r.Error != nil { + r.Handlers.UnmarshalError.Run(r) + err := r.Error + + r.Handlers.Retry.Run(r) + r.Handlers.AfterRetry.Run(r) + if r.Error != nil { + debugLogReqError(r, "Validate Response", false, err) + return r.Error + } + debugLogReqError(r, "Validate Response", true, err) + continue + } + + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.Run(r) + if r.Error != nil { + err := r.Error + r.Handlers.Retry.Run(r) + r.Handlers.AfterRetry.Run(r) + if r.Error != nil { + debugLogReqError(r, "Unmarshal Response", false, err) + return r.Error + } + debugLogReqError(r, "Unmarshal Response", true, err) + continue + } + + break + } + + return nil +} + +// copy will copy a request which will allow for local manipulation of the +// request. +func (r *Request) copy() *Request { + req := &Request{} + *req = *r + req.Handlers = r.Handlers.Copy() + op := *r.Operation + req.Operation = &op + return req +} + +// AddToUserAgent adds the string to the end of the request's current user agent. +func AddToUserAgent(r *Request, s string) { + curUA := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get("User-Agent") + if len(curUA) > 0 { + s = curUA + " " + s + } + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("User-Agent", s) +} + +func shouldRetryCancel(r *Request) bool { + awsErr, ok := r.Error.(awserr.Error) + timeoutErr := false + errStr := r.Error.Error() + if ok { + if awsErr.Code() == CanceledErrorCode { + return false + } + err := awsErr.OrigErr() + netErr, netOK := err.(net.Error) + timeoutErr = netOK && netErr.Temporary() + if urlErr, ok := err.(*url.Error); !timeoutErr && ok { + errStr = urlErr.Err.Error() + } + } + + // There can be two types of canceled errors here. + // The first being a net.Error and the other being an error. + // If the request was timed out, we want to continue the retry + // process. Otherwise, return the canceled error. + return timeoutErr || + (errStr != "net/http: request canceled" && + errStr != "net/http: request canceled while waiting for connection") + +} + +// SanitizeHostForHeader removes default port from host and updates request.Host +func SanitizeHostForHeader(r *http.Request) { + host := getHost(r) + port := portOnly(host) + if port != "" && isDefaultPort(r.URL.Scheme, port) { + r.Host = stripPort(host) + } +} + +// Returns host from request +func getHost(r *http.Request) string { + if r.Host != "" { + return r.Host + } + + return r.URL.Host +} + +// Hostname returns u.Host, without any port number. +// +// If Host is an IPv6 literal with a port number, Hostname returns the +// IPv6 literal without the square brackets. IPv6 literals may include +// a zone identifier. +// +// Copied from the Go 1.8 standard library (net/url) +func stripPort(hostport string) string { + colon := strings.IndexByte(hostport, ':') + if colon == -1 { + return hostport + } + if i := strings.IndexByte(hostport, ']'); i != -1 { + return strings.TrimPrefix(hostport[:i], "[") + } + return hostport[:colon] +} + +// Port returns the port part of u.Host, without the leading colon. +// If u.Host doesn't contain a port, Port returns an empty string. +// +// Copied from the Go 1.8 standard library (net/url) +func portOnly(hostport string) string { + colon := strings.IndexByte(hostport, ':') + if colon == -1 { + return "" + } + if i := strings.Index(hostport, "]:"); i != -1 { + return hostport[i+len("]:"):] + } + if strings.Contains(hostport, "]") { + return "" + } + return hostport[colon+len(":"):] +} + +// Returns true if the specified URI is using the standard port +// (i.e. port 80 for HTTP URIs or 443 for HTTPS URIs) +func isDefaultPort(scheme, port string) bool { + if port == "" { + return true + } + + lowerCaseScheme := strings.ToLower(scheme) + if (lowerCaseScheme == "http" && port == "80") || (lowerCaseScheme == "https" && port == "443") { + return true + } + + return false +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_7.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_7.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e36e468b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_7.go @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +// +build !go1.8 + +package request + +import "io" + +// NoBody is an io.ReadCloser with no bytes. Read always returns EOF +// and Close always returns nil. It can be used in an outgoing client +// request to explicitly signal that a request has zero bytes. +// An alternative, however, is to simply set Request.Body to nil. +// +// Copy of Go 1.8 NoBody type from net/http/http.go +type noBody struct{} + +func (noBody) Read([]byte) (int, error) { return 0, io.EOF } +func (noBody) Close() error { return nil } +func (noBody) WriteTo(io.Writer) (int64, error) { return 0, nil } + +// NoBody is an empty reader that will trigger the Go HTTP client to not include +// and body in the HTTP request. +var NoBody = noBody{} + +// ResetBody rewinds the request body back to its starting position, and +// sets the HTTP Request body reference. When the body is read prior +// to being sent in the HTTP request it will need to be rewound. +// +// ResetBody will automatically be called by the SDK's build handler, but if +// the request is being used directly ResetBody must be called before the request +// is Sent. SetStringBody, SetBufferBody, and SetReaderBody will automatically +// call ResetBody. +func (r *Request) ResetBody() { + body, err := r.getNextRequestBody() + if err != nil { + r.Error = err + return + } + + r.HTTPRequest.Body = body +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_8.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_8.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c6a8000f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_8.go @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +// +build go1.8 + +package request + +import ( + "net/http" +) + +// NoBody is a http.NoBody reader instructing Go HTTP client to not include +// and body in the HTTP request. +var NoBody = http.NoBody + +// ResetBody rewinds the request body back to its starting position, and +// sets the HTTP Request body reference. When the body is read prior +// to being sent in the HTTP request it will need to be rewound. +// +// ResetBody will automatically be called by the SDK's build handler, but if +// the request is being used directly ResetBody must be called before the request +// is Sent. SetStringBody, SetBufferBody, and SetReaderBody will automatically +// call ResetBody. +// +// Will also set the Go 1.8's http.Request.GetBody member to allow retrying +// PUT/POST redirects. +func (r *Request) ResetBody() { + body, err := r.getNextRequestBody() + if err != nil { + r.Error = err + return + } + + r.HTTPRequest.Body = body + r.HTTPRequest.GetBody = r.getNextRequestBody +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7365cd1e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context.go @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +// +build go1.7 + +package request + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + +// setContext updates the Request to use the passed in context for cancellation. +// Context will also be used for request retry delay. +// +// Creates shallow copy of the http.Request with the WithContext method. +func setRequestContext(r *Request, ctx aws.Context) { + r.context = ctx + r.HTTPRequest = r.HTTPRequest.WithContext(ctx) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context_1_6.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context_1_6.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..307fa0705 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context_1_6.go @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +// +build !go1.7 + +package request + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + +// setContext updates the Request to use the passed in context for cancellation. +// Context will also be used for request retry delay. +// +// Creates shallow copy of the http.Request with the WithContext method. +func setRequestContext(r *Request, ctx aws.Context) { + r.context = ctx + r.HTTPRequest.Cancel = ctx.Done() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a633ed5ac --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +package request + +import ( + "reflect" + "sync/atomic" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" +) + +// A Pagination provides paginating of SDK API operations which are paginatable. +// Generally you should not use this type directly, but use the "Pages" API +// operations method to automatically perform pagination for you. Such as, +// "S3.ListObjectsPages", and "S3.ListObjectsPagesWithContext" methods. +// +// Pagination differs from a Paginator type in that pagination is the type that +// does the pagination between API operations, and Paginator defines the +// configuration that will be used per page request. +// +// cont := true +// for p.Next() && cont { +// data := p.Page().(*s3.ListObjectsOutput) +// // process the page's data +// } +// return p.Err() +// +// See service client API operation Pages methods for examples how the SDK will +// use the Pagination type. +type Pagination struct { + // Function to return a Request value for each pagination request. + // Any configuration or handlers that need to be applied to the request + // prior to getting the next page should be done here before the request + // returned. + // + // NewRequest should always be built from the same API operations. It is + // undefined if different API operations are returned on subsequent calls. + NewRequest func() (*Request, error) + // EndPageOnSameToken, when enabled, will allow the paginator to stop on + // token that are the same as its previous tokens. + EndPageOnSameToken bool + + started bool + prevTokens []interface{} + nextTokens []interface{} + + err error + curPage interface{} +} + +// HasNextPage will return true if Pagination is able to determine that the API +// operation has additional pages. False will be returned if there are no more +// pages remaining. +// +// Will always return true if Next has not been called yet. +func (p *Pagination) HasNextPage() bool { + if !p.started { + return true + } + + hasNextPage := len(p.nextTokens) != 0 + if p.EndPageOnSameToken { + return hasNextPage && !awsutil.DeepEqual(p.nextTokens, p.prevTokens) + } + return hasNextPage +} + +// Err returns the error Pagination encountered when retrieving the next page. +func (p *Pagination) Err() error { + return p.err +} + +// Page returns the current page. Page should only be called after a successful +// call to Next. It is undefined what Page will return if Page is called after +// Next returns false. +func (p *Pagination) Page() interface{} { + return p.curPage +} + +// Next will attempt to retrieve the next page for the API operation. When a page +// is retrieved true will be returned. If the page cannot be retrieved, or there +// are no more pages false will be returned. +// +// Use the Page method to retrieve the current page data. The data will need +// to be cast to the API operation's output type. +// +// Use the Err method to determine if an error occurred if Page returns false. +func (p *Pagination) Next() bool { + if !p.HasNextPage() { + return false + } + + req, err := p.NewRequest() + if err != nil { + p.err = err + return false + } + + if p.started { + for i, intok := range req.Operation.InputTokens { + awsutil.SetValueAtPath(req.Params, intok, p.nextTokens[i]) + } + } + p.started = true + + err = req.Send() + if err != nil { + p.err = err + return false + } + + p.prevTokens = p.nextTokens + p.nextTokens = req.nextPageTokens() + p.curPage = req.Data + + return true +} + +// A Paginator is the configuration data that defines how an API operation +// should be paginated. This type is used by the API service models to define +// the generated pagination config for service APIs. +// +// The Pagination type is what provides iterating between pages of an API. It +// is only used to store the token metadata the SDK should use for performing +// pagination. +type Paginator struct { + InputTokens []string + OutputTokens []string + LimitToken string + TruncationToken string +} + +// nextPageTokens returns the tokens to use when asking for the next page of data. +func (r *Request) nextPageTokens() []interface{} { + if r.Operation.Paginator == nil { + return nil + } + if r.Operation.TruncationToken != "" { + tr, _ := awsutil.ValuesAtPath(r.Data, r.Operation.TruncationToken) + if len(tr) == 0 { + return nil + } + + switch v := tr[0].(type) { + case *bool: + if !aws.BoolValue(v) { + return nil + } + case bool: + if v == false { + return nil + } + } + } + + tokens := []interface{}{} + tokenAdded := false + for _, outToken := range r.Operation.OutputTokens { + vs, _ := awsutil.ValuesAtPath(r.Data, outToken) + if len(vs) == 0 { + tokens = append(tokens, nil) + continue + } + v := vs[0] + + switch tv := v.(type) { + case *string: + if len(aws.StringValue(tv)) == 0 { + tokens = append(tokens, nil) + continue + } + case string: + if len(tv) == 0 { + tokens = append(tokens, nil) + continue + } + } + + tokenAdded = true + tokens = append(tokens, v) + } + if !tokenAdded { + return nil + } + + return tokens +} + +// Ensure a deprecated item is only logged once instead of each time its used. +func logDeprecatedf(logger aws.Logger, flag *int32, msg string) { + if logger == nil { + return + } + if atomic.CompareAndSwapInt32(flag, 0, 1) { + logger.Log(msg) + } +} + +var ( + logDeprecatedHasNextPage int32 + logDeprecatedNextPage int32 + logDeprecatedEachPage int32 +) + +// HasNextPage returns true if this request has more pages of data available. +// +// Deprecated Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations +func (r *Request) HasNextPage() bool { + logDeprecatedf(r.Config.Logger, &logDeprecatedHasNextPage, + "Request.HasNextPage deprecated. Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations") + + return len(r.nextPageTokens()) > 0 +} + +// NextPage returns a new Request that can be executed to return the next +// page of result data. Call .Send() on this request to execute it. +// +// Deprecated Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations +func (r *Request) NextPage() *Request { + logDeprecatedf(r.Config.Logger, &logDeprecatedNextPage, + "Request.NextPage deprecated. Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations") + + tokens := r.nextPageTokens() + if len(tokens) == 0 { + return nil + } + + data := reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(r.Data).Elem()).Interface() + nr := New(r.Config, r.ClientInfo, r.Handlers, r.Retryer, r.Operation, awsutil.CopyOf(r.Params), data) + for i, intok := range nr.Operation.InputTokens { + awsutil.SetValueAtPath(nr.Params, intok, tokens[i]) + } + return nr +} + +// EachPage iterates over each page of a paginated request object. The fn +// parameter should be a function with the following sample signature: +// +// func(page *T, lastPage bool) bool { +// return true // return false to stop iterating +// } +// +// Where "T" is the structure type matching the output structure of the given +// operation. For example, a request object generated by +// DynamoDB.ListTablesRequest() would expect to see dynamodb.ListTablesOutput +// as the structure "T". The lastPage value represents whether the page is +// the last page of data or not. The return value of this function should +// return true to keep iterating or false to stop. +// +// Deprecated Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations +func (r *Request) EachPage(fn func(data interface{}, isLastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error { + logDeprecatedf(r.Config.Logger, &logDeprecatedEachPage, + "Request.EachPage deprecated. Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations") + + for page := r; page != nil; page = page.NextPage() { + if err := page.Send(); err != nil { + return err + } + if getNextPage := fn(page.Data, !page.HasNextPage()); !getNextPage { + return page.Error + } + } + + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d5270298 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +package request + +import ( + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" +) + +// Retryer is an interface to control retry logic for a given service. +// The default implementation used by most services is the client.DefaultRetryer +// structure, which contains basic retry logic using exponential backoff. +type Retryer interface { + RetryRules(*Request) time.Duration + ShouldRetry(*Request) bool + MaxRetries() int +} + +// WithRetryer sets a config Retryer value to the given Config returning it +// for chaining. +func WithRetryer(cfg *aws.Config, retryer Retryer) *aws.Config { + cfg.Retryer = retryer + return cfg +} + +// retryableCodes is a collection of service response codes which are retry-able +// without any further action. +var retryableCodes = map[string]struct{}{ + "RequestError": {}, + "RequestTimeout": {}, + ErrCodeResponseTimeout: {}, + "RequestTimeoutException": {}, // Glacier's flavor of RequestTimeout +} + +var throttleCodes = map[string]struct{}{ + "ProvisionedThroughputExceededException": {}, + "Throttling": {}, + "ThrottlingException": {}, + "RequestLimitExceeded": {}, + "RequestThrottled": {}, + "TooManyRequestsException": {}, // Lambda functions + "PriorRequestNotComplete": {}, // Route53 +} + +// credsExpiredCodes is a collection of error codes which signify the credentials +// need to be refreshed. Expired tokens require refreshing of credentials, and +// resigning before the request can be retried. +var credsExpiredCodes = map[string]struct{}{ + "ExpiredToken": {}, + "ExpiredTokenException": {}, + "RequestExpired": {}, // EC2 Only +} + +func isCodeThrottle(code string) bool { + _, ok := throttleCodes[code] + return ok +} + +func isCodeRetryable(code string) bool { + if _, ok := retryableCodes[code]; ok { + return true + } + + return isCodeExpiredCreds(code) +} + +func isCodeExpiredCreds(code string) bool { + _, ok := credsExpiredCodes[code] + return ok +} + +var validParentCodes = map[string]struct{}{ + ErrCodeSerialization: {}, + ErrCodeRead: {}, +} + +type temporaryError interface { + Temporary() bool +} + +func isNestedErrorRetryable(parentErr awserr.Error) bool { + if parentErr == nil { + return false + } + + if _, ok := validParentCodes[parentErr.Code()]; !ok { + return false + } + + err := parentErr.OrigErr() + if err == nil { + return false + } + + if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok { + return isCodeRetryable(aerr.Code()) + } + + if t, ok := err.(temporaryError); ok { + return t.Temporary() || isErrConnectionReset(err) + } + + return isErrConnectionReset(err) +} + +// IsErrorRetryable returns whether the error is retryable, based on its Code. +// Returns false if error is nil. +func IsErrorRetryable(err error) bool { + if err != nil { + if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok { + return isCodeRetryable(aerr.Code()) || isNestedErrorRetryable(aerr) + } + } + return false +} + +// IsErrorThrottle returns whether the error is to be throttled based on its code. +// Returns false if error is nil. +func IsErrorThrottle(err error) bool { + if err != nil { + if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok { + return isCodeThrottle(aerr.Code()) + } + } + return false +} + +// IsErrorExpiredCreds returns whether the error code is a credential expiry error. +// Returns false if error is nil. +func IsErrorExpiredCreds(err error) bool { + if err != nil { + if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok { + return isCodeExpiredCreds(aerr.Code()) + } + } + return false +} + +// IsErrorRetryable returns whether the error is retryable, based on its Code. +// Returns false if the request has no Error set. +// +// Alias for the utility function IsErrorRetryable +func (r *Request) IsErrorRetryable() bool { + return IsErrorRetryable(r.Error) +} + +// IsErrorThrottle returns whether the error is to be throttled based on its code. +// Returns false if the request has no Error set +// +// Alias for the utility function IsErrorThrottle +func (r *Request) IsErrorThrottle() bool { + return IsErrorThrottle(r.Error) +} + +// IsErrorExpired returns whether the error code is a credential expiry error. +// Returns false if the request has no Error set. +// +// Alias for the utility function IsErrorExpiredCreds +func (r *Request) IsErrorExpired() bool { + return IsErrorExpiredCreds(r.Error) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/timeout_read_closer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/timeout_read_closer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09a44eb98 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/timeout_read_closer.go @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +package request + +import ( + "io" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" +) + +var timeoutErr = awserr.New( + ErrCodeResponseTimeout, + "read on body has reached the timeout limit", + nil, +) + +type readResult struct { + n int + err error +} + +// timeoutReadCloser will handle body reads that take too long. +// We will return a ErrReadTimeout error if a timeout occurs. +type timeoutReadCloser struct { + reader io.ReadCloser + duration time.Duration +} + +// Read will spin off a goroutine to call the reader's Read method. We will +// select on the timer's channel or the read's channel. Whoever completes first +// will be returned. +func (r *timeoutReadCloser) Read(b []byte) (int, error) { + timer := time.NewTimer(r.duration) + c := make(chan readResult, 1) + + go func() { + n, err := r.reader.Read(b) + timer.Stop() + c <- readResult{n: n, err: err} + }() + + select { + case data := <-c: + return data.n, data.err + case <-timer.C: + return 0, timeoutErr + } +} + +func (r *timeoutReadCloser) Close() error { + return r.reader.Close() +} + +const ( + // HandlerResponseTimeout is what we use to signify the name of the + // response timeout handler. + HandlerResponseTimeout = "ResponseTimeoutHandler" +) + +// adaptToResponseTimeoutError is a handler that will replace any top level error +// to a ErrCodeResponseTimeout, if its child is that. +func adaptToResponseTimeoutError(req *Request) { + if err, ok := req.Error.(awserr.Error); ok { + aerr, ok := err.OrigErr().(awserr.Error) + if ok && aerr.Code() == ErrCodeResponseTimeout { + req.Error = aerr + } + } +} + +// WithResponseReadTimeout is a request option that will wrap the body in a timeout read closer. +// This will allow for per read timeouts. If a timeout occurred, we will return the +// ErrCodeResponseTimeout. +// +// svc.PutObjectWithContext(ctx, params, request.WithTimeoutReadCloser(30 * time.Second) +func WithResponseReadTimeout(duration time.Duration) Option { + return func(r *Request) { + + var timeoutHandler = NamedHandler{ + HandlerResponseTimeout, + func(req *Request) { + req.HTTPResponse.Body = &timeoutReadCloser{ + reader: req.HTTPResponse.Body, + duration: duration, + } + }} + + // remove the handler so we are not stomping over any new durations. + r.Handlers.Send.RemoveByName(HandlerResponseTimeout) + r.Handlers.Send.PushBackNamed(timeoutHandler) + + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(adaptToResponseTimeoutError) + r.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(adaptToResponseTimeoutError) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/validation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/validation.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..401246228 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/validation.go @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +package request + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" +) + +const ( + // InvalidParameterErrCode is the error code for invalid parameters errors + InvalidParameterErrCode = "InvalidParameter" + // ParamRequiredErrCode is the error code for required parameter errors + ParamRequiredErrCode = "ParamRequiredError" + // ParamMinValueErrCode is the error code for fields with too low of a + // number value. + ParamMinValueErrCode = "ParamMinValueError" + // ParamMinLenErrCode is the error code for fields without enough elements. + ParamMinLenErrCode = "ParamMinLenError" +) + +// Validator provides a way for types to perform validation logic on their +// input values that external code can use to determine if a type's values +// are valid. +type Validator interface { + Validate() error +} + +// An ErrInvalidParams provides wrapping of invalid parameter errors found when +// validating API operation input parameters. +type ErrInvalidParams struct { + // Context is the base context of the invalid parameter group. + Context string + errs []ErrInvalidParam +} + +// Add adds a new invalid parameter error to the collection of invalid +// parameters. The context of the invalid parameter will be updated to reflect +// this collection. +func (e *ErrInvalidParams) Add(err ErrInvalidParam) { + err.SetContext(e.Context) + e.errs = append(e.errs, err) +} + +// AddNested adds the invalid parameter errors from another ErrInvalidParams +// value into this collection. The nested errors will have their nested context +// updated and base context to reflect the merging. +// +// Use for nested validations errors. +func (e *ErrInvalidParams) AddNested(nestedCtx string, nested ErrInvalidParams) { + for _, err := range nested.errs { + err.SetContext(e.Context) + err.AddNestedContext(nestedCtx) + e.errs = append(e.errs, err) + } +} + +// Len returns the number of invalid parameter errors +func (e ErrInvalidParams) Len() int { + return len(e.errs) +} + +// Code returns the code of the error +func (e ErrInvalidParams) Code() string { + return InvalidParameterErrCode +} + +// Message returns the message of the error +func (e ErrInvalidParams) Message() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%d validation error(s) found.", len(e.errs)) +} + +// Error returns the string formatted form of the invalid parameters. +func (e ErrInvalidParams) Error() string { + w := &bytes.Buffer{} + fmt.Fprintf(w, "%s: %s\n", e.Code(), e.Message()) + + for _, err := range e.errs { + fmt.Fprintf(w, "- %s\n", err.Message()) + } + + return w.String() +} + +// OrigErr returns the invalid parameters as a awserr.BatchedErrors value +func (e ErrInvalidParams) OrigErr() error { + return awserr.NewBatchError( + InvalidParameterErrCode, e.Message(), e.OrigErrs()) +} + +// OrigErrs returns a slice of the invalid parameters +func (e ErrInvalidParams) OrigErrs() []error { + errs := make([]error, len(e.errs)) + for i := 0; i < len(errs); i++ { + errs[i] = e.errs[i] + } + + return errs +} + +// An ErrInvalidParam represents an invalid parameter error type. +type ErrInvalidParam interface { + awserr.Error + + // Field name the error occurred on. + Field() string + + // SetContext updates the context of the error. + SetContext(string) + + // AddNestedContext updates the error's context to include a nested level. + AddNestedContext(string) +} + +type errInvalidParam struct { + context string + nestedContext string + field string + code string + msg string +} + +// Code returns the error code for the type of invalid parameter. +func (e *errInvalidParam) Code() string { + return e.code +} + +// Message returns the reason the parameter was invalid, and its context. +func (e *errInvalidParam) Message() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s, %s.", e.msg, e.Field()) +} + +// Error returns the string version of the invalid parameter error. +func (e *errInvalidParam) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", e.code, e.Message()) +} + +// OrigErr returns nil, Implemented for awserr.Error interface. +func (e *errInvalidParam) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +// Field Returns the field and context the error occurred. +func (e *errInvalidParam) Field() string { + field := e.context + if len(field) > 0 { + field += "." + } + if len(e.nestedContext) > 0 { + field += fmt.Sprintf("%s.", e.nestedContext) + } + field += e.field + + return field +} + +// SetContext updates the base context of the error. +func (e *errInvalidParam) SetContext(ctx string) { + e.context = ctx +} + +// AddNestedContext prepends a context to the field's path. +func (e *errInvalidParam) AddNestedContext(ctx string) { + if len(e.nestedContext) == 0 { + e.nestedContext = ctx + } else { + e.nestedContext = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", ctx, e.nestedContext) + } + +} + +// An ErrParamRequired represents an required parameter error. +type ErrParamRequired struct { + errInvalidParam +} + +// NewErrParamRequired creates a new required parameter error. +func NewErrParamRequired(field string) *ErrParamRequired { + return &ErrParamRequired{ + errInvalidParam{ + code: ParamRequiredErrCode, + field: field, + msg: fmt.Sprintf("missing required field"), + }, + } +} + +// An ErrParamMinValue represents a minimum value parameter error. +type ErrParamMinValue struct { + errInvalidParam + min float64 +} + +// NewErrParamMinValue creates a new minimum value parameter error. +func NewErrParamMinValue(field string, min float64) *ErrParamMinValue { + return &ErrParamMinValue{ + errInvalidParam: errInvalidParam{ + code: ParamMinValueErrCode, + field: field, + msg: fmt.Sprintf("minimum field value of %v", min), + }, + min: min, + } +} + +// MinValue returns the field's require minimum value. +// +// float64 is returned for both int and float min values. +func (e *ErrParamMinValue) MinValue() float64 { + return e.min +} + +// An ErrParamMinLen represents a minimum length parameter error. +type ErrParamMinLen struct { + errInvalidParam + min int +} + +// NewErrParamMinLen creates a new minimum length parameter error. +func NewErrParamMinLen(field string, min int) *ErrParamMinLen { + return &ErrParamMinLen{ + errInvalidParam: errInvalidParam{ + code: ParamMinLenErrCode, + field: field, + msg: fmt.Sprintf("minimum field size of %v", min), + }, + min: min, + } +} + +// MinLen returns the field's required minimum length. +func (e *ErrParamMinLen) MinLen() int { + return e.min +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4601f883c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +package request + +import ( + "fmt" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" +) + +// WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode is the error code returned by a waiter when +// the waiter's max attempts have been exhausted. +const WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode = "ResourceNotReady" + +// A WaiterOption is a function that will update the Waiter value's fields to +// configure the waiter. +type WaiterOption func(*Waiter) + +// WithWaiterMaxAttempts returns the maximum number of times the waiter should +// attempt to check the resource for the target state. +func WithWaiterMaxAttempts(max int) WaiterOption { + return func(w *Waiter) { + w.MaxAttempts = max + } +} + +// WaiterDelay will return a delay the waiter should pause between attempts to +// check the resource state. The passed in attempt is the number of times the +// Waiter has checked the resource state. +// +// Attempt is the number of attempts the Waiter has made checking the resource +// state. +type WaiterDelay func(attempt int) time.Duration + +// ConstantWaiterDelay returns a WaiterDelay that will always return a constant +// delay the waiter should use between attempts. It ignores the number of +// attempts made. +func ConstantWaiterDelay(delay time.Duration) WaiterDelay { + return func(attempt int) time.Duration { + return delay + } +} + +// WithWaiterDelay will set the Waiter to use the WaiterDelay passed in. +func WithWaiterDelay(delayer WaiterDelay) WaiterOption { + return func(w *Waiter) { + w.Delay = delayer + } +} + +// WithWaiterLogger returns a waiter option to set the logger a waiter +// should use to log warnings and errors to. +func WithWaiterLogger(logger aws.Logger) WaiterOption { + return func(w *Waiter) { + w.Logger = logger + } +} + +// WithWaiterRequestOptions returns a waiter option setting the request +// options for each request the waiter makes. Appends to waiter's request +// options already set. +func WithWaiterRequestOptions(opts ...Option) WaiterOption { + return func(w *Waiter) { + w.RequestOptions = append(w.RequestOptions, opts...) + } +} + +// A Waiter provides the functionality to perform a blocking call which will +// wait for a resource state to be satisfied by a service. +// +// This type should not be used directly. The API operations provided in the +// service packages prefixed with "WaitUntil" should be used instead. +type Waiter struct { + Name string + Acceptors []WaiterAcceptor + Logger aws.Logger + + MaxAttempts int + Delay WaiterDelay + + RequestOptions []Option + NewRequest func([]Option) (*Request, error) + SleepWithContext func(aws.Context, time.Duration) error +} + +// ApplyOptions updates the waiter with the list of waiter options provided. +func (w *Waiter) ApplyOptions(opts ...WaiterOption) { + for _, fn := range opts { + fn(w) + } +} + +// WaiterState are states the waiter uses based on WaiterAcceptor definitions +// to identify if the resource state the waiter is waiting on has occurred. +type WaiterState int + +// String returns the string representation of the waiter state. +func (s WaiterState) String() string { + switch s { + case SuccessWaiterState: + return "success" + case FailureWaiterState: + return "failure" + case RetryWaiterState: + return "retry" + default: + return "unknown waiter state" + } +} + +// States the waiter acceptors will use to identify target resource states. +const ( + SuccessWaiterState WaiterState = iota // waiter successful + FailureWaiterState // waiter failed + RetryWaiterState // waiter needs to be retried +) + +// WaiterMatchMode is the mode that the waiter will use to match the WaiterAcceptor +// definition's Expected attribute. +type WaiterMatchMode int + +// Modes the waiter will use when inspecting API response to identify target +// resource states. +const ( + PathAllWaiterMatch WaiterMatchMode = iota // match on all paths + PathWaiterMatch // match on specific path + PathAnyWaiterMatch // match on any path + PathListWaiterMatch // match on list of paths + StatusWaiterMatch // match on status code + ErrorWaiterMatch // match on error +) + +// String returns the string representation of the waiter match mode. +func (m WaiterMatchMode) String() string { + switch m { + case PathAllWaiterMatch: + return "pathAll" + case PathWaiterMatch: + return "path" + case PathAnyWaiterMatch: + return "pathAny" + case PathListWaiterMatch: + return "pathList" + case StatusWaiterMatch: + return "status" + case ErrorWaiterMatch: + return "error" + default: + return "unknown waiter match mode" + } +} + +// WaitWithContext will make requests for the API operation using NewRequest to +// build API requests. The request's response will be compared against the +// Waiter's Acceptors to determine the successful state of the resource the +// waiter is inspecting. +// +// The passed in context must not be nil. If it is nil a panic will occur. The +// Context will be used to cancel the waiter's pending requests and retry delays. +// Use aws.BackgroundContext if no context is available. +// +// The waiter will continue until the target state defined by the Acceptors, +// or the max attempts expires. +// +// Will return the WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode error code if the waiter's +// retryer ShouldRetry returns false. This normally will happen when the max +// wait attempts expires. +func (w Waiter) WaitWithContext(ctx aws.Context) error { + + for attempt := 1; ; attempt++ { + req, err := w.NewRequest(w.RequestOptions) + if err != nil { + waiterLogf(w.Logger, "unable to create request %v", err) + return err + } + req.Handlers.Build.PushBack(MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Waiter")) + err = req.Send() + + // See if any of the acceptors match the request's response, or error + for _, a := range w.Acceptors { + if matched, matchErr := a.match(w.Name, w.Logger, req, err); matched { + return matchErr + } + } + + // The Waiter should only check the resource state MaxAttempts times + // This is here instead of in the for loop above to prevent delaying + // unnecessary when the waiter will not retry. + if attempt == w.MaxAttempts { + break + } + + // Delay to wait before inspecting the resource again + delay := w.Delay(attempt) + if sleepFn := req.Config.SleepDelay; sleepFn != nil { + // Support SleepDelay for backwards compatibility and testing + sleepFn(delay) + } else { + sleepCtxFn := w.SleepWithContext + if sleepCtxFn == nil { + sleepCtxFn = aws.SleepWithContext + } + + if err := sleepCtxFn(ctx, delay); err != nil { + return awserr.New(CanceledErrorCode, "waiter context canceled", err) + } + } + } + + return awserr.New(WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode, "exceeded wait attempts", nil) +} + +// A WaiterAcceptor provides the information needed to wait for an API operation +// to complete. +type WaiterAcceptor struct { + State WaiterState + Matcher WaiterMatchMode + Argument string + Expected interface{} +} + +// match returns if the acceptor found a match with the passed in request +// or error. True is returned if the acceptor made a match, error is returned +// if there was an error attempting to perform the match. +func (a *WaiterAcceptor) match(name string, l aws.Logger, req *Request, err error) (bool, error) { + result := false + var vals []interface{} + + switch a.Matcher { + case PathAllWaiterMatch, PathWaiterMatch: + // Require all matches to be equal for result to match + vals, _ = awsutil.ValuesAtPath(req.Data, a.Argument) + if len(vals) == 0 { + break + } + result = true + for _, val := range vals { + if !awsutil.DeepEqual(val, a.Expected) { + result = false + break + } + } + case PathAnyWaiterMatch: + // Only a single match needs to equal for the result to match + vals, _ = awsutil.ValuesAtPath(req.Data, a.Argument) + for _, val := range vals { + if awsutil.DeepEqual(val, a.Expected) { + result = true + break + } + } + case PathListWaiterMatch: + // ignored matcher + case StatusWaiterMatch: + s := a.Expected.(int) + result = s == req.HTTPResponse.StatusCode + case ErrorWaiterMatch: + if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok { + result = aerr.Code() == a.Expected.(string) + } + default: + waiterLogf(l, "WARNING: Waiter %s encountered unexpected matcher: %s", + name, a.Matcher) + } + + if !result { + // If there was no matching result found there is nothing more to do + // for this response, retry the request. + return false, nil + } + + switch a.State { + case SuccessWaiterState: + // waiter completed + return true, nil + case FailureWaiterState: + // Waiter failure state triggered + return true, awserr.New(WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode, + "failed waiting for successful resource state", err) + case RetryWaiterState: + // clear the error and retry the operation + return false, nil + default: + waiterLogf(l, "WARNING: Waiter %s encountered unexpected state: %s", + name, a.State) + return false, nil + } +} + +func waiterLogf(logger aws.Logger, msg string, args ...interface{}) { + if logger != nil { + logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...)) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98d420fd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,273 @@ +/* +Package session provides configuration for the SDK's service clients. + +Sessions can be shared across all service clients that share the same base +configuration. The Session is built from the SDK's default configuration and +request handlers. + +Sessions should be cached when possible, because creating a new Session will +load all configuration values from the environment, and config files each time +the Session is created. Sharing the Session value across all of your service +clients will ensure the configuration is loaded the fewest number of times possible. + +Concurrency + +Sessions are safe to use concurrently as long as the Session is not being +modified. The SDK will not modify the Session once the Session has been created. +Creating service clients concurrently from a shared Session is safe. + +Sessions from Shared Config + +Sessions can be created using the method above that will only load the +additional config if the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set. +Alternatively you can explicitly create a Session with shared config enabled. +To do this you can use NewSessionWithOptions to configure how the Session will +be created. Using the NewSessionWithOptions with SharedConfigState set to +SharedConfigEnable will create the session as if the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG +environment variable was set. + +Creating Sessions + +When creating Sessions optional aws.Config values can be passed in that will +override the default, or loaded config values the Session is being created +with. This allows you to provide additional, or case based, configuration +as needed. + +By default NewSession will only load credentials from the shared credentials +file (~/.aws/credentials). If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is +set to a truthy value the Session will be created from the configuration +values from the shared config (~/.aws/config) and shared credentials +(~/.aws/credentials) files. See the section Sessions from Shared Config for +more information. + +Create a Session with the default config and request handlers. With credentials +region, and profile loaded from the environment and shared config automatically. +Requires the AWS_PROFILE to be set, or "default" is used. + + // Create Session + sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) + + // Create a Session with a custom region + sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{ + Region: aws.String("us-east-1"), + })) + + // Create a S3 client instance from a session + sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) + + svc := s3.New(sess) + +Create Session With Option Overrides + +In addition to NewSession, Sessions can be created using NewSessionWithOptions. +This func allows you to control and override how the Session will be created +through code instead of being driven by environment variables only. + +Use NewSessionWithOptions when you want to provide the config profile, or +override the shared config state (AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG). + + // Equivalent to session.NewSession() + sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{ + // Options + })) + + // Specify profile to load for the session's config + sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{ + Profile: "profile_name", + })) + + // Specify profile for config and region for requests + sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{ + Config: aws.Config{Region: aws.String("us-east-1")}, + Profile: "profile_name", + })) + + // Force enable Shared Config support + sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{ + SharedConfigState: session.SharedConfigEnable, + })) + +Adding Handlers + +You can add handlers to a session for processing HTTP requests. All service +clients that use the session inherit the handlers. For example, the following +handler logs every request and its payload made by a service client: + + // Create a session, and add additional handlers for all service + // clients created with the Session to inherit. Adds logging handler. + sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) + + sess.Handlers.Send.PushFront(func(r *request.Request) { + // Log every request made and its payload + logger.Println("Request: %s/%s, Payload: %s", + r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation, r.Params) + }) + +Deprecated "New" function + +The New session function has been deprecated because it does not provide good +way to return errors that occur when loading the configuration files and values. +Because of this, NewSession was created so errors can be retrieved when +creating a session fails. + +Shared Config Fields + +By default the SDK will only load the shared credentials file's (~/.aws/credentials) +credentials values, and all other config is provided by the environment variables, +SDK defaults, and user provided aws.Config values. + +If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set, or SharedConfigEnable +option is used to create the Session the full shared config values will be +loaded. This includes credentials, region, and support for assume role. In +addition the Session will load its configuration from both the shared config +file (~/.aws/config) and shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Both +files have the same format. + +If both config files are present the configuration from both files will be +read. The Session will be created from configuration values from the shared +credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) over those in the shared config file (~/.aws/config). + +Credentials are the values the SDK should use for authenticating requests with +AWS Services. They are from a configuration file will need to include both +aws_access_key_id and aws_secret_access_key must be provided together in the +same file to be considered valid. The values will be ignored if not a complete +group. aws_session_token is an optional field that can be provided if both of +the other two fields are also provided. + + aws_access_key_id = AKID + aws_secret_access_key = SECRET + aws_session_token = TOKEN + +Assume Role values allow you to configure the SDK to assume an IAM role using +a set of credentials provided in a config file via the source_profile field. +Both "role_arn" and "source_profile" are required. The SDK supports assuming +a role with MFA token if the session option AssumeRoleTokenProvider +is set. + + role_arn = arn:aws:iam:::role/ + source_profile = profile_with_creds + external_id = 1234 + mfa_serial = + role_session_name = session_name + +Region is the region the SDK should use for looking up AWS service endpoints +and signing requests. + + region = us-east-1 + +Assume Role with MFA token + +To create a session with support for assuming an IAM role with MFA set the +session option AssumeRoleTokenProvider to a function that will prompt for the +MFA token code when the SDK assumes the role and refreshes the role's credentials. +This allows you to configure the SDK via the shared config to assumea role +with MFA tokens. + +In order for the SDK to assume a role with MFA the SharedConfigState +session option must be set to SharedConfigEnable, or AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG +environment variable set. + +The shared configuration instructs the SDK to assume an IAM role with MFA +when the mfa_serial configuration field is set in the shared config +(~/.aws/config) or shared credentials (~/.aws/credentials) file. + +If mfa_serial is set in the configuration, the SDK will assume the role, and +the AssumeRoleTokenProvider session option is not set an an error will +be returned when creating the session. + + sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{ + AssumeRoleTokenProvider: stscreds.StdinTokenProvider, + })) + + // Create service client value configured for credentials + // from assumed role. + svc := s3.New(sess) + +To setup assume role outside of a session see the stscrds.AssumeRoleProvider +documentation. + +Environment Variables + +When a Session is created several environment variables can be set to adjust +how the SDK functions, and what configuration data it loads when creating +Sessions. All environment values are optional, but some values like credentials +require multiple of the values to set or the partial values will be ignored. +All environment variable values are strings unless otherwise noted. + +Environment configuration values. If set both Access Key ID and Secret Access +Key must be provided. Session Token and optionally also be provided, but is +not required. + + # Access Key ID + AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=AKID + AWS_ACCESS_KEY=AKID # only read if AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID is not set. + + # Secret Access Key + AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET + AWS_SECRET_KEY=SECRET=SECRET # only read if AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY is not set. + + # Session Token + AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=TOKEN + +Region value will instruct the SDK where to make service API requests to. If is +not provided in the environment the region must be provided before a service +client request is made. + + AWS_REGION=us-east-1 + + # AWS_DEFAULT_REGION is only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set, + # and AWS_REGION is not also set. + AWS_DEFAULT_REGION=us-east-1 + +Profile name the SDK should load use when loading shared config from the +configuration files. If not provided "default" will be used as the profile name. + + AWS_PROFILE=my_profile + + # AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE is only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set, + # and AWS_PROFILE is not also set. + AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE=my_profile + +SDK load config instructs the SDK to load the shared config in addition to +shared credentials. This also expands the configuration loaded so the shared +credentials will have parity with the shared config file. This also enables +Region and Profile support for the AWS_DEFAULT_REGION and AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE +env values as well. + + AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1 + +Shared credentials file path can be set to instruct the SDK to use an alternative +file for the shared credentials. If not set the file will be loaded from +$HOME/.aws/credentials on Linux/Unix based systems, and +%USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials on Windows. + + AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE=$HOME/my_shared_credentials + +Shared config file path can be set to instruct the SDK to use an alternative +file for the shared config. If not set the file will be loaded from +$HOME/.aws/config on Linux/Unix based systems, and +%USERPROFILE%\.aws\config on Windows. + + AWS_CONFIG_FILE=$HOME/my_shared_config + +Path to a custom Credentials Authority (CA) bundle PEM file that the SDK +will use instead of the default system's root CA bundle. Use this only +if you want to replace the CA bundle the SDK uses for TLS requests. + + AWS_CA_BUNDLE=$HOME/my_custom_ca_bundle + +Enabling this option will attempt to merge the Transport into the SDK's HTTP +client. If the client's Transport is not a http.Transport an error will be +returned. If the Transport's TLS config is set this option will cause the SDK +to overwrite the Transport's TLS config's RootCAs value. If the CA bundle file +contains multiple certificates all of them will be loaded. + +The Session option CustomCABundle is also available when creating sessions +to also enable this feature. CustomCABundle session option field has priority +over the AWS_CA_BUNDLE environment variable, and will be used if both are set. + +Setting a custom HTTPClient in the aws.Config options will override this setting. +To use this option and custom HTTP client, the HTTP client needs to be provided +when creating the session. Not the service client. +*/ +package session diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e04d76c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +package session + +import ( + "os" + "strconv" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults" +) + +// EnvProviderName provides a name of the provider when config is loaded from environment. +const EnvProviderName = "EnvConfigCredentials" + +// envConfig is a collection of environment values the SDK will read +// setup config from. All environment values are optional. But some values +// such as credentials require multiple values to be complete or the values +// will be ignored. +type envConfig struct { + // Environment configuration values. If set both Access Key ID and Secret Access + // Key must be provided. Session Token and optionally also be provided, but is + // not required. + // + // # Access Key ID + // AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=AKID + // AWS_ACCESS_KEY=AKID # only read if AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID is not set. + // + // # Secret Access Key + // AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET + // AWS_SECRET_KEY=SECRET=SECRET # only read if AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY is not set. + // + // # Session Token + // AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=TOKEN + Creds credentials.Value + + // Region value will instruct the SDK where to make service API requests to. If is + // not provided in the environment the region must be provided before a service + // client request is made. + // + // AWS_REGION=us-east-1 + // + // # AWS_DEFAULT_REGION is only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set, + // # and AWS_REGION is not also set. + // AWS_DEFAULT_REGION=us-east-1 + Region string + + // Profile name the SDK should load use when loading shared configuration from the + // shared configuration files. If not provided "default" will be used as the + // profile name. + // + // AWS_PROFILE=my_profile + // + // # AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE is only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set, + // # and AWS_PROFILE is not also set. + // AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE=my_profile + Profile string + + // SDK load config instructs the SDK to load the shared config in addition to + // shared credentials. This also expands the configuration loaded from the shared + // credentials to have parity with the shared config file. This also enables + // Region and Profile support for the AWS_DEFAULT_REGION and AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE + // env values as well. + // + // AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1 + EnableSharedConfig bool + + // Shared credentials file path can be set to instruct the SDK to use an alternate + // file for the shared credentials. If not set the file will be loaded from + // $HOME/.aws/credentials on Linux/Unix based systems, and + // %USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials on Windows. + // + // AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE=$HOME/my_shared_credentials + SharedCredentialsFile string + + // Shared config file path can be set to instruct the SDK to use an alternate + // file for the shared config. If not set the file will be loaded from + // $HOME/.aws/config on Linux/Unix based systems, and + // %USERPROFILE%\.aws\config on Windows. + // + // AWS_CONFIG_FILE=$HOME/my_shared_config + SharedConfigFile string + + // Sets the path to a custom Credentials Authroity (CA) Bundle PEM file + // that the SDK will use instead of the system's root CA bundle. + // Only use this if you want to configure the SDK to use a custom set + // of CAs. + // + // Enabling this option will attempt to merge the Transport + // into the SDK's HTTP client. If the client's Transport is + // not a http.Transport an error will be returned. If the + // Transport's TLS config is set this option will cause the + // SDK to overwrite the Transport's TLS config's RootCAs value. + // + // Setting a custom HTTPClient in the aws.Config options will override this setting. + // To use this option and custom HTTP client, the HTTP client needs to be provided + // when creating the session. Not the service client. + // + // AWS_CA_BUNDLE=$HOME/my_custom_ca_bundle + CustomCABundle string + + csmEnabled string + CSMEnabled bool + CSMPort string + CSMClientID string +} + +var ( + csmEnabledEnvKey = []string{ + "AWS_CSM_ENABLED", + } + csmPortEnvKey = []string{ + "AWS_CSM_PORT", + } + csmClientIDEnvKey = []string{ + "AWS_CSM_CLIENT_ID", + } + credAccessEnvKey = []string{ + "AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID", + "AWS_ACCESS_KEY", + } + credSecretEnvKey = []string{ + "AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY", + "AWS_SECRET_KEY", + } + credSessionEnvKey = []string{ + "AWS_SESSION_TOKEN", + } + + regionEnvKeys = []string{ + "AWS_REGION", + "AWS_DEFAULT_REGION", // Only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set + } + profileEnvKeys = []string{ + "AWS_PROFILE", + "AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE", // Only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set + } + sharedCredsFileEnvKey = []string{ + "AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE", + } + sharedConfigFileEnvKey = []string{ + "AWS_CONFIG_FILE", + } +) + +// loadEnvConfig retrieves the SDK's environment configuration. +// See `envConfig` for the values that will be retrieved. +// +// If the environment variable `AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG` is set to a truthy value +// the shared SDK config will be loaded in addition to the SDK's specific +// configuration values. +func loadEnvConfig() envConfig { + enableSharedConfig, _ := strconv.ParseBool(os.Getenv("AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG")) + return envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig) +} + +// loadEnvSharedConfig retrieves the SDK's environment configuration, and the +// SDK shared config. See `envConfig` for the values that will be retrieved. +// +// Loads the shared configuration in addition to the SDK's specific configuration. +// This will load the same values as `loadEnvConfig` if the `AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG` +// environment variable is set. +func loadSharedEnvConfig() envConfig { + return envConfigLoad(true) +} + +func envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig bool) envConfig { + cfg := envConfig{} + + cfg.EnableSharedConfig = enableSharedConfig + + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Creds.AccessKeyID, credAccessEnvKey) + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Creds.SecretAccessKey, credSecretEnvKey) + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Creds.SessionToken, credSessionEnvKey) + + // CSM environment variables + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.csmEnabled, csmEnabledEnvKey) + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.CSMPort, csmPortEnvKey) + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.CSMClientID, csmClientIDEnvKey) + cfg.CSMEnabled = len(cfg.csmEnabled) > 0 + + // Require logical grouping of credentials + if len(cfg.Creds.AccessKeyID) == 0 || len(cfg.Creds.SecretAccessKey) == 0 { + cfg.Creds = credentials.Value{} + } else { + cfg.Creds.ProviderName = EnvProviderName + } + + regionKeys := regionEnvKeys + profileKeys := profileEnvKeys + if !cfg.EnableSharedConfig { + regionKeys = regionKeys[:1] + profileKeys = profileKeys[:1] + } + + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Region, regionKeys) + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Profile, profileKeys) + + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.SharedCredentialsFile, sharedCredsFileEnvKey) + setFromEnvVal(&cfg.SharedConfigFile, sharedConfigFileEnvKey) + + if len(cfg.SharedCredentialsFile) == 0 { + cfg.SharedCredentialsFile = defaults.SharedCredentialsFilename() + } + if len(cfg.SharedConfigFile) == 0 { + cfg.SharedConfigFile = defaults.SharedConfigFilename() + } + + cfg.CustomCABundle = os.Getenv("AWS_CA_BUNDLE") + + return cfg +} + +func setFromEnvVal(dst *string, keys []string) { + for _, k := range keys { + if v := os.Getenv(k); len(v) > 0 { + *dst = v + break + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51f305563 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go @@ -0,0 +1,628 @@ +package session + +import ( + "crypto/tls" + "crypto/x509" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "os" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// A Session provides a central location to create service clients from and +// store configurations and request handlers for those services. +// +// Sessions are safe to create service clients concurrently, but it is not safe +// to mutate the Session concurrently. +// +// The Session satisfies the service client's client.ConfigProvider. +type Session struct { + Config *aws.Config + Handlers request.Handlers +} + +// New creates a new instance of the handlers merging in the provided configs +// on top of the SDK's default configurations. Once the Session is created it +// can be mutated to modify the Config or Handlers. The Session is safe to be +// read concurrently, but it should not be written to concurrently. +// +// If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment is set to a truthy value, the New +// method could now encounter an error when loading the configuration. When +// The environment variable is set, and an error occurs, New will return a +// session that will fail all requests reporting the error that occurred while +// loading the session. Use NewSession to get the error when creating the +// session. +// +// If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set to a truthy value +// the shared config file (~/.aws/config) will also be loaded, in addition to +// the shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Values set in both the +// shared config, and shared credentials will be taken from the shared +// credentials file. +// +// Deprecated: Use NewSession functions to create sessions instead. NewSession +// has the same functionality as New except an error can be returned when the +// func is called instead of waiting to receive an error until a request is made. +func New(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session { + // load initial config from environment + envCfg := loadEnvConfig() + + if envCfg.EnableSharedConfig { + var cfg aws.Config + cfg.MergeIn(cfgs...) + s, err := NewSessionWithOptions(Options{ + Config: cfg, + SharedConfigState: SharedConfigEnable, + }) + if err != nil { + // Old session.New expected all errors to be discovered when + // a request is made, and would report the errors then. This + // needs to be replicated if an error occurs while creating + // the session. + msg := "failed to create session with AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG enabled. " + + "Use session.NewSession to handle errors occurring during session creation." + + // Session creation failed, need to report the error and prevent + // any requests from succeeding. + s = &Session{Config: defaults.Config()} + s.Config.MergeIn(cfgs...) + s.Config.Logger.Log("ERROR:", msg, "Error:", err) + s.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(func(r *request.Request) { + r.Error = err + }) + } + + return s + } + + s := deprecatedNewSession(cfgs...) + if envCfg.CSMEnabled { + enableCSM(&s.Handlers, envCfg.CSMClientID, envCfg.CSMPort, s.Config.Logger) + } + + return s +} + +// NewSession returns a new Session created from SDK defaults, config files, +// environment, and user provided config files. Once the Session is created +// it can be mutated to modify the Config or Handlers. The Session is safe to +// be read concurrently, but it should not be written to concurrently. +// +// If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set to a truthy value +// the shared config file (~/.aws/config) will also be loaded in addition to +// the shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Values set in both the +// shared config, and shared credentials will be taken from the shared +// credentials file. Enabling the Shared Config will also allow the Session +// to be built with retrieving credentials with AssumeRole set in the config. +// +// See the NewSessionWithOptions func for information on how to override or +// control through code how the Session will be created. Such as specifying the +// config profile, and controlling if shared config is enabled or not. +func NewSession(cfgs ...*aws.Config) (*Session, error) { + opts := Options{} + opts.Config.MergeIn(cfgs...) + + return NewSessionWithOptions(opts) +} + +// SharedConfigState provides the ability to optionally override the state +// of the session's creation based on the shared config being enabled or +// disabled. +type SharedConfigState int + +const ( + // SharedConfigStateFromEnv does not override any state of the + // AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG env var. It is the default value of the + // SharedConfigState type. + SharedConfigStateFromEnv SharedConfigState = iota + + // SharedConfigDisable overrides the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG env var value + // and disables the shared config functionality. + SharedConfigDisable + + // SharedConfigEnable overrides the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG env var value + // and enables the shared config functionality. + SharedConfigEnable +) + +// Options provides the means to control how a Session is created and what +// configuration values will be loaded. +// +type Options struct { + // Provides config values for the SDK to use when creating service clients + // and making API requests to services. Any value set in with this field + // will override the associated value provided by the SDK defaults, + // environment or config files where relevant. + // + // If not set, configuration values from from SDK defaults, environment, + // config will be used. + Config aws.Config + + // Overrides the config profile the Session should be created from. If not + // set the value of the environment variable will be loaded (AWS_PROFILE, + // or AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE if the Shared Config is enabled). + // + // If not set and environment variables are not set the "default" + // (DefaultSharedConfigProfile) will be used as the profile to load the + // session config from. + Profile string + + // Instructs how the Session will be created based on the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG + // environment variable. By default a Session will be created using the + // value provided by the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable. + // + // Setting this value to SharedConfigEnable or SharedConfigDisable + // will allow you to override the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable + // and enable or disable the shared config functionality. + SharedConfigState SharedConfigState + + // Ordered list of files the session will load configuration from. + // It will override environment variable AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE, AWS_CONFIG_FILE. + SharedConfigFiles []string + + // When the SDK's shared config is configured to assume a role with MFA + // this option is required in order to provide the mechanism that will + // retrieve the MFA token. There is no default value for this field. If + // it is not set an error will be returned when creating the session. + // + // This token provider will be called when ever the assumed role's + // credentials need to be refreshed. Within the context of service clients + // all sharing the same session the SDK will ensure calls to the token + // provider are atomic. When sharing a token provider across multiple + // sessions additional synchronization logic is needed to ensure the + // token providers do not introduce race conditions. It is recommend to + // share the session where possible. + // + // stscreds.StdinTokenProvider is a basic implementation that will prompt + // from stdin for the MFA token code. + // + // This field is only used if the shared configuration is enabled, and + // the config enables assume role wit MFA via the mfa_serial field. + AssumeRoleTokenProvider func() (string, error) + + // Reader for a custom Credentials Authority (CA) bundle in PEM format that + // the SDK will use instead of the default system's root CA bundle. Use this + // only if you want to replace the CA bundle the SDK uses for TLS requests. + // + // Enabling this option will attempt to merge the Transport into the SDK's HTTP + // client. If the client's Transport is not a http.Transport an error will be + // returned. If the Transport's TLS config is set this option will cause the SDK + // to overwrite the Transport's TLS config's RootCAs value. If the CA + // bundle reader contains multiple certificates all of them will be loaded. + // + // The Session option CustomCABundle is also available when creating sessions + // to also enable this feature. CustomCABundle session option field has priority + // over the AWS_CA_BUNDLE environment variable, and will be used if both are set. + CustomCABundle io.Reader +} + +// NewSessionWithOptions returns a new Session created from SDK defaults, config files, +// environment, and user provided config files. This func uses the Options +// values to configure how the Session is created. +// +// If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set to a truthy value +// the shared config file (~/.aws/config) will also be loaded in addition to +// the shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Values set in both the +// shared config, and shared credentials will be taken from the shared +// credentials file. Enabling the Shared Config will also allow the Session +// to be built with retrieving credentials with AssumeRole set in the config. +// +// // Equivalent to session.New +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{})) +// +// // Specify profile to load for the session's config +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{ +// Profile: "profile_name", +// })) +// +// // Specify profile for config and region for requests +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{ +// Config: aws.Config{Region: aws.String("us-east-1")}, +// Profile: "profile_name", +// })) +// +// // Force enable Shared Config support +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{ +// SharedConfigState: session.SharedConfigEnable, +// })) +func NewSessionWithOptions(opts Options) (*Session, error) { + var envCfg envConfig + if opts.SharedConfigState == SharedConfigEnable { + envCfg = loadSharedEnvConfig() + } else { + envCfg = loadEnvConfig() + } + + if len(opts.Profile) > 0 { + envCfg.Profile = opts.Profile + } + + switch opts.SharedConfigState { + case SharedConfigDisable: + envCfg.EnableSharedConfig = false + case SharedConfigEnable: + envCfg.EnableSharedConfig = true + } + + // Only use AWS_CA_BUNDLE if session option is not provided. + if len(envCfg.CustomCABundle) != 0 && opts.CustomCABundle == nil { + f, err := os.Open(envCfg.CustomCABundle) + if err != nil { + return nil, awserr.New("LoadCustomCABundleError", + "failed to open custom CA bundle PEM file", err) + } + defer f.Close() + opts.CustomCABundle = f + } + + return newSession(opts, envCfg, &opts.Config) +} + +// Must is a helper function to ensure the Session is valid and there was no +// error when calling a NewSession function. +// +// This helper is intended to be used in variable initialization to load the +// Session and configuration at startup. Such as: +// +// var sess = session.Must(session.NewSession()) +func Must(sess *Session, err error) *Session { + if err != nil { + panic(err) + } + + return sess +} + +func deprecatedNewSession(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session { + cfg := defaults.Config() + handlers := defaults.Handlers() + + // Apply the passed in configs so the configuration can be applied to the + // default credential chain + cfg.MergeIn(cfgs...) + if cfg.EndpointResolver == nil { + // An endpoint resolver is required for a session to be able to provide + // endpoints for service client configurations. + cfg.EndpointResolver = endpoints.DefaultResolver() + } + cfg.Credentials = defaults.CredChain(cfg, handlers) + + // Reapply any passed in configs to override credentials if set + cfg.MergeIn(cfgs...) + + s := &Session{ + Config: cfg, + Handlers: handlers, + } + + initHandlers(s) + return s +} + +func enableCSM(handlers *request.Handlers, clientID string, port string, logger aws.Logger) { + logger.Log("Enabling CSM") + if len(port) == 0 { + port = csm.DefaultPort + } + + r, err := csm.Start(clientID, "127.0.0.1:"+port) + if err != nil { + return + } + r.InjectHandlers(handlers) +} + +func newSession(opts Options, envCfg envConfig, cfgs ...*aws.Config) (*Session, error) { + cfg := defaults.Config() + handlers := defaults.Handlers() + + // Get a merged version of the user provided config to determine if + // credentials were. + userCfg := &aws.Config{} + userCfg.MergeIn(cfgs...) + + // Ordered config files will be loaded in with later files overwriting + // previous config file values. + var cfgFiles []string + if opts.SharedConfigFiles != nil { + cfgFiles = opts.SharedConfigFiles + } else { + cfgFiles = []string{envCfg.SharedConfigFile, envCfg.SharedCredentialsFile} + if !envCfg.EnableSharedConfig { + // The shared config file (~/.aws/config) is only loaded if instructed + // to load via the envConfig.EnableSharedConfig (AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG). + cfgFiles = cfgFiles[1:] + } + } + + // Load additional config from file(s) + sharedCfg, err := loadSharedConfig(envCfg.Profile, cfgFiles) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + if err := mergeConfigSrcs(cfg, userCfg, envCfg, sharedCfg, handlers, opts); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + s := &Session{ + Config: cfg, + Handlers: handlers, + } + + initHandlers(s) + if envCfg.CSMEnabled { + enableCSM(&s.Handlers, envCfg.CSMClientID, envCfg.CSMPort, s.Config.Logger) + } + + // Setup HTTP client with custom cert bundle if enabled + if opts.CustomCABundle != nil { + if err := loadCustomCABundle(s, opts.CustomCABundle); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + + return s, nil +} + +func loadCustomCABundle(s *Session, bundle io.Reader) error { + var t *http.Transport + switch v := s.Config.HTTPClient.Transport.(type) { + case *http.Transport: + t = v + default: + if s.Config.HTTPClient.Transport != nil { + return awserr.New("LoadCustomCABundleError", + "unable to load custom CA bundle, HTTPClient's transport unsupported type", nil) + } + } + if t == nil { + t = &http.Transport{} + } + + p, err := loadCertPool(bundle) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if t.TLSClientConfig == nil { + t.TLSClientConfig = &tls.Config{} + } + t.TLSClientConfig.RootCAs = p + + s.Config.HTTPClient.Transport = t + + return nil +} + +func loadCertPool(r io.Reader) (*x509.CertPool, error) { + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, awserr.New("LoadCustomCABundleError", + "failed to read custom CA bundle PEM file", err) + } + + p := x509.NewCertPool() + if !p.AppendCertsFromPEM(b) { + return nil, awserr.New("LoadCustomCABundleError", + "failed to load custom CA bundle PEM file", err) + } + + return p, nil +} + +func mergeConfigSrcs(cfg, userCfg *aws.Config, envCfg envConfig, sharedCfg sharedConfig, handlers request.Handlers, sessOpts Options) error { + // Merge in user provided configuration + cfg.MergeIn(userCfg) + + // Region if not already set by user + if len(aws.StringValue(cfg.Region)) == 0 { + if len(envCfg.Region) > 0 { + cfg.WithRegion(envCfg.Region) + } else if envCfg.EnableSharedConfig && len(sharedCfg.Region) > 0 { + cfg.WithRegion(sharedCfg.Region) + } + } + + // Configure credentials if not already set + if cfg.Credentials == credentials.AnonymousCredentials && userCfg.Credentials == nil { + if len(envCfg.Creds.AccessKeyID) > 0 { + cfg.Credentials = credentials.NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds( + envCfg.Creds, + ) + } else if envCfg.EnableSharedConfig && len(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.RoleARN) > 0 && sharedCfg.AssumeRoleSource != nil { + cfgCp := *cfg + cfgCp.Credentials = credentials.NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds( + sharedCfg.AssumeRoleSource.Creds, + ) + if len(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.MFASerial) > 0 && sessOpts.AssumeRoleTokenProvider == nil { + // AssumeRole Token provider is required if doing Assume Role + // with MFA. + return AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError{} + } + cfg.Credentials = stscreds.NewCredentials( + &Session{ + Config: &cfgCp, + Handlers: handlers.Copy(), + }, + sharedCfg.AssumeRole.RoleARN, + func(opt *stscreds.AssumeRoleProvider) { + opt.RoleSessionName = sharedCfg.AssumeRole.RoleSessionName + + // Assume role with external ID + if len(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.ExternalID) > 0 { + opt.ExternalID = aws.String(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.ExternalID) + } + + // Assume role with MFA + if len(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.MFASerial) > 0 { + opt.SerialNumber = aws.String(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.MFASerial) + opt.TokenProvider = sessOpts.AssumeRoleTokenProvider + } + }, + ) + } else if len(sharedCfg.Creds.AccessKeyID) > 0 { + cfg.Credentials = credentials.NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds( + sharedCfg.Creds, + ) + } else { + // Fallback to default credentials provider, include mock errors + // for the credential chain so user can identify why credentials + // failed to be retrieved. + cfg.Credentials = credentials.NewCredentials(&credentials.ChainProvider{ + VerboseErrors: aws.BoolValue(cfg.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors), + Providers: []credentials.Provider{ + &credProviderError{Err: awserr.New("EnvAccessKeyNotFound", "failed to find credentials in the environment.", nil)}, + &credProviderError{Err: awserr.New("SharedCredsLoad", fmt.Sprintf("failed to load profile, %s.", envCfg.Profile), nil)}, + defaults.RemoteCredProvider(*cfg, handlers), + }, + }) + } + } + + return nil +} + +// AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError is an error returned when creating a session when the +// MFAToken option is not set when shared config is configured load assume a +// role with an MFA token. +type AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError struct{} + +// Code is the short id of the error. +func (e AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError) Code() string { + return "AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError" +} + +// Message is the description of the error +func (e AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError) Message() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("assume role with MFA enabled, but AssumeRoleTokenProvider session option not set.") +} + +// OrigErr is the underlying error that caused the failure. +func (e AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +// Error satisfies the error interface. +func (e AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError) Error() string { + return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), "", nil) +} + +type credProviderError struct { + Err error +} + +var emptyCreds = credentials.Value{} + +func (c credProviderError) Retrieve() (credentials.Value, error) { + return credentials.Value{}, c.Err +} +func (c credProviderError) IsExpired() bool { + return true +} + +func initHandlers(s *Session) { + // Add the Validate parameter handler if it is not disabled. + s.Handlers.Validate.Remove(corehandlers.ValidateParametersHandler) + if !aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableParamValidation) { + s.Handlers.Validate.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.ValidateParametersHandler) + } +} + +// Copy creates and returns a copy of the current Session, coping the config +// and handlers. If any additional configs are provided they will be merged +// on top of the Session's copied config. +// +// // Create a copy of the current Session, configured for the us-west-2 region. +// sess.Copy(&aws.Config{Region: aws.String("us-west-2")}) +func (s *Session) Copy(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session { + newSession := &Session{ + Config: s.Config.Copy(cfgs...), + Handlers: s.Handlers.Copy(), + } + + initHandlers(newSession) + + return newSession +} + +// ClientConfig satisfies the client.ConfigProvider interface and is used to +// configure the service client instances. Passing the Session to the service +// client's constructor (New) will use this method to configure the client. +func (s *Session) ClientConfig(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) client.Config { + // Backwards compatibility, the error will be eaten if user calls ClientConfig + // directly. All SDK services will use ClientconfigWithError. + cfg, _ := s.clientConfigWithErr(serviceName, cfgs...) + + return cfg +} + +func (s *Session) clientConfigWithErr(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) (client.Config, error) { + s = s.Copy(cfgs...) + + var resolved endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint + var err error + + region := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Region) + + if endpoint := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Endpoint); len(endpoint) != 0 { + resolved.URL = endpoints.AddScheme(endpoint, aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL)) + resolved.SigningRegion = region + } else { + resolved, err = s.Config.EndpointResolver.EndpointFor( + serviceName, region, + func(opt *endpoints.Options) { + opt.DisableSSL = aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL) + opt.UseDualStack = aws.BoolValue(s.Config.UseDualStack) + + // Support the condition where the service is modeled but its + // endpoint metadata is not available. + opt.ResolveUnknownService = true + }, + ) + } + + return client.Config{ + Config: s.Config, + Handlers: s.Handlers, + Endpoint: resolved.URL, + SigningRegion: resolved.SigningRegion, + SigningNameDerived: resolved.SigningNameDerived, + SigningName: resolved.SigningName, + }, err +} + +// ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint is the same as ClientConfig with the exception +// that the EndpointResolver will not be used to resolve the endpoint. The only +// endpoint set must come from the aws.Config.Endpoint field. +func (s *Session) ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint(cfgs ...*aws.Config) client.Config { + s = s.Copy(cfgs...) + + var resolved endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint + + region := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Region) + + if ep := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Endpoint); len(ep) > 0 { + resolved.URL = endpoints.AddScheme(ep, aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL)) + resolved.SigningRegion = region + } + + return client.Config{ + Config: s.Config, + Handlers: s.Handlers, + Endpoint: resolved.URL, + SigningRegion: resolved.SigningRegion, + SigningNameDerived: resolved.SigningNameDerived, + SigningName: resolved.SigningName, + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09c8e5bc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +package session + +import ( + "fmt" + "io/ioutil" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/go-ini/ini" +) + +const ( + // Static Credentials group + accessKeyIDKey = `aws_access_key_id` // group required + secretAccessKey = `aws_secret_access_key` // group required + sessionTokenKey = `aws_session_token` // optional + + // Assume Role Credentials group + roleArnKey = `role_arn` // group required + sourceProfileKey = `source_profile` // group required + externalIDKey = `external_id` // optional + mfaSerialKey = `mfa_serial` // optional + roleSessionNameKey = `role_session_name` // optional + + // Additional Config fields + regionKey = `region` + + // DefaultSharedConfigProfile is the default profile to be used when + // loading configuration from the config files if another profile name + // is not provided. + DefaultSharedConfigProfile = `default` +) + +type assumeRoleConfig struct { + RoleARN string + SourceProfile string + ExternalID string + MFASerial string + RoleSessionName string +} + +// sharedConfig represents the configuration fields of the SDK config files. +type sharedConfig struct { + // Credentials values from the config file. Both aws_access_key_id + // and aws_secret_access_key must be provided together in the same file + // to be considered valid. The values will be ignored if not a complete group. + // aws_session_token is an optional field that can be provided if both of the + // other two fields are also provided. + // + // aws_access_key_id + // aws_secret_access_key + // aws_session_token + Creds credentials.Value + + AssumeRole assumeRoleConfig + AssumeRoleSource *sharedConfig + + // Region is the region the SDK should use for looking up AWS service endpoints + // and signing requests. + // + // region + Region string +} + +type sharedConfigFile struct { + Filename string + IniData *ini.File +} + +// loadSharedConfig retrieves the configuration from the list of files +// using the profile provided. The order the files are listed will determine +// precedence. Values in subsequent files will overwrite values defined in +// earlier files. +// +// For example, given two files A and B. Both define credentials. If the order +// of the files are A then B, B's credential values will be used instead of A's. +// +// See sharedConfig.setFromFile for information how the config files +// will be loaded. +func loadSharedConfig(profile string, filenames []string) (sharedConfig, error) { + if len(profile) == 0 { + profile = DefaultSharedConfigProfile + } + + files, err := loadSharedConfigIniFiles(filenames) + if err != nil { + return sharedConfig{}, err + } + + cfg := sharedConfig{} + if err = cfg.setFromIniFiles(profile, files); err != nil { + return sharedConfig{}, err + } + + if len(cfg.AssumeRole.SourceProfile) > 0 { + if err := cfg.setAssumeRoleSource(profile, files); err != nil { + return sharedConfig{}, err + } + } + + return cfg, nil +} + +func loadSharedConfigIniFiles(filenames []string) ([]sharedConfigFile, error) { + files := make([]sharedConfigFile, 0, len(filenames)) + + for _, filename := range filenames { + b, err := ioutil.ReadFile(filename) + if err != nil { + // Skip files which can't be opened and read for whatever reason + continue + } + + f, err := ini.Load(b) + if err != nil { + return nil, SharedConfigLoadError{Filename: filename, Err: err} + } + + files = append(files, sharedConfigFile{ + Filename: filename, IniData: f, + }) + } + + return files, nil +} + +func (cfg *sharedConfig) setAssumeRoleSource(origProfile string, files []sharedConfigFile) error { + var assumeRoleSrc sharedConfig + + // Multiple level assume role chains are not support + if cfg.AssumeRole.SourceProfile == origProfile { + assumeRoleSrc = *cfg + assumeRoleSrc.AssumeRole = assumeRoleConfig{} + } else { + err := assumeRoleSrc.setFromIniFiles(cfg.AssumeRole.SourceProfile, files) + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + + if len(assumeRoleSrc.Creds.AccessKeyID) == 0 { + return SharedConfigAssumeRoleError{RoleARN: cfg.AssumeRole.RoleARN} + } + + cfg.AssumeRoleSource = &assumeRoleSrc + + return nil +} + +func (cfg *sharedConfig) setFromIniFiles(profile string, files []sharedConfigFile) error { + // Trim files from the list that don't exist. + for _, f := range files { + if err := cfg.setFromIniFile(profile, f); err != nil { + if _, ok := err.(SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError); ok { + // Ignore proviles missings + continue + } + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +// setFromFile loads the configuration from the file using +// the profile provided. A sharedConfig pointer type value is used so that +// multiple config file loadings can be chained. +// +// Only loads complete logically grouped values, and will not set fields in cfg +// for incomplete grouped values in the config. Such as credentials. For example +// if a config file only includes aws_access_key_id but no aws_secret_access_key +// the aws_access_key_id will be ignored. +func (cfg *sharedConfig) setFromIniFile(profile string, file sharedConfigFile) error { + section, err := file.IniData.GetSection(profile) + if err != nil { + // Fallback to to alternate profile name: profile + section, err = file.IniData.GetSection(fmt.Sprintf("profile %s", profile)) + if err != nil { + return SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError{Profile: profile, Err: err} + } + } + + // Shared Credentials + akid := section.Key(accessKeyIDKey).String() + secret := section.Key(secretAccessKey).String() + if len(akid) > 0 && len(secret) > 0 { + cfg.Creds = credentials.Value{ + AccessKeyID: akid, + SecretAccessKey: secret, + SessionToken: section.Key(sessionTokenKey).String(), + ProviderName: fmt.Sprintf("SharedConfigCredentials: %s", file.Filename), + } + } + + // Assume Role + roleArn := section.Key(roleArnKey).String() + srcProfile := section.Key(sourceProfileKey).String() + if len(roleArn) > 0 && len(srcProfile) > 0 { + cfg.AssumeRole = assumeRoleConfig{ + RoleARN: roleArn, + SourceProfile: srcProfile, + ExternalID: section.Key(externalIDKey).String(), + MFASerial: section.Key(mfaSerialKey).String(), + RoleSessionName: section.Key(roleSessionNameKey).String(), + } + } + + // Region + if v := section.Key(regionKey).String(); len(v) > 0 { + cfg.Region = v + } + + return nil +} + +// SharedConfigLoadError is an error for the shared config file failed to load. +type SharedConfigLoadError struct { + Filename string + Err error +} + +// Code is the short id of the error. +func (e SharedConfigLoadError) Code() string { + return "SharedConfigLoadError" +} + +// Message is the description of the error +func (e SharedConfigLoadError) Message() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("failed to load config file, %s", e.Filename) +} + +// OrigErr is the underlying error that caused the failure. +func (e SharedConfigLoadError) OrigErr() error { + return e.Err +} + +// Error satisfies the error interface. +func (e SharedConfigLoadError) Error() string { + return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), "", e.Err) +} + +// SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError is an error for the shared config when +// the profile was not find in the config file. +type SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError struct { + Profile string + Err error +} + +// Code is the short id of the error. +func (e SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError) Code() string { + return "SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError" +} + +// Message is the description of the error +func (e SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError) Message() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("failed to get profile, %s", e.Profile) +} + +// OrigErr is the underlying error that caused the failure. +func (e SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError) OrigErr() error { + return e.Err +} + +// Error satisfies the error interface. +func (e SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError) Error() string { + return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), "", e.Err) +} + +// SharedConfigAssumeRoleError is an error for the shared config when the +// profile contains assume role information, but that information is invalid +// or not complete. +type SharedConfigAssumeRoleError struct { + RoleARN string +} + +// Code is the short id of the error. +func (e SharedConfigAssumeRoleError) Code() string { + return "SharedConfigAssumeRoleError" +} + +// Message is the description of the error +func (e SharedConfigAssumeRoleError) Message() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("failed to load assume role for %s, source profile has no shared credentials", + e.RoleARN) +} + +// OrigErr is the underlying error that caused the failure. +func (e SharedConfigAssumeRoleError) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +// Error satisfies the error interface. +func (e SharedConfigAssumeRoleError) Error() string { + return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), "", nil) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/header_rules.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/header_rules.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..244c86da0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/header_rules.go @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +package v4 + +import ( + "net/http" + "strings" +) + +// validator houses a set of rule needed for validation of a +// string value +type rules []rule + +// rule interface allows for more flexible rules and just simply +// checks whether or not a value adheres to that rule +type rule interface { + IsValid(value string) bool +} + +// IsValid will iterate through all rules and see if any rules +// apply to the value and supports nested rules +func (r rules) IsValid(value string) bool { + for _, rule := range r { + if rule.IsValid(value) { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// mapRule generic rule for maps +type mapRule map[string]struct{} + +// IsValid for the map rule satisfies whether it exists in the map +func (m mapRule) IsValid(value string) bool { + _, ok := m[value] + return ok +} + +// whitelist is a generic rule for whitelisting +type whitelist struct { + rule +} + +// IsValid for whitelist checks if the value is within the whitelist +func (w whitelist) IsValid(value string) bool { + return w.rule.IsValid(value) +} + +// blacklist is a generic rule for blacklisting +type blacklist struct { + rule +} + +// IsValid for whitelist checks if the value is within the whitelist +func (b blacklist) IsValid(value string) bool { + return !b.rule.IsValid(value) +} + +type patterns []string + +// IsValid for patterns checks each pattern and returns if a match has +// been found +func (p patterns) IsValid(value string) bool { + for _, pattern := range p { + if strings.HasPrefix(http.CanonicalHeaderKey(value), pattern) { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// inclusiveRules rules allow for rules to depend on one another +type inclusiveRules []rule + +// IsValid will return true if all rules are true +func (r inclusiveRules) IsValid(value string) bool { + for _, rule := range r { + if !rule.IsValid(value) { + return false + } + } + return true +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/options.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6aa2ed241 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/options.go @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +package v4 + +// WithUnsignedPayload will enable and set the UnsignedPayload field to +// true of the signer. +func WithUnsignedPayload(v4 *Signer) { + v4.UnsignedPayload = true +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd082e9d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +// +build go1.5 + +package v4 + +import ( + "net/url" + "strings" +) + +func getURIPath(u *url.URL) string { + var uri string + + if len(u.Opaque) > 0 { + uri = "/" + strings.Join(strings.Split(u.Opaque, "/")[3:], "/") + } else { + uri = u.EscapedPath() + } + + if len(uri) == 0 { + uri = "/" + } + + return uri +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8aa0681d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go @@ -0,0 +1,788 @@ +// Package v4 implements signing for AWS V4 signer +// +// Provides request signing for request that need to be signed with +// AWS V4 Signatures. +// +// Standalone Signer +// +// Generally using the signer outside of the SDK should not require any additional +// logic when using Go v1.5 or higher. The signer does this by taking advantage +// of the URL.EscapedPath method. If your request URI requires additional escaping +// you many need to use the URL.Opaque to define what the raw URI should be sent +// to the service as. +// +// The signer will first check the URL.Opaque field, and use its value if set. +// The signer does require the URL.Opaque field to be set in the form of: +// +// "///" +// +// // e.g. +// "//example.com/some/path" +// +// The leading "//" and hostname are required or the URL.Opaque escaping will +// not work correctly. +// +// If URL.Opaque is not set the signer will fallback to the URL.EscapedPath() +// method and using the returned value. If you're using Go v1.4 you must set +// URL.Opaque if the URI path needs escaping. If URL.Opaque is not set with +// Go v1.5 the signer will fallback to URL.Path. +// +// AWS v4 signature validation requires that the canonical string's URI path +// element must be the URI escaped form of the HTTP request's path. +// http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4-create-canonical-request.html +// +// The Go HTTP client will perform escaping automatically on the request. Some +// of these escaping may cause signature validation errors because the HTTP +// request differs from the URI path or query that the signature was generated. +// https://golang.org/pkg/net/url/#URL.EscapedPath +// +// Because of this, it is recommended that when using the signer outside of the +// SDK that explicitly escaping the request prior to being signed is preferable, +// and will help prevent signature validation errors. This can be done by setting +// the URL.Opaque or URL.RawPath. The SDK will use URL.Opaque first and then +// call URL.EscapedPath() if Opaque is not set. +// +// If signing a request intended for HTTP2 server, and you're using Go 1.6.2 +// through 1.7.4 you should use the URL.RawPath as the pre-escaped form of the +// request URL. https://github.com/golang/go/issues/16847 points to a bug in +// Go pre 1.8 that fails to make HTTP2 requests using absolute URL in the HTTP +// message. URL.Opaque generally will force Go to make requests with absolute URL. +// URL.RawPath does not do this, but RawPath must be a valid escaping of Path +// or url.EscapedPath will ignore the RawPath escaping. +// +// Test `TestStandaloneSign` provides a complete example of using the signer +// outside of the SDK and pre-escaping the URI path. +package v4 + +import ( + "crypto/hmac" + "crypto/sha256" + "encoding/hex" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "sort" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest" +) + +const ( + authHeaderPrefix = "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256" + timeFormat = "20060102T150405Z" + shortTimeFormat = "20060102" + + // emptyStringSHA256 is a SHA256 of an empty string + emptyStringSHA256 = `e3b0c44298fc1c149afbf4c8996fb92427ae41e4649b934ca495991b7852b855` +) + +var ignoredHeaders = rules{ + blacklist{ + mapRule{ + "Authorization": struct{}{}, + "User-Agent": struct{}{}, + "X-Amzn-Trace-Id": struct{}{}, + }, + }, +} + +// requiredSignedHeaders is a whitelist for build canonical headers. +var requiredSignedHeaders = rules{ + whitelist{ + mapRule{ + "Cache-Control": struct{}{}, + "Content-Disposition": struct{}{}, + "Content-Encoding": struct{}{}, + "Content-Language": struct{}{}, + "Content-Md5": struct{}{}, + "Content-Type": struct{}{}, + "Expires": struct{}{}, + "If-Match": struct{}{}, + "If-Modified-Since": struct{}{}, + "If-None-Match": struct{}{}, + "If-Unmodified-Since": struct{}{}, + "Range": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Acl": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source-If-Match": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source-If-Modified-Since": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source-If-None-Match": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source-If-Unmodified-Since": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source-Range": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Algorithm": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Key": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Copy-Source-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Key-Md5": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Grant-Full-control": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Grant-Read": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Grant-Read-Acp": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Grant-Write": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Grant-Write-Acp": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Metadata-Directive": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Mfa": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Request-Payer": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption-Aws-Kms-Key-Id": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Algorithm": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Key": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Key-Md5": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Storage-Class": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Website-Redirect-Location": struct{}{}, + "X-Amz-Content-Sha256": struct{}{}, + }, + }, + patterns{"X-Amz-Meta-"}, +} + +// allowedHoisting is a whitelist for build query headers. The boolean value +// represents whether or not it is a pattern. +var allowedQueryHoisting = inclusiveRules{ + blacklist{requiredSignedHeaders}, + patterns{"X-Amz-"}, +} + +// Signer applies AWS v4 signing to given request. Use this to sign requests +// that need to be signed with AWS V4 Signatures. +type Signer struct { + // The authentication credentials the request will be signed against. + // This value must be set to sign requests. + Credentials *credentials.Credentials + + // Sets the log level the signer should use when reporting information to + // the logger. If the logger is nil nothing will be logged. See + // aws.LogLevelType for more information on available logging levels + // + // By default nothing will be logged. + Debug aws.LogLevelType + + // The logger loging information will be written to. If there the logger + // is nil, nothing will be logged. + Logger aws.Logger + + // Disables the Signer's moving HTTP header key/value pairs from the HTTP + // request header to the request's query string. This is most commonly used + // with pre-signed requests preventing headers from being added to the + // request's query string. + DisableHeaderHoisting bool + + // Disables the automatic escaping of the URI path of the request for the + // siganture's canonical string's path. For services that do not need additional + // escaping then use this to disable the signer escaping the path. + // + // S3 is an example of a service that does not need additional escaping. + // + // http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4-create-canonical-request.html + DisableURIPathEscaping bool + + // Disales the automatical setting of the HTTP request's Body field with the + // io.ReadSeeker passed in to the signer. This is useful if you're using a + // custom wrapper around the body for the io.ReadSeeker and want to preserve + // the Body value on the Request.Body. + // + // This does run the risk of signing a request with a body that will not be + // sent in the request. Need to ensure that the underlying data of the Body + // values are the same. + DisableRequestBodyOverwrite bool + + // currentTimeFn returns the time value which represents the current time. + // This value should only be used for testing. If it is nil the default + // time.Now will be used. + currentTimeFn func() time.Time + + // UnsignedPayload will prevent signing of the payload. This will only + // work for services that have support for this. + UnsignedPayload bool +} + +// NewSigner returns a Signer pointer configured with the credentials and optional +// option values provided. If not options are provided the Signer will use its +// default configuration. +func NewSigner(credentials *credentials.Credentials, options ...func(*Signer)) *Signer { + v4 := &Signer{ + Credentials: credentials, + } + + for _, option := range options { + option(v4) + } + + return v4 +} + +type signingCtx struct { + ServiceName string + Region string + Request *http.Request + Body io.ReadSeeker + Query url.Values + Time time.Time + ExpireTime time.Duration + SignedHeaderVals http.Header + + DisableURIPathEscaping bool + + credValues credentials.Value + isPresign bool + formattedTime string + formattedShortTime string + unsignedPayload bool + + bodyDigest string + signedHeaders string + canonicalHeaders string + canonicalString string + credentialString string + stringToSign string + signature string + authorization string +} + +// Sign signs AWS v4 requests with the provided body, service name, region the +// request is made to, and time the request is signed at. The signTime allows +// you to specify that a request is signed for the future, and cannot be +// used until then. +// +// Returns a list of HTTP headers that were included in the signature or an +// error if signing the request failed. Generally for signed requests this value +// is not needed as the full request context will be captured by the http.Request +// value. It is included for reference though. +// +// Sign will set the request's Body to be the `body` parameter passed in. If +// the body is not already an io.ReadCloser, it will be wrapped within one. If +// a `nil` body parameter passed to Sign, the request's Body field will be +// also set to nil. Its important to note that this functionality will not +// change the request's ContentLength of the request. +// +// Sign differs from Presign in that it will sign the request using HTTP +// header values. This type of signing is intended for http.Request values that +// will not be shared, or are shared in a way the header values on the request +// will not be lost. +// +// The requests body is an io.ReadSeeker so the SHA256 of the body can be +// generated. To bypass the signer computing the hash you can set the +// "X-Amz-Content-Sha256" header with a precomputed value. The signer will +// only compute the hash if the request header value is empty. +func (v4 Signer) Sign(r *http.Request, body io.ReadSeeker, service, region string, signTime time.Time) (http.Header, error) { + return v4.signWithBody(r, body, service, region, 0, false, signTime) +} + +// Presign signs AWS v4 requests with the provided body, service name, region +// the request is made to, and time the request is signed at. The signTime +// allows you to specify that a request is signed for the future, and cannot +// be used until then. +// +// Returns a list of HTTP headers that were included in the signature or an +// error if signing the request failed. For presigned requests these headers +// and their values must be included on the HTTP request when it is made. This +// is helpful to know what header values need to be shared with the party the +// presigned request will be distributed to. +// +// Presign differs from Sign in that it will sign the request using query string +// instead of header values. This allows you to share the Presigned Request's +// URL with third parties, or distribute it throughout your system with minimal +// dependencies. +// +// Presign also takes an exp value which is the duration the +// signed request will be valid after the signing time. This is allows you to +// set when the request will expire. +// +// The requests body is an io.ReadSeeker so the SHA256 of the body can be +// generated. To bypass the signer computing the hash you can set the +// "X-Amz-Content-Sha256" header with a precomputed value. The signer will +// only compute the hash if the request header value is empty. +// +// Presigning a S3 request will not compute the body's SHA256 hash by default. +// This is done due to the general use case for S3 presigned URLs is to share +// PUT/GET capabilities. If you would like to include the body's SHA256 in the +// presigned request's signature you can set the "X-Amz-Content-Sha256" +// HTTP header and that will be included in the request's signature. +func (v4 Signer) Presign(r *http.Request, body io.ReadSeeker, service, region string, exp time.Duration, signTime time.Time) (http.Header, error) { + return v4.signWithBody(r, body, service, region, exp, true, signTime) +} + +func (v4 Signer) signWithBody(r *http.Request, body io.ReadSeeker, service, region string, exp time.Duration, isPresign bool, signTime time.Time) (http.Header, error) { + currentTimeFn := v4.currentTimeFn + if currentTimeFn == nil { + currentTimeFn = time.Now + } + + ctx := &signingCtx{ + Request: r, + Body: body, + Query: r.URL.Query(), + Time: signTime, + ExpireTime: exp, + isPresign: isPresign, + ServiceName: service, + Region: region, + DisableURIPathEscaping: v4.DisableURIPathEscaping, + unsignedPayload: v4.UnsignedPayload, + } + + for key := range ctx.Query { + sort.Strings(ctx.Query[key]) + } + + if ctx.isRequestSigned() { + ctx.Time = currentTimeFn() + ctx.handlePresignRemoval() + } + + var err error + ctx.credValues, err = v4.Credentials.Get() + if err != nil { + return http.Header{}, err + } + + ctx.sanitizeHostForHeader() + ctx.assignAmzQueryValues() + if err := ctx.build(v4.DisableHeaderHoisting); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + // If the request is not presigned the body should be attached to it. This + // prevents the confusion of wanting to send a signed request without + // the body the request was signed for attached. + if !(v4.DisableRequestBodyOverwrite || ctx.isPresign) { + var reader io.ReadCloser + if body != nil { + var ok bool + if reader, ok = body.(io.ReadCloser); !ok { + reader = ioutil.NopCloser(body) + } + } + r.Body = reader + } + + if v4.Debug.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithSigning) { + v4.logSigningInfo(ctx) + } + + return ctx.SignedHeaderVals, nil +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) sanitizeHostForHeader() { + request.SanitizeHostForHeader(ctx.Request) +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) handlePresignRemoval() { + if !ctx.isPresign { + return + } + + // The credentials have expired for this request. The current signing + // is invalid, and needs to be request because the request will fail. + ctx.removePresign() + + // Update the request's query string to ensure the values stays in + // sync in the case retrieving the new credentials fails. + ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery = ctx.Query.Encode() +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) assignAmzQueryValues() { + if ctx.isPresign { + ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Algorithm", authHeaderPrefix) + if ctx.credValues.SessionToken != "" { + ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Security-Token", ctx.credValues.SessionToken) + } else { + ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Security-Token") + } + + return + } + + if ctx.credValues.SessionToken != "" { + ctx.Request.Header.Set("X-Amz-Security-Token", ctx.credValues.SessionToken) + } +} + +// SignRequestHandler is a named request handler the SDK will use to sign +// service client request with using the V4 signature. +var SignRequestHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "v4.SignRequestHandler", Fn: SignSDKRequest, +} + +// SignSDKRequest signs an AWS request with the V4 signature. This +// request handler should only be used with the SDK's built in service client's +// API operation requests. +// +// This function should not be used on its on its own, but in conjunction with +// an AWS service client's API operation call. To sign a standalone request +// not created by a service client's API operation method use the "Sign" or +// "Presign" functions of the "Signer" type. +// +// If the credentials of the request's config are set to +// credentials.AnonymousCredentials the request will not be signed. +func SignSDKRequest(req *request.Request) { + signSDKRequestWithCurrTime(req, time.Now) +} + +// BuildNamedHandler will build a generic handler for signing. +func BuildNamedHandler(name string, opts ...func(*Signer)) request.NamedHandler { + return request.NamedHandler{ + Name: name, + Fn: func(req *request.Request) { + signSDKRequestWithCurrTime(req, time.Now, opts...) + }, + } +} + +func signSDKRequestWithCurrTime(req *request.Request, curTimeFn func() time.Time, opts ...func(*Signer)) { + // If the request does not need to be signed ignore the signing of the + // request if the AnonymousCredentials object is used. + if req.Config.Credentials == credentials.AnonymousCredentials { + return + } + + region := req.ClientInfo.SigningRegion + if region == "" { + region = aws.StringValue(req.Config.Region) + } + + name := req.ClientInfo.SigningName + if name == "" { + name = req.ClientInfo.ServiceName + } + + v4 := NewSigner(req.Config.Credentials, func(v4 *Signer) { + v4.Debug = req.Config.LogLevel.Value() + v4.Logger = req.Config.Logger + v4.DisableHeaderHoisting = req.NotHoist + v4.currentTimeFn = curTimeFn + if name == "s3" { + // S3 service should not have any escaping applied + v4.DisableURIPathEscaping = true + } + // Prevents setting the HTTPRequest's Body. Since the Body could be + // wrapped in a custom io.Closer that we do not want to be stompped + // on top of by the signer. + v4.DisableRequestBodyOverwrite = true + }) + + for _, opt := range opts { + opt(v4) + } + + signingTime := req.Time + if !req.LastSignedAt.IsZero() { + signingTime = req.LastSignedAt + } + + signedHeaders, err := v4.signWithBody(req.HTTPRequest, req.GetBody(), + name, region, req.ExpireTime, req.ExpireTime > 0, signingTime, + ) + if err != nil { + req.Error = err + req.SignedHeaderVals = nil + return + } + + req.SignedHeaderVals = signedHeaders + req.LastSignedAt = curTimeFn() +} + +const logSignInfoMsg = `DEBUG: Request Signature: +---[ CANONICAL STRING ]----------------------------- +%s +---[ STRING TO SIGN ]-------------------------------- +%s%s +-----------------------------------------------------` +const logSignedURLMsg = ` +---[ SIGNED URL ]------------------------------------ +%s` + +func (v4 *Signer) logSigningInfo(ctx *signingCtx) { + signedURLMsg := "" + if ctx.isPresign { + signedURLMsg = fmt.Sprintf(logSignedURLMsg, ctx.Request.URL.String()) + } + msg := fmt.Sprintf(logSignInfoMsg, ctx.canonicalString, ctx.stringToSign, signedURLMsg) + v4.Logger.Log(msg) +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) build(disableHeaderHoisting bool) error { + ctx.buildTime() // no depends + ctx.buildCredentialString() // no depends + + if err := ctx.buildBodyDigest(); err != nil { + return err + } + + unsignedHeaders := ctx.Request.Header + if ctx.isPresign { + if !disableHeaderHoisting { + urlValues := url.Values{} + urlValues, unsignedHeaders = buildQuery(allowedQueryHoisting, unsignedHeaders) // no depends + for k := range urlValues { + ctx.Query[k] = urlValues[k] + } + } + } + + ctx.buildCanonicalHeaders(ignoredHeaders, unsignedHeaders) + ctx.buildCanonicalString() // depends on canon headers / signed headers + ctx.buildStringToSign() // depends on canon string + ctx.buildSignature() // depends on string to sign + + if ctx.isPresign { + ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery += "&X-Amz-Signature=" + ctx.signature + } else { + parts := []string{ + authHeaderPrefix + " Credential=" + ctx.credValues.AccessKeyID + "/" + ctx.credentialString, + "SignedHeaders=" + ctx.signedHeaders, + "Signature=" + ctx.signature, + } + ctx.Request.Header.Set("Authorization", strings.Join(parts, ", ")) + } + + return nil +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) buildTime() { + ctx.formattedTime = ctx.Time.UTC().Format(timeFormat) + ctx.formattedShortTime = ctx.Time.UTC().Format(shortTimeFormat) + + if ctx.isPresign { + duration := int64(ctx.ExpireTime / time.Second) + ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Date", ctx.formattedTime) + ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Expires", strconv.FormatInt(duration, 10)) + } else { + ctx.Request.Header.Set("X-Amz-Date", ctx.formattedTime) + } +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) buildCredentialString() { + ctx.credentialString = strings.Join([]string{ + ctx.formattedShortTime, + ctx.Region, + ctx.ServiceName, + "aws4_request", + }, "/") + + if ctx.isPresign { + ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Credential", ctx.credValues.AccessKeyID+"/"+ctx.credentialString) + } +} + +func buildQuery(r rule, header http.Header) (url.Values, http.Header) { + query := url.Values{} + unsignedHeaders := http.Header{} + for k, h := range header { + if r.IsValid(k) { + query[k] = h + } else { + unsignedHeaders[k] = h + } + } + + return query, unsignedHeaders +} +func (ctx *signingCtx) buildCanonicalHeaders(r rule, header http.Header) { + var headers []string + headers = append(headers, "host") + for k, v := range header { + canonicalKey := http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k) + if !r.IsValid(canonicalKey) { + continue // ignored header + } + if ctx.SignedHeaderVals == nil { + ctx.SignedHeaderVals = make(http.Header) + } + + lowerCaseKey := strings.ToLower(k) + if _, ok := ctx.SignedHeaderVals[lowerCaseKey]; ok { + // include additional values + ctx.SignedHeaderVals[lowerCaseKey] = append(ctx.SignedHeaderVals[lowerCaseKey], v...) + continue + } + + headers = append(headers, lowerCaseKey) + ctx.SignedHeaderVals[lowerCaseKey] = v + } + sort.Strings(headers) + + ctx.signedHeaders = strings.Join(headers, ";") + + if ctx.isPresign { + ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-SignedHeaders", ctx.signedHeaders) + } + + headerValues := make([]string, len(headers)) + for i, k := range headers { + if k == "host" { + if ctx.Request.Host != "" { + headerValues[i] = "host:" + ctx.Request.Host + } else { + headerValues[i] = "host:" + ctx.Request.URL.Host + } + } else { + headerValues[i] = k + ":" + + strings.Join(ctx.SignedHeaderVals[k], ",") + } + } + stripExcessSpaces(headerValues) + ctx.canonicalHeaders = strings.Join(headerValues, "\n") +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) buildCanonicalString() { + ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery = strings.Replace(ctx.Query.Encode(), "+", "%20", -1) + + uri := getURIPath(ctx.Request.URL) + + if !ctx.DisableURIPathEscaping { + uri = rest.EscapePath(uri, false) + } + + ctx.canonicalString = strings.Join([]string{ + ctx.Request.Method, + uri, + ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery, + ctx.canonicalHeaders + "\n", + ctx.signedHeaders, + ctx.bodyDigest, + }, "\n") +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) buildStringToSign() { + ctx.stringToSign = strings.Join([]string{ + authHeaderPrefix, + ctx.formattedTime, + ctx.credentialString, + hex.EncodeToString(makeSha256([]byte(ctx.canonicalString))), + }, "\n") +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) buildSignature() { + secret := ctx.credValues.SecretAccessKey + date := makeHmac([]byte("AWS4"+secret), []byte(ctx.formattedShortTime)) + region := makeHmac(date, []byte(ctx.Region)) + service := makeHmac(region, []byte(ctx.ServiceName)) + credentials := makeHmac(service, []byte("aws4_request")) + signature := makeHmac(credentials, []byte(ctx.stringToSign)) + ctx.signature = hex.EncodeToString(signature) +} + +func (ctx *signingCtx) buildBodyDigest() error { + hash := ctx.Request.Header.Get("X-Amz-Content-Sha256") + if hash == "" { + includeSHA256Header := ctx.unsignedPayload || + ctx.ServiceName == "s3" || + ctx.ServiceName == "glacier" + + s3Presign := ctx.isPresign && ctx.ServiceName == "s3" + + if ctx.unsignedPayload || s3Presign { + hash = "UNSIGNED-PAYLOAD" + includeSHA256Header = !s3Presign + } else if ctx.Body == nil { + hash = emptyStringSHA256 + } else { + if !aws.IsReaderSeekable(ctx.Body) { + return fmt.Errorf("cannot use unseekable request body %T, for signed request with body", ctx.Body) + } + hash = hex.EncodeToString(makeSha256Reader(ctx.Body)) + } + + if includeSHA256Header { + ctx.Request.Header.Set("X-Amz-Content-Sha256", hash) + } + } + ctx.bodyDigest = hash + + return nil +} + +// isRequestSigned returns if the request is currently signed or presigned +func (ctx *signingCtx) isRequestSigned() bool { + if ctx.isPresign && ctx.Query.Get("X-Amz-Signature") != "" { + return true + } + if ctx.Request.Header.Get("Authorization") != "" { + return true + } + + return false +} + +// unsign removes signing flags for both signed and presigned requests. +func (ctx *signingCtx) removePresign() { + ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Algorithm") + ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Signature") + ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Security-Token") + ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Date") + ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Expires") + ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Credential") + ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-SignedHeaders") +} + +func makeHmac(key []byte, data []byte) []byte { + hash := hmac.New(sha256.New, key) + hash.Write(data) + return hash.Sum(nil) +} + +func makeSha256(data []byte) []byte { + hash := sha256.New() + hash.Write(data) + return hash.Sum(nil) +} + +func makeSha256Reader(reader io.ReadSeeker) []byte { + hash := sha256.New() + start, _ := reader.Seek(0, sdkio.SeekCurrent) + defer reader.Seek(start, sdkio.SeekStart) + + io.Copy(hash, reader) + return hash.Sum(nil) +} + +const doubleSpace = " " + +// stripExcessSpaces will rewrite the passed in slice's string values to not +// contain muliple side-by-side spaces. +func stripExcessSpaces(vals []string) { + var j, k, l, m, spaces int + for i, str := range vals { + // Trim trailing spaces + for j = len(str) - 1; j >= 0 && str[j] == ' '; j-- { + } + + // Trim leading spaces + for k = 0; k < j && str[k] == ' '; k++ { + } + str = str[k : j+1] + + // Strip multiple spaces. + j = strings.Index(str, doubleSpace) + if j < 0 { + vals[i] = str + continue + } + + buf := []byte(str) + for k, m, l = j, j, len(buf); k < l; k++ { + if buf[k] == ' ' { + if spaces == 0 { + // First space. + buf[m] = buf[k] + m++ + } + spaces++ + } else { + // End of multiple spaces. + spaces = 0 + buf[m] = buf[k] + m++ + } + } + + vals[i] = string(buf[:m]) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/types.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b6f23425 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/types.go @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +package aws + +import ( + "io" + "sync" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio" +) + +// ReadSeekCloser wraps a io.Reader returning a ReaderSeekerCloser. Should +// only be used with an io.Reader that is also an io.Seeker. Doing so may +// cause request signature errors, or request body's not sent for GET, HEAD +// and DELETE HTTP methods. +// +// Deprecated: Should only be used with io.ReadSeeker. If using for +// S3 PutObject to stream content use s3manager.Uploader instead. +func ReadSeekCloser(r io.Reader) ReaderSeekerCloser { + return ReaderSeekerCloser{r} +} + +// ReaderSeekerCloser represents a reader that can also delegate io.Seeker and +// io.Closer interfaces to the underlying object if they are available. +type ReaderSeekerCloser struct { + r io.Reader +} + +// IsReaderSeekable returns if the underlying reader type can be seeked. A +// io.Reader might not actually be seekable if it is the ReaderSeekerCloser +// type. +func IsReaderSeekable(r io.Reader) bool { + switch v := r.(type) { + case ReaderSeekerCloser: + return v.IsSeeker() + case *ReaderSeekerCloser: + return v.IsSeeker() + case io.ReadSeeker: + return true + default: + return false + } +} + +// Read reads from the reader up to size of p. The number of bytes read, and +// error if it occurred will be returned. +// +// If the reader is not an io.Reader zero bytes read, and nil error will be returned. +// +// Performs the same functionality as io.Reader Read +func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) Read(p []byte) (int, error) { + switch t := r.r.(type) { + case io.Reader: + return t.Read(p) + } + return 0, nil +} + +// Seek sets the offset for the next Read to offset, interpreted according to +// whence: 0 means relative to the origin of the file, 1 means relative to the +// current offset, and 2 means relative to the end. Seek returns the new offset +// and an error, if any. +// +// If the ReaderSeekerCloser is not an io.Seeker nothing will be done. +func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) Seek(offset int64, whence int) (int64, error) { + switch t := r.r.(type) { + case io.Seeker: + return t.Seek(offset, whence) + } + return int64(0), nil +} + +// IsSeeker returns if the underlying reader is also a seeker. +func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) IsSeeker() bool { + _, ok := r.r.(io.Seeker) + return ok +} + +// HasLen returns the length of the underlying reader if the value implements +// the Len() int method. +func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) HasLen() (int, bool) { + type lenner interface { + Len() int + } + + if lr, ok := r.r.(lenner); ok { + return lr.Len(), true + } + + return 0, false +} + +// GetLen returns the length of the bytes remaining in the underlying reader. +// Checks first for Len(), then io.Seeker to determine the size of the +// underlying reader. +// +// Will return -1 if the length cannot be determined. +func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) GetLen() (int64, error) { + if l, ok := r.HasLen(); ok { + return int64(l), nil + } + + if s, ok := r.r.(io.Seeker); ok { + return seekerLen(s) + } + + return -1, nil +} + +// SeekerLen attempts to get the number of bytes remaining at the seeker's +// current position. Returns the number of bytes remaining or error. +func SeekerLen(s io.Seeker) (int64, error) { + // Determine if the seeker is actually seekable. ReaderSeekerCloser + // hides the fact that a io.Readers might not actually be seekable. + switch v := s.(type) { + case ReaderSeekerCloser: + return v.GetLen() + case *ReaderSeekerCloser: + return v.GetLen() + } + + return seekerLen(s) +} + +func seekerLen(s io.Seeker) (int64, error) { + curOffset, err := s.Seek(0, sdkio.SeekCurrent) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + + endOffset, err := s.Seek(0, sdkio.SeekEnd) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + + _, err = s.Seek(curOffset, sdkio.SeekStart) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + + return endOffset - curOffset, nil +} + +// Close closes the ReaderSeekerCloser. +// +// If the ReaderSeekerCloser is not an io.Closer nothing will be done. +func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) Close() error { + switch t := r.r.(type) { + case io.Closer: + return t.Close() + } + return nil +} + +// A WriteAtBuffer provides a in memory buffer supporting the io.WriterAt interface +// Can be used with the s3manager.Downloader to download content to a buffer +// in memory. Safe to use concurrently. +type WriteAtBuffer struct { + buf []byte + m sync.Mutex + + // GrowthCoeff defines the growth rate of the internal buffer. By + // default, the growth rate is 1, where expanding the internal + // buffer will allocate only enough capacity to fit the new expected + // length. + GrowthCoeff float64 +} + +// NewWriteAtBuffer creates a WriteAtBuffer with an internal buffer +// provided by buf. +func NewWriteAtBuffer(buf []byte) *WriteAtBuffer { + return &WriteAtBuffer{buf: buf} +} + +// WriteAt writes a slice of bytes to a buffer starting at the position provided +// The number of bytes written will be returned, or error. Can overwrite previous +// written slices if the write ats overlap. +func (b *WriteAtBuffer) WriteAt(p []byte, pos int64) (n int, err error) { + pLen := len(p) + expLen := pos + int64(pLen) + b.m.Lock() + defer b.m.Unlock() + if int64(len(b.buf)) < expLen { + if int64(cap(b.buf)) < expLen { + if b.GrowthCoeff < 1 { + b.GrowthCoeff = 1 + } + newBuf := make([]byte, expLen, int64(b.GrowthCoeff*float64(expLen))) + copy(newBuf, b.buf) + b.buf = newBuf + } + b.buf = b.buf[:expLen] + } + copy(b.buf[pos:], p) + return pLen, nil +} + +// Bytes returns a slice of bytes written to the buffer. +func (b *WriteAtBuffer) Bytes() []byte { + b.m.Lock() + defer b.m.Unlock() + return b.buf +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6192b2455 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +// +build go1.8 + +package aws + +import "net/url" + +// URLHostname will extract the Hostname without port from the URL value. +// +// Wrapper of net/url#URL.Hostname for backwards Go version compatibility. +func URLHostname(url *url.URL) string { + return url.Hostname() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url_1_7.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url_1_7.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0210d2720 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url_1_7.go @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// +build !go1.8 + +package aws + +import ( + "net/url" + "strings" +) + +// URLHostname will extract the Hostname without port from the URL value. +// +// Copy of Go 1.8's net/url#URL.Hostname functionality. +func URLHostname(url *url.URL) string { + return stripPort(url.Host) + +} + +// stripPort is copy of Go 1.8 url#URL.Hostname functionality. +// https://golang.org/src/net/url/url.go +func stripPort(hostport string) string { + colon := strings.IndexByte(hostport, ':') + if colon == -1 { + return hostport + } + if i := strings.IndexByte(hostport, ']'); i != -1 { + return strings.TrimPrefix(hostport[:i], "[") + } + return hostport[:colon] +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f44b55400 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +// Package aws provides core functionality for making requests to AWS services. +package aws + +// SDKName is the name of this AWS SDK +const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go" + +// SDKVersion is the version of this SDK +const SDKVersion = "1.15.21" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio/io_go1.6.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio/io_go1.6.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa9137e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio/io_go1.6.go @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +// +build !go1.7 + +package sdkio + +// Copy of Go 1.7 io package's Seeker constants. +const ( + SeekStart = 0 // seek relative to the origin of the file + SeekCurrent = 1 // seek relative to the current offset + SeekEnd = 2 // seek relative to the end +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio/io_go1.7.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio/io_go1.7.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5f005613 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio/io_go1.7.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +// +build go1.7 + +package sdkio + +import "io" + +// Alias for Go 1.7 io package Seeker constants +const ( + SeekStart = io.SeekStart // seek relative to the origin of the file + SeekCurrent = io.SeekCurrent // seek relative to the current offset + SeekEnd = io.SeekEnd // seek relative to the end +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkrand/locked_source.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkrand/locked_source.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c9802d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkrand/locked_source.go @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +package sdkrand + +import ( + "math/rand" + "sync" + "time" +) + +// lockedSource is a thread-safe implementation of rand.Source +type lockedSource struct { + lk sync.Mutex + src rand.Source +} + +func (r *lockedSource) Int63() (n int64) { + r.lk.Lock() + n = r.src.Int63() + r.lk.Unlock() + return +} + +func (r *lockedSource) Seed(seed int64) { + r.lk.Lock() + r.src.Seed(seed) + r.lk.Unlock() +} + +// SeededRand is a new RNG using a thread safe implementation of rand.Source +var SeededRand = rand.New(&lockedSource{src: rand.NewSource(time.Now().UnixNano())}) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkuri/path.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkuri/path.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38ea61afe --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkuri/path.go @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +package sdkuri + +import ( + "path" + "strings" +) + +// PathJoin will join the elements of the path delimited by the "/" +// character. Similar to path.Join with the exception the trailing "/" +// character is preserved if present. +func PathJoin(elems ...string) string { + if len(elems) == 0 { + return "" + } + + hasTrailing := strings.HasSuffix(elems[len(elems)-1], "/") + str := path.Join(elems...) + if hasTrailing && str != "/" { + str += "/" + } + + return str +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/shareddefaults/shared_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/shareddefaults/shared_config.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcbc2b40 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/shareddefaults/shared_config.go @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +package shareddefaults + +import ( + "os" + "path/filepath" + "runtime" +) + +// SharedCredentialsFilename returns the SDK's default file path +// for the shared credentials file. +// +// Builds the shared config file path based on the OS's platform. +// +// - Linux/Unix: $HOME/.aws/credentials +// - Windows: %USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials +func SharedCredentialsFilename() string { + return filepath.Join(UserHomeDir(), ".aws", "credentials") +} + +// SharedConfigFilename returns the SDK's default file path for +// the shared config file. +// +// Builds the shared config file path based on the OS's platform. +// +// - Linux/Unix: $HOME/.aws/config +// - Windows: %USERPROFILE%\.aws\config +func SharedConfigFilename() string { + return filepath.Join(UserHomeDir(), ".aws", "config") +} + +// UserHomeDir returns the home directory for the user the process is +// running under. +func UserHomeDir() string { + if runtime.GOOS == "windows" { // Windows + return os.Getenv("USERPROFILE") + } + + // *nix + return os.Getenv("HOME") +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/debug.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/debug.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc7bf82f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/debug.go @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +package eventstream + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "strconv" +) + +type decodedMessage struct { + rawMessage + Headers decodedHeaders `json:"headers"` +} +type jsonMessage struct { + Length json.Number `json:"total_length"` + HeadersLen json.Number `json:"headers_length"` + PreludeCRC json.Number `json:"prelude_crc"` + Headers decodedHeaders `json:"headers"` + Payload []byte `json:"payload"` + CRC json.Number `json:"message_crc"` +} + +func (d *decodedMessage) UnmarshalJSON(b []byte) (err error) { + var jsonMsg jsonMessage + if err = json.Unmarshal(b, &jsonMsg); err != nil { + return err + } + + d.Length, err = numAsUint32(jsonMsg.Length) + if err != nil { + return err + } + d.HeadersLen, err = numAsUint32(jsonMsg.HeadersLen) + if err != nil { + return err + } + d.PreludeCRC, err = numAsUint32(jsonMsg.PreludeCRC) + if err != nil { + return err + } + d.Headers = jsonMsg.Headers + d.Payload = jsonMsg.Payload + d.CRC, err = numAsUint32(jsonMsg.CRC) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + return nil +} + +func (d *decodedMessage) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + jsonMsg := jsonMessage{ + Length: json.Number(strconv.Itoa(int(d.Length))), + HeadersLen: json.Number(strconv.Itoa(int(d.HeadersLen))), + PreludeCRC: json.Number(strconv.Itoa(int(d.PreludeCRC))), + Headers: d.Headers, + Payload: d.Payload, + CRC: json.Number(strconv.Itoa(int(d.CRC))), + } + + return json.Marshal(jsonMsg) +} + +func numAsUint32(n json.Number) (uint32, error) { + v, err := n.Int64() + if err != nil { + return 0, fmt.Errorf("failed to get int64 json number, %v", err) + } + + return uint32(v), nil +} + +func (d decodedMessage) Message() Message { + return Message{ + Headers: Headers(d.Headers), + Payload: d.Payload, + } +} + +type decodedHeaders Headers + +func (hs *decodedHeaders) UnmarshalJSON(b []byte) error { + var jsonHeaders []struct { + Name string `json:"name"` + Type valueType `json:"type"` + Value interface{} `json:"value"` + } + + decoder := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(b)) + decoder.UseNumber() + if err := decoder.Decode(&jsonHeaders); err != nil { + return err + } + + var headers Headers + for _, h := range jsonHeaders { + value, err := valueFromType(h.Type, h.Value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + headers.Set(h.Name, value) + } + (*hs) = decodedHeaders(headers) + + return nil +} + +func valueFromType(typ valueType, val interface{}) (Value, error) { + switch typ { + case trueValueType: + return BoolValue(true), nil + case falseValueType: + return BoolValue(false), nil + case int8ValueType: + v, err := val.(json.Number).Int64() + return Int8Value(int8(v)), err + case int16ValueType: + v, err := val.(json.Number).Int64() + return Int16Value(int16(v)), err + case int32ValueType: + v, err := val.(json.Number).Int64() + return Int32Value(int32(v)), err + case int64ValueType: + v, err := val.(json.Number).Int64() + return Int64Value(v), err + case bytesValueType: + v, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(val.(string)) + return BytesValue(v), err + case stringValueType: + v, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(val.(string)) + return StringValue(string(v)), err + case timestampValueType: + v, err := val.(json.Number).Int64() + return TimestampValue(timeFromEpochMilli(v)), err + case uuidValueType: + v, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(val.(string)) + var tv UUIDValue + copy(tv[:], v) + return tv, err + default: + panic(fmt.Sprintf("unknown type, %s, %T", typ.String(), val)) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/decode.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/decode.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b972b2d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/decode.go @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +package eventstream + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/binary" + "encoding/hex" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "hash" + "hash/crc32" + "io" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" +) + +// Decoder provides decoding of an Event Stream messages. +type Decoder struct { + r io.Reader + logger aws.Logger +} + +// NewDecoder initializes and returns a Decoder for decoding event +// stream messages from the reader provided. +func NewDecoder(r io.Reader) *Decoder { + return &Decoder{ + r: r, + } +} + +// Decode attempts to decode a single message from the event stream reader. +// Will return the event stream message, or error if Decode fails to read +// the message from the stream. +func (d *Decoder) Decode(payloadBuf []byte) (m Message, err error) { + reader := d.r + if d.logger != nil { + debugMsgBuf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) + reader = io.TeeReader(reader, debugMsgBuf) + defer func() { + logMessageDecode(d.logger, debugMsgBuf, m, err) + }() + } + + crc := crc32.New(crc32IEEETable) + hashReader := io.TeeReader(reader, crc) + + prelude, err := decodePrelude(hashReader, crc) + if err != nil { + return Message{}, err + } + + if prelude.HeadersLen > 0 { + lr := io.LimitReader(hashReader, int64(prelude.HeadersLen)) + m.Headers, err = decodeHeaders(lr) + if err != nil { + return Message{}, err + } + } + + if payloadLen := prelude.PayloadLen(); payloadLen > 0 { + buf, err := decodePayload(payloadBuf, io.LimitReader(hashReader, int64(payloadLen))) + if err != nil { + return Message{}, err + } + m.Payload = buf + } + + msgCRC := crc.Sum32() + if err := validateCRC(reader, msgCRC); err != nil { + return Message{}, err + } + + return m, nil +} + +// UseLogger specifies the Logger that that the decoder should use to log the +// message decode to. +func (d *Decoder) UseLogger(logger aws.Logger) { + d.logger = logger +} + +func logMessageDecode(logger aws.Logger, msgBuf *bytes.Buffer, msg Message, decodeErr error) { + w := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) + defer func() { logger.Log(w.String()) }() + + fmt.Fprintf(w, "Raw message:\n%s\n", + hex.Dump(msgBuf.Bytes())) + + if decodeErr != nil { + fmt.Fprintf(w, "Decode error: %v\n", decodeErr) + return + } + + rawMsg, err := msg.rawMessage() + if err != nil { + fmt.Fprintf(w, "failed to create raw message, %v\n", err) + return + } + + decodedMsg := decodedMessage{ + rawMessage: rawMsg, + Headers: decodedHeaders(msg.Headers), + } + + fmt.Fprintf(w, "Decoded message:\n") + encoder := json.NewEncoder(w) + if err := encoder.Encode(decodedMsg); err != nil { + fmt.Fprintf(w, "failed to generate decoded message, %v\n", err) + } +} + +func decodePrelude(r io.Reader, crc hash.Hash32) (messagePrelude, error) { + var p messagePrelude + + var err error + p.Length, err = decodeUint32(r) + if err != nil { + return messagePrelude{}, err + } + + p.HeadersLen, err = decodeUint32(r) + if err != nil { + return messagePrelude{}, err + } + + if err := p.ValidateLens(); err != nil { + return messagePrelude{}, err + } + + preludeCRC := crc.Sum32() + if err := validateCRC(r, preludeCRC); err != nil { + return messagePrelude{}, err + } + + p.PreludeCRC = preludeCRC + + return p, nil +} + +func decodePayload(buf []byte, r io.Reader) ([]byte, error) { + w := bytes.NewBuffer(buf[0:0]) + + _, err := io.Copy(w, r) + return w.Bytes(), err +} + +func decodeUint8(r io.Reader) (uint8, error) { + type byteReader interface { + ReadByte() (byte, error) + } + + if br, ok := r.(byteReader); ok { + v, err := br.ReadByte() + return uint8(v), err + } + + var b [1]byte + _, err := io.ReadFull(r, b[:]) + return uint8(b[0]), err +} +func decodeUint16(r io.Reader) (uint16, error) { + var b [2]byte + bs := b[:] + _, err := io.ReadFull(r, bs) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + return binary.BigEndian.Uint16(bs), nil +} +func decodeUint32(r io.Reader) (uint32, error) { + var b [4]byte + bs := b[:] + _, err := io.ReadFull(r, bs) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + return binary.BigEndian.Uint32(bs), nil +} +func decodeUint64(r io.Reader) (uint64, error) { + var b [8]byte + bs := b[:] + _, err := io.ReadFull(r, bs) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + return binary.BigEndian.Uint64(bs), nil +} + +func validateCRC(r io.Reader, expect uint32) error { + msgCRC, err := decodeUint32(r) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if msgCRC != expect { + return ChecksumError{} + } + + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/encode.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/encode.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..150a60981 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/encode.go @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +package eventstream + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/binary" + "hash" + "hash/crc32" + "io" +) + +// Encoder provides EventStream message encoding. +type Encoder struct { + w io.Writer + + headersBuf *bytes.Buffer +} + +// NewEncoder initializes and returns an Encoder to encode Event Stream +// messages to an io.Writer. +func NewEncoder(w io.Writer) *Encoder { + return &Encoder{ + w: w, + headersBuf: bytes.NewBuffer(nil), + } +} + +// Encode encodes a single EventStream message to the io.Writer the Encoder +// was created with. An error is returned if writing the message fails. +func (e *Encoder) Encode(msg Message) error { + e.headersBuf.Reset() + + err := encodeHeaders(e.headersBuf, msg.Headers) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + crc := crc32.New(crc32IEEETable) + hashWriter := io.MultiWriter(e.w, crc) + + headersLen := uint32(e.headersBuf.Len()) + payloadLen := uint32(len(msg.Payload)) + + if err := encodePrelude(hashWriter, crc, headersLen, payloadLen); err != nil { + return err + } + + if headersLen > 0 { + if _, err := io.Copy(hashWriter, e.headersBuf); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + if payloadLen > 0 { + if _, err := hashWriter.Write(msg.Payload); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + msgCRC := crc.Sum32() + return binary.Write(e.w, binary.BigEndian, msgCRC) +} + +func encodePrelude(w io.Writer, crc hash.Hash32, headersLen, payloadLen uint32) error { + p := messagePrelude{ + Length: minMsgLen + headersLen + payloadLen, + HeadersLen: headersLen, + } + if err := p.ValidateLens(); err != nil { + return err + } + + err := binaryWriteFields(w, binary.BigEndian, + p.Length, + p.HeadersLen, + ) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + p.PreludeCRC = crc.Sum32() + err = binary.Write(w, binary.BigEndian, p.PreludeCRC) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + return nil +} + +func encodeHeaders(w io.Writer, headers Headers) error { + for _, h := range headers { + hn := headerName{ + Len: uint8(len(h.Name)), + } + copy(hn.Name[:hn.Len], h.Name) + if err := hn.encode(w); err != nil { + return err + } + + if err := h.Value.encode(w); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +func binaryWriteFields(w io.Writer, order binary.ByteOrder, vs ...interface{}) error { + for _, v := range vs { + if err := binary.Write(w, order, v); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5481ef307 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/error.go @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +package eventstream + +import "fmt" + +// LengthError provides the error for items being larger than a maximum length. +type LengthError struct { + Part string + Want int + Have int + Value interface{} +} + +func (e LengthError) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s length invalid, %d/%d, %v", + e.Part, e.Want, e.Have, e.Value) +} + +// ChecksumError provides the error for message checksum invalidation errors. +type ChecksumError struct{} + +func (e ChecksumError) Error() string { + return "message checksum mismatch" +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi/api.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97937c8e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +package eventstreamapi + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream" +) + +// Unmarshaler provides the interface for unmarshaling a EventStream +// message into a SDK type. +type Unmarshaler interface { + UnmarshalEvent(protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, eventstream.Message) error +} + +// EventStream headers with specific meaning to async API functionality. +const ( + MessageTypeHeader = `:message-type` // Identifies type of message. + EventMessageType = `event` + ErrorMessageType = `error` + ExceptionMessageType = `exception` + + // Message Events + EventTypeHeader = `:event-type` // Identifies message event type e.g. "Stats". + + // Message Error + ErrorCodeHeader = `:error-code` + ErrorMessageHeader = `:error-message` + + // Message Exception + ExceptionTypeHeader = `:exception-type` +) + +// EventReader provides reading from the EventStream of an reader. +type EventReader struct { + reader io.ReadCloser + decoder *eventstream.Decoder + + unmarshalerForEventType func(string) (Unmarshaler, error) + payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler + + payloadBuf []byte +} + +// NewEventReader returns a EventReader built from the reader and unmarshaler +// provided. Use ReadStream method to start reading from the EventStream. +func NewEventReader( + reader io.ReadCloser, + payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, + unmarshalerForEventType func(string) (Unmarshaler, error), +) *EventReader { + return &EventReader{ + reader: reader, + decoder: eventstream.NewDecoder(reader), + payloadUnmarshaler: payloadUnmarshaler, + unmarshalerForEventType: unmarshalerForEventType, + payloadBuf: make([]byte, 10*1024), + } +} + +// UseLogger instructs the EventReader to use the logger and log level +// specified. +func (r *EventReader) UseLogger(logger aws.Logger, logLevel aws.LogLevelType) { + if logger != nil && logLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithEventStreamBody) { + r.decoder.UseLogger(logger) + } +} + +// ReadEvent attempts to read a message from the EventStream and return the +// unmarshaled event value that the message is for. +// +// For EventStream API errors check if the returned error satisfies the +// awserr.Error interface to get the error's Code and Message components. +// +// EventUnmarshalers called with EventStream messages must take copies of the +// message's Payload. The payload will is reused between events read. +func (r *EventReader) ReadEvent() (event interface{}, err error) { + msg, err := r.decoder.Decode(r.payloadBuf) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer func() { + // Reclaim payload buffer for next message read. + r.payloadBuf = msg.Payload[0:0] + }() + + typ, err := GetHeaderString(msg, MessageTypeHeader) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + switch typ { + case EventMessageType: + return r.unmarshalEventMessage(msg) + case ExceptionMessageType: + err = r.unmarshalEventException(msg) + return nil, err + case ErrorMessageType: + return nil, r.unmarshalErrorMessage(msg) + default: + return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown eventstream message type, %v", typ) + } +} + +func (r *EventReader) unmarshalEventMessage( + msg eventstream.Message, +) (event interface{}, err error) { + eventType, err := GetHeaderString(msg, EventTypeHeader) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + ev, err := r.unmarshalerForEventType(eventType) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + err = ev.UnmarshalEvent(r.payloadUnmarshaler, msg) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + return ev, nil +} + +func (r *EventReader) unmarshalEventException( + msg eventstream.Message, +) (err error) { + eventType, err := GetHeaderString(msg, ExceptionTypeHeader) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + ev, err := r.unmarshalerForEventType(eventType) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + err = ev.UnmarshalEvent(r.payloadUnmarshaler, msg) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + var ok bool + err, ok = ev.(error) + if !ok { + err = messageError{ + code: "SerializationError", + msg: fmt.Sprintf( + "event stream exception %s mapped to non-error %T, %v", + eventType, ev, ev, + ), + } + } + + return err +} + +func (r *EventReader) unmarshalErrorMessage(msg eventstream.Message) (err error) { + var msgErr messageError + + msgErr.code, err = GetHeaderString(msg, ErrorCodeHeader) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + msgErr.msg, err = GetHeaderString(msg, ErrorMessageHeader) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + return msgErr +} + +// Close closes the EventReader's EventStream reader. +func (r *EventReader) Close() error { + return r.reader.Close() +} + +// GetHeaderString returns the value of the header as a string. If the header +// is not set or the value is not a string an error will be returned. +func GetHeaderString(msg eventstream.Message, headerName string) (string, error) { + headerVal := msg.Headers.Get(headerName) + if headerVal == nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("error header %s not present", headerName) + } + + v, ok := headerVal.Get().(string) + if !ok { + return "", fmt.Errorf("error header value is not a string, %T", headerVal) + } + + return v, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi/error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi/error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ea5a988b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi/error.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +package eventstreamapi + +import "fmt" + +type messageError struct { + code string + msg string +} + +func (e messageError) Code() string { + return e.code +} + +func (e messageError) Message() string { + return e.msg +} + +func (e messageError) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", e.code, e.msg) +} + +func (e messageError) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/header.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/header.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b44dde2f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/header.go @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +package eventstream + +import ( + "encoding/binary" + "fmt" + "io" +) + +// Headers are a collection of EventStream header values. +type Headers []Header + +// Header is a single EventStream Key Value header pair. +type Header struct { + Name string + Value Value +} + +// Set associates the name with a value. If the header name already exists in +// the Headers the value will be replaced with the new one. +func (hs *Headers) Set(name string, value Value) { + var i int + for ; i < len(*hs); i++ { + if (*hs)[i].Name == name { + (*hs)[i].Value = value + return + } + } + + *hs = append(*hs, Header{ + Name: name, Value: value, + }) +} + +// Get returns the Value associated with the header. Nil is returned if the +// value does not exist. +func (hs Headers) Get(name string) Value { + for i := 0; i < len(hs); i++ { + if h := hs[i]; h.Name == name { + return h.Value + } + } + return nil +} + +// Del deletes the value in the Headers if it exists. +func (hs *Headers) Del(name string) { + for i := 0; i < len(*hs); i++ { + if (*hs)[i].Name == name { + copy((*hs)[i:], (*hs)[i+1:]) + (*hs) = (*hs)[:len(*hs)-1] + } + } +} + +func decodeHeaders(r io.Reader) (Headers, error) { + hs := Headers{} + + for { + name, err := decodeHeaderName(r) + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + // EOF while getting header name means no more headers + break + } + return nil, err + } + + value, err := decodeHeaderValue(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + hs.Set(name, value) + } + + return hs, nil +} + +func decodeHeaderName(r io.Reader) (string, error) { + var n headerName + + var err error + n.Len, err = decodeUint8(r) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + + name := n.Name[:n.Len] + if _, err := io.ReadFull(r, name); err != nil { + return "", err + } + + return string(name), nil +} + +func decodeHeaderValue(r io.Reader) (Value, error) { + var raw rawValue + + typ, err := decodeUint8(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + raw.Type = valueType(typ) + + var v Value + + switch raw.Type { + case trueValueType: + v = BoolValue(true) + case falseValueType: + v = BoolValue(false) + case int8ValueType: + var tv Int8Value + err = tv.decode(r) + v = tv + case int16ValueType: + var tv Int16Value + err = tv.decode(r) + v = tv + case int32ValueType: + var tv Int32Value + err = tv.decode(r) + v = tv + case int64ValueType: + var tv Int64Value + err = tv.decode(r) + v = tv + case bytesValueType: + var tv BytesValue + err = tv.decode(r) + v = tv + case stringValueType: + var tv StringValue + err = tv.decode(r) + v = tv + case timestampValueType: + var tv TimestampValue + err = tv.decode(r) + v = tv + case uuidValueType: + var tv UUIDValue + err = tv.decode(r) + v = tv + default: + panic(fmt.Sprintf("unknown value type %d", raw.Type)) + } + + // Error could be EOF, let caller deal with it + return v, err +} + +const maxHeaderNameLen = 255 + +type headerName struct { + Len uint8 + Name [maxHeaderNameLen]byte +} + +func (v headerName) encode(w io.Writer) error { + if err := binary.Write(w, binary.BigEndian, v.Len); err != nil { + return err + } + + _, err := w.Write(v.Name[:v.Len]) + return err +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/header_value.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/header_value.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3fc0766a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/header_value.go @@ -0,0 +1,501 @@ +package eventstream + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/binary" + "fmt" + "io" + "strconv" + "time" +) + +const maxHeaderValueLen = 1<<15 - 1 // 2^15-1 or 32KB - 1 + +// valueType is the EventStream header value type. +type valueType uint8 + +// Header value types +const ( + trueValueType valueType = iota + falseValueType + int8ValueType // Byte + int16ValueType // Short + int32ValueType // Integer + int64ValueType // Long + bytesValueType + stringValueType + timestampValueType + uuidValueType +) + +func (t valueType) String() string { + switch t { + case trueValueType: + return "bool" + case falseValueType: + return "bool" + case int8ValueType: + return "int8" + case int16ValueType: + return "int16" + case int32ValueType: + return "int32" + case int64ValueType: + return "int64" + case bytesValueType: + return "byte_array" + case stringValueType: + return "string" + case timestampValueType: + return "timestamp" + case uuidValueType: + return "uuid" + default: + return fmt.Sprintf("unknown value type %d", uint8(t)) + } +} + +type rawValue struct { + Type valueType + Len uint16 // Only set for variable length slices + Value []byte // byte representation of value, BigEndian encoding. +} + +func (r rawValue) encodeScalar(w io.Writer, v interface{}) error { + return binaryWriteFields(w, binary.BigEndian, + r.Type, + v, + ) +} + +func (r rawValue) encodeFixedSlice(w io.Writer, v []byte) error { + binary.Write(w, binary.BigEndian, r.Type) + + _, err := w.Write(v) + return err +} + +func (r rawValue) encodeBytes(w io.Writer, v []byte) error { + if len(v) > maxHeaderValueLen { + return LengthError{ + Part: "header value", + Want: maxHeaderValueLen, Have: len(v), + Value: v, + } + } + r.Len = uint16(len(v)) + + err := binaryWriteFields(w, binary.BigEndian, + r.Type, + r.Len, + ) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + _, err = w.Write(v) + return err +} + +func (r rawValue) encodeString(w io.Writer, v string) error { + if len(v) > maxHeaderValueLen { + return LengthError{ + Part: "header value", + Want: maxHeaderValueLen, Have: len(v), + Value: v, + } + } + r.Len = uint16(len(v)) + + type stringWriter interface { + WriteString(string) (int, error) + } + + err := binaryWriteFields(w, binary.BigEndian, + r.Type, + r.Len, + ) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if sw, ok := w.(stringWriter); ok { + _, err = sw.WriteString(v) + } else { + _, err = w.Write([]byte(v)) + } + + return err +} + +func decodeFixedBytesValue(r io.Reader, buf []byte) error { + _, err := io.ReadFull(r, buf) + return err +} + +func decodeBytesValue(r io.Reader) ([]byte, error) { + var raw rawValue + var err error + raw.Len, err = decodeUint16(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + buf := make([]byte, raw.Len) + _, err = io.ReadFull(r, buf) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + return buf, nil +} + +func decodeStringValue(r io.Reader) (string, error) { + v, err := decodeBytesValue(r) + return string(v), err +} + +// Value represents the abstract header value. +type Value interface { + Get() interface{} + String() string + valueType() valueType + encode(io.Writer) error +} + +// An BoolValue provides eventstream encoding, and representation +// of a Go bool value. +type BoolValue bool + +// Get returns the underlying type +func (v BoolValue) Get() interface{} { + return bool(v) +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (v BoolValue) valueType() valueType { + if v { + return trueValueType + } + return falseValueType +} + +func (v BoolValue) String() string { + return strconv.FormatBool(bool(v)) +} + +// encode encodes the BoolValue into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v BoolValue) encode(w io.Writer) error { + return binary.Write(w, binary.BigEndian, v.valueType()) +} + +// An Int8Value provides eventstream encoding, and representation of a Go +// int8 value. +type Int8Value int8 + +// Get returns the underlying value. +func (v Int8Value) Get() interface{} { + return int8(v) +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (Int8Value) valueType() valueType { + return int8ValueType +} + +func (v Int8Value) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("0x%02x", int8(v)) +} + +// encode encodes the Int8Value into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v Int8Value) encode(w io.Writer) error { + raw := rawValue{ + Type: v.valueType(), + } + + return raw.encodeScalar(w, v) +} + +func (v *Int8Value) decode(r io.Reader) error { + n, err := decodeUint8(r) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *v = Int8Value(n) + return nil +} + +// An Int16Value provides eventstream encoding, and representation of a Go +// int16 value. +type Int16Value int16 + +// Get returns the underlying value. +func (v Int16Value) Get() interface{} { + return int16(v) +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (Int16Value) valueType() valueType { + return int16ValueType +} + +func (v Int16Value) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("0x%04x", int16(v)) +} + +// encode encodes the Int16Value into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v Int16Value) encode(w io.Writer) error { + raw := rawValue{ + Type: v.valueType(), + } + return raw.encodeScalar(w, v) +} + +func (v *Int16Value) decode(r io.Reader) error { + n, err := decodeUint16(r) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *v = Int16Value(n) + return nil +} + +// An Int32Value provides eventstream encoding, and representation of a Go +// int32 value. +type Int32Value int32 + +// Get returns the underlying value. +func (v Int32Value) Get() interface{} { + return int32(v) +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (Int32Value) valueType() valueType { + return int32ValueType +} + +func (v Int32Value) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("0x%08x", int32(v)) +} + +// encode encodes the Int32Value into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v Int32Value) encode(w io.Writer) error { + raw := rawValue{ + Type: v.valueType(), + } + return raw.encodeScalar(w, v) +} + +func (v *Int32Value) decode(r io.Reader) error { + n, err := decodeUint32(r) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *v = Int32Value(n) + return nil +} + +// An Int64Value provides eventstream encoding, and representation of a Go +// int64 value. +type Int64Value int64 + +// Get returns the underlying value. +func (v Int64Value) Get() interface{} { + return int64(v) +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (Int64Value) valueType() valueType { + return int64ValueType +} + +func (v Int64Value) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("0x%016x", int64(v)) +} + +// encode encodes the Int64Value into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v Int64Value) encode(w io.Writer) error { + raw := rawValue{ + Type: v.valueType(), + } + return raw.encodeScalar(w, v) +} + +func (v *Int64Value) decode(r io.Reader) error { + n, err := decodeUint64(r) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *v = Int64Value(n) + return nil +} + +// An BytesValue provides eventstream encoding, and representation of a Go +// byte slice. +type BytesValue []byte + +// Get returns the underlying value. +func (v BytesValue) Get() interface{} { + return []byte(v) +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (BytesValue) valueType() valueType { + return bytesValueType +} + +func (v BytesValue) String() string { + return base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString([]byte(v)) +} + +// encode encodes the BytesValue into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v BytesValue) encode(w io.Writer) error { + raw := rawValue{ + Type: v.valueType(), + } + + return raw.encodeBytes(w, []byte(v)) +} + +func (v *BytesValue) decode(r io.Reader) error { + buf, err := decodeBytesValue(r) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *v = BytesValue(buf) + return nil +} + +// An StringValue provides eventstream encoding, and representation of a Go +// string. +type StringValue string + +// Get returns the underlying value. +func (v StringValue) Get() interface{} { + return string(v) +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (StringValue) valueType() valueType { + return stringValueType +} + +func (v StringValue) String() string { + return string(v) +} + +// encode encodes the StringValue into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v StringValue) encode(w io.Writer) error { + raw := rawValue{ + Type: v.valueType(), + } + + return raw.encodeString(w, string(v)) +} + +func (v *StringValue) decode(r io.Reader) error { + s, err := decodeStringValue(r) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *v = StringValue(s) + return nil +} + +// An TimestampValue provides eventstream encoding, and representation of a Go +// timestamp. +type TimestampValue time.Time + +// Get returns the underlying value. +func (v TimestampValue) Get() interface{} { + return time.Time(v) +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (TimestampValue) valueType() valueType { + return timestampValueType +} + +func (v TimestampValue) epochMilli() int64 { + nano := time.Time(v).UnixNano() + msec := nano / int64(time.Millisecond) + return msec +} + +func (v TimestampValue) String() string { + msec := v.epochMilli() + return strconv.FormatInt(msec, 10) +} + +// encode encodes the TimestampValue into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v TimestampValue) encode(w io.Writer) error { + raw := rawValue{ + Type: v.valueType(), + } + + msec := v.epochMilli() + return raw.encodeScalar(w, msec) +} + +func (v *TimestampValue) decode(r io.Reader) error { + n, err := decodeUint64(r) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + *v = TimestampValue(timeFromEpochMilli(int64(n))) + return nil +} + +func timeFromEpochMilli(t int64) time.Time { + secs := t / 1e3 + msec := t % 1e3 + return time.Unix(secs, msec*int64(time.Millisecond)).UTC() +} + +// An UUIDValue provides eventstream encoding, and representation of a UUID +// value. +type UUIDValue [16]byte + +// Get returns the underlying value. +func (v UUIDValue) Get() interface{} { + return v[:] +} + +// valueType returns the EventStream header value type value. +func (UUIDValue) valueType() valueType { + return uuidValueType +} + +func (v UUIDValue) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf(`%X-%X-%X-%X-%X`, v[0:4], v[4:6], v[6:8], v[8:10], v[10:]) +} + +// encode encodes the UUIDValue into an eventstream binary value +// representation. +func (v UUIDValue) encode(w io.Writer) error { + raw := rawValue{ + Type: v.valueType(), + } + + return raw.encodeFixedSlice(w, v[:]) +} + +func (v *UUIDValue) decode(r io.Reader) error { + tv := (*v)[:] + return decodeFixedBytesValue(r, tv) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/message.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/message.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dc012a66 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/message.go @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +package eventstream + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/binary" + "hash/crc32" +) + +const preludeLen = 8 +const preludeCRCLen = 4 +const msgCRCLen = 4 +const minMsgLen = preludeLen + preludeCRCLen + msgCRCLen +const maxPayloadLen = 1024 * 1024 * 16 // 16MB +const maxHeadersLen = 1024 * 128 // 128KB +const maxMsgLen = minMsgLen + maxHeadersLen + maxPayloadLen + +var crc32IEEETable = crc32.MakeTable(crc32.IEEE) + +// A Message provides the eventstream message representation. +type Message struct { + Headers Headers + Payload []byte +} + +func (m *Message) rawMessage() (rawMessage, error) { + var raw rawMessage + + if len(m.Headers) > 0 { + var headers bytes.Buffer + if err := encodeHeaders(&headers, m.Headers); err != nil { + return rawMessage{}, err + } + raw.Headers = headers.Bytes() + raw.HeadersLen = uint32(len(raw.Headers)) + } + + raw.Length = raw.HeadersLen + uint32(len(m.Payload)) + minMsgLen + + hash := crc32.New(crc32IEEETable) + binaryWriteFields(hash, binary.BigEndian, raw.Length, raw.HeadersLen) + raw.PreludeCRC = hash.Sum32() + + binaryWriteFields(hash, binary.BigEndian, raw.PreludeCRC) + + if raw.HeadersLen > 0 { + hash.Write(raw.Headers) + } + + // Read payload bytes and update hash for it as well. + if len(m.Payload) > 0 { + raw.Payload = m.Payload + hash.Write(raw.Payload) + } + + raw.CRC = hash.Sum32() + + return raw, nil +} + +type messagePrelude struct { + Length uint32 + HeadersLen uint32 + PreludeCRC uint32 +} + +func (p messagePrelude) PayloadLen() uint32 { + return p.Length - p.HeadersLen - minMsgLen +} + +func (p messagePrelude) ValidateLens() error { + if p.Length == 0 || p.Length > maxMsgLen { + return LengthError{ + Part: "message prelude", + Want: maxMsgLen, + Have: int(p.Length), + } + } + if p.HeadersLen > maxHeadersLen { + return LengthError{ + Part: "message headers", + Want: maxHeadersLen, + Have: int(p.HeadersLen), + } + } + if payloadLen := p.PayloadLen(); payloadLen > maxPayloadLen { + return LengthError{ + Part: "message payload", + Want: maxPayloadLen, + Have: int(payloadLen), + } + } + + return nil +} + +type rawMessage struct { + messagePrelude + + Headers []byte + Payload []byte + + CRC uint32 +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53831dff9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +package protocol + +import ( + "crypto/rand" + "fmt" + "reflect" +) + +// RandReader is the random reader the protocol package will use to read +// random bytes from. This is exported for testing, and should not be used. +var RandReader = rand.Reader + +const idempotencyTokenFillTag = `idempotencyToken` + +// CanSetIdempotencyToken returns true if the struct field should be +// automatically populated with a Idempotency token. +// +// Only *string and string type fields that are tagged with idempotencyToken +// which are not already set can be auto filled. +func CanSetIdempotencyToken(v reflect.Value, f reflect.StructField) bool { + switch u := v.Interface().(type) { + // To auto fill an Idempotency token the field must be a string, + // tagged for auto fill, and have a zero value. + case *string: + return u == nil && len(f.Tag.Get(idempotencyTokenFillTag)) != 0 + case string: + return len(u) == 0 && len(f.Tag.Get(idempotencyTokenFillTag)) != 0 + } + + return false +} + +// GetIdempotencyToken returns a randomly generated idempotency token. +func GetIdempotencyToken() string { + b := make([]byte, 16) + RandReader.Read(b) + + return UUIDVersion4(b) +} + +// SetIdempotencyToken will set the value provided with a Idempotency Token. +// Given that the value can be set. Will panic if value is not setable. +func SetIdempotencyToken(v reflect.Value) { + if v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + if v.IsNil() && v.CanSet() { + v.Set(reflect.New(v.Type().Elem())) + } + v = v.Elem() + } + v = reflect.Indirect(v) + + if !v.CanSet() { + panic(fmt.Sprintf("unable to set idempotnecy token %v", v)) + } + + b := make([]byte, 16) + _, err := rand.Read(b) + if err != nil { + // TODO handle error + return + } + + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(UUIDVersion4(b))) +} + +// UUIDVersion4 returns a Version 4 random UUID from the byte slice provided +func UUIDVersion4(u []byte) string { + // https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Version_4_.28random.29 + // 13th character is "4" + u[6] = (u[6] | 0x40) & 0x4F + // 17th character is "8", "9", "a", or "b" + u[8] = (u[8] | 0x80) & 0xBF + + return fmt.Sprintf(`%X-%X-%X-%X-%X`, u[0:4], u[4:6], u[6:8], u[8:10], u[10:]) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonvalue.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonvalue.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..776d11018 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonvalue.go @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +package protocol + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "strconv" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" +) + +// EscapeMode is the mode that should be use for escaping a value +type EscapeMode uint + +// The modes for escaping a value before it is marshaled, and unmarshaled. +const ( + NoEscape EscapeMode = iota + Base64Escape + QuotedEscape +) + +// EncodeJSONValue marshals the value into a JSON string, and optionally base64 +// encodes the string before returning it. +// +// Will panic if the escape mode is unknown. +func EncodeJSONValue(v aws.JSONValue, escape EscapeMode) (string, error) { + b, err := json.Marshal(v) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + + switch escape { + case NoEscape: + return string(b), nil + case Base64Escape: + return base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(b), nil + case QuotedEscape: + return strconv.Quote(string(b)), nil + } + + panic(fmt.Sprintf("EncodeJSONValue called with unknown EscapeMode, %v", escape)) +} + +// DecodeJSONValue will attempt to decode the string input as a JSONValue. +// Optionally decoding base64 the value first before JSON unmarshaling. +// +// Will panic if the escape mode is unknown. +func DecodeJSONValue(v string, escape EscapeMode) (aws.JSONValue, error) { + var b []byte + var err error + + switch escape { + case NoEscape: + b = []byte(v) + case Base64Escape: + b, err = base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(v) + case QuotedEscape: + var u string + u, err = strconv.Unquote(v) + b = []byte(u) + default: + panic(fmt.Sprintf("DecodeJSONValue called with unknown EscapeMode, %v", escape)) + } + + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + m := aws.JSONValue{} + err = json.Unmarshal(b, &m) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + return m, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/payload.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/payload.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e21614a12 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/payload.go @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +package protocol + +import ( + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// PayloadUnmarshaler provides the interface for unmarshaling a payload's +// reader into a SDK shape. +type PayloadUnmarshaler interface { + UnmarshalPayload(io.Reader, interface{}) error +} + +// HandlerPayloadUnmarshal implements the PayloadUnmarshaler from a +// HandlerList. This provides the support for unmarshaling a payload reader to +// a shape without needing a SDK request first. +type HandlerPayloadUnmarshal struct { + Unmarshalers request.HandlerList +} + +// UnmarshalPayload unmarshals the io.Reader payload into the SDK shape using +// the Unmarshalers HandlerList provided. Returns an error if unable +// unmarshaling fails. +func (h HandlerPayloadUnmarshal) UnmarshalPayload(r io.Reader, v interface{}) error { + req := &request.Request{ + HTTPRequest: &http.Request{}, + HTTPResponse: &http.Response{ + StatusCode: 200, + Header: http.Header{}, + Body: ioutil.NopCloser(r), + }, + Data: v, + } + + h.Unmarshalers.Run(req) + + return req.Error +} + +// PayloadMarshaler provides the interface for marshaling a SDK shape into and +// io.Writer. +type PayloadMarshaler interface { + MarshalPayload(io.Writer, interface{}) error +} + +// HandlerPayloadMarshal implements the PayloadMarshaler from a HandlerList. +// This provides support for marshaling a SDK shape into an io.Writer without +// needing a SDK request first. +type HandlerPayloadMarshal struct { + Marshalers request.HandlerList +} + +// MarshalPayload marshals the SDK shape into the io.Writer using the +// Marshalers HandlerList provided. Returns an error if unable if marshal +// fails. +func (h HandlerPayloadMarshal) MarshalPayload(w io.Writer, v interface{}) error { + req := request.New( + aws.Config{}, + metadata.ClientInfo{}, + request.Handlers{}, + nil, + &request.Operation{HTTPMethod: "GET"}, + v, + nil, + ) + + h.Marshalers.Run(req) + + if req.Error != nil { + return req.Error + } + + io.Copy(w, req.GetBody()) + + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60e5b09d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// Package query provides serialization of AWS query requests, and responses. +package query + +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/query.json build_test.go + +import ( + "net/url" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil" +) + +// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building query protocol requests +var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.Build", Fn: Build} + +// Build builds a request for an AWS Query service. +func Build(r *request.Request) { + body := url.Values{ + "Action": {r.Operation.Name}, + "Version": {r.ClientInfo.APIVersion}, + } + if err := queryutil.Parse(body, r.Params, false); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed encoding Query request", err) + return + } + + if !r.IsPresigned() { + r.HTTPRequest.Method = "POST" + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8") + r.SetBufferBody([]byte(body.Encode())) + } else { // This is a pre-signed request + r.HTTPRequest.Method = "GET" + r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawQuery = body.Encode() + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75866d012 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +package queryutil + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "reflect" + "sort" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +// Parse parses an object i and fills a url.Values object. The isEC2 flag +// indicates if this is the EC2 Query sub-protocol. +func Parse(body url.Values, i interface{}, isEC2 bool) error { + q := queryParser{isEC2: isEC2} + return q.parseValue(body, reflect.ValueOf(i), "", "") +} + +func elemOf(value reflect.Value) reflect.Value { + for value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + value = value.Elem() + } + return value +} + +type queryParser struct { + isEC2 bool +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseValue(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + value = elemOf(value) + + // no need to handle zero values + if !value.IsValid() { + return nil + } + + t := tag.Get("type") + if t == "" { + switch value.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + t = "structure" + case reflect.Slice: + t = "list" + case reflect.Map: + t = "map" + } + } + + switch t { + case "structure": + return q.parseStruct(v, value, prefix) + case "list": + return q.parseList(v, value, prefix, tag) + case "map": + return q.parseMap(v, value, prefix, tag) + default: + return q.parseScalar(v, value, prefix, tag) + } +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseStruct(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string) error { + if !value.IsValid() { + return nil + } + + t := value.Type() + for i := 0; i < value.NumField(); i++ { + elemValue := elemOf(value.Field(i)) + field := t.Field(i) + + if field.PkgPath != "" { + continue // ignore unexported fields + } + if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" { + continue + } + + if protocol.CanSetIdempotencyToken(value.Field(i), field) { + token := protocol.GetIdempotencyToken() + elemValue = reflect.ValueOf(token) + } + + var name string + if q.isEC2 { + name = field.Tag.Get("queryName") + } + if name == "" { + if field.Tag.Get("flattened") != "" && field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") != "" { + name = field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") + } else if locName := field.Tag.Get("locationName"); locName != "" { + name = locName + } + if name != "" && q.isEC2 { + name = strings.ToUpper(name[0:1]) + name[1:] + } + } + if name == "" { + name = field.Name + } + + if prefix != "" { + name = prefix + "." + name + } + + if err := q.parseValue(v, elemValue, name, field.Tag); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseList(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + // If it's empty, generate an empty value + if !value.IsNil() && value.Len() == 0 { + v.Set(prefix, "") + return nil + } + + if _, ok := value.Interface().([]byte); ok { + return q.parseScalar(v, value, prefix, tag) + } + + // check for unflattened list member + if !q.isEC2 && tag.Get("flattened") == "" { + if listName := tag.Get("locationNameList"); listName == "" { + prefix += ".member" + } else { + prefix += "." + listName + } + } + + for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ { + slicePrefix := prefix + if slicePrefix == "" { + slicePrefix = strconv.Itoa(i + 1) + } else { + slicePrefix = slicePrefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1) + } + if err := q.parseValue(v, value.Index(i), slicePrefix, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseMap(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + // If it's empty, generate an empty value + if !value.IsNil() && value.Len() == 0 { + v.Set(prefix, "") + return nil + } + + // check for unflattened list member + if !q.isEC2 && tag.Get("flattened") == "" { + prefix += ".entry" + } + + // sort keys for improved serialization consistency. + // this is not strictly necessary for protocol support. + mapKeyValues := value.MapKeys() + mapKeys := map[string]reflect.Value{} + mapKeyNames := make([]string, len(mapKeyValues)) + for i, mapKey := range mapKeyValues { + name := mapKey.String() + mapKeys[name] = mapKey + mapKeyNames[i] = name + } + sort.Strings(mapKeyNames) + + for i, mapKeyName := range mapKeyNames { + mapKey := mapKeys[mapKeyName] + mapValue := value.MapIndex(mapKey) + + kname := tag.Get("locationNameKey") + if kname == "" { + kname = "key" + } + vname := tag.Get("locationNameValue") + if vname == "" { + vname = "value" + } + + // serialize key + var keyName string + if prefix == "" { + keyName = strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + kname + } else { + keyName = prefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + kname + } + + if err := q.parseValue(v, mapKey, keyName, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + + // serialize value + var valueName string + if prefix == "" { + valueName = strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + vname + } else { + valueName = prefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + vname + } + + if err := q.parseValue(v, mapValue, valueName, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +func (q *queryParser) parseScalar(v url.Values, r reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + switch value := r.Interface().(type) { + case string: + v.Set(name, value) + case []byte: + if !r.IsNil() { + v.Set(name, base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(value)) + } + case bool: + v.Set(name, strconv.FormatBool(value)) + case int64: + v.Set(name, strconv.FormatInt(value, 10)) + case int: + v.Set(name, strconv.Itoa(value)) + case float64: + v.Set(name, strconv.FormatFloat(value, 'f', -1, 64)) + case float32: + v.Set(name, strconv.FormatFloat(float64(value), 'f', -1, 32)) + case time.Time: + const ISO8601UTC = "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z" + format := tag.Get("timestampFormat") + if len(format) == 0 { + format = protocol.ISO8601TimeFormatName + } + + v.Set(name, protocol.FormatTime(format, value)) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value for param %s: %v (%s)", name, r.Interface(), r.Type().Name()) + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0f4d5a54 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +package query + +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/query.json unmarshal_test.go + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil" +) + +// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling query protocol requests +var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal} + +// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling query protocol request metadata +var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta} + +// Unmarshal unmarshals a response for an AWS Query service. +func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + if r.DataFilled() { + decoder := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + err := xmlutil.UnmarshalXML(r.Data, decoder, r.Operation.Name+"Result") + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed decoding Query response", err) + return + } + } +} + +// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals header response values for an AWS Query service. +func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) { + r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amzn-Requestid") +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f21429617 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +package query + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + "io/ioutil" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +type xmlErrorResponse struct { + XMLName xml.Name `xml:"ErrorResponse"` + Code string `xml:"Error>Code"` + Message string `xml:"Error>Message"` + RequestID string `xml:"RequestId"` +} + +type xmlServiceUnavailableResponse struct { + XMLName xml.Name `xml:"ServiceUnavailableException"` +} + +// UnmarshalErrorHandler is a name request handler to unmarshal request errors +var UnmarshalErrorHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.UnmarshalError", Fn: UnmarshalError} + +// UnmarshalError unmarshals an error response for an AWS Query service. +func UnmarshalError(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + + bodyBytes, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to read from query HTTP response body", err) + return + } + + // First check for specific error + resp := xmlErrorResponse{} + decodeErr := xml.Unmarshal(bodyBytes, &resp) + if decodeErr == nil { + reqID := resp.RequestID + if reqID == "" { + reqID = r.RequestID + } + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New(resp.Code, resp.Message, nil), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, + reqID, + ) + return + } + + // Check for unhandled error + servUnavailResp := xmlServiceUnavailableResponse{} + unavailErr := xml.Unmarshal(bodyBytes, &servUnavailResp) + if unavailErr == nil { + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New("ServiceUnavailableException", "service is unavailable", nil), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, + r.RequestID, + ) + return + } + + // Failed to retrieve any error message from the response body + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to decode query XML error response", decodeErr) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b34f5258a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +// Package rest provides RESTful serialization of AWS requests and responses. +package rest + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/base64" + "fmt" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "path" + "reflect" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +// Whether the byte value can be sent without escaping in AWS URLs +var noEscape [256]bool + +var errValueNotSet = fmt.Errorf("value not set") + +func init() { + for i := 0; i < len(noEscape); i++ { + // AWS expects every character except these to be escaped + noEscape[i] = (i >= 'A' && i <= 'Z') || + (i >= 'a' && i <= 'z') || + (i >= '0' && i <= '9') || + i == '-' || + i == '.' || + i == '_' || + i == '~' + } +} + +// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building rest protocol requests +var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.Build", Fn: Build} + +// Build builds the REST component of a service request. +func Build(r *request.Request) { + if r.ParamsFilled() { + v := reflect.ValueOf(r.Params).Elem() + buildLocationElements(r, v, false) + buildBody(r, v) + } +} + +// BuildAsGET builds the REST component of a service request with the ability to hoist +// data from the body. +func BuildAsGET(r *request.Request) { + if r.ParamsFilled() { + v := reflect.ValueOf(r.Params).Elem() + buildLocationElements(r, v, true) + buildBody(r, v) + } +} + +func buildLocationElements(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value, buildGETQuery bool) { + query := r.HTTPRequest.URL.Query() + + // Setup the raw path to match the base path pattern. This is needed + // so that when the path is mutated a custom escaped version can be + // stored in RawPath that will be used by the Go client. + r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawPath = r.HTTPRequest.URL.Path + + for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ { + m := v.Field(i) + if n := v.Type().Field(i).Name; n[0:1] == strings.ToLower(n[0:1]) { + continue + } + + if m.IsValid() { + field := v.Type().Field(i) + name := field.Tag.Get("locationName") + if name == "" { + name = field.Name + } + if kind := m.Kind(); kind == reflect.Ptr { + m = m.Elem() + } else if kind == reflect.Interface { + if !m.Elem().IsValid() { + continue + } + } + if !m.IsValid() { + continue + } + if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" { + continue + } + + var err error + switch field.Tag.Get("location") { + case "headers": // header maps + err = buildHeaderMap(&r.HTTPRequest.Header, m, field.Tag) + case "header": + err = buildHeader(&r.HTTPRequest.Header, m, name, field.Tag) + case "uri": + err = buildURI(r.HTTPRequest.URL, m, name, field.Tag) + case "querystring": + err = buildQueryString(query, m, name, field.Tag) + default: + if buildGETQuery { + err = buildQueryString(query, m, name, field.Tag) + } + } + r.Error = err + } + if r.Error != nil { + return + } + } + + r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawQuery = query.Encode() + if !aws.BoolValue(r.Config.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning) { + cleanPath(r.HTTPRequest.URL) + } +} + +func buildBody(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) { + if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" { + pfield, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName) + if ptag := pfield.Tag.Get("type"); ptag != "" && ptag != "structure" { + payload := reflect.Indirect(v.FieldByName(payloadName)) + if payload.IsValid() && payload.Interface() != nil { + switch reader := payload.Interface().(type) { + case io.ReadSeeker: + r.SetReaderBody(reader) + case []byte: + r.SetBufferBody(reader) + case string: + r.SetStringBody(reader) + default: + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to encode REST request", + fmt.Errorf("unknown payload type %s", payload.Type())) + } + } + } + } + } +} + +func buildHeader(header *http.Header, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + str, err := convertType(v, tag) + if err == errValueNotSet { + return nil + } else if err != nil { + return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err) + } + + header.Add(name, str) + + return nil +} + +func buildHeaderMap(header *http.Header, v reflect.Value, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + prefix := tag.Get("locationName") + for _, key := range v.MapKeys() { + str, err := convertType(v.MapIndex(key), tag) + if err == errValueNotSet { + continue + } else if err != nil { + return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err) + + } + + header.Add(prefix+key.String(), str) + } + return nil +} + +func buildURI(u *url.URL, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + value, err := convertType(v, tag) + if err == errValueNotSet { + return nil + } else if err != nil { + return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err) + } + + u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "{"+name+"}", value, -1) + u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "{"+name+"+}", value, -1) + + u.RawPath = strings.Replace(u.RawPath, "{"+name+"}", EscapePath(value, true), -1) + u.RawPath = strings.Replace(u.RawPath, "{"+name+"+}", EscapePath(value, false), -1) + + return nil +} + +func buildQueryString(query url.Values, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + switch value := v.Interface().(type) { + case []*string: + for _, item := range value { + query.Add(name, *item) + } + case map[string]*string: + for key, item := range value { + query.Add(key, *item) + } + case map[string][]*string: + for key, items := range value { + for _, item := range items { + query.Add(key, *item) + } + } + default: + str, err := convertType(v, tag) + if err == errValueNotSet { + return nil + } else if err != nil { + return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err) + } + query.Set(name, str) + } + + return nil +} + +func cleanPath(u *url.URL) { + hasSlash := strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "/") + + // clean up path, removing duplicate `/` + u.Path = path.Clean(u.Path) + u.RawPath = path.Clean(u.RawPath) + + if hasSlash && !strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "/") { + u.Path += "/" + u.RawPath += "/" + } +} + +// EscapePath escapes part of a URL path in Amazon style +func EscapePath(path string, encodeSep bool) string { + var buf bytes.Buffer + for i := 0; i < len(path); i++ { + c := path[i] + if noEscape[c] || (c == '/' && !encodeSep) { + buf.WriteByte(c) + } else { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "%%%02X", c) + } + } + return buf.String() +} + +func convertType(v reflect.Value, tag reflect.StructTag) (str string, err error) { + v = reflect.Indirect(v) + if !v.IsValid() { + return "", errValueNotSet + } + + switch value := v.Interface().(type) { + case string: + str = value + case []byte: + str = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(value) + case bool: + str = strconv.FormatBool(value) + case int64: + str = strconv.FormatInt(value, 10) + case float64: + str = strconv.FormatFloat(value, 'f', -1, 64) + case time.Time: + format := tag.Get("timestampFormat") + if len(format) == 0 { + format = protocol.RFC822TimeFormatName + if tag.Get("location") == "querystring" { + format = protocol.ISO8601TimeFormatName + } + } + str = protocol.FormatTime(format, value) + case aws.JSONValue: + if len(value) == 0 { + return "", errValueNotSet + } + escaping := protocol.NoEscape + if tag.Get("location") == "header" { + escaping = protocol.Base64Escape + } + str, err = protocol.EncodeJSONValue(value, escaping) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("unable to encode JSONValue, %v", err) + } + default: + err := fmt.Errorf("unsupported value for param %v (%s)", v.Interface(), v.Type()) + return "", err + } + return str, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4366de2e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +package rest + +import "reflect" + +// PayloadMember returns the payload field member of i if there is one, or nil. +func PayloadMember(i interface{}) interface{} { + if i == nil { + return nil + } + + v := reflect.ValueOf(i).Elem() + if !v.IsValid() { + return nil + } + if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" { + field, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName) + if field.Tag.Get("type") != "structure" { + return nil + } + + payload := v.FieldByName(payloadName) + if payload.IsValid() || (payload.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && !payload.IsNil()) { + return payload.Interface() + } + } + } + return nil +} + +// PayloadType returns the type of a payload field member of i if there is one, or "". +func PayloadType(i interface{}) string { + v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(i)) + if !v.IsValid() { + return "" + } + if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" { + if member, ok := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName); ok { + return member.Tag.Get("type") + } + } + } + return "" +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33fd53b12 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +package rest + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/base64" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "reflect" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling rest protocol requests +var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal} + +// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling rest protocol request metadata +var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta} + +// Unmarshal unmarshals the REST component of a response in a REST service. +func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) { + if r.DataFilled() { + v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(r.Data)) + unmarshalBody(r, v) + } +} + +// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals the REST metadata of a response in a REST service +func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) { + r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amzn-Requestid") + if r.RequestID == "" { + // Alternative version of request id in the header + r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amz-Request-Id") + } + if r.DataFilled() { + v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(r.Data)) + unmarshalLocationElements(r, v) + } +} + +func unmarshalBody(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) { + if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" { + pfield, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName) + if ptag := pfield.Tag.Get("type"); ptag != "" && ptag != "structure" { + payload := v.FieldByName(payloadName) + if payload.IsValid() { + switch payload.Interface().(type) { + case []byte: + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err) + } else { + payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(b)) + } + case *string: + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err) + } else { + str := string(b) + payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&str)) + } + default: + switch payload.Type().String() { + case "io.ReadCloser": + payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(r.HTTPResponse.Body)) + case "io.ReadSeeker": + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to read response body", err) + return + } + payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader(b)))) + default: + io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body) + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", + "failed to decode REST response", + fmt.Errorf("unknown payload type %s", payload.Type())) + } + } + } + } + } + } +} + +func unmarshalLocationElements(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) { + for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ { + m, field := v.Field(i), v.Type().Field(i) + if n := field.Name; n[0:1] == strings.ToLower(n[0:1]) { + continue + } + + if m.IsValid() { + name := field.Tag.Get("locationName") + if name == "" { + name = field.Name + } + + switch field.Tag.Get("location") { + case "statusCode": + unmarshalStatusCode(m, r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode) + case "header": + err := unmarshalHeader(m, r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get(name), field.Tag) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err) + break + } + case "headers": + prefix := field.Tag.Get("locationName") + err := unmarshalHeaderMap(m, r.HTTPResponse.Header, prefix) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err) + break + } + } + } + if r.Error != nil { + return + } + } +} + +func unmarshalStatusCode(v reflect.Value, statusCode int) { + if !v.IsValid() { + return + } + + switch v.Interface().(type) { + case *int64: + s := int64(statusCode) + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&s)) + } +} + +func unmarshalHeaderMap(r reflect.Value, headers http.Header, prefix string) error { + switch r.Interface().(type) { + case map[string]*string: // we only support string map value types + out := map[string]*string{} + for k, v := range headers { + k = http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k) + if strings.HasPrefix(strings.ToLower(k), strings.ToLower(prefix)) { + out[k[len(prefix):]] = &v[0] + } + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(out)) + } + return nil +} + +func unmarshalHeader(v reflect.Value, header string, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + isJSONValue := tag.Get("type") == "jsonvalue" + if isJSONValue { + if len(header) == 0 { + return nil + } + } else if !v.IsValid() || (header == "" && v.Elem().Kind() != reflect.String) { + return nil + } + + switch v.Interface().(type) { + case *string: + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&header)) + case []byte: + b, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(header) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&b)) + case *bool: + b, err := strconv.ParseBool(header) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&b)) + case *int64: + i, err := strconv.ParseInt(header, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&i)) + case *float64: + f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(header, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&f)) + case *time.Time: + format := tag.Get("timestampFormat") + if len(format) == 0 { + format = protocol.RFC822TimeFormatName + } + t, err := protocol.ParseTime(format, header) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&t)) + case aws.JSONValue: + escaping := protocol.NoEscape + if tag.Get("location") == "header" { + escaping = protocol.Base64Escape + } + m, err := protocol.DecodeJSONValue(header, escaping) + if err != nil { + return err + } + v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(m)) + default: + err := fmt.Errorf("Unsupported value for param %v (%s)", v.Interface(), v.Type()) + return err + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bdf4c853 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +// Package restxml provides RESTful XML serialization of AWS +// requests and responses. +package restxml + +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/rest-xml.json build_test.go +//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/rest-xml.json unmarshal_test.go + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/xml" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil" +) + +// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building restxml protocol requests +var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.Build", Fn: Build} + +// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol requests +var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal} + +// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol request metadata +var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta} + +// UnmarshalErrorHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol request errors +var UnmarshalErrorHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.UnmarshalError", Fn: UnmarshalError} + +// Build builds a request payload for the REST XML protocol. +func Build(r *request.Request) { + rest.Build(r) + + if t := rest.PayloadType(r.Params); t == "structure" || t == "" { + var buf bytes.Buffer + err := xmlutil.BuildXML(r.Params, xml.NewEncoder(&buf)) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode rest XML request", err) + return + } + r.SetBufferBody(buf.Bytes()) + } +} + +// Unmarshal unmarshals a payload response for the REST XML protocol. +func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) { + if t := rest.PayloadType(r.Data); t == "structure" || t == "" { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + decoder := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + err := xmlutil.UnmarshalXML(r.Data, decoder, "") + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST XML response", err) + return + } + } else { + rest.Unmarshal(r) + } +} + +// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals response headers for the REST XML protocol. +func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) { + rest.UnmarshalMeta(r) +} + +// UnmarshalError unmarshals a response error for the REST XML protocol. +func UnmarshalError(r *request.Request) { + query.UnmarshalError(r) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/timestamp.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/timestamp.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7ed6c6f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/timestamp.go @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +package protocol + +import ( + "strconv" + "time" +) + +// Names of time formats supported by the SDK +const ( + RFC822TimeFormatName = "rfc822" + ISO8601TimeFormatName = "iso8601" + UnixTimeFormatName = "unixTimestamp" +) + +// Time formats supported by the SDK +const ( + // RFC 7231#section-7.1.1.1 timetamp format. e.g Tue, 29 Apr 2014 18:30:38 GMT + RFC822TimeFormat = "Mon, 2 Jan 2006 15:04:05 GMT" + + // RFC3339 a subset of the ISO8601 timestamp format. e.g 2014-04-29T18:30:38Z + ISO8601TimeFormat = "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z" +) + +// IsKnownTimestampFormat returns if the timestamp format name +// is know to the SDK's protocols. +func IsKnownTimestampFormat(name string) bool { + switch name { + case RFC822TimeFormatName: + fallthrough + case ISO8601TimeFormatName: + fallthrough + case UnixTimeFormatName: + return true + default: + return false + } +} + +// FormatTime returns a string value of the time. +func FormatTime(name string, t time.Time) string { + t = t.UTC() + + switch name { + case RFC822TimeFormatName: + return t.Format(RFC822TimeFormat) + case ISO8601TimeFormatName: + return t.Format(ISO8601TimeFormat) + case UnixTimeFormatName: + return strconv.FormatInt(t.Unix(), 10) + default: + panic("unknown timestamp format name, " + name) + } +} + +// ParseTime attempts to parse the time given the format. Returns +// the time if it was able to be parsed, and fails otherwise. +func ParseTime(formatName, value string) (time.Time, error) { + switch formatName { + case RFC822TimeFormatName: + return time.Parse(RFC822TimeFormat, value) + case ISO8601TimeFormatName: + return time.Parse(ISO8601TimeFormat, value) + case UnixTimeFormatName: + v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(value, 64) + if err != nil { + return time.Time{}, err + } + return time.Unix(int64(v), 0), nil + default: + panic("unknown timestamp format name, " + formatName) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1a68111 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +package protocol + +import ( + "io" + "io/ioutil" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler is a named request handler to empty and close a response's body +var UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.shared.UnmarshalDiscardBody", Fn: UnmarshalDiscardBody} + +// UnmarshalDiscardBody is a request handler to empty a response's body and closing it. +func UnmarshalDiscardBody(r *request.Request) { + if r.HTTPResponse == nil || r.HTTPResponse.Body == nil { + return + } + + io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body) + r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1bfe45f65 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +// Package xmlutil provides XML serialization of AWS requests and responses. +package xmlutil + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "reflect" + "sort" + "strconv" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +// BuildXML will serialize params into an xml.Encoder. Error will be returned +// if the serialization of any of the params or nested values fails. +func BuildXML(params interface{}, e *xml.Encoder) error { + return buildXML(params, e, false) +} + +func buildXML(params interface{}, e *xml.Encoder, sorted bool) error { + b := xmlBuilder{encoder: e, namespaces: map[string]string{}} + root := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{}) + if err := b.buildValue(reflect.ValueOf(params), root, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + for _, c := range root.Children { + for _, v := range c { + return StructToXML(e, v, sorted) + } + } + return nil +} + +// Returns the reflection element of a value, if it is a pointer. +func elemOf(value reflect.Value) reflect.Value { + for value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + value = value.Elem() + } + return value +} + +// A xmlBuilder serializes values from Go code to XML +type xmlBuilder struct { + encoder *xml.Encoder + namespaces map[string]string +} + +// buildValue generic XMLNode builder for any type. Will build value for their specific type +// struct, list, map, scalar. +// +// Also takes a "type" tag value to set what type a value should be converted to XMLNode as. If +// type is not provided reflect will be used to determine the value's type. +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildValue(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + value = elemOf(value) + if !value.IsValid() { // no need to handle zero values + return nil + } else if tag.Get("location") != "" { // don't handle non-body location values + return nil + } + + t := tag.Get("type") + if t == "" { + switch value.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + t = "structure" + case reflect.Slice: + t = "list" + case reflect.Map: + t = "map" + } + } + + switch t { + case "structure": + if field, ok := value.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok { + tag = tag + reflect.StructTag(" ") + field.Tag + } + return b.buildStruct(value, current, tag) + case "list": + return b.buildList(value, current, tag) + case "map": + return b.buildMap(value, current, tag) + default: + return b.buildScalar(value, current, tag) + } +} + +// buildStruct adds a struct and its fields to the current XMLNode. All fields any any nested +// types are converted to XMLNodes also. +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildStruct(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + if !value.IsValid() { + return nil + } + + // unwrap payloads + if payload := tag.Get("payload"); payload != "" { + field, _ := value.Type().FieldByName(payload) + tag = field.Tag + value = elemOf(value.FieldByName(payload)) + + if !value.IsValid() { + return nil + } + } + + child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")}) + + // there is an xmlNamespace associated with this struct + if prefix, uri := tag.Get("xmlPrefix"), tag.Get("xmlURI"); uri != "" { + ns := xml.Attr{ + Name: xml.Name{Local: "xmlns"}, + Value: uri, + } + if prefix != "" { + b.namespaces[prefix] = uri // register the namespace + ns.Name.Local = "xmlns:" + prefix + } + + child.Attr = append(child.Attr, ns) + } + + var payloadFields, nonPayloadFields int + + t := value.Type() + for i := 0; i < value.NumField(); i++ { + member := elemOf(value.Field(i)) + field := t.Field(i) + + if field.PkgPath != "" { + continue // ignore unexported fields + } + if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" { + continue + } + + mTag := field.Tag + if mTag.Get("location") != "" { // skip non-body members + nonPayloadFields++ + continue + } + payloadFields++ + + if protocol.CanSetIdempotencyToken(value.Field(i), field) { + token := protocol.GetIdempotencyToken() + member = reflect.ValueOf(token) + } + + memberName := mTag.Get("locationName") + if memberName == "" { + memberName = field.Name + mTag = reflect.StructTag(string(mTag) + ` locationName:"` + memberName + `"`) + } + if err := b.buildValue(member, child, mTag); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Only case where the child shape is not added is if the shape only contains + // non-payload fields, e.g headers/query. + if !(payloadFields == 0 && nonPayloadFields > 0) { + current.AddChild(child) + } + + return nil +} + +// buildList adds the value's list items to the current XMLNode as children nodes. All +// nested values in the list are converted to XMLNodes also. +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildList(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + if value.IsNil() { // don't build omitted lists + return nil + } + + // check for unflattened list member + flattened := tag.Get("flattened") != "" + + xname := xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")} + if flattened { + for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ { + child := NewXMLElement(xname) + current.AddChild(child) + if err := b.buildValue(value.Index(i), child, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + } else { + list := NewXMLElement(xname) + current.AddChild(list) + + for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ { + iname := tag.Get("locationNameList") + if iname == "" { + iname = "member" + } + + child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: iname}) + list.AddChild(child) + if err := b.buildValue(value.Index(i), child, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + + return nil +} + +// buildMap adds the value's key/value pairs to the current XMLNode as children nodes. All +// nested values in the map are converted to XMLNodes also. +// +// Error will be returned if it is unable to build the map's values into XMLNodes +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildMap(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + if value.IsNil() { // don't build omitted maps + return nil + } + + maproot := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")}) + current.AddChild(maproot) + current = maproot + + kname, vname := "key", "value" + if n := tag.Get("locationNameKey"); n != "" { + kname = n + } + if n := tag.Get("locationNameValue"); n != "" { + vname = n + } + + // sorting is not required for compliance, but it makes testing easier + keys := make([]string, value.Len()) + for i, k := range value.MapKeys() { + keys[i] = k.String() + } + sort.Strings(keys) + + for _, k := range keys { + v := value.MapIndex(reflect.ValueOf(k)) + + mapcur := current + if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // add "entry" tag to non-flat maps + child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: "entry"}) + mapcur.AddChild(child) + mapcur = child + } + + kchild := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: kname}) + kchild.Text = k + vchild := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: vname}) + mapcur.AddChild(kchild) + mapcur.AddChild(vchild) + + if err := b.buildValue(v, vchild, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +// buildScalar will convert the value into a string and append it as a attribute or child +// of the current XMLNode. +// +// The value will be added as an attribute if tag contains a "xmlAttribute" attribute value. +// +// Error will be returned if the value type is unsupported. +func (b *xmlBuilder) buildScalar(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + var str string + switch converted := value.Interface().(type) { + case string: + str = converted + case []byte: + if !value.IsNil() { + str = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(converted) + } + case bool: + str = strconv.FormatBool(converted) + case int64: + str = strconv.FormatInt(converted, 10) + case int: + str = strconv.Itoa(converted) + case float64: + str = strconv.FormatFloat(converted, 'f', -1, 64) + case float32: + str = strconv.FormatFloat(float64(converted), 'f', -1, 32) + case time.Time: + format := tag.Get("timestampFormat") + if len(format) == 0 { + format = protocol.ISO8601TimeFormatName + } + + str = protocol.FormatTime(format, converted) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value for param %s: %v (%s)", + tag.Get("locationName"), value.Interface(), value.Type().Name()) + } + + xname := xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")} + if tag.Get("xmlAttribute") != "" { // put into current node's attribute list + attr := xml.Attr{Name: xname, Value: str} + current.Attr = append(current.Attr, attr) + } else { // regular text node + current.AddChild(&XMLNode{Name: xname, Text: str}) + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff1ef6830 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +package xmlutil + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "io" + "reflect" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +// UnmarshalXML deserializes an xml.Decoder into the container v. V +// needs to match the shape of the XML expected to be decoded. +// If the shape doesn't match unmarshaling will fail. +func UnmarshalXML(v interface{}, d *xml.Decoder, wrapper string) error { + n, err := XMLToStruct(d, nil) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if n.Children != nil { + for _, root := range n.Children { + for _, c := range root { + if wrappedChild, ok := c.Children[wrapper]; ok { + c = wrappedChild[0] // pull out wrapped element + } + + err = parse(reflect.ValueOf(v), c, "") + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + return nil + } + return err + } + } + } + return nil + } + return nil +} + +// parse deserializes any value from the XMLNode. The type tag is used to infer the type, or reflect +// will be used to determine the type from r. +func parse(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + rtype := r.Type() + if rtype.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + rtype = rtype.Elem() // check kind of actual element type + } + + t := tag.Get("type") + if t == "" { + switch rtype.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + // also it can't be a time object + if _, ok := r.Interface().(*time.Time); !ok { + t = "structure" + } + case reflect.Slice: + // also it can't be a byte slice + if _, ok := r.Interface().([]byte); !ok { + t = "list" + } + case reflect.Map: + t = "map" + } + } + + switch t { + case "structure": + if field, ok := rtype.FieldByName("_"); ok { + tag = field.Tag + } + return parseStruct(r, node, tag) + case "list": + return parseList(r, node, tag) + case "map": + return parseMap(r, node, tag) + default: + return parseScalar(r, node, tag) + } +} + +// parseStruct deserializes a structure and its fields from an XMLNode. Any nested +// types in the structure will also be deserialized. +func parseStruct(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + t := r.Type() + if r.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + if r.IsNil() { // create the structure if it's nil + s := reflect.New(r.Type().Elem()) + r.Set(s) + r = s + } + + r = r.Elem() + t = t.Elem() + } + + // unwrap any payloads + if payload := tag.Get("payload"); payload != "" { + field, _ := t.FieldByName(payload) + return parseStruct(r.FieldByName(payload), node, field.Tag) + } + + for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ { + field := t.Field(i) + if c := field.Name[0:1]; strings.ToLower(c) == c { + continue // ignore unexported fields + } + + // figure out what this field is called + name := field.Name + if field.Tag.Get("flattened") != "" && field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") != "" { + name = field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") + } else if locName := field.Tag.Get("locationName"); locName != "" { + name = locName + } + + // try to find the field by name in elements + elems := node.Children[name] + + if elems == nil { // try to find the field in attributes + if val, ok := node.findElem(name); ok { + elems = []*XMLNode{{Text: val}} + } + } + + member := r.FieldByName(field.Name) + for _, elem := range elems { + err := parse(member, elem, field.Tag) + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + return nil +} + +// parseList deserializes a list of values from an XML node. Each list entry +// will also be deserialized. +func parseList(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + t := r.Type() + + if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // look at all item entries + mname := "member" + if name := tag.Get("locationNameList"); name != "" { + mname = name + } + + if Children, ok := node.Children[mname]; ok { + if r.IsNil() { + r.Set(reflect.MakeSlice(t, len(Children), len(Children))) + } + + for i, c := range Children { + err := parse(r.Index(i), c, "") + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + } else { // flattened list means this is a single element + if r.IsNil() { + r.Set(reflect.MakeSlice(t, 0, 0)) + } + + childR := reflect.Zero(t.Elem()) + r.Set(reflect.Append(r, childR)) + err := parse(r.Index(r.Len()-1), node, "") + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +// parseMap deserializes a map from an XMLNode. The direct children of the XMLNode +// will also be deserialized as map entries. +func parseMap(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + if r.IsNil() { + r.Set(reflect.MakeMap(r.Type())) + } + + if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // look at all child entries + for _, entry := range node.Children["entry"] { + parseMapEntry(r, entry, tag) + } + } else { // this element is itself an entry + parseMapEntry(r, node, tag) + } + + return nil +} + +// parseMapEntry deserializes a map entry from a XML node. +func parseMapEntry(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + kname, vname := "key", "value" + if n := tag.Get("locationNameKey"); n != "" { + kname = n + } + if n := tag.Get("locationNameValue"); n != "" { + vname = n + } + + keys, ok := node.Children[kname] + values := node.Children[vname] + if ok { + for i, key := range keys { + keyR := reflect.ValueOf(key.Text) + value := values[i] + valueR := reflect.New(r.Type().Elem()).Elem() + + parse(valueR, value, "") + r.SetMapIndex(keyR, valueR) + } + } + return nil +} + +// parseScaller deserializes an XMLNode value into a concrete type based on the +// interface type of r. +// +// Error is returned if the deserialization fails due to invalid type conversion, +// or unsupported interface type. +func parseScalar(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error { + switch r.Interface().(type) { + case *string: + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&node.Text)) + return nil + case []byte: + b, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(node.Text) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(b)) + case *bool: + v, err := strconv.ParseBool(node.Text) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v)) + case *int64: + v, err := strconv.ParseInt(node.Text, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v)) + case *float64: + v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(node.Text, 64) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v)) + case *time.Time: + format := tag.Get("timestampFormat") + if len(format) == 0 { + format = protocol.ISO8601TimeFormatName + } + + t, err := protocol.ParseTime(format, node.Text) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&t)) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value: %v (%s)", r.Interface(), r.Type()) + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..515ce1521 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +package xmlutil + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "io" + "sort" +) + +// A XMLNode contains the values to be encoded or decoded. +type XMLNode struct { + Name xml.Name `json:",omitempty"` + Children map[string][]*XMLNode `json:",omitempty"` + Text string `json:",omitempty"` + Attr []xml.Attr `json:",omitempty"` + + namespaces map[string]string + parent *XMLNode +} + +// NewXMLElement returns a pointer to a new XMLNode initialized to default values. +func NewXMLElement(name xml.Name) *XMLNode { + return &XMLNode{ + Name: name, + Children: map[string][]*XMLNode{}, + Attr: []xml.Attr{}, + } +} + +// AddChild adds child to the XMLNode. +func (n *XMLNode) AddChild(child *XMLNode) { + child.parent = n + if _, ok := n.Children[child.Name.Local]; !ok { + n.Children[child.Name.Local] = []*XMLNode{} + } + n.Children[child.Name.Local] = append(n.Children[child.Name.Local], child) +} + +// XMLToStruct converts a xml.Decoder stream to XMLNode with nested values. +func XMLToStruct(d *xml.Decoder, s *xml.StartElement) (*XMLNode, error) { + out := &XMLNode{} + for { + tok, err := d.Token() + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + break + } else { + return out, err + } + } + + if tok == nil { + break + } + + switch typed := tok.(type) { + case xml.CharData: + out.Text = string(typed.Copy()) + case xml.StartElement: + el := typed.Copy() + out.Attr = el.Attr + if out.Children == nil { + out.Children = map[string][]*XMLNode{} + } + + name := typed.Name.Local + slice := out.Children[name] + if slice == nil { + slice = []*XMLNode{} + } + node, e := XMLToStruct(d, &el) + out.findNamespaces() + if e != nil { + return out, e + } + node.Name = typed.Name + node.findNamespaces() + tempOut := *out + // Save into a temp variable, simply because out gets squashed during + // loop iterations + node.parent = &tempOut + slice = append(slice, node) + out.Children[name] = slice + case xml.EndElement: + if s != nil && s.Name.Local == typed.Name.Local { // matching end token + return out, nil + } + out = &XMLNode{} + } + } + return out, nil +} + +func (n *XMLNode) findNamespaces() { + ns := map[string]string{} + for _, a := range n.Attr { + if a.Name.Space == "xmlns" { + ns[a.Value] = a.Name.Local + } + } + + n.namespaces = ns +} + +func (n *XMLNode) findElem(name string) (string, bool) { + for node := n; node != nil; node = node.parent { + for _, a := range node.Attr { + namespace := a.Name.Space + if v, ok := node.namespaces[namespace]; ok { + namespace = v + } + if name == fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s", namespace, a.Name.Local) { + return a.Value, true + } + } + } + return "", false +} + +// StructToXML writes an XMLNode to a xml.Encoder as tokens. +func StructToXML(e *xml.Encoder, node *XMLNode, sorted bool) error { + e.EncodeToken(xml.StartElement{Name: node.Name, Attr: node.Attr}) + + if node.Text != "" { + e.EncodeToken(xml.CharData([]byte(node.Text))) + } else if sorted { + sortedNames := []string{} + for k := range node.Children { + sortedNames = append(sortedNames, k) + } + sort.Strings(sortedNames) + + for _, k := range sortedNames { + for _, v := range node.Children[k] { + StructToXML(e, v, sorted) + } + } + } else { + for _, c := range node.Children { + for _, v := range c { + StructToXML(e, v, sorted) + } + } + } + + e.EncodeToken(xml.EndElement{Name: node.Name}) + return e.Flush() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e999ca33 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,22068 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package s3 + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "sync" + "sync/atomic" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml" +) + +const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload" + +// AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See AbortMultipartUpload for more information on using the AbortMultipartUpload +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAbortMultipartUpload, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{} + } + + output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Aborts a multipart upload. +// +// To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for +// the part storage, you should call the List Parts operation and ensure the +// parts list is empty. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload" +// The specified multipart upload does not exist. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload" + +// CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CompleteMultipartUpload for more information on using the CompleteMultipartUpload +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCompleteMultipartUpload, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{} + } + + output = &CompleteMultipartUploadOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCopyObject = "CopyObject" + +// CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CopyObject for more information on using the CopyObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject +func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCopyObject, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CopyObjectInput{} + } + + output = &CopyObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CopyObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError" +// The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is +// only stored in Amazon Glacier. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject +func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket" + +// CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateBucket for more information on using the CreateBucket +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket +func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateBucket, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateBucketInput{} + } + + output = &CreateBucketOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Creates a new bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists" +// The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared +// by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again. +// +// * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket +func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload" + +// CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateMultipartUpload for more information on using the CreateMultipartUpload +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateMultipartUpload, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?uploads", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{} + } + + output = &CreateMultipartUploadOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. +// +// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you +// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged +// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort +// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging +// you for the parts storage. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload +func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket" + +// DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucket for more information on using the DeleteBucket +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucket, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete +// Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket +func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" + +// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics +// configuration ID). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors" + +// DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketCors for more information on using the DeleteBucketCors +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketCors, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketCorsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketEncryption = "DeleteBucketEncryption" + +// DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketEncryption for more information on using the DeleteBucketEncryption +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketEncryption, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketEncryptionInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the server-side encryption configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketEncryption for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryption(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketEncryption with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration = "DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration" + +// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from +// the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle" + +// DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for more information on using the DeleteBucketLifecycle +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketLifecycle, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration" + +// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) +// from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy" + +// DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketPolicy for more information on using the DeleteBucketPolicy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the policy from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication" + +// DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketReplication for more information on using the DeleteBucketReplication +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketReplication, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketReplicationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging" + +// DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketTagging for more information on using the DeleteBucketTagging +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketTagging, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deletes the tags from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite" + +// DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteBucketWebsite for more information on using the DeleteBucketWebsite +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteBucketWebsite, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject" + +// DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteObject for more information on using the DeleteObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteObject, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteObjectInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete +// marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a +// null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject +func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteObjectTagging = "DeleteObjectTagging" + +// DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteObjectTagging for more information on using the DeleteObjectTagging +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteObjectTagging, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteObjectTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Removes the tag-set from an existing object. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects" + +// DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteObjects for more information on using the DeleteObjects +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteObjects, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?delete", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteObjectsInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteObjectsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using +// a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects +func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration" + +// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the accelerate configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl" + +// GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketAcl for more information on using the GetBucketAcl +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl +func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketAcl, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketAclInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketAclOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Gets the access control policy for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl +func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" + +// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Gets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics +// configuration ID). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors" + +// GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketCors for more information on using the GetBucketCors +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors +func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketCors, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketCorsInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketCorsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the cors configuration for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors +func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketEncryption = "GetBucketEncryption" + +// GetBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketEncryption for more information on using the GetBucketEncryption +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketEncryptionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption +func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketEncryption, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketEncryptionInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketEncryptionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the server-side encryption configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketEncryption for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption +func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryption(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as GetBucketEncryption with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration = "GetBucketInventoryConfiguration" + +// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from +// the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle" + +// GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketLifecycle for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycle +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) { + if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { + c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated") + } + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketLifecycle, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketLifecycleInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketLifecycleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deprecated, see the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration" + +// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation" + +// GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketLocation for more information on using the GetBucketLocation +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation +func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketLocation, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?location", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketLocationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketLocationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the region the bucket resides in. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation +func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging" + +// GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketLogging for more information on using the GetBucketLogging +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging +func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketLogging, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketLoggingInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketLoggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to +// view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging +func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration = "GetBucketMetricsConfiguration" + +// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) +// from the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification" + +// GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketNotification for more information on using the GetBucketNotification +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) { + if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { + c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketNotification, has been deprecated") + } + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketNotification, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{} + } + + output = &NotificationConfigurationDeprecated{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deprecated, see the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration" + +// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{} + } + + output = &NotificationConfiguration{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy" + +// GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketPolicy for more information on using the GetBucketPolicy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication" + +// GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketReplication for more information on using the GetBucketReplication +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication +func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketReplication, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketReplicationInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketReplicationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the replication configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication +func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment" + +// GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the GetBucketRequestPayment +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment +func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketRequestPayment, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment +func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging" + +// GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketTagging for more information on using the GetBucketTagging +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging +func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketTagging, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging +func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning" + +// GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketVersioning for more information on using the GetBucketVersioning +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning +func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketVersioning, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketVersioningInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketVersioningOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the versioning state of a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning +func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite" + +// GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetBucketWebsite for more information on using the GetBucketWebsite +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetBucketWebsite, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{} + } + + output = &GetBucketWebsiteOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObject = "GetObject" + +// GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetObject for more information on using the GetObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject +func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObject, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" +// The specified key does not exist. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject +func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl" + +// GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetObjectAcl for more information on using the GetObjectAcl +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl +func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObjectAcl, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectAclInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectAclOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" +// The specified key does not exist. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl +func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObjectTagging = "GetObjectTagging" + +// GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetObjectTagging for more information on using the GetObjectTagging +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging +func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObjectTagging, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns the tag-set of an object. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging +func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent" + +// GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetObjectTorrent for more information on using the GetObjectTorrent +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent +func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObjectTorrent, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?torrent", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectTorrentInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectTorrentOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Return torrent files from a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent +func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket" + +// HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See HeadBucket for more information on using the HeadBucket +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method. +// req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket +func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opHeadBucket, + HTTPMethod: "HEAD", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &HeadBucketInput{} + } + + output = &HeadBucketOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission +// to access it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket +func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { + req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opHeadObject = "HeadObject" + +// HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See HeadObject for more information on using the HeadObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject +func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opHeadObject, + HTTPMethod: "HEAD", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &HeadObjectInput{} + } + + output = &HeadObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the +// object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's +// metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. +// +// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses +// for more information on returned errors. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation HeadObject for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject +func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations = "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations" + +// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{} + } + + output = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListBucketInventoryConfigurations = "ListBucketInventoryConfigurations" + +// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListBucketInventoryConfigurations, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{} + } + + output = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListBucketMetricsConfigurations = "ListBucketMetricsConfigurations" + +// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListBucketMetricsConfigurations, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{} + } + + output = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets" + +// ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListBuckets for more information on using the ListBuckets +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets +func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListBuckets, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListBucketsInput{} + } + + output = &ListBucketsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets +func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads" + +// ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListMultipartUploads for more information on using the ListMultipartUploads +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListMultipartUploads, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?uploads", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "UploadIdMarker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextUploadIdMarker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxUploads", + TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{} + } + + output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params, +// func(page *ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions" + +// ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListObjectVersions for more information on using the ListObjectVersions +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListObjectVersions, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versions", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "VersionIdMarker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextVersionIdMarker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxKeys", + TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListObjectVersionsInput{} + } + + output = &ListObjectVersionsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params, +// func(page *ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListObjectVersionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListObjects = "ListObjects" + +// ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListObjects for more information on using the ListObjects +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects +func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListObjects, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker || Contents[-1].Key"}, + LimitToken: "MaxKeys", + TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListObjectsInput{} + } + + output = &ListObjectsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use +// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects +// in a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjects for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects +func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListObjectsPages(params, +// func(page *ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListObjectsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListObjectsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListObjectsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2" + +// ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListObjectsV2 for more information on using the ListObjectsV2 +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method. +// req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2 +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListObjectsV2, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?list-type=2", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"ContinuationToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextContinuationToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxKeys", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListObjectsV2Input{} + } + + output = &ListObjectsV2Output{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use +// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects +// in a bucket. Note: ListObjectsV2 is the revised List Objects API and we recommend +// you use this revised API for new application development. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" +// The specified bucket does not exist. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2 +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { + req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params, +// func(page *ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListObjectsV2Input + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListObjectsV2Request(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListParts = "ListParts" + +// ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListParts for more information on using the ListParts +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts +func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListParts, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"PartNumberMarker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextPartNumberMarker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxParts", + TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListPartsInput{} + } + + output = &ListPartsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation ListParts for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts +func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListPartsPages(params, +// func(page *ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListPartsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration" + +// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl" + +// PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketAcl for more information on using the PutBucketAcl +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl +func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketAcl, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketAclInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketAclOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the permissions on a bucket using access control lists (ACL). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl +func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" + +// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics +// configuration ID). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors" + +// PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketCors for more information on using the PutBucketCors +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors +func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketCors, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketCorsInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketCorsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the cors configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors +func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketEncryption = "PutBucketEncryption" + +// PutBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketEncryption for more information on using the PutBucketEncryption +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketEncryptionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption +func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketEncryptionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketEncryption, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketEncryptionInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketEncryptionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Creates a new server-side encryption configuration (or replaces an existing +// one, if present). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketEncryption for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption +func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryption(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as PutBucketEncryption with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration = "PutBucketInventoryConfiguration" + +// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the +// bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle" + +// PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketLifecycle for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycle +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput) { + if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { + c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated") + } + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketLifecycle, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketLifecycleInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketLifecycleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deprecated, see the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration" + +// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets lifecycle configuration for your bucket. If a lifecycle configuration +// exists, it replaces it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging" + +// PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketLogging for more information on using the PutBucketLogging +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging +func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketLogging, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketLoggingInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketLoggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who +// can view and modify the logging parameters. To set the logging status of +// a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging +func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration = "PutBucketMetricsConfiguration" + +// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) +// for the bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification" + +// PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketNotification for more information on using the PutBucketNotification +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput) { + if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { + c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketNotification, has been deprecated") + } + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketNotification, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketNotificationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketNotificationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Deprecated, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguraiton operation. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration" + +// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy" + +// PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketPolicy for more information on using the PutBucketPolicy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Replaces a policy on a bucket. If the bucket already has a policy, the one +// in this request completely replaces it. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy +func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication" + +// PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketReplication for more information on using the PutBucketReplication +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication +func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketReplication, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketReplicationInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketReplicationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Creates a new replication configuration (or replaces an existing one, if +// present). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication +func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment" + +// PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the PutBucketRequestPayment +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment +func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketRequestPayment, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket +// owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables +// the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download +// will be charged for the download. Documentation on requester pays buckets +// can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment +func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging" + +// PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketTagging for more information on using the PutBucketTagging +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging +func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketTagging, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the tags for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging +func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning" + +// PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketVersioning for more information on using the PutBucketVersioning +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning +func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketVersioning, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketVersioningInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketVersioningOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, +// you must be the bucket owner. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning +func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite" + +// PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutBucketWebsite for more information on using the PutBucketWebsite +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutBucketWebsite, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{} + } + + output = &PutBucketWebsiteOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Set the website configuration for a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite +func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutObject = "PutObject" + +// PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutObject for more information on using the PutObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject +func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutObject, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutObjectInput{} + } + + output = &PutObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Adds an object to a bucket. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutObject for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject +func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl" + +// PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutObjectAcl for more information on using the PutObjectAcl +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl +func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutObjectAcl, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutObjectAclInput{} + } + + output = &PutObjectAclOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions +// for an object that already exists in a bucket +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" +// The specified key does not exist. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl +func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutObjectTagging = "PutObjectTagging" + +// PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutObjectTagging for more information on using the PutObjectTagging +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging +func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutObjectTagging, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutObjectTaggingInput{} + } + + output = &PutObjectTaggingOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging +func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject" + +// RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See RestoreObject for more information on using the RestoreObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject +func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opRestoreObject, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?restore", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &RestoreObjectInput{} + } + + output = &RestoreObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError" +// This operation is not allowed against this storage tier +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject +func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opSelectObjectContent = "SelectObjectContent" + +// SelectObjectContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the SelectObjectContent operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See SelectObjectContent for more information on using the SelectObjectContent +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the SelectObjectContentRequest method. +// req, resp := client.SelectObjectContentRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent +func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *SelectObjectContentOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opSelectObjectContent, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?select&select-type=2", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &SelectObjectContentInput{} + } + + output = &SelectObjectContentOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Send.Swap(client.LogHTTPResponseHandler.Name, client.LogHTTPResponseHeaderHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, rest.UnmarshalHandler) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(output.runEventStreamLoop) + return +} + +// SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// This operation filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple +// Structured Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the +// SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON or +// CSV) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records, +// and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must +// also specify the data serialization format for the response. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation SelectObjectContent for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent +func (c *S3) SelectObjectContent(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// SelectObjectContentWithContext is the same as SelectObjectContent with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See SelectObjectContent for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SelectObjectContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) { + req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUploadPart = "UploadPart" + +// UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UploadPart for more information on using the UploadPart +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart +func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUploadPart, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UploadPartInput{} + } + + output = &UploadPartOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Uploads a part in a multipart upload. +// +// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you +// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged +// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort +// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging +// you for the parts storage. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation UploadPart for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart +func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy" + +// UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UploadPartCopy for more information on using the UploadPartCopy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy +func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUploadPartCopy, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UploadPartCopyInput{} + } + + output = &UploadPartCopyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's +// API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy +func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload +// that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. +type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates the number of days that must pass since initiation for Lifecycle + // to abort an Incomplete Multipart Upload. + DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value. +func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload { + s.DaysAfterInitiation = &v + return s +} + +type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +type AccelerateConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The accelerate configuration of the bucket. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +type AccessControlPolicy struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of grants. + Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlPolicy"} + if s.Grants != nil { + for i, v := range s.Grants { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Grants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. +func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy { + s.Grants = v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// Container for information regarding the access control for replicas. +type AccessControlTranslation struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The override value for the owner of the replica object. + // + // Owner is a required field + Owner *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OwnerOverride"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AccessControlTranslation) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AccessControlTranslation) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AccessControlTranslation) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlTranslation"} + if s.Owner == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *AccessControlTranslation) SetOwner(v string) *AccessControlTranslation { + s.Owner = &v + return s +} + +type AnalyticsAndOperator struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate. + Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsAndOperator"} + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +type AnalyticsConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must + // have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). + // If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis. + Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"` + + // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // If present, it indicates that data related to access patterns will be collected + // and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes. + // + // StorageClassAnalysis is a required field + StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsConfiguration"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.StorageClassAnalysis == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StorageClassAnalysis")) + } + if s.Filter != nil { + if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.StorageClassAnalysis != nil { + if err := s.StorageClassAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("StorageClassAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration { + s.StorageClassAnalysis = v + return s +} + +type AnalyticsExportDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket. + // + // S3BucketDestination is a required field + S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsExportDestination"} + if s.S3BucketDestination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination")) + } + if s.S3BucketDestination != nil { + if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination { + s.S3BucketDestination = v + return s +} + +type AnalyticsFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an + // analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates. + And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter. + Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsFilter"} + if s.And != nil { + if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Tag != nil { + if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAnd sets the And field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter { + s.And = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter { + s.Tag = v + return s +} + +type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The account ID that owns the destination bucket. If no account ID is provided, + // the owner will not be validated prior to exporting data. + BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"` + + // The file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3. + // + // Format is a required field + Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"` + + // The prefix to use when exporting data. The exported data begins with this + // prefix. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsS3BucketDestination"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Format == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { + s.BucketAccountId = &v + return s +} + +// SetFormat sets the Format field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { + s.Format = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +type Bucket struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Date the bucket was created. + CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + // The name of the bucket. + Name *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Bucket) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Bucket) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value. +func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket { + s.CreationDate = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Rules is a required field + Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLifecycleConfiguration"} + if s.Rules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) + } + if s.Rules != nil { + for i, v := range s.Rules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +type BucketLoggingStatus struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that + // logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required + // in this case. + LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLoggingStatus"} + if s.LoggingEnabled != nil { + if err := s.LoggingEnabled.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("LoggingEnabled", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value. +func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus { + s.LoggingEnabled = v + return s +} + +type CORSConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // CORSRules is a required field + CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSConfiguration"} + if s.CORSRules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSRules")) + } + if s.CORSRules != nil { + for i, v := range s.CORSRules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CORSRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value. +func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration { + s.CORSRules = v + return s +} + +type CORSRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies which headers are allowed in a pre-flight OPTIONS request. + AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Identifies HTTP methods that the domain/origin specified in the rule is allowed + // to execute. + // + // AllowedMethods is a required field + AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from. + // + // AllowedOrigins is a required field + AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to + // access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest + // object). + ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response + // for the specified resource. + MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CORSRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CORSRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSRule"} + if s.AllowedMethods == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedMethods")) + } + if s.AllowedOrigins == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedOrigins")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule { + s.AllowedHeaders = v + return s +} + +// SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule { + s.AllowedMethods = v + return s +} + +// SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule { + s.AllowedOrigins = v + return s +} + +// SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule { + s.ExposeHeaders = v + return s +} + +// SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value. +func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule { + s.MaxAgeSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// Describes how a CSV-formatted input object is formatted. +type CSVInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and + // such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value + // to TRUE may lower performance. + AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // Single character used to indicate a row should be ignored when present at + // the start of a row. + Comments *string `type:"string"` + + // Value used to separate individual fields in a record. + FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Describes the first line of input. Valid values: None, Ignore, Use. + FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"` + + // Value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. + QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` + + // Single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already + // escaped value. + QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` + + // Value used to separate individual records. + RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CSVInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CSVInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter sets the AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter field's value. +func (s *CSVInput) SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter(v bool) *CSVInput { + s.AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetComments sets the Comments field's value. +func (s *CSVInput) SetComments(v string) *CSVInput { + s.Comments = &v + return s +} + +// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value. +func (s *CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput { + s.FieldDelimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetFileHeaderInfo sets the FileHeaderInfo field's value. +func (s *CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo(v string) *CSVInput { + s.FileHeaderInfo = &v + return s +} + +// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value. +func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVInput { + s.QuoteCharacter = &v + return s +} + +// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value. +func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVInput { + s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v + return s +} + +// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. +func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput { + s.RecordDelimiter = &v + return s +} + +// Describes how CSV-formatted results are formatted. +type CSVOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Value used to separate individual fields in a record. + FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. + QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` + + // Single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already + // escaped value. + QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` + + // Indicates whether or not all output fields should be quoted. + QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"` + + // Value used to separate individual records. + RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CSVOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CSVOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value. +func (s *CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput { + s.FieldDelimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value. +func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput { + s.QuoteCharacter = &v + return s +} + +// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value. +func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput { + s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v + return s +} + +// SetQuoteFields sets the QuoteFields field's value. +func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields(v string) *CSVOutput { + s.QuoteFields = &v + return s +} + +// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. +func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput { + s.RecordDelimiter = &v + return s +} + +type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CloudFunction *string `type:"string"` + + // Bucket event for which to send notifications. + Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + InvocationRole *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.CloudFunction = &v + return s +} + +// SetEvent sets the Event field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.Event = &v + return s +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value. +func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { + s.InvocationRole = &v + return s +} + +type CommonPrefix struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Prefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CommonPrefix) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.MultipartUpload = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Bucket *string `type:"string"` + + // Entity tag of the object. + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration + // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + Location *string `type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // Version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetLocation sets the Location field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Location = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type CompletedMultipartUpload struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetParts sets the Parts field's value. +func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload { + s.Parts = v + return s +} + +type CompletedPart struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between + // 1 and 10,000. + PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CompletedPart) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +type Condition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, + // if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. + // Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals + // is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect + // to be applied. + HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"` + + // The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to + // redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html. + // To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will + // be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when + // the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals + // is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for + // the redirect to be applied. + KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Condition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Condition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value. +func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition { + s.HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value. +func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition { + s.KeyPrefixEquals = &v + return s +} + +type ContinuationEvent struct { + _ struct{} `locationName:"ContinuationEvent" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ContinuationEvent) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ContinuationEvent) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// The ContinuationEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. +func (s *ContinuationEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} + +// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ContinuationEvent value. +// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. +func (s *ContinuationEvent) UnmarshalEvent( + payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, + msg eventstream.Message, +) error { + return nil +} + +type CopyObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated + // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded. + // + // CopySource is a required field + CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. + CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"` + + // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. + CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"` + + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified + // ETag. + CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"` + + // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. + CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256). + CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt + // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one + // that was used when the source object was created. + CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` + + // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced + // with metadata provided in the request. + MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT + // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL + // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported + // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in + // conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL + // Query parameters + Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or + // replaced with tag-set provided in the request. + TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.CopySource == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CopyObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySource = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CopyObjectInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.MetadataDirective = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CopyObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.SSECustomerKey +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.Tagging = &v + return s +} + +// SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.TaggingDirective = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +type CopyObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"` + + CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"` + + CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // Version ID of the newly created copy. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.CopyObjectResult = v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.CopySourceVersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type CopyObjectResult struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +type CopyPartResult struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag of the object. + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // Date and time at which the object was uploaded. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CopyPartResult) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +type CreateBucketConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify + // a region, the bucket will be created in US Standard. + LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration { + s.LocationConstraint = &v + return s +} + +type CreateBucketInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CreateBucketConfiguration"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the + // bucket. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. + GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBucketInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CreateBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput { + s.CreateBucketConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantWrite = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +type CreateBucketOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLocation sets the Location field's value. +func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput { + s.Location = &v + return s +} + +type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` + + // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT + // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL + // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported + // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters + Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultipartUploadInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.SSECustomerKey +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetTagging(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.Tagging = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. + AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` + + // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort + // operation. + AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"` + + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // ID for the initiated multipart upload. + UploadId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.AbortDate = &v + return s +} + +// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.AbortRuleId = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +type Delete struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Objects is a required field + Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element, + // you must set its value to true. + Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Delete) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Delete) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Delete) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Delete"} + if s.Objects == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Objects")) + } + if s.Objects != nil { + for i, v := range s.Objects { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Objects", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetObjects sets the Objects field's value. +func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete { + s.Objects = v + return s +} + +// SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value. +func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete { + s.Quiet = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketCorsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketEncryptionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration + // to delete. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketEncryptionInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketLifecycleInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketPolicyInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketReplicationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketWebsiteInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version + // of an object. + IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The object key. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Date and time the object was last modified. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // Version ID of an object. + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.IsLatest = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.MFA = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) + // or was not (false) a delete marker. + DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE + // operation. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput { + s.DeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteObjectsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Delete"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Delete is a required field + Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Delete == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Delete")) + } + if s.Delete != nil { + if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetDelete sets the Delete field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput { + s.Delete = v + return s +} + +// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { + s.MFA = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteObjectsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput { + s.Deleted = v + return s +} + +// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput { + s.Errors = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +type DeletedObject struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` + + DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"` + + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeletedObject) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject { + s.DeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value. +func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject { + s.DeleteMarkerVersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Container for replication destination information. +type Destination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for information regarding the access control for replicas. + AccessControlTranslation *AccessControlTranslation `type:"structure"` + + // Account ID of the destination bucket. Currently this is only being verified + // if Access Control Translation is enabled + Account *string `type:"string"` + + // Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store + // replicas of the object identified by the rule. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for information regarding encryption based configuration for replicas. + EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Destination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Destination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Destination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Destination"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.AccessControlTranslation != nil { + if err := s.AccessControlTranslation.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlTranslation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAccessControlTranslation sets the AccessControlTranslation field's value. +func (s *Destination) SetAccessControlTranslation(v *AccessControlTranslation) *Destination { + s.AccessControlTranslation = v + return s +} + +// SetAccount sets the Account field's value. +func (s *Destination) SetAccount(v string) *Destination { + s.Account = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *Destination) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value. +func (s *Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *Destination { + s.EncryptionConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore +// results. +type Encryption struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon + // S3 (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + // + // EncryptionType is a required field + EncryptionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value can be used to specify + // the encryption context for the restore results. + KMSContext *string `type:"string"` + + // If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the AWS + // KMS key ID to use for encryption of job results. + KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Encryption) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Encryption) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Encryption) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Encryption"} + if s.EncryptionType == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncryptionType")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetEncryptionType(v string) *Encryption { + s.EncryptionType = &v + return s +} + +// SetKMSContext sets the KMSContext field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetKMSContext(v string) *Encryption { + s.KMSContext = &v + return s +} + +// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Encryption { + s.KMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// Container for information regarding encryption based configuration for replicas. +type EncryptionConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The id of the KMS key used to encrypt the replica object. + ReplicaKmsKeyID *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetReplicaKmsKeyID sets the ReplicaKmsKeyID field's value. +func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfiguration { + s.ReplicaKmsKeyID = &v + return s +} + +type EndEvent struct { + _ struct{} `locationName:"EndEvent" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s EndEvent) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EndEvent) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// The EndEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. +func (s *EndEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} + +// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the EndEvent value. +// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. +func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent( + payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, + msg eventstream.Message, +) error { + return nil +} + +type Error struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Code *string `type:"string"` + + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + Message *string `type:"string"` + + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Error) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Error) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCode sets the Code field's value. +func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error { + s.Code = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. +func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error { + s.Message = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type ErrorDocument struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ErrorDocument) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ErrorDocument"} + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// Container for key value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule. +type FilterRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which + // the filtering rule applies. Maximum prefix length can be up to 1,024 characters. + // Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, + // go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"` + + Value *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FilterRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FilterRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetValue sets the Value field's value. +func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule { + s.Value = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The accelerate configuration of the bucket. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketAclInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAclInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketAclOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of grants. + Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput { + s.Grants = v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"` + + // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. + AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput { + s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketCorsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketCorsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketCorsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value. +func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput { + s.CORSRules = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketEncryptionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration + // is retrieved. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketEncryptionInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketEncryptionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"` + + // Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports + // one rule only. + ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *GetBucketEncryptionOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"` + + // Specifies the inventory configuration. + InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput { + s.InventoryConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketLocationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLocationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketLocationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput { + s.LocationConstraint = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketLoggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLoggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that + // logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required + // in this case. + LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value. +func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput { + s.LoggingEnabled = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"` + + // Specifies the metrics configuration. + MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput { + s.MetricsConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket to get the notification configuration for. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` + + // The bucket policy as a JSON document. + Policy *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketReplicationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketReplicationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` + + // Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total + // replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB. + ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value. +func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput { + s.ReplicationConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketRequestPaymentInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. + Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value. +func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput { + s.Payer = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // TagSet is a required field + TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. +func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput { + s.TagSet = v + return s +} + +type GetBucketVersioningInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketVersioningInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. + // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA + // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. + MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"` + + // The versioning state of the bucket. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value. +func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput { + s.MFADelete = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketWebsiteInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` + + IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` + + RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` + + RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { + s.ErrorDocument = v + return s +} + +// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { + s.IndexDocument = v + return s +} + +// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { + s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v + return s +} + +// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value. +func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { + s.RoutingRules = v + return s +} + +type GetObjectAclInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAclInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type GetObjectAclOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of grants. + Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput { + s.Grants = v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +type GetObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, + // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). + IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` + + // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, + // otherwise return a 304 (not modified). + IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"` + + // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one + // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified). + IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"` + + // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, + // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). + IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between + // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified. + // Useful for downloading just a part of an object. + PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"` + + // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about + // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35. + Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Sets the Cache-Control header of the response. + ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response + ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response. + ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Content-Language header of the response. + ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Content-Type header of the response. + ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"` + + // Sets the Expires header of the response. + ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.IfMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { + s.IfModifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.IfNoneMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { + s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRange sets the Range field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.Range = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseCacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { + s.ResponseExpires = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.SSECustomerKey +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type GetObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` + + // Object data. + Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // Size of the body in bytes. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // The portion of the object returned in the response. + ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete + // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. + DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` + + // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version + // of a resource found at a URL + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response + // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs + // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL + // encoded. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"` + + // Last modified date of the object + LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta + // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that + // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, + // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. + MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` + + // The count of parts this object has. + PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` + + ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time + // of the restored object copy. + Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // The number of tags, if any, on the object. + TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"` + + // Version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.AcceptRanges = &v + return s +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentRange = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput { + s.DeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.MissingMeta = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.PartsCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ReplicationStatus = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Restore = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.TagCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // TagSet is a required field + TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` + + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput { + s.TagSet = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type GetObjectTorrentInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTorrentInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +type GlacierJobParameters struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed. + // + // Tier is a required field + Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlacierJobParameters"} + if s.Tier == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetTier sets the Tier field's value. +func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters { + s.Tier = &v + return s +} + +type Grant struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` + + // Specifies the permission given to the grantee. + Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Grant) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Grant) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Grant) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"} + if s.Grantee != nil { + if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value. +func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant { + s.Grantee = v + return s +} + +// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value. +func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant { + s.Permission = &v + return s +} + +type Grantee struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` + + // Screen name of the grantee. + DisplayName *string `type:"string"` + + // Email address of the grantee. + EmailAddress *string `type:"string"` + + // The canonical user ID of the grantee. + ID *string `type:"string"` + + // Type of grantee + // + // Type is a required field + Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"` + + // URI of the grantee group. + URI *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Grantee) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Grantee) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Grantee) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"} + if s.Type == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee { + s.DisplayName = &v + return s +} + +// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee { + s.EmailAddress = &v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// SetURI sets the URI field's value. +func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee { + s.URI = &v + return s +} + +type HeadBucketInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadBucketInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *HeadBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type HeadBucketOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type HeadObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, + // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). + IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` + + // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, + // otherwise return a 304 (not modified). + IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"` + + // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one + // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified). + IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"` + + // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, + // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). + IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between + // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified. + // Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this + // object. + PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"` + + // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about + // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35. + Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *HeadObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.IfMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { + s.IfModifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.IfNoneMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { + s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRange sets the Range field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.Range = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *HeadObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.SSECustomerKey +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type HeadObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // Size of the body in bytes. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete + // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. + DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` + + // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version + // of a resource found at a URL + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response + // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs + // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL + // encoded. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"` + + // Last modified date of the object + LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta + // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that + // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, + // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. + MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` + + // The count of parts this object has. + PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` + + ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time + // of the restored object copy. + Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // Version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.AcceptRanges = &v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.DeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.MissingMeta = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.PartsCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ReplicationStatus = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.Restore = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +type IndexDocument struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website + // endpoint (e.g. if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/ + // the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html) + // The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character. + // + // Suffix is a required field + Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s IndexDocument) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IndexDocument"} + if s.Suffix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Suffix")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value. +func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument { + s.Suffix = &v + return s +} + +type Initiator struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the Principal. + DisplayName *string `type:"string"` + + // If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If + // the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value. + ID *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Initiator) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Initiator) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. +func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator { + s.DisplayName = &v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// Describes the serialization format of the object. +type InputSerialization struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object. + CSV *CSVInput `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default + // Value: NONE. + CompressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"CompressionType"` + + // Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format. + JSON *JSONInput `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputSerialization) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputSerialization) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCSV sets the CSV field's value. +func (s *InputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVInput) *InputSerialization { + s.CSV = v + return s +} + +// SetCompressionType sets the CompressionType field's value. +func (s *InputSerialization) SetCompressionType(v string) *InputSerialization { + s.CompressionType = &v + return s +} + +// SetJSON sets the JSON field's value. +func (s *InputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONInput) *InputSerialization { + s.JSON = v + return s +} + +type InventoryConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Contains information about where to publish the inventory results. + // + // Destination is a required field + Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet + // the filter's criteria. + Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"` + + // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies which object version(s) to included in the inventory results. + // + // IncludedObjectVersions is a required field + IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"` + + // Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. + // + // IsEnabled is a required field + IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` + + // Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results. + OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list"` + + // Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results. + // + // Schedule is a required field + Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryConfiguration"} + if s.Destination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.IncludedObjectVersions == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IncludedObjectVersions")) + } + if s.IsEnabled == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IsEnabled")) + } + if s.Schedule == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule")) + } + if s.Destination != nil { + if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Filter != nil { + if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Schedule != nil { + if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.IncludedObjectVersions = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.IsEnabled = &v + return s +} + +// SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.OptionalFields = v + return s +} + +// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. +func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration { + s.Schedule = v + return s +} + +type InventoryDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix + // (optional) where inventory results are published. + // + // S3BucketDestination is a required field + S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryDestination"} + if s.S3BucketDestination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination")) + } + if s.S3BucketDestination != nil { + if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value. +func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination { + s.S3BucketDestination = v + return s +} + +// Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory +// results. +type InventoryEncryption struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delievered Inventory reports. + SSEKMS *SSEKMS `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delievered Inventory reports. + SSES3 *SSES3 `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryEncryption) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryEncryption) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryEncryption) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryEncryption"} + if s.SSEKMS != nil { + if err := s.SSEKMS.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SSEKMS", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSSEKMS sets the SSEKMS field's value. +func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSEKMS(v *SSEKMS) *InventoryEncryption { + s.SSEKMS = v + return s +} + +// SetSSES3 sets the SSES3 field's value. +func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption { + s.SSES3 = v + return s +} + +type InventoryFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results. + // + // Prefix is a required field + Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryFilter"} + if s.Prefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the account that owns the destination bucket. + AccountId *string `type:"string"` + + // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will + // be published. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory + // results. + Encryption *InventoryEncryption `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the output format of the inventory results. + // + // Format is a required field + Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"` + + // The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryS3BucketDestination"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Format == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) + } + if s.Encryption != nil { + if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.AccountId = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetEncryption(v *InventoryEncryption) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.Encryption = v + return s +} + +// SetFormat sets the Format field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.Format = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +type InventorySchedule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced. + // + // Frequency is a required field + Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InventorySchedule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventorySchedule"} + if s.Frequency == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Frequency")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value. +func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule { + s.Frequency = &v + return s +} + +type JSONInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines. + Type *string `type:"string" enum:"JSONType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JSONInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JSONInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +type JSONOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The value used to separate individual records in the output. + RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JSONOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JSONOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. +func (s *JSONOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *JSONOutput { + s.RecordDelimiter = &v + return s +} + +// Container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. +type KeyFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of containers for key value pair that defines the criteria for the + // filter rule. + FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s KeyFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value. +func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter { + s.FilterRules = v + return s +} + +// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration. +type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Events is a required field + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key + // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + // Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events + // of the specified type. + // + // LambdaFunctionArn is a required field + LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaFunctionConfiguration"} + if s.Events == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) + } + if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value. +func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { + s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v + return s +} + +type LifecycleConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Rules is a required field + Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleConfiguration"} + if s.Rules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) + } + if s.Rules != nil { + for i, v := range s.Rules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +type LifecycleExpiration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in + // GMT ISO 8601 Format. + Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. + // The value must be a non-zero positive integer. + Days *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent + // versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false + // the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in + // a Lifecycle Expiration Policy. + ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDate sets the Date field's value. +func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration { + s.Date = &v + return s +} + +// SetDays sets the Days field's value. +func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration { + s.Days = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value. +func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration { + s.ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker = &v + return s +} + +type LifecycleRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload + // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. + AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` + + Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` + + // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. + // A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. + Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"` + + // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. + ID *string `type:"string"` + + // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon + // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle + // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) + // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific + // period in the object's lifetime. + NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` + + NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is + // deprecated; use Filter instead. + Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"` + + // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule + // is not currently being applied. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` + + Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRule"} + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + if s.Filter != nil { + if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule { + s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule { + s.Expiration = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule { + s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v + return s +} + +// SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule { + s.NoncurrentVersionTransitions = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule { + s.Transitions = v + return s +} + +// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or +// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all +// of the predicates configured inside the And operator. +type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule + // to apply. + Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleAndOperator"} + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. +// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. +type LifecycleRuleFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or + // more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all + // of the predicates configured inside the And operator. + And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"` + + // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply. + Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleFilter"} + if s.And != nil { + if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Tag != nil { + if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAnd sets the And field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter { + s.And = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. +func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter { + s.Tag = v + return s +} + +type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request + // should begin. + ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The list of analytics configurations for a bucket. + AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // The ContinuationToken that represents where this request began. + ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. + // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken + // will be provided for a subsequent request. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that + // there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include + // this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value. + NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { + s.AnalyticsConfigurationList = v + return s +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { + s.NextContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been + // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list + // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value + // that Amazon S3 understands. + ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this + // inventory configuration list response. + ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of inventory configurations for a bucket. + InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of inventory configurations is truncated + // in this response. A value of true indicates that the list is truncated. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the + // NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent + // request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. + NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { + s.InventoryConfigurationList = v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { + s.NextContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that + // has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated + // list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque + // value that Amazon S3 understands. + ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration + // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request. + ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete. + // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken + // will be provided for a subsequent request. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The list of metrics configurations for a bucket. + MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been + // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list + // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value + // that Amazon S3 understands. + NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { + s.MetricsConfigurationList = v + return s +} + +// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { + s.NextContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListBucketsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type ListBucketsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value. +func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput { + s.Buckets = v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` + + // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies + // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; + // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters + // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in + // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the + // keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload + // after which listing should begin. + KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` + + // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return + // in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be + // returned in a response. + MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"` + + // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified + // prefix. + Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` + + // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing + // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter + // is ignored. + UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.KeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.MaxUploads = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { + s.UploadIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + Bucket *string `type:"string"` + + CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Delimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A + // value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated + // if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified + // by max uploads. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The key at or after which the listing began. + KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + + // Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the + // response. + MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be + // used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + + // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be + // used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + + // When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified + // prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // Upload ID after which listing began. + UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + + Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.CommonPrefixes = v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.KeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.MaxUploads = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.NextKeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.NextUploadIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.UploadIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value. +func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { + s.Uploads = v + return s +} + +type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` + + // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies + // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; + // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters + // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in + // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the + // keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket. + KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` + + // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` + + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from. + VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectVersionsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.KeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { + s.VersionIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Delimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results + // that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can + // make a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker + // response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the + // rest of the results. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // Marks the last Key returned in a truncated response. + KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + + MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + + Name *string `type:"string"` + + // Use this value for the key marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + + // Use this value for the next version id marker parameter in a subsequent request. + NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + + Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.CommonPrefixes = v + return s +} + +// SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.DeleteMarkers = v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.KeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.NextKeyMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.NextVersionIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.VersionIdMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value. +func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { + s.Versions = v + return s +} + +type ListObjectsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` + + // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies + // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; + // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters + // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in + // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the + // keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket. + Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"` + + // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` + + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their + // requests. + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +type ListObjectsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + Delimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results + // that satisfied the search criteria. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + Marker *string `type:"string"` + + MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + + Name *string `type:"string"` + + // When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response + // is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent + // request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical + // order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter + // specified. If response does not include the NextMaker and it is truncated, + // you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the + // subsequent request to get the next set of object keys. + NextMarker *string `type:"string"` + + Prefix *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.CommonPrefixes = v + return s +} + +// SetContents sets the Contents field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Contents = v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Marker = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.NextMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +type ListObjectsV2Input struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket to list. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on + // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real + // key + ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` + + // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return + // owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to + // true + FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"` + + // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` + + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter + // in their requests. + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts + // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket + StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsV2Input"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.FetchOwner = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { + s.StartAfter = &v + return s +} + +type ListObjectsV2Output struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the + // next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter + CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Metadata about each object returned. + Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on + // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real + // key + ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + Delimiter *string `type:"string"` + + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` + + // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results + // that satisfied the search criteria. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will + // always be less than equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your + // result will include less than equals 50 keys + KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Name of the bucket to list. + Name *string `type:"string"` + + // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true which means there + // are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to + // Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken + // is obfuscated and is not a real key + NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` + + // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts + // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket + StartAfter *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.CommonPrefixes = v + return s +} + +// SetContents sets the Contents field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.Contents = v + return s +} + +// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.ContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.Delimiter = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.EncodingType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.KeyCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.MaxKeys = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.NextContinuationToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value. +func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { + s.StartAfter = &v + return s +} + +type ListPartsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Sets the maximum number of parts to return. + MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher + // part numbers will be listed. + PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. + // + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListPartsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListPartsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput { + s.MaxParts = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput { + s.PartNumberMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +type ListPartsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. + AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` + + // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort + // operation. + AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + Bucket *string `type:"string"` + + // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. + Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. + IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response. + MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, + // as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter + // in a subsequent request. + NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // Part number after which listing begins. + PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` + + Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. + UploadId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput { + s.AbortDate = &v + return s +} + +// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.AbortRuleId = &v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *ListPartsOutput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Initiator = v + return s +} + +// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput { + s.IsTruncated = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { + s.MaxParts = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { + s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { + s.PartNumberMarker = &v + return s +} + +// SetParts sets the Parts field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput { + s.Parts = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request. +type Location struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of grants that control access to the staged results. + AccessControlList []*Grant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + // The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed. + // + // BucketName is a required field + BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the restore results. + CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + // Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore + // results. + Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request. + // + // Prefix is a required field + Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The class of storage used to store the restore results. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // The tag-set that is applied to the restore results. + Tagging *Tagging `type:"structure"` + + // A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3. + UserMetadata []*MetadataEntry `locationNameList:"MetadataEntry" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Location) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Location) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Location) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"} + if s.BucketName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketName")) + } + if s.Prefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) + } + if s.AccessControlList != nil { + for i, v := range s.AccessControlList { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AccessControlList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.Encryption != nil { + if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Tagging != nil { + if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAccessControlList sets the AccessControlList field's value. +func (s *Location) SetAccessControlList(v []*Grant) *Location { + s.AccessControlList = v + return s +} + +// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value. +func (s *Location) SetBucketName(v string) *Location { + s.BucketName = &v + return s +} + +// SetCannedACL sets the CannedACL field's value. +func (s *Location) SetCannedACL(v string) *Location { + s.CannedACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. +func (s *Location) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *Location { + s.Encryption = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *Location) SetPrefix(v string) *Location { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *Location) SetStorageClass(v string) *Location { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *Location) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *Location { + s.Tagging = v + return s +} + +// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value. +func (s *Location) SetUserMetadata(v []*MetadataEntry) *Location { + s.UserMetadata = v + return s +} + +// Container for logging information. Presence of this element indicates that +// logging is enabled. Parameters TargetBucket and TargetPrefix are required +// in this case. +type LoggingEnabled struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. + // You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the + // same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets + // to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case you should + // choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered + // log files can be distinguished by key. + // + // TargetBucket is a required field + TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + + // This element lets you specify a prefix for the keys that the log files will + // be stored under. + // + // TargetPrefix is a required field + TargetPrefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoggingEnabled"} + if s.TargetBucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetBucket")) + } + if s.TargetPrefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetPrefix")) + } + if s.TargetGrants != nil { + for i, v := range s.TargetGrants { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGrants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value. +func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled { + s.TargetBucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value. +func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled { + s.TargetGrants = v + return s +} + +// SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value. +func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled { + s.TargetPrefix = &v + return s +} + +// A metadata key-value pair to store with an object. +type MetadataEntry struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Name *string `type:"string"` + + Value *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MetadataEntry) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MetadataEntry) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *MetadataEntry) SetName(v string) *MetadataEntry { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetValue sets the Value field's value. +func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry { + s.Value = &v + return s +} + +type MetricsAndOperator struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate. + Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsAndOperator"} + if s.Tags != nil { + for i, v := range s.Tags { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + +type MetricsConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will + // only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a + // prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). + Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"` + + // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsConfiguration"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.Filter != nil { + if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +type MetricsFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a + // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object + // must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. + And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"` + + // The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter. + Prefix *string `type:"string"` + + // The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter. + Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MetricsFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsFilter"} + if s.And != nil { + if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.Tag != nil { + if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAnd sets the And field's value. +func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter { + s.And = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. +func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter { + s.Tag = v + return s +} + +type MultipartUpload struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated. + Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. + Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` + + // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. + UploadId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MultipartUpload) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload { + s.Initiated = &v + return s +} + +// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload { + s.Initiator = v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon +// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle +// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) +// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific +// period in the object's lifetime. +type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can + // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days + // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) in + // the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value. +func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration { + s.NoncurrentDays = &v + return s +} + +// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects +// transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA or GLACIER storage class. If your +// bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this +// action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to +// the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA or GLACIER storage class at a specific period +// in the object's lifetime. +type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can + // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days + // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) in + // the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value. +func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { + s.NoncurrentDays = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// Container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If +// this element is empty, notifications are turned off on the bucket. +type NotificationConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationConfiguration"} + if s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LambdaFunctionConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.QueueConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.QueueConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QueueConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.TopicConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.TopicConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TopicConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { + s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { + s.QueueConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { + s.TopicConfigurations = v + return s +} + +type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"` + + QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` + + TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { + s.CloudFunctionConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { + s.QueueConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { + s.TopicConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key +// name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. + Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter { + s.Key = v + return s +} + +type Object struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + Size *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Object) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Object) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetSize sets the Size field's value. +func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object { + s.Size = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +type ObjectIdentifier struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Key name of the object to delete. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete. + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ObjectIdentifier"} + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type ObjectVersion struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version + // of an object. + IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The object key. + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Date and time the object was last modified. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + + // Size in bytes of the object. + Size *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"` + + // Version ID of an object. + VersionId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ObjectVersion) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion { + s.IsLatest = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion { + s.Owner = v + return s +} + +// SetSize sets the Size field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion { + s.Size = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored. +type OutputLocation struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request. + S3 *Location `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputLocation) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputLocation) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *OutputLocation) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputLocation"} + if s.S3 != nil { + if err := s.S3.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("S3", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value. +func (s *OutputLocation) SetS3(v *Location) *OutputLocation { + s.S3 = v + return s +} + +// Describes how results of the Select job are serialized. +type OutputSerialization struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results. + CSV *CSVOutput `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format. + JSON *JSONOutput `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputSerialization) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputSerialization) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCSV sets the CSV field's value. +func (s *OutputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVOutput) *OutputSerialization { + s.CSV = v + return s +} + +// SetJSON sets the JSON field's value. +func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization { + s.JSON = v + return s +} + +type Owner struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + DisplayName *string `type:"string"` + + ID *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Owner) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Owner) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. +func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner { + s.DisplayName = &v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +type Part struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. + ETag *string `type:"string"` + + // Date and time at which the part was uploaded. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + // Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and + // 10,000. + PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // Size of the uploaded part data. + Size *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Part) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Part) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetSize sets the Size field's value. +func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part { + s.Size = &v + return s +} + +type Progress struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Current number of uncompressed object bytes processed. + BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"` + + // Current number of bytes of records payload data returned. + BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"` + + // Current number of object bytes scanned. + BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Progress) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Progress) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value. +func (s *Progress) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Progress { + s.BytesProcessed = &v + return s +} + +// SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value. +func (s *Progress) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Progress { + s.BytesReturned = &v + return s +} + +// SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value. +func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress { + s.BytesScanned = &v + return s +} + +type ProgressEvent struct { + _ struct{} `locationName:"ProgressEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` + + // The Progress event details. + Details *Progress `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ProgressEvent) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ProgressEvent) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDetails sets the Details field's value. +func (s *ProgressEvent) SetDetails(v *Progress) *ProgressEvent { + s.Details = v + return s +} + +// The ProgressEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. +func (s *ProgressEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} + +// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ProgressEvent value. +// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. +func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent( + payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, + msg eventstream.Message, +) error { + if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload( + bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s, + ); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} + +type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"` + + // Specifies the Accelerate Configuration you want to set for the bucket. + // + // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field + AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"} + if s.AccelerateConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccelerateConfiguration")) + } + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { + s.AccelerateConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketAclInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` + + AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the + // bucket. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. + GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAclInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil { + if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.AccessControlPolicy = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantWrite = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +type PutBucketAclOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"` + + // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. + // + // AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field + AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + // The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} + if s.AnalyticsConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyticsConfiguration")) + } + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.AnalyticsConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.AnalyticsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("AnalyticsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketCorsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // CORSConfiguration is a required field + CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketCorsInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.CORSConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSConfiguration")) + } + if s.CORSConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.CORSConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("CORSConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput { + s.CORSConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketCorsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"` + + // The name of the bucket for which the server-side encryption configuration + // is set. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports + // one rule only. + // + // ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration is a required field + ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `locationName:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketEncryptionInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration")) + } + if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *PutBucketEncryptionInput { + s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketEncryptionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"` + + // The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies the inventory configuration. + // + // InventoryConfiguration is a required field + InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.InventoryConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InventoryConfiguration")) + } + if s.InventoryConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.InventoryConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("InventoryConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { + s.InventoryConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { + s.LifecycleConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { + s.LifecycleConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketLoggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field + BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLoggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.BucketLoggingStatus == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketLoggingStatus")) + } + if s.BucketLoggingStatus != nil { + if err := s.BucketLoggingStatus.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("BucketLoggingStatus", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value. +func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput { + s.BucketLoggingStatus = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"` + + // The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies the metrics configuration. + // + // MetricsConfiguration is a required field + MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.MetricsConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetricsConfiguration")) + } + if s.MetricsConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.MetricsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("MetricsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { + s.MetricsConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If + // this element is empty, notifications are turned off on the bucket. + // + // NotificationConfiguration is a required field + NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration")) + } + if s.NotificationConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.NotificationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { + s.NotificationConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketNotificationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // NotificationConfiguration is a required field + NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput { + s.NotificationConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions + // to change this bucket policy in the future. + ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-confirm-remove-self-bucket-access" type:"boolean"` + + // The bucket policy as a JSON document. + // + // Policy is a required field + Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketPolicyInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Policy == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess sets the ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess field's value. +func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess(v bool) *PutBucketPolicyInput { + s.ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total + // replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB. + // + // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field + ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketReplicationInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.ReplicationConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationConfiguration")) + } + if s.ReplicationConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.ReplicationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput { + s.ReplicationConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field + RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketRequestPaymentInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestPaymentConfiguration")) + } + if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.RequestPaymentConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("RequestPaymentConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { + s.RequestPaymentConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Tagging is a required field + Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Tagging == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging")) + } + if s.Tagging != nil { + if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput { + s.Tagging = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` + + // VersioningConfiguration is a required field + VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketVersioningInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.VersioningConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersioningConfiguration")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { + s.MFA = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput { + s.VersioningConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field + WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketWebsiteInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.WebsiteConfiguration == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebsiteConfiguration")) + } + if s.WebsiteConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.WebsiteConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("WebsiteConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value. +func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { + s.WebsiteConfiguration = v + return s +} + +type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +type PutObjectAclInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the + // bucket. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket. + GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectAclInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil { + if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.AccessControlPolicy = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantWrite = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type PutObjectAclOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +type PutObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + + // Object data. + Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the PUT operation was initiated. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // Specifies presentational information for the object. + ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` + + // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus + // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced + // by the Content-Type header field. + ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` + + // The language the content is in. + ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` + + // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the + // body cannot be determined automatically. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. + ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` + + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` + + // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. + GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. + GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. + GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` + + // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. + GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + + // Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. + Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT + // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL + // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported + // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` + + // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters + Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` + + // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object + // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores + // the value of this header in the object metadata. + WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetACL sets the ACL field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ACL = &v + return s +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentDisposition = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentLanguage = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput { + s.Expires = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.GrantFullControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.GrantRead = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.GrantReadACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.GrantWriteACP = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.SSECustomerKey +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Tagging = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v + return s +} + +type PutObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag for the uploaded object. + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` + + // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration + // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. + Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + + // Version of the object. + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Tagging is a required field + Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectTaggingInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.Tagging == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging")) + } + if s.Tagging != nil { + if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput { + s.Tagging = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +// Container for specifying an configuration when you want Amazon S3 to publish +// events to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. +type QueueConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Events is a required field + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key + // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + // Amazon SQS queue ARN to which Amazon S3 will publish a message when it detects + // events of specified type. + // + // QueueArn is a required field + QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QueueConfiguration"} + if s.Events == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) + } + if s.QueueArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QueueArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value. +func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration { + s.QueueArn = &v + return s +} + +type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket event for which to send notifications. + Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + Queue *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEvent sets the Event field's value. +func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Event = &v + return s +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Queue = &v + return s +} + +type RecordsEvent struct { + _ struct{} `locationName:"RecordsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` + + // The byte array of partial, one or more result records. + // + // Payload is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. + Payload []byte `type:"blob"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RecordsEvent) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RecordsEvent) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPayload sets the Payload field's value. +func (s *RecordsEvent) SetPayload(v []byte) *RecordsEvent { + s.Payload = v + return s +} + +// The RecordsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. +func (s *RecordsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} + +// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the RecordsEvent value. +// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. +func (s *RecordsEvent) UnmarshalEvent( + payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, + msg eventstream.Message, +) error { + s.Payload = make([]byte, len(msg.Payload)) + copy(s.Payload, msg.Payload) + return nil +} + +type Redirect struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The host name to use in the redirect request. + HostName *string `type:"string"` + + // The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the + // siblings is present. + HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"` + + // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the + // protocol that is used in the original request. + Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"` + + // The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect + // requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to + // documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ + // and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required + // if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith + // is not provided. + ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"` + + // The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect + // request to error.html. Not required if one of the sibling is present. Can + // be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided. + ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Redirect) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Redirect) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect { + s.HostName = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect { + s.HttpRedirectCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect { + s.Protocol = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect { + s.ReplaceKeyPrefixWith = &v + return s +} + +// SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value. +func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect { + s.ReplaceKeyWith = &v + return s +} + +type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the host where requests will be redirected. + // + // HostName is a required field + HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the + // protocol that is used in the original request. + Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectAllRequestsTo"} + if s.HostName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostName")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value. +func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo { + s.HostName = &v + return s +} + +// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. +func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo { + s.Protocol = &v + return s +} + +// Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total +// replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB. +type ReplicationConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role for Amazon S3 to assume when replicating + // the objects. + // + // Role is a required field + Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for information about a particular replication rule. Replication + // configuration must have at least one rule and can contain up to 1,000 rules. + // + // Rules is a required field + Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationConfiguration"} + if s.Role == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role")) + } + if s.Rules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) + } + if s.Rules != nil { + for i, v := range s.Rules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +// Container for information about a particular replication rule. +type ReplicationRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for replication destination information. + // + // Destination is a required field + Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. + ID *string `type:"string"` + + // Object keyname prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. + // Maximum prefix length can be up to 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes + // are not supported. + // + // Prefix is a required field + Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Container for filters that define which source objects should be replicated. + SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"` + + // The rule is ignored if status is not Enabled. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ReplicationRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRule"} + if s.Destination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) + } + if s.Prefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) + } + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + if s.Destination != nil { + if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.SourceSelectionCriteria != nil { + if err := s.SourceSelectionCriteria.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SourceSelectionCriteria", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetSourceSelectionCriteria sets the SourceSelectionCriteria field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetSourceSelectionCriteria(v *SourceSelectionCriteria) *ReplicationRule { + s.SourceSelectionCriteria = v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. + // + // Payer is a required field + Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestPaymentConfiguration"} + if s.Payer == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Payer")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value. +func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration { + s.Payer = &v + return s +} + +type RequestProgress struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether periodic QueryProgress frames should be sent. Valid values: + // TRUE, FALSE. Default value: FALSE. + Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RequestProgress) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RequestProgress) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. +func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress { + s.Enabled = &v + return s +} + +type RestoreObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Container for restore job parameters. + RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreObjectInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.RestoreRequest != nil { + if err := s.RestoreRequest.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("RestoreRequest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.RestoreRequest = v + return s +} + +// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { + s.VersionId = &v + return s +} + +type RestoreObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results + // will be restored to. + RestoreOutputPath *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore-output-path" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestoreOutputPath sets the RestoreOutputPath field's value. +func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRestoreOutputPath(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput { + s.RestoreOutputPath = &v + return s +} + +// Container for restore job parameters. +type RestoreRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify + // OutputLocation. + Days *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The optional description for the job. + Description *string `type:"string"` + + // Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores + // that specify OutputLocation. + GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"` + + // Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored. + OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"` + + // Describes the parameters for Select job types. + SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"` + + // Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed. + Tier *string `type:"string" enum:"Tier"` + + // Type of restore request. + Type *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreRequestType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RestoreRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreRequest"} + if s.GlacierJobParameters != nil { + if err := s.GlacierJobParameters.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("GlacierJobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.OutputLocation != nil { + if err := s.OutputLocation.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("OutputLocation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.SelectParameters != nil { + if err := s.SelectParameters.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SelectParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDays sets the Days field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest { + s.Days = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDescription(v string) *RestoreRequest { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest { + s.GlacierJobParameters = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *RestoreRequest { + s.OutputLocation = v + return s +} + +// SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *RestoreRequest { + s.SelectParameters = v + return s +} + +// SetTier sets the Tier field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetTier(v string) *RestoreRequest { + s.Tier = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *RestoreRequest) SetType(v string) *RestoreRequest { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +type RoutingRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified + // redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, + // redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, + // redirect request to another host where you might process the error. + Condition *Condition `type:"structure"` + + // Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another + // host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, + // you can can specify a different error code to return. + // + // Redirect is a required field + Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RoutingRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RoutingRule"} + if s.Redirect == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Redirect")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCondition sets the Condition field's value. +func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule { + s.Condition = v + return s +} + +// SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value. +func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule { + s.Redirect = v + return s +} + +type Rule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload + // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. + AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` + + Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` + + // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. + ID *string `type:"string"` + + // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon + // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle + // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) + // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific + // period in the object's lifetime. + NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` + + // Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects + // transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA or GLACIER storage class. If your + // bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this + // action to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to + // the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA or GLACIER storage class at a specific period + // in the object's lifetime. + NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"` + + // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. + // + // Prefix is a required field + Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule + // is not currently being applied. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` + + Transition *Transition `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Rule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Rule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Rule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rule"} + if s.Prefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) + } + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule { + s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule { + s.Expiration = v + return s +} + +// SetID sets the ID field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule { + s.ID = &v + return s +} + +// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule { + s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v + return s +} + +// SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule { + s.NoncurrentVersionTransition = v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetTransition sets the Transition field's value. +func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule { + s.Transition = v + return s +} + +// Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delievered Inventory reports. +type SSEKMS struct { + _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master encryption + // key to use for encrypting Inventory reports. + // + // KeyId is a required field + KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SSEKMS) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SSEKMS) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SSEKMS) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SSEKMS"} + if s.KeyId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value. +func (s *SSEKMS) SetKeyId(v string) *SSEKMS { + s.KeyId = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delievered Inventory reports. +type SSES3 struct { + _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SSES3) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SSES3) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SelectObjectContentEventStream provides handling of EventStreams for +// the SelectObjectContent API. +// +// Use this type to receive SelectObjectContentEventStream events. The events +// can be read from the Events channel member. +// +// The events that can be received are: +// +// * ContinuationEvent +// * EndEvent +// * ProgressEvent +// * RecordsEvent +// * StatsEvent +type SelectObjectContentEventStream struct { + // Reader is the EventStream reader for the SelectObjectContentEventStream + // events. This value is automatically set by the SDK when the API call is made + // Use this member when unit testing your code with the SDK to mock out the + // EventStream Reader. + // + // Must not be nil. + Reader SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader + + // StreamCloser is the io.Closer for the EventStream connection. For HTTP + // EventStream this is the response Body. The stream will be closed when + // the Close method of the EventStream is called. + StreamCloser io.Closer +} + +// Close closes the EventStream. This will also cause the Events channel to be +// closed. You can use the closing of the Events channel to terminate your +// application's read from the API's EventStream. +// +// Will close the underlying EventStream reader. For EventStream over HTTP +// connection this will also close the HTTP connection. +// +// Close must be called when done using the EventStream API. Not calling Close +// may result in resource leaks. +func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() (err error) { + es.Reader.Close() + return es.Err() +} + +// Err returns any error that occurred while reading EventStream Events from +// the service API's response. Returns nil if there were no errors. +func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error { + if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil { + return err + } + es.StreamCloser.Close() + + return nil +} + +// Events returns a channel to read EventStream Events from the +// SelectObjectContent API. +// +// These events are: +// +// * ContinuationEvent +// * EndEvent +// * ProgressEvent +// * RecordsEvent +// * StatsEvent +func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent { + return es.Reader.Events() +} + +// SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent groups together all EventStream +// events read from the SelectObjectContent API. +// +// These events are: +// +// * ContinuationEvent +// * EndEvent +// * ProgressEvent +// * RecordsEvent +// * StatsEvent +type SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent interface { + eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() +} + +// SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader provides the interface for reading EventStream +// Events from the SelectObjectContent API. The +// default implementation for this interface will be SelectObjectContentEventStream. +// +// The reader's Close method must allow multiple concurrent calls. +// +// These events are: +// +// * ContinuationEvent +// * EndEvent +// * ProgressEvent +// * RecordsEvent +// * StatsEvent +type SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader interface { + // Returns a channel of events as they are read from the event stream. + Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent + + // Close will close the underlying event stream reader. For event stream over + // HTTP this will also close the HTTP connection. + Close() error + + // Returns any error that has occured while reading from the event stream. + Err() error +} + +type readSelectObjectContentEventStream struct { + eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader + stream chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent + errVal atomic.Value + + done chan struct{} + closeOnce sync.Once +} + +func newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream( + reader io.ReadCloser, + unmarshalers request.HandlerList, + logger aws.Logger, + logLevel aws.LogLevelType, +) *readSelectObjectContentEventStream { + r := &readSelectObjectContentEventStream{ + stream: make(chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent), + done: make(chan struct{}), + } + + r.eventReader = eventstreamapi.NewEventReader( + reader, + protocol.HandlerPayloadUnmarshal{ + Unmarshalers: unmarshalers, + }, + r.unmarshalerForEventType, + ) + r.eventReader.UseLogger(logger, logLevel) + + return r +} + +// Close will close the underlying event stream reader. For EventStream over +// HTTP this will also close the HTTP connection. +func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() error { + r.closeOnce.Do(r.safeClose) + + return r.Err() +} + +func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() { + close(r.done) + err := r.eventReader.Close() + if err != nil { + r.errVal.Store(err) + } +} + +func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error { + if v := r.errVal.Load(); v != nil { + return v.(error) + } + + return nil +} + +func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent { + return r.stream +} + +func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) readEventStream() { + defer close(r.stream) + + for { + event, err := r.eventReader.ReadEvent() + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + return + } + select { + case <-r.done: + // If closed already ignore the error + return + default: + } + r.errVal.Store(err) + return + } + + select { + case r.stream <- event.(SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent): + case <-r.done: + return + } + } +} + +func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) unmarshalerForEventType( + eventType string, +) (eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler, error) { + switch eventType { + case "Cont": + return &ContinuationEvent{}, nil + + case "End": + return &EndEvent{}, nil + + case "Progress": + return &ProgressEvent{}, nil + + case "Records": + return &RecordsEvent{}, nil + + case "Stats": + return &StatsEvent{}, nil + default: + return nil, awserr.New( + request.ErrCodeSerialization, + fmt.Sprintf("unknown event type name, %s, for SelectObjectContentEventStream", eventType), + nil, + ) + } +} + +// Request to filter the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple Structured +// Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, +// you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the object. +// Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records, and returns only records +// that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization +// format for the response. For more information, go to S3Select API Documentation +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html). +type SelectObjectContentInput struct { + _ struct{} `locationName:"SelectObjectContentRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + + // The S3 Bucket. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The expression that is used to query the object. + // + // Expression is a required field + Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The type of the provided expression (e.g., SQL). + // + // ExpressionType is a required field + ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"` + + // Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried. + // + // InputSerialization is a required field + InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The Object Key. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response. + // + // OutputSerialization is a required field + OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled. + RequestProgress *RequestProgress `type:"structure"` + + // The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. For more information, go to + // Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // The SSE Customer Key. For more information, go to Server-Side Encryption + // (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, go to Server-Side Encryption + // (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SelectObjectContentInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SelectObjectContentInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectObjectContentInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Expression == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression")) + } + if s.ExpressionType == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType")) + } + if s.InputSerialization == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.OutputSerialization == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetBucket(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpression(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.Expression = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.ExpressionType = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.InputSerialization = v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.OutputSerialization = v + return s +} + +// SetRequestProgress sets the RequestProgress field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetRequestProgress(v *RequestProgress) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.RequestProgress = v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.SSECustomerKey +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +type SelectObjectContentOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` + + // Use EventStream to use the API's stream. + EventStream *SelectObjectContentEventStream `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEventStream sets the EventStream field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) SetEventStream(v *SelectObjectContentEventStream) *SelectObjectContentOutput { + s.EventStream = v + return s +} + +func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) runEventStreamLoop(r *request.Request) { + if r.Error != nil { + return + } + reader := newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream( + r.HTTPResponse.Body, + r.Handlers.UnmarshalStream, + r.Config.Logger, + r.Config.LogLevel.Value(), + ) + go reader.readEventStream() + + eventStream := &SelectObjectContentEventStream{ + StreamCloser: r.HTTPResponse.Body, + Reader: reader, + } + s.EventStream = eventStream +} + +// Describes the parameters for Select job types. +type SelectParameters struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The expression that is used to query the object. + // + // Expression is a required field + Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The type of the provided expression (e.g., SQL). + // + // ExpressionType is a required field + ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"` + + // Describes the serialization format of the object. + // + // InputSerialization is a required field + InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized. + // + // OutputSerialization is a required field + OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SelectParameters) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SelectParameters) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SelectParameters) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectParameters"} + if s.Expression == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression")) + } + if s.ExpressionType == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType")) + } + if s.InputSerialization == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization")) + } + if s.OutputSerialization == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value. +func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpression(v string) *SelectParameters { + s.Expression = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value. +func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectParameters { + s.ExpressionType = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value. +func (s *SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectParameters { + s.InputSerialization = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value. +func (s *SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectParameters { + s.OutputSerialization = v + return s +} + +// Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the +// bucket. If Put Object request does not specify any server-side encryption, +// this default encryption will be applied. +type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // KMS master key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed + // if SSEAlgorithm is aws:kms. + KMSMasterKeyID *string `type:"string"` + + // Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption. + // + // SSEAlgorithm is a required field + SSEAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionByDefault"} + if s.SSEAlgorithm == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SSEAlgorithm")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKMSMasterKeyID sets the KMSMasterKeyID field's value. +func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetKMSMasterKeyID(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault { + s.KMSMasterKeyID = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEAlgorithm sets the SSEAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetSSEAlgorithm(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault { + s.SSEAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// Container for server-side encryption configuration rules. Currently S3 supports +// one rule only. +type ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration + // rule. + // + // Rules is a required field + Rules []*ServerSideEncryptionRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"} + if s.Rules == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) + } + if s.Rules != nil { + for i, v := range s.Rules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetRules sets the Rules field's value. +func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ServerSideEncryptionRule) *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration { + s.Rules = v + return s +} + +// Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration +// rule. +type ServerSideEncryptionRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the + // bucket. If Put Object request does not specify any server-side encryption, + // this default encryption will be applied. + ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionRule"} + if s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault != nil { + if err := s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault sets the ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault field's value. +func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) *ServerSideEncryptionRule { + s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault = v + return s +} + +// Container for filters that define which source objects should be replicated. +type SourceSelectionCriteria struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for filter information of selection of KMS Encrypted S3 objects. + SseKmsEncryptedObjects *SseKmsEncryptedObjects `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SourceSelectionCriteria"} + if s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects != nil { + if err := s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SseKmsEncryptedObjects", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects sets the SseKmsEncryptedObjects field's value. +func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects(v *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) *SourceSelectionCriteria { + s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects = v + return s +} + +// Container for filter information of selection of KMS Encrypted S3 objects. +type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The replication for KMS encrypted S3 objects is disabled if status is not + // Enabled. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SseKmsEncryptedObjects"} + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +type Stats struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Total number of uncompressed object bytes processed. + BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"` + + // Total number of bytes of records payload data returned. + BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"` + + // Total number of object bytes scanned. + BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Stats) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Stats) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value. +func (s *Stats) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Stats { + s.BytesProcessed = &v + return s +} + +// SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value. +func (s *Stats) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Stats { + s.BytesReturned = &v + return s +} + +// SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value. +func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats { + s.BytesScanned = &v + return s +} + +type StatsEvent struct { + _ struct{} `locationName:"StatsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` + + // The Stats event details. + Details *Stats `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StatsEvent) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StatsEvent) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDetails sets the Details field's value. +func (s *StatsEvent) SetDetails(v *Stats) *StatsEvent { + s.Details = v + return s +} + +// The StatsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. +func (s *StatsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} + +// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the StatsEvent value. +// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. +func (s *StatsEvent) UnmarshalEvent( + payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, + msg eventstream.Message, +) error { + if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload( + bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s, + ); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} + +type StorageClassAnalysis struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A container used to describe how data related to the storage class analysis + // should be exported. + DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysis"} + if s.DataExport != nil { + if err := s.DataExport.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("DataExport", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis { + s.DataExport = v + return s +} + +type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The place to store the data for an analysis. + // + // Destination is a required field + Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1. + // + // OutputSchemaVersion is a required field + OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysisDataExport"} + if s.Destination == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) + } + if s.OutputSchemaVersion == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSchemaVersion")) + } + if s.Destination != nil { + if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value. +func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport { + s.OutputSchemaVersion = &v + return s +} + +type Tag struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the tag. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Value of the tag. + // + // Value is a required field + Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Tag) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Tag) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Tag) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"} + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.Value == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetValue sets the Value field's value. +func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { + s.Value = &v + return s +} + +type Tagging struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // TagSet is a required field + TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Tagging) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Tagging) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Tagging) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tagging"} + if s.TagSet == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagSet")) + } + if s.TagSet != nil { + for i, v := range s.TagSet { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TagSet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. +func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging { + s.TagSet = v + return s +} + +type TargetGrant struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` + + // Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket. + Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TargetGrant) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGrant"} + if s.Grantee != nil { + if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value. +func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant { + s.Grantee = v + return s +} + +// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value. +func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant { + s.Permission = &v + return s +} + +// Container for specifying the configuration when you want Amazon S3 to publish +// events to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. +type TopicConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Events is a required field + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` + + // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key + // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) + // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + // Amazon SNS topic ARN to which Amazon S3 will publish a message when it detects + // events of specified type. + // + // TopicArn is a required field + TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TopicConfiguration"} + if s.Events == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) + } + if s.TopicArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration { + s.Filter = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value. +func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration { + s.TopicArn = &v + return s +} + +type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket event for which to send notifications. + Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + + Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + + // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. + // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. + Id *string `type:"string"` + + // Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the + // specified events for the bucket. + Topic *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEvent sets the Event field's value. +func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Event = &v + return s +} + +// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. +func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Events = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetTopic sets the Topic field's value. +func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { + s.Topic = &v + return s +} + +type Transition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in + // GMT ISO 8601 Format. + Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` + + // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. + // The value must be a non-zero positive integer. + Days *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The class of storage used to store the object. + StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Transition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Transition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDate sets the Date field's value. +func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition { + s.Date = &v + return s +} + +// SetDays sets the Days field's value. +func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition { + s.Days = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +type UploadPartCopyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated + // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded. + // + // CopySource is a required field + CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. + CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"` + + // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. + CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"` + + // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified + // ETag. + CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"` + + // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. + CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"` + + // The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use + // the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte + // offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the + // first ten bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object + // is greater than 5 GB. + CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256). + CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt + // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one + // that was used when the source object was created. + CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and + // 10,000. + // + // PartNumber is a required field + PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart + // upload request. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. + // + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartCopyInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.CopySource == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.PartNumber == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber")) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySource = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceRange = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey +} + +// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.SSECustomerKey +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"` + + CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"` + + // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning + // on the source bucket. + CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.CopyPartResult = v + return s +} + +// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.CopySourceVersionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +type UploadPartInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + // Object data. + Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` + + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the + // body cannot be determined automatically. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. + ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1 + // and 10,000. + // + // PartNumber is a required field + PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the + // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. + // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found + // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html + RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + + // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256). + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting + // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon + // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with + // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm + // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart + // upload request. + SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. + // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption + // key was transmitted without error. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded. + // + // UploadId is a required field + UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartInput"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.PartNumber == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber")) + } + if s.UploadId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +func (s *UploadPartInput) getBucket() (v string) { + if s.Bucket == nil { + return v + } + return *s.Bucket +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.ContentMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput { + s.PartNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.RequestPayer = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.SSECustomerKey = &v + return s +} + +func (s *UploadPartInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { + if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { + return v + } + return *s.SSECustomerKey +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput { + s.UploadId = &v + return s +} + +type UploadPartOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Entity tag for the uploaded object. + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` + + // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the + // request. + RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm + // used. + SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` + + // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, + // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity + // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. + SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master + // encryption key that was used for the object. + SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"` + + // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 + // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.RequestCharged = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. +func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput { + s.ServerSideEncryption = &v + return s +} + +type VersioningConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. + // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA + // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. + MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"` + + // The versioning state of the bucket. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value. +func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration { + s.MFADelete = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +type WebsiteConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` + + IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` + + RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` + + RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WebsiteConfiguration"} + if s.ErrorDocument != nil { + if err := s.ErrorDocument.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ErrorDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.IndexDocument != nil { + if err := s.IndexDocument.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("IndexDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.RedirectAllRequestsTo != nil { + if err := s.RedirectAllRequestsTo.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectAllRequestsTo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.RoutingRules != nil { + for i, v := range s.RoutingRules { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RoutingRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration { + s.ErrorDocument = v + return s +} + +// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration { + s.IndexDocument = v + return s +} + +// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration { + s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v + return s +} + +// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value. +func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration { + s.RoutingRules = v + return s +} + +const ( + // AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value + AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV" +) + +const ( + // BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value + BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value + BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended" +) + +const ( + // BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value + BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private" + + // BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value + BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" + + // BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value + BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" + + // BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value + BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" +) + +const ( + // BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU" + + // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2" + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" + + // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1" + + // BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value + BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1" +) + +const ( + // BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value + BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" + + // BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value + BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ" + + // BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value + BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE" +) + +const ( + // BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value + BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value + BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended" +) + +const ( + // CompressionTypeNone is a CompressionType enum value + CompressionTypeNone = "NONE" + + // CompressionTypeGzip is a CompressionType enum value + CompressionTypeGzip = "GZIP" + + // CompressionTypeBzip2 is a CompressionType enum value + CompressionTypeBzip2 = "BZIP2" +) + +// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies +// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; +// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters +// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in +// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the +// keys in the response. +const ( + // EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value + EncodingTypeUrl = "url" +) + +// Bucket event for which to send notifications. +const ( + // EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value + EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject" + + // EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*" + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put" + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post" + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy" + + // EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload" + + // EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*" + + // EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete" + + // EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value + EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated" +) + +const ( + // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value + ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value + ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // ExpressionTypeSql is a ExpressionType enum value + ExpressionTypeSql = "SQL" +) + +const ( + // FileHeaderInfoUse is a FileHeaderInfo enum value + FileHeaderInfoUse = "USE" + + // FileHeaderInfoIgnore is a FileHeaderInfo enum value + FileHeaderInfoIgnore = "IGNORE" + + // FileHeaderInfoNone is a FileHeaderInfo enum value + FileHeaderInfoNone = "NONE" +) + +const ( + // FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value + FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix" + + // FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value + FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix" +) + +const ( + // InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value + InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV" + + // InventoryFormatOrc is a InventoryFormat enum value + InventoryFormatOrc = "ORC" +) + +const ( + // InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value + InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily" + + // InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value + InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly" +) + +const ( + // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value + InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All" + + // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value + InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current" +) + +const ( + // InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus = "EncryptionStatus" +) + +const ( + // JSONTypeDocument is a JSONType enum value + JSONTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT" + + // JSONTypeLines is a JSONType enum value + JSONTypeLines = "LINES" +) + +const ( + // MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value + MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled" + + // MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value + MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value + MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value + MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value + MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY" + + // MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value + MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" +) + +const ( + // ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private" + + // ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" + + // ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" + + // ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" + + // ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read" + + // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read" + + // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value + ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control" +) + +const ( + // ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value + ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" + + // ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value + ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" + + // ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value + ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" + + // ObjectStorageClassStandardIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value + ObjectStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" + + // ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value + ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" +) + +const ( + // ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value + ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" +) + +const ( + // OwnerOverrideDestination is a OwnerOverride enum value + OwnerOverrideDestination = "Destination" +) + +const ( + // PayerRequester is a Payer enum value + PayerRequester = "Requester" + + // PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value + PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner" +) + +const ( + // PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value + PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" + + // PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value + PermissionWrite = "WRITE" + + // PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value + PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP" + + // PermissionRead is a Permission enum value + PermissionRead = "READ" + + // PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value + PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP" +) + +const ( + // ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value + ProtocolHttp = "http" + + // ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value + ProtocolHttps = "https" +) + +const ( + // QuoteFieldsAlways is a QuoteFields enum value + QuoteFieldsAlways = "ALWAYS" + + // QuoteFieldsAsneeded is a QuoteFields enum value + QuoteFieldsAsneeded = "ASNEEDED" +) + +const ( + // ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value + ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value + ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value + ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE" + + // ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value + ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING" + + // ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value + ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED" + + // ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value + ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA" +) + +// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the +// request. +const ( + // RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value + RequestChargedRequester = "requester" +) + +// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the +// request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. +// Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found +// at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html +const ( + // RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value + RequestPayerRequester = "requester" +) + +const ( + // RestoreRequestTypeSelect is a RestoreRequestType enum value + RestoreRequestTypeSelect = "SELECT" +) + +const ( + // ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value + ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256" + + // ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value + ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms" +) + +const ( + // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value + SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value + SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + +const ( + // StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value + StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" + + // StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value + StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" + + // StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value + StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" + + // StorageClassOnezoneIa is a StorageClass enum value + StorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" +) + +const ( + // StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value + StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1" +) + +const ( + // TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value + TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY" + + // TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value + TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" +) + +const ( + // TierStandard is a Tier enum value + TierStandard = "Standard" + + // TierBulk is a Tier enum value + TierBulk = "Bulk" + + // TierExpedited is a Tier enum value + TierExpedited = "Expedited" +) + +const ( + // TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value + TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" + + // TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value + TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" + + // TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value + TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" +) + +const ( + // TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value + TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser" + + // TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value + TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail" + + // TypeGroup is a Type enum value + TypeGroup = "Group" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/body_hash.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/body_hash.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c8ce5cc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/body_hash.go @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "bytes" + "crypto/md5" + "crypto/sha256" + "encoding/base64" + "encoding/hex" + "fmt" + "hash" + "io" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio" +) + +const ( + contentMD5Header = "Content-Md5" + contentSha256Header = "X-Amz-Content-Sha256" + amzTeHeader = "X-Amz-Te" + amzTxEncodingHeader = "X-Amz-Transfer-Encoding" + + appendMD5TxEncoding = "append-md5" +) + +// contentMD5 computes and sets the HTTP Content-MD5 header for requests that +// require it. +func contentMD5(r *request.Request) { + h := md5.New() + + if !aws.IsReaderSeekable(r.Body) { + if r.Config.Logger != nil { + r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf( + "Unable to compute Content-MD5 for unseekable body, S3.%s", + r.Operation.Name)) + } + return + } + + if _, err := copySeekableBody(h, r.Body); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("ContentMD5", "failed to compute body MD5", err) + return + } + + // encode the md5 checksum in base64 and set the request header. + v := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil)) + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(contentMD5Header, v) +} + +// computeBodyHashes will add Content MD5 and Content Sha256 hashes to the +// request. If the body is not seekable or S3DisableContentMD5Validation set +// this handler will be ignored. +func computeBodyHashes(r *request.Request) { + if aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3DisableContentMD5Validation) { + return + } + if r.IsPresigned() { + return + } + if r.Error != nil || !aws.IsReaderSeekable(r.Body) { + return + } + + var md5Hash, sha256Hash hash.Hash + hashers := make([]io.Writer, 0, 2) + + // Determine upfront which hashes can be set without overriding user + // provide header data. + if v := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get(contentMD5Header); len(v) == 0 { + md5Hash = md5.New() + hashers = append(hashers, md5Hash) + } + + if v := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get(contentSha256Header); len(v) == 0 { + sha256Hash = sha256.New() + hashers = append(hashers, sha256Hash) + } + + // Create the destination writer based on the hashes that are not already + // provided by the user. + var dst io.Writer + switch len(hashers) { + case 0: + return + case 1: + dst = hashers[0] + default: + dst = io.MultiWriter(hashers...) + } + + if _, err := copySeekableBody(dst, r.Body); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("BodyHashError", "failed to compute body hashes", err) + return + } + + // For the hashes created, set the associated headers that the user did not + // already provide. + if md5Hash != nil { + sum := make([]byte, md5.Size) + encoded := make([]byte, md5Base64EncLen) + + base64.StdEncoding.Encode(encoded, md5Hash.Sum(sum[0:0])) + r.HTTPRequest.Header[contentMD5Header] = []string{string(encoded)} + } + + if sha256Hash != nil { + encoded := make([]byte, sha256HexEncLen) + sum := make([]byte, sha256.Size) + + hex.Encode(encoded, sha256Hash.Sum(sum[0:0])) + r.HTTPRequest.Header[contentSha256Header] = []string{string(encoded)} + } +} + +const ( + md5Base64EncLen = (md5.Size + 2) / 3 * 4 // base64.StdEncoding.EncodedLen + sha256HexEncLen = sha256.Size * 2 // hex.EncodedLen +) + +func copySeekableBody(dst io.Writer, src io.ReadSeeker) (int64, error) { + curPos, err := src.Seek(0, sdkio.SeekCurrent) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + + // hash the body. seek back to the first position after reading to reset + // the body for transmission. copy errors may be assumed to be from the + // body. + n, err := io.Copy(dst, src) + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + + _, err = src.Seek(curPos, sdkio.SeekStart) + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + + return n, nil +} + +// Adds the x-amz-te: append_md5 header to the request. This requests the service +// responds with a trailing MD5 checksum. +// +// Will not ask for append MD5 if disabled, the request is presigned or, +// or the API operation does not support content MD5 validation. +func askForTxEncodingAppendMD5(r *request.Request) { + if aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3DisableContentMD5Validation) { + return + } + if r.IsPresigned() { + return + } + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(amzTeHeader, appendMD5TxEncoding) +} + +func useMD5ValidationReader(r *request.Request) { + if r.Error != nil { + return + } + + if v := r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get(amzTxEncodingHeader); v != appendMD5TxEncoding { + return + } + + var bodyReader *io.ReadCloser + var contentLen int64 + switch tv := r.Data.(type) { + case *GetObjectOutput: + bodyReader = &tv.Body + contentLen = aws.Int64Value(tv.ContentLength) + // Update ContentLength hiden the trailing MD5 checksum. + tv.ContentLength = aws.Int64(contentLen - md5.Size) + tv.ContentRange = aws.String(r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amz-Content-Range")) + default: + r.Error = awserr.New("ChecksumValidationError", + fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s header received on unsupported API, %s", + amzTxEncodingHeader, appendMD5TxEncoding, r.Operation.Name, + ), nil) + return + } + + if contentLen < md5.Size { + r.Error = awserr.New("ChecksumValidationError", + fmt.Sprintf("invalid Content-Length %d for %s %s", + contentLen, appendMD5TxEncoding, amzTxEncodingHeader, + ), nil) + return + } + + // Wrap and swap the response body reader with the validation reader. + *bodyReader = newMD5ValidationReader(*bodyReader, contentLen-md5.Size) +} + +type md5ValidationReader struct { + rawReader io.ReadCloser + payload io.Reader + hash hash.Hash + + payloadLen int64 + read int64 +} + +func newMD5ValidationReader(reader io.ReadCloser, payloadLen int64) *md5ValidationReader { + h := md5.New() + return &md5ValidationReader{ + rawReader: reader, + payload: io.TeeReader(&io.LimitedReader{R: reader, N: payloadLen}, h), + hash: h, + payloadLen: payloadLen, + } +} + +func (v *md5ValidationReader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + n, err = v.payload.Read(p) + if err != nil && err != io.EOF { + return n, err + } + + v.read += int64(n) + + if err == io.EOF { + if v.read != v.payloadLen { + return n, io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + expectSum := make([]byte, md5.Size) + actualSum := make([]byte, md5.Size) + if _, sumReadErr := io.ReadFull(v.rawReader, expectSum); sumReadErr != nil { + return n, sumReadErr + } + actualSum = v.hash.Sum(actualSum[0:0]) + if !bytes.Equal(expectSum, actualSum) { + return n, awserr.New("InvalidChecksum", + fmt.Sprintf("expected MD5 checksum %s, got %s", + hex.EncodeToString(expectSum), + hex.EncodeToString(actualSum), + ), + nil) + } + } + + return n, err +} + +func (v *md5ValidationReader) Close() error { + return v.rawReader.Close() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc68a46ac --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "io/ioutil" + "regexp" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +var reBucketLocation = regexp.MustCompile(`>([^<>]+)<\/Location`) + +// NormalizeBucketLocation is a utility function which will update the +// passed in value to always be a region ID. Generally this would be used +// with GetBucketLocation API operation. +// +// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1". +// +// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html +// for more information on the values that can be returned. +func NormalizeBucketLocation(loc string) string { + switch loc { + case "": + loc = "us-east-1" + case "EU": + loc = "eu-west-1" + } + + return loc +} + +// NormalizeBucketLocationHandler is a request handler which will update the +// GetBucketLocation's result LocationConstraint value to always be a region ID. +// +// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1". +// +// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html +// for more information on the values that can be returned. +// +// req, result := svc.GetBucketLocationRequest(&s3.GetBucketLocationInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String(bucket), +// }) +// req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(NormalizeBucketLocationHandler) +// err := req.Send() +var NormalizeBucketLocationHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: "awssdk.s3.NormalizeBucketLocation", + Fn: func(req *request.Request) { + if req.Error != nil { + return + } + + out := req.Data.(*GetBucketLocationOutput) + loc := NormalizeBucketLocation(aws.StringValue(out.LocationConstraint)) + out.LocationConstraint = aws.String(loc) + }, +} + +// WithNormalizeBucketLocation is a request option which will update the +// GetBucketLocation's result LocationConstraint value to always be a region ID. +// +// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1". +// +// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html +// for more information on the values that can be returned. +// +// result, err := svc.GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx, +// &s3.GetBucketLocationInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String(bucket), +// }, +// s3.WithNormalizeBucketLocation, +// ) +func WithNormalizeBucketLocation(r *request.Request) { + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(NormalizeBucketLocationHandler) +} + +func buildGetBucketLocation(r *request.Request) { + if r.DataFilled() { + out := r.Data.(*GetBucketLocationOutput) + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed reading response body", err) + return + } + + match := reBucketLocation.FindSubmatch(b) + if len(match) > 1 { + loc := string(match[1]) + out.LocationConstraint = aws.String(loc) + } + } +} + +func populateLocationConstraint(r *request.Request) { + if r.ParamsFilled() && aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region) != "us-east-1" { + in := r.Params.(*CreateBucketInput) + if in.CreateBucketConfiguration == nil { + r.Params = awsutil.CopyOf(r.Params) + in = r.Params.(*CreateBucketInput) + in.CreateBucketConfiguration = &CreateBucketConfiguration{ + LocationConstraint: r.Config.Region, + } + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a55beab96 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +func init() { + initClient = defaultInitClientFn + initRequest = defaultInitRequestFn +} + +func defaultInitClientFn(c *client.Client) { + // Support building custom endpoints based on config + c.Handlers.Build.PushFront(updateEndpointForS3Config) + + // Require SSL when using SSE keys + c.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(validateSSERequiresSSL) + c.Handlers.Build.PushBack(computeSSEKeys) + + // S3 uses custom error unmarshaling logic + c.Handlers.UnmarshalError.Clear() + c.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(unmarshalError) +} + +func defaultInitRequestFn(r *request.Request) { + // Add reuest handlers for specific platforms. + // e.g. 100-continue support for PUT requests using Go 1.6 + platformRequestHandlers(r) + + switch r.Operation.Name { + case opPutBucketCors, opPutBucketLifecycle, opPutBucketPolicy, + opPutBucketTagging, opDeleteObjects, opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration, + opPutBucketReplication: + // These S3 operations require Content-MD5 to be set + r.Handlers.Build.PushBack(contentMD5) + case opGetBucketLocation: + // GetBucketLocation has custom parsing logic + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushFront(buildGetBucketLocation) + case opCreateBucket: + // Auto-populate LocationConstraint with current region + r.Handlers.Validate.PushFront(populateLocationConstraint) + case opCopyObject, opUploadPartCopy, opCompleteMultipartUpload: + r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushFront(copyMultipartStatusOKUnmarhsalError) + case opPutObject, opUploadPart: + r.Handlers.Build.PushBack(computeBodyHashes) + // Disabled until #1837 root issue is resolved. + // case opGetObject: + // r.Handlers.Build.PushBack(askForTxEncodingAppendMD5) + // r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(useMD5ValidationReader) + } +} + +// bucketGetter is an accessor interface to grab the "Bucket" field from +// an S3 type. +type bucketGetter interface { + getBucket() string +} + +// sseCustomerKeyGetter is an accessor interface to grab the "SSECustomerKey" +// field from an S3 type. +type sseCustomerKeyGetter interface { + getSSECustomerKey() string +} + +// copySourceSSECustomerKeyGetter is an accessor interface to grab the +// "CopySourceSSECustomerKey" field from an S3 type. +type copySourceSSECustomerKeyGetter interface { + getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() string +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0def02255 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package s3 provides the client and types for making API +// requests to Amazon Simple Storage Service. +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01 for more information on this service. +// +// See s3 package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact Amazon Simple Storage Service with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the Amazon Simple Storage Service client S3 for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/#New +package s3 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39b912c26 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +// Upload Managers +// +// The s3manager package's Uploader provides concurrent upload of content to S3 +// by taking advantage of S3's Multipart APIs. The Uploader also supports both +// io.Reader for streaming uploads, and will also take advantage of io.ReadSeeker +// for optimizations if the Body satisfies that type. Once the Uploader instance +// is created you can call Upload concurrently from multiple goroutines safely. +// +// // The session the S3 Uploader will use +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create an uploader with the session and default options +// uploader := s3manager.NewUploader(sess) +// +// f, err := os.Open(filename) +// if err != nil { +// return fmt.Errorf("failed to open file %q, %v", filename, err) +// } +// +// // Upload the file to S3. +// result, err := uploader.Upload(&s3manager.UploadInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String(myBucket), +// Key: aws.String(myString), +// Body: f, +// }) +// if err != nil { +// return fmt.Errorf("failed to upload file, %v", err) +// } +// fmt.Printf("file uploaded to, %s\n", aws.StringValue(result.Location)) +// +// See the s3manager package's Uploader type documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#Uploader +// +// Download Manager +// +// The s3manager package's Downloader provides concurrently downloading of Objects +// from S3. The Downloader will write S3 Object content with an io.WriterAt. +// Once the Downloader instance is created you can call Download concurrently from +// multiple goroutines safely. +// +// // The session the S3 Downloader will use +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create a downloader with the session and default options +// downloader := s3manager.NewDownloader(sess) +// +// // Create a file to write the S3 Object contents to. +// f, err := os.Create(filename) +// if err != nil { +// return fmt.Errorf("failed to create file %q, %v", filename, err) +// } +// +// // Write the contents of S3 Object to the file +// n, err := downloader.Download(f, &s3.GetObjectInput{ +// Bucket: aws.String(myBucket), +// Key: aws.String(myString), +// }) +// if err != nil { +// return fmt.Errorf("failed to download file, %v", err) +// } +// fmt.Printf("file downloaded, %d bytes\n", n) +// +// See the s3manager package's Downloader type documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#Downloader +// +// Get Bucket Region +// +// GetBucketRegion will attempt to get the region for a bucket using a region +// hint to determine which AWS partition to perform the query on. Use this utility +// to determine the region a bucket is in. +// +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// bucket := "my-bucket" +// region, err := s3manager.GetBucketRegion(ctx, sess, bucket, "us-west-2") +// if err != nil { +// if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok && aerr.Code() == "NotFound" { +// fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "unable to find bucket %s's region not found\n", bucket) +// } +// return err +// } +// fmt.Printf("Bucket %s is in %s region\n", bucket, region) +// +// See the s3manager package's GetBucketRegion function documentation for more information +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#GetBucketRegion +// +// S3 Crypto Client +// +// The s3crypto package provides the tools to upload and download encrypted +// content from S3. The Encryption and Decryption clients can be used concurrently +// once the client is created. +// +// sess := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create the decryption client. +// svc := s3crypto.NewDecryptionClient(sess) +// +// // The object will be downloaded from S3 and decrypted locally. By metadata +// // about the object's encryption will instruct the decryption client how +// // decrypt the content of the object. By default KMS is used for keys. +// result, err := svc.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput { +// Bucket: aws.String(myBucket), +// Key: aws.String(myKey), +// }) +// +// See the s3crypto package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3crypto/ +// +package s3 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..931cb17bb --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package s3 + +const ( + + // ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists for service response error code + // "BucketAlreadyExists". + // + // The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared + // by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again. + ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists = "BucketAlreadyExists" + + // ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou for service response error code + // "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou". + ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou = "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" + + // ErrCodeNoSuchBucket for service response error code + // "NoSuchBucket". + // + // The specified bucket does not exist. + ErrCodeNoSuchBucket = "NoSuchBucket" + + // ErrCodeNoSuchKey for service response error code + // "NoSuchKey". + // + // The specified key does not exist. + ErrCodeNoSuchKey = "NoSuchKey" + + // ErrCodeNoSuchUpload for service response error code + // "NoSuchUpload". + // + // The specified multipart upload does not exist. + ErrCodeNoSuchUpload = "NoSuchUpload" + + // ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError for service response error code + // "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError". + // + // This operation is not allowed against this storage tier + ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError = "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError" + + // ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError for service response error code + // "ObjectNotInActiveTierError". + // + // The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is + // only stored in Amazon Glacier. + ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError = "ObjectNotInActiveTierError" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7fbc2de2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "regexp" + "strings" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// an operationBlacklist is a list of operation names that should a +// request handler should not be executed with. +type operationBlacklist []string + +// Continue will return true of the Request's operation name is not +// in the blacklist. False otherwise. +func (b operationBlacklist) Continue(r *request.Request) bool { + for i := 0; i < len(b); i++ { + if b[i] == r.Operation.Name { + return false + } + } + return true +} + +var accelerateOpBlacklist = operationBlacklist{ + opListBuckets, opCreateBucket, opDeleteBucket, +} + +// Request handler to automatically add the bucket name to the endpoint domain +// if possible. This style of bucket is valid for all bucket names which are +// DNS compatible and do not contain "." +func updateEndpointForS3Config(r *request.Request) { + forceHostStyle := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3ForcePathStyle) + accelerate := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3UseAccelerate) + + if accelerate && accelerateOpBlacklist.Continue(r) { + if forceHostStyle { + if r.Config.Logger != nil { + r.Config.Logger.Log("ERROR: aws.Config.S3UseAccelerate is not compatible with aws.Config.S3ForcePathStyle, ignoring S3ForcePathStyle.") + } + } + updateEndpointForAccelerate(r) + } else if !forceHostStyle && r.Operation.Name != opGetBucketLocation { + updateEndpointForHostStyle(r) + } +} + +func updateEndpointForHostStyle(r *request.Request) { + bucket, ok := bucketNameFromReqParams(r.Params) + if !ok { + // Ignore operation requests if the bucketname was not provided + // if this is an input validation error the validation handler + // will report it. + return + } + + if !hostCompatibleBucketName(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) { + // bucket name must be valid to put into the host + return + } + + moveBucketToHost(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) +} + +var ( + accelElem = []byte("s3-accelerate.dualstack.") +) + +func updateEndpointForAccelerate(r *request.Request) { + bucket, ok := bucketNameFromReqParams(r.Params) + if !ok { + // Ignore operation requests if the bucketname was not provided + // if this is an input validation error the validation handler + // will report it. + return + } + + if !hostCompatibleBucketName(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) { + r.Error = awserr.New("InvalidParameterException", + fmt.Sprintf("bucket name %s is not compatible with S3 Accelerate", bucket), + nil) + return + } + + parts := strings.Split(r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host, ".") + if len(parts) < 3 { + r.Error = awserr.New("InvalidParameterExecption", + fmt.Sprintf("unable to update endpoint host for S3 accelerate, hostname invalid, %s", + r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host), nil) + return + } + + if parts[0] == "s3" || strings.HasPrefix(parts[0], "s3-") { + parts[0] = "s3-accelerate" + } + for i := 1; i+1 < len(parts); i++ { + if parts[i] == aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region) { + parts = append(parts[:i], parts[i+1:]...) + break + } + } + + r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host = strings.Join(parts, ".") + + moveBucketToHost(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) +} + +// Attempts to retrieve the bucket name from the request input parameters. +// If no bucket is found, or the field is empty "", false will be returned. +func bucketNameFromReqParams(params interface{}) (string, bool) { + if iface, ok := params.(bucketGetter); ok { + b := iface.getBucket() + return b, len(b) > 0 + } + + return "", false +} + +// hostCompatibleBucketName returns true if the request should +// put the bucket in the host. This is false if S3ForcePathStyle is +// explicitly set or if the bucket is not DNS compatible. +func hostCompatibleBucketName(u *url.URL, bucket string) bool { + // Bucket might be DNS compatible but dots in the hostname will fail + // certificate validation, so do not use host-style. + if u.Scheme == "https" && strings.Contains(bucket, ".") { + return false + } + + // if the bucket is DNS compatible + return dnsCompatibleBucketName(bucket) +} + +var reDomain = regexp.MustCompile(`^[a-z0-9][a-z0-9\.\-]{1,61}[a-z0-9]$`) +var reIPAddress = regexp.MustCompile(`^(\d+\.){3}\d+$`) + +// dnsCompatibleBucketName returns true if the bucket name is DNS compatible. +// Buckets created outside of the classic region MUST be DNS compatible. +func dnsCompatibleBucketName(bucket string) bool { + return reDomain.MatchString(bucket) && + !reIPAddress.MatchString(bucket) && + !strings.Contains(bucket, "..") +} + +// moveBucketToHost moves the bucket name from the URI path to URL host. +func moveBucketToHost(u *url.URL, bucket string) { + u.Host = bucket + "." + u.Host + u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "/{Bucket}", "", -1) + if u.Path == "" { + u.Path = "/" + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e6f3307d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +// +build !go1.6 + +package s3 + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + +func platformRequestHandlers(r *request.Request) { +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d05f7b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +// +build go1.6 + +package s3 + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +func platformRequestHandlers(r *request.Request) { + if r.Operation.HTTPMethod == "PUT" { + // 100-Continue should only be used on put requests. + r.Handlers.Sign.PushBack(add100Continue) + } +} + +func add100Continue(r *request.Request) { + if aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3Disable100Continue) { + return + } + if r.HTTPRequest.ContentLength < 1024*1024*2 { + // Ignore requests smaller than 2MB. This helps prevent delaying + // requests unnecessarily. + return + } + + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Expect", "100-Continue") +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20de53f29 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package s3 + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml" +) + +// S3 provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// Amazon Simple Storage Service. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// S3 methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type S3 struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "s3" // Name of service. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // ID to lookup a service endpoint with. + ServiceID = "S3" // ServiceID is a unique identifer of a specific service. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the S3 client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a S3 client from just a session. +// svc := s3.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a S3 client with additional configuration +// svc := s3.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *S3 { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *S3 { + svc := &S3{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + ServiceID: ServiceID, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2006-03-01", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(restxml.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalStream.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a S3 operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *S3) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8010c4fa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "crypto/md5" + "encoding/base64" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +var errSSERequiresSSL = awserr.New("ConfigError", "cannot send SSE keys over HTTP.", nil) + +func validateSSERequiresSSL(r *request.Request) { + if r.HTTPRequest.URL.Scheme == "https" { + return + } + + if iface, ok := r.Params.(sseCustomerKeyGetter); ok { + if len(iface.getSSECustomerKey()) > 0 { + r.Error = errSSERequiresSSL + return + } + } + + if iface, ok := r.Params.(copySourceSSECustomerKeyGetter); ok { + if len(iface.getCopySourceSSECustomerKey()) > 0 { + r.Error = errSSERequiresSSL + return + } + } +} + +func computeSSEKeys(r *request.Request) { + headers := []string{ + "x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key", + "x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key", + } + + for _, h := range headers { + md5h := h + "-md5" + if key := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get(h); key != "" { + // Base64-encode the value + b64v := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString([]byte(key)) + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(h, b64v) + + // Add MD5 if it wasn't computed + if r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get(md5h) == "" { + sum := md5.Sum([]byte(key)) + b64sum := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(sum[:]) + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(md5h, b64sum) + } + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f33efc6c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "bytes" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio" +) + +func copyMultipartStatusOKUnmarhsalError(r *request.Request) { + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "unable to read response body", err) + return + } + body := bytes.NewReader(b) + r.HTTPResponse.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(body) + defer body.Seek(0, sdkio.SeekStart) + + if body.Len() == 0 { + // If there is no body don't attempt to parse the body. + return + } + + unmarshalError(r) + if err, ok := r.Error.(awserr.Error); ok && err != nil { + if err.Code() == "SerializationError" { + r.Error = nil + return + } + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode = http.StatusServiceUnavailable + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcca8627a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +package s3 + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "net/http" + "strings" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +type xmlErrorResponse struct { + XMLName xml.Name `xml:"Error"` + Code string `xml:"Code"` + Message string `xml:"Message"` +} + +func unmarshalError(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + defer io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body) + + hostID := r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amz-Id-2") + + // Bucket exists in a different region, and request needs + // to be made to the correct region. + if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == http.StatusMovedPermanently { + r.Error = requestFailure{ + RequestFailure: awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New("BucketRegionError", + fmt.Sprintf("incorrect region, the bucket is not in '%s' region", + aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region)), + nil), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, + r.RequestID, + ), + hostID: hostID, + } + return + } + + var errCode, errMsg string + + // Attempt to parse error from body if it is known + resp := &xmlErrorResponse{} + err := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body).Decode(resp) + if err != nil && err != io.EOF { + errCode = "SerializationError" + errMsg = "failed to decode S3 XML error response" + } else { + errCode = resp.Code + errMsg = resp.Message + err = nil + } + + // Fallback to status code converted to message if still no error code + if len(errCode) == 0 { + statusText := http.StatusText(r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode) + errCode = strings.Replace(statusText, " ", "", -1) + errMsg = statusText + } + + r.Error = requestFailure{ + RequestFailure: awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New(errCode, errMsg, err), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, + r.RequestID, + ), + hostID: hostID, + } +} + +// A RequestFailure provides access to the S3 Request ID and Host ID values +// returned from API operation errors. Getting the error as a string will +// return the formated error with the same information as awserr.RequestFailure, +// while also adding the HostID value from the response. +type RequestFailure interface { + awserr.RequestFailure + + // Host ID is the S3 Host ID needed for debug, and contacting support + HostID() string +} + +type requestFailure struct { + awserr.RequestFailure + + hostID string +} + +func (r requestFailure) Error() string { + extra := fmt.Sprintf("status code: %d, request id: %s, host id: %s", + r.StatusCode(), r.RequestID(), r.hostID) + return awserr.SprintError(r.Code(), r.Message(), extra, r.OrigErr()) +} +func (r requestFailure) String() string { + return r.Error() +} +func (r requestFailure) HostID() string { + return r.hostID +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2596c694b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package s3 + +import ( + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// WaitUntilBucketExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will +// be returned. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error { + return c.WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input) +} + +// WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilBucketExists. +// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the +// Waiter and the underlying request options. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error { + w := request.Waiter{ + Name: "WaitUntilBucketExists", + MaxAttempts: 20, + Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second), + Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{ + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 200, + }, + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 301, + }, + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 403, + }, + { + State: request.RetryWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 404, + }, + }, + Logger: c.Config.Logger, + NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *HeadBucketInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.HeadBucketRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + w.ApplyOptions(opts...) + + return w.WaitWithContext(ctx) +} + +// WaitUntilBucketNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will +// be returned. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error { + return c.WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input) +} + +// WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilBucketNotExists. +// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the +// Waiter and the underlying request options. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error { + w := request.Waiter{ + Name: "WaitUntilBucketNotExists", + MaxAttempts: 20, + Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second), + Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{ + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 404, + }, + }, + Logger: c.Config.Logger, + NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *HeadBucketInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.HeadBucketRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + w.ApplyOptions(opts...) + + return w.WaitWithContext(ctx) +} + +// WaitUntilObjectExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will +// be returned. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error { + return c.WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input) +} + +// WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilObjectExists. +// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the +// Waiter and the underlying request options. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error { + w := request.Waiter{ + Name: "WaitUntilObjectExists", + MaxAttempts: 20, + Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second), + Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{ + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 200, + }, + { + State: request.RetryWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 404, + }, + }, + Logger: c.Config.Logger, + NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *HeadObjectInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.HeadObjectRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + w.ApplyOptions(opts...) + + return w.WaitWithContext(ctx) +} + +// WaitUntilObjectNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation +// HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning. +// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will +// be returned. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error { + return c.WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input) +} + +// WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilObjectNotExists. +// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the +// Waiter and the underlying request options. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error { + w := request.Waiter{ + Name: "WaitUntilObjectNotExists", + MaxAttempts: 20, + Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second), + Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{ + { + State: request.SuccessWaiterState, + Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch, + Expected: 404, + }, + }, + Logger: c.Config.Logger, + NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *HeadObjectInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.HeadObjectRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + w.ApplyOptions(opts...) + + return w.WaitWithContext(ctx) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f89a796e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,2398 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +import ( + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const opAssumeRole = "AssumeRole" + +// AssumeRoleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRole operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See AssumeRole for more information on using the AssumeRole +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRole +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRole, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRole API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) that you can use to access +// AWS resources that you might not normally have access to. Typically, you +// use AssumeRole for cross-account access or federation. For a comparison of +// AssumeRole with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting +// Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Important: You cannot call AssumeRole by using AWS root account credentials; +// access is denied. You must use credentials for an IAM user or an IAM role +// to call AssumeRole. +// +// For cross-account access, imagine that you own multiple accounts and need +// to access resources in each account. You could create long-term credentials +// in each account to access those resources. However, managing all those credentials +// and remembering which one can access which account can be time consuming. +// Instead, you can create one set of long-term credentials in one account and +// then use temporary security credentials to access all the other accounts +// by assuming roles in those accounts. For more information about roles, see +// IAM Roles (Delegation and Federation) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For federation, you can, for example, grant single sign-on access to the +// AWS Management Console. If you already have an identity and authentication +// system in your corporate network, you don't have to recreate user identities +// in AWS in order to grant those user identities access to AWS. Instead, after +// a user has been authenticated, you call AssumeRole (and specify the role +// with the appropriate permissions) to get temporary security credentials for +// that user. With those temporary security credentials, you construct a sign-in +// URL that users can use to access the console. For more information, see Common +// Scenarios for Temporary Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html#sts-introduction) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// By default, the temporary security credentials created by AssumeRole last +// for one hour. However, you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter +// to specify the duration of your session. You can provide a value from 900 +// seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration setting for the role. +// This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. To learn how to view +// the maximum value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting +// for a Role (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) +// in the IAM User Guide. The maximum session duration limit applies when you +// use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but +// does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For +// more information, see Using IAM Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRole can be used to make +// API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot call +// the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by both the access policy of the role that +// is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further +// restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. +// You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess +// of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. +// For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, +// and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// To assume a role, your AWS account must be trusted by the role. The trust +// relationship is defined in the role's trust policy when the role is created. +// That trust policy states which accounts are allowed to delegate access to +// this account's role. +// +// The user who wants to access the role must also have permissions delegated +// from the role's administrator. If the user is in a different account than +// the role, then the user's administrator must attach a policy that allows +// the user to call AssumeRole on the ARN of the role in the other account. +// If the user is in the same account as the role, then you can either attach +// a policy to the user (identical to the previous different account user), +// or you can add the user as a principal directly in the role's trust policy. +// In this case, the trust policy acts as the only resource-based policy in +// IAM, and users in the same account as the role do not need explicit permission +// to assume the role. For more information about trust policies and resource-based +// policies, see IAM Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Using MFA with AssumeRole +// +// You can optionally include multi-factor authentication (MFA) information +// when you call AssumeRole. This is useful for cross-account scenarios in which +// you want to make sure that the user who is assuming the role has been authenticated +// using an AWS MFA device. In that scenario, the trust policy of the role being +// assumed includes a condition that tests for MFA authentication; if the caller +// does not include valid MFA information, the request to assume the role is +// denied. The condition in a trust policy that tests for MFA authentication +// might look like the following example. +// +// "Condition": {"Bool": {"aws:MultiFactorAuthPresent": true}} +// +// For more information, see Configuring MFA-Protected API Access (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/MFAProtectedAPI.html) +// in the IAM User Guide guide. +// +// To use MFA with AssumeRole, you pass values for the SerialNumber and TokenCode +// parameters. The SerialNumber value identifies the user's hardware or virtual +// MFA device. The TokenCode is the time-based one-time password (TOTP) that +// the MFA devices produces. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRole for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRole +func (c *STS) AssumeRole(input *AssumeRoleInput) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithContext is the same as AssumeRole with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRole for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opAssumeRoleWithSAML = "AssumeRoleWithSAML" + +// AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRoleWithSAML operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for more information on using the AssumeRoleWithSAML +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAML +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRoleWithSAML, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRoleWithSAML API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated +// via a SAML authentication response. This operation provides a mechanism for +// tying an enterprise identity store or directory to role-based AWS access +// without user-specific credentials or configuration. For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithSAML +// with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary +// Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials returned by this operation consist of +// an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications +// can use these temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS services. +// +// By default, the temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML +// last for one hour. However, you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter +// to specify the duration of your session. Your role session lasts for the +// duration that you specify, or until the time specified in the SAML authentication +// response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value, whichever is shorter. You can provide +// a DurationSeconds value from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session +// duration setting for the role. This setting can have a value from 1 hour +// to 12 hours. To learn how to view the maximum value for your role, see View +// the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) +// in the IAM User Guide. The maximum session duration limit applies when you +// use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but +// does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For +// more information, see Using IAM Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot +// call the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by the intersection of both the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This means +// that both policies must grant the permission for the action to be allowed. +// This gives you a way to further restrict the permissions for the resulting +// temporary security credentials. You cannot use the passed policy to grant +// permissions that are in excess of those allowed by the access policy of the +// role that is being assumed. For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, +// AssumeRoleWithSAML, and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithSAML, you must configure your +// SAML identity provider (IdP) to issue the claims required by AWS. Additionally, +// you must use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to create a SAML provider +// entity in your AWS account that represents your identity provider, and create +// an IAM role that specifies this SAML provider in its trust policy. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML does not require the use of AWS security credentials. +// The identity of the caller is validated by using keys in the metadata document +// that is uploaded for the SAML provider entity for your identity provider. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail +// logs. The entry includes the value in the NameID element of the SAML assertion. +// We recommend that you use a NameIDType that is not associated with any personally +// identifiable information (PII). For example, you could instead use the Persistent +// Identifier (urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent). +// +// For more information, see the following resources: +// +// * About SAML 2.0-based Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Creating SAML Identity Providers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Configuring a Relying Party and Claims (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml_relying-party.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * Creating a Role for SAML 2.0 Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_saml.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim" +// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might +// be because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it +// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken" +// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get +// a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeExpiredTokenException "ExpiredTokenException" +// The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a +// new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAML +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAML(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithSAMLWithContext is the same as AssumeRoleWithSAML with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity = "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity" + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for more information on using the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput{} + } + + output = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated +// in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider, such as Amazon +// Cognito, Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any OpenID Connect-compatible +// identity provider. +// +// For mobile applications, we recommend that you use Amazon Cognito. You can +// use Amazon Cognito with the AWS SDK for iOS (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) +// and the AWS SDK for Android (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/) to uniquely +// identify a user and supply the user with a consistent identity throughout +// the lifetime of an application. +// +// To learn more about Amazon Cognito, see Amazon Cognito Overview (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mobile/sdkforandroid/developerguide/cognito-auth.html#d0e840) +// in the AWS SDK for Android Developer Guide guide and Amazon Cognito Overview +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mobile/sdkforios/developerguide/cognito-auth.html#d0e664) +// in the AWS SDK for iOS Developer Guide. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity does not require the use of AWS security +// credentials. Therefore, you can distribute an application (for example, on +// mobile devices) that requests temporary security credentials without including +// long-term AWS credentials in the application, and without deploying server-based +// proxy services that use long-term AWS credentials. Instead, the identity +// of the caller is validated by using a token from the web identity provider. +// For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the other APIs that produce +// temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials returned by this API consist of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications can use these +// temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS service APIs. +// +// By default, the temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +// last for one hour. However, you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter +// to specify the duration of your session. You can provide a value from 900 +// seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration setting for the role. +// This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. To learn how to view +// the maximum value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting +// for a Role (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) +// in the IAM User Guide. The maximum session duration limit applies when you +// use the AssumeRole* API operations or the assume-role* CLI operations but +// does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For +// more information, see Using IAM Roles (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can +// be used to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: +// you cannot call the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs. +// +// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose +// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned +// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy +// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation, +// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have +// the permissions that are allowed by both the access policy of the role that +// is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further +// restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. +// You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess +// of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. +// For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, +// and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, you must have +// an identity token from a supported identity provider and create a role that +// the application can assume. The role that your application assumes must trust +// the identity provider that is associated with the identity token. In other +// words, the identity provider must be specified in the role's trust policy. +// +// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail +// logs. The entry includes the Subject (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#Claims) +// of the provided Web Identity Token. We recommend that you avoid using any +// personally identifiable information (PII) in this field. For example, you +// could instead use a GUID or a pairwise identifier, as suggested in the OIDC +// specification (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#SubjectIDTypes). +// +// For more information about how to use web identity federation and the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +// API, see the following resources: +// +// * Using Web Identity Federation APIs for Mobile Apps (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc_manual.html) +// and Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity). +// +// +// * Web Identity Federation Playground (https://web-identity-federation-playground.s3.amazonaws.com/index.html). +// This interactive website lets you walk through the process of authenticating +// via Login with Amazon, Facebook, or Google, getting temporary security +// credentials, and then using those credentials to make a request to AWS. +// +// +// * AWS SDK for iOS (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) and AWS SDK for Android +// (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/). These toolkits contain sample +// apps that show how to invoke the identity providers, and then how to use +// the information from these providers to get and use temporary security +// credentials. +// +// * Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications (http://aws.amazon.com/articles/web-identity-federation-with-mobile-applications). +// This article discusses web identity federation and shows an example of +// how to use web identity federation to get access to content in Amazon +// S3. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim" +// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might +// be because the claim is invalid. +// +// If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it +// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. +// +// * ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException "IDPCommunicationError" +// The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider +// (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. +// This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request +// a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the +// error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken" +// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get +// a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeExpiredTokenException "ExpiredTokenException" +// The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a +// new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityWithContext is the same as AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDecodeAuthorizationMessage = "DecodeAuthorizationMessage" + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DecodeAuthorizationMessage operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for more information on using the DecodeAuthorizationMessage +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (req *request.Request, output *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDecodeAuthorizationMessage, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput{} + } + + output = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessage API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request +// from an encoded message returned in response to an AWS request. +// +// For example, if a user is not authorized to perform an action that he or +// she has requested, the request returns a Client.UnauthorizedOperation response +// (an HTTP 403 response). Some AWS actions additionally return an encoded message +// that can provide details about this authorization failure. +// +// Only certain AWS actions return an encoded authorization message. The documentation +// for an individual action indicates whether that action returns an encoded +// message in addition to returning an HTTP code. +// +// The message is encoded because the details of the authorization status can +// constitute privileged information that the user who requested the action +// should not see. To decode an authorization status message, a user must be +// granted permissions via an IAM policy to request the DecodeAuthorizationMessage +// (sts:DecodeAuthorizationMessage) action. +// +// The decoded message includes the following type of information: +// +// * Whether the request was denied due to an explicit deny or due to the +// absence of an explicit allow. For more information, see Determining Whether +// a Request is Allowed or Denied (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-denyallow) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// * The principal who made the request. +// +// * The requested action. +// +// * The requested resource. +// +// * The values of condition keys in the context of the user's request. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException" +// The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was +// invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as +// linebreaks. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessage(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DecodeAuthorizationMessageWithContext is the same as DecodeAuthorizationMessage with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetCallerIdentity = "GetCallerIdentity" + +// GetCallerIdentityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetCallerIdentity operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetCallerIdentity for more information on using the GetCallerIdentity +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetCallerIdentityRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetCallerIdentityRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentity +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityRequest(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCallerIdentityOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetCallerIdentity, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetCallerIdentityInput{} + } + + output = &GetCallerIdentityOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetCallerIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns details about the IAM identity whose credentials are used to call +// the API. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentity +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentity(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetCallerIdentityWithContext is the same as GetCallerIdentity with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetCallerIdentity for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCallerIdentityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetFederationToken = "GetFederationToken" + +// GetFederationTokenRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetFederationToken operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetFederationToken for more information on using the GetFederationToken +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetFederationTokenRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetFederationTokenRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationToken +func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFederationTokenOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetFederationToken, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetFederationTokenInput{} + } + + output = &GetFederationTokenOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetFederationToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access +// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a federated user. +// A typical use is in a proxy application that gets temporary security credentials +// on behalf of distributed applications inside a corporate network. Because +// you must call the GetFederationToken action using the long-term security +// credentials of an IAM user, this call is appropriate in contexts where those +// credentials can be safely stored, usually in a server-based application. +// For a comparison of GetFederationToken with the other APIs that produce temporary +// credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// If you are creating a mobile-based or browser-based app that can authenticate +// users using a web identity provider like Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, +// or an OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider, we recommend that you +// use Amazon Cognito (http://aws.amazon.com/cognito/) or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity. +// For more information, see Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity). +// +// The GetFederationToken action must be called by using the long-term AWS security +// credentials of an IAM user. You can also call GetFederationToken using the +// security credentials of an AWS root account, but we do not recommended it. +// Instead, we recommend that you create an IAM user for the purpose of the +// proxy application and then attach a policy to the IAM user that limits federated +// users to only the actions and resources that they need access to. For more +// information, see IAM Best Practices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The temporary security credentials that are obtained by using the long-term +// credentials of an IAM user are valid for the specified duration, from 900 +// seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximium of 129600 seconds (36 hours). The default +// is 43200 seconds (12 hours). Temporary credentials that are obtained by using +// AWS root account credentials have a maximum duration of 3600 seconds (1 hour). +// +// The temporary security credentials created by GetFederationToken can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions: +// +// * You cannot use these credentials to call any IAM APIs. +// +// * You cannot call any STS APIs except GetCallerIdentity. +// +// Permissions +// +// The permissions for the temporary security credentials returned by GetFederationToken +// are determined by a combination of the following: +// +// * The policy or policies that are attached to the IAM user whose credentials +// are used to call GetFederationToken. +// +// * The policy that is passed as a parameter in the call. +// +// The passed policy is attached to the temporary security credentials that +// result from the GetFederationToken API call--that is, to the federated user. +// When the federated user makes an AWS request, AWS evaluates the policy attached +// to the federated user in combination with the policy or policies attached +// to the IAM user whose credentials were used to call GetFederationToken. AWS +// allows the federated user's request only when both the federated user and +// the IAM user are explicitly allowed to perform the requested action. The +// passed policy cannot grant more permissions than those that are defined in +// the IAM user policy. +// +// A typical use case is that the permissions of the IAM user whose credentials +// are used to call GetFederationToken are designed to allow access to all the +// actions and resources that any federated user will need. Then, for individual +// users, you pass a policy to the operation that scopes down the permissions +// to a level that's appropriate to that individual user, using a policy that +// allows only a subset of permissions that are granted to the IAM user. +// +// If you do not pass a policy, the resulting temporary security credentials +// have no effective permissions. The only exception is when the temporary security +// credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy +// that specifically allows the federated user to access the resource. +// +// For more information about how permissions work, see Permissions for GetFederationToken +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getfederationtoken.html). +// For information about using GetFederationToken to create temporary security +// credentials, see GetFederationToken—Federation Through a Custom Identity +// Broker (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getfederationtoken). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetFederationToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error +// message describes the specific error. +// +// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge" +// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error +// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage +// of what the API allows. +// +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationToken +func (c *STS) GetFederationToken(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetFederationTokenWithContext is the same as GetFederationToken with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetFederationToken for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFederationTokenInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetSessionToken = "GetSessionToken" + +// GetSessionTokenRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetSessionToken operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetSessionToken for more information on using the GetSessionToken +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetSessionTokenRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetSessionTokenRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionToken +func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenRequest(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSessionTokenOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetSessionToken, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetSessionTokenInput{} + } + + output = &GetSessionTokenOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetSessionToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service. +// +// Returns a set of temporary credentials for an AWS account or IAM user. The +// credentials consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security +// token. Typically, you use GetSessionToken if you want to use MFA to protect +// programmatic calls to specific AWS APIs like Amazon EC2 StopInstances. MFA-enabled +// IAM users would need to call GetSessionToken and submit an MFA code that +// is associated with their MFA device. Using the temporary security credentials +// that are returned from the call, IAM users can then make programmatic calls +// to APIs that require MFA authentication. If you do not supply a correct MFA +// code, then the API returns an access denied error. For a comparison of GetSessionToken +// with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary +// Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html) +// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// The GetSessionToken action must be called by using the long-term AWS security +// credentials of the AWS account or an IAM user. Credentials that are created +// by IAM users are valid for the duration that you specify, from 900 seconds +// (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 129600 seconds (36 hours), with a default +// of 43200 seconds (12 hours); credentials that are created by using account +// credentials can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 3600 +// seconds (1 hour), with a default of 1 hour. +// +// The temporary security credentials created by GetSessionToken can be used +// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions: +// +// * You cannot call any IAM APIs unless MFA authentication information is +// included in the request. +// +// * You cannot call any STS API exceptAssumeRole or GetCallerIdentity. +// +// We recommend that you do not call GetSessionToken with root account credentials. +// Instead, follow our best practices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html#create-iam-users) +// by creating one or more IAM users, giving them the necessary permissions, +// and using IAM users for everyday interaction with AWS. +// +// The permissions associated with the temporary security credentials returned +// by GetSessionToken are based on the permissions associated with account or +// IAM user whose credentials are used to call the action. If GetSessionToken +// is called using root account credentials, the temporary credentials have +// root account permissions. Similarly, if GetSessionToken is called using the +// credentials of an IAM user, the temporary credentials have the same permissions +// as the IAM user. +// +// For more information about using GetSessionToken to create temporary credentials, +// go to Temporary Credentials for Users in Untrusted Environments (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getsessiontoken) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's +// API operation GetSessionToken for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException" +// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being +// asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM +// console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating +// and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionToken +func (c *STS) GetSessionToken(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetSessionTokenWithContext is the same as GetSessionToken with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetSessionToken for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSessionTokenInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +type AssumeRoleInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 + // seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration setting for the role. + // This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. If you specify a value + // higher than this setting, the operation fails. For example, if you specify + // a session duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum session + // duration to 6 hours, your operation fails. To learn how to view the maximum + // value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a + // Role (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. + // + // The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console + // session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request + // to the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration + // parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more + // information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the + // AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // A unique identifier that is used by third parties when assuming roles in + // their customers' accounts. For each role that the third party can assume, + // they should instruct their customers to ensure the role's trust policy checks + // for the external ID that the third party generated. Each time the third party + // assumes the role, they should pass the customer's external ID. The external + // ID is useful in order to help third parties bind a role to the customer who + // created it. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an + // External ID When Granting Access to Your AWS Resources to a Third Party (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-user_externalid.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The regex used to validated this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/- + ExternalId *string `min:"2" type:"string"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // This parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both (the intersection of) the access policy of the role that + // is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further + // restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. + // You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess + // of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. + // For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, + // and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An identifier for the assumed role session. + // + // Use the role session name to uniquely identify a session when the same role + // is assumed by different principals or for different reasons. In cross-account + // scenarios, the role session name is visible to, and can be logged by the + // account that owns the role. The role session name is also used in the ARN + // of the assumed role principal. This means that subsequent cross-account API + // requests using the temporary security credentials will expose the role session + // name to the external account in their CloudTrail logs. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleSessionName is a required field + RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user + // who is making the AssumeRole call. Specify this value if the trust policy + // of the role being assumed includes a condition that requires MFA authentication. + // The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) + // or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user). + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"` + + // The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being + // assumed requires MFA (that is, if the policy includes a condition that tests + // for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode value + // is missing or expired, the AssumeRole call returns an "access denied" error. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence + // of six numeric digits. + TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.ExternalId != nil && len(*s.ExternalId) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ExternalId", 2)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleSessionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleSessionName")) + } + if s.RoleSessionName != nil && len(*s.RoleSessionName) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleSessionName", 2)) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + if s.TokenCode != nil && len(*s.TokenCode) < 6 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenCode", 6)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetExternalId sets the ExternalId field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetExternalId(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.ExternalId = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleSessionName sets the RoleSessionName field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetRoleSessionName(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.RoleSessionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *AssumeRoleInput { + s.TokenCode = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRole request, including temporary +// AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +type AssumeRoleOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers + // that you can use to refer to the resulting temporary security credentials. + // For example, you can reference these credentials as a principal in a resource-based + // policy by using the ARN or assumed role ID. The ARN and ID include the RoleSessionName + // that you specified when you called AssumeRole. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. Your role session lasts for + // the duration that you specify for the DurationSeconds parameter, or until + // the time specified in the SAML authentication response's SessionNotOnOrAfter + // value, whichever is shorter. You can provide a DurationSeconds value from + // 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration setting for the + // role. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. If you specify + // a value higher than this setting, the operation fails. For example, if you + // specify a session duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum + // session duration to 6 hours, your operation fails. To learn how to view the + // maximum value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting + // for a Role (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. + // + // The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console + // session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request + // to the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration + // parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more + // information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the + // AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // The policy parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both the access policy of the role that is being assumed, + // and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the + // permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. You cannot + // use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess of those allowed + // by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, + // Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider in IAM that describes + // the IdP. + // + // PrincipalArn is a required field + PrincipalArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The base-64 encoded SAML authentication response provided by the IdP. + // + // For more information, see Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/create-role-saml-IdP-tasks.html) + // in the Using IAM guide. + // + // SAMLAssertion is a required field + SAMLAssertion *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.PrincipalArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalArn")) + } + if s.PrincipalArn != nil && len(*s.PrincipalArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrincipalArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.SAMLAssertion == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SAMLAssertion")) + } + if s.SAMLAssertion != nil && len(*s.SAMLAssertion) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SAMLAssertion", 4)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrincipalArn sets the PrincipalArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetPrincipalArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.PrincipalArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetSAMLAssertion sets the SAMLAssertion field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetSAMLAssertion(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput { + s.SAMLAssertion = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithSAML request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +type AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation + // returns. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The value of the Recipient attribute of the SubjectConfirmationData element + // of the SAML assertion. + Audience *string `type:"string"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // The value of the Issuer element of the SAML assertion. + Issuer *string `type:"string"` + + // A hash value based on the concatenation of the Issuer response value, the + // AWS account ID, and the friendly name (the last part of the ARN) of the SAML + // provider in IAM. The combination of NameQualifier and Subject can be used + // to uniquely identify a federated user. + // + // The following pseudocode shows how the hash value is calculated: + // + // BASE64 ( SHA1 ( "https://example.com/saml" + "123456789012" + "/MySAMLIdP" + // ) ) + NameQualifier *string `type:"string"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The value of the NameID element in the Subject element of the SAML assertion. + Subject *string `type:"string"` + + // The format of the name ID, as defined by the Format attribute in the NameID + // element of the SAML assertion. Typical examples of the format are transient + // or persistent. + // + // If the format includes the prefix urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format, + // that prefix is removed. For example, urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient + // is returned as transient. If the format includes any other prefix, the format + // is returned with no modifications. + SubjectType *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetAudience sets the Audience field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetAudience(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Audience = &v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetIssuer sets the Issuer field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetIssuer(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Issuer = &v + return s +} + +// SetNameQualifier sets the NameQualifier field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetNameQualifier(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.NameQualifier = &v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubject sets the Subject field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetSubject(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.Subject = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubjectType sets the SubjectType field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetSubjectType(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput { + s.SubjectType = &v + return s +} + +type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 + // seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration setting for the role. + // This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. If you specify a value + // higher than this setting, the operation fails. For example, if you specify + // a session duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum session + // duration to 6 hours, your operation fails. To learn how to view the maximum + // value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a + // Role (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html#id_roles_use_view-role-max-session) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds. + // + // The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console + // session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request + // to the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration + // parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more + // information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the + // AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format. + // + // The policy parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security + // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that + // are allowed by both the access policy of the role that is being assumed, + // and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the + // permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. You cannot + // use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess of those allowed + // by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, + // see Permissions for AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The fully qualified host component of the domain name of the identity provider. + // + // Specify this value only for OAuth 2.0 access tokens. Currently www.amazon.com + // and graph.facebook.com are the only supported identity providers for OAuth + // 2.0 access tokens. Do not include URL schemes and port numbers. + // + // Do not specify this value for OpenID Connect ID tokens. + ProviderId *string `min:"4" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An identifier for the assumed role session. Typically, you pass the name + // or identifier that is associated with the user who is using your application. + // That way, the temporary security credentials that your application will use + // are associated with that user. This session name is included as part of the + // ARN and assumed role ID in the AssumedRoleUser response element. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // RoleSessionName is a required field + RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The OAuth 2.0 access token or OpenID Connect ID token that is provided by + // the identity provider. Your application must get this token by authenticating + // the user who is using your application with a web identity provider before + // the application makes an AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call. + // + // WebIdentityToken is a required field + WebIdentityToken *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + if s.ProviderId != nil && len(*s.ProviderId) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProviderId", 4)) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20)) + } + if s.RoleSessionName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleSessionName")) + } + if s.RoleSessionName != nil && len(*s.RoleSessionName) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleSessionName", 2)) + } + if s.WebIdentityToken == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebIdentityToken")) + } + if s.WebIdentityToken != nil && len(*s.WebIdentityToken) < 4 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WebIdentityToken", 4)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// SetProviderId sets the ProviderId field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetProviderId(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.ProviderId = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleSessionName sets the RoleSessionName field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetRoleSessionName(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.RoleSessionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebIdentityToken sets the WebIdentityToken field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetWebIdentityToken(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput { + s.WebIdentityToken = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request, +// including temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers + // that you can use to refer to the resulting temporary security credentials. + // For example, you can reference these credentials as a principal in a resource-based + // policy by using the ARN or assumed role ID. The ARN and ID include the RoleSessionName + // that you specified when you called AssumeRole. + AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"` + + // The intended audience (also known as client ID) of the web identity token. + // This is traditionally the client identifier issued to the application that + // requested the web identity token. + Audience *string `type:"string"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form. + // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent, + // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The issuing authority of the web identity token presented. For OpenID Connect + // ID Tokens this contains the value of the iss field. For OAuth 2.0 access + // tokens, this contains the value of the ProviderId parameter that was passed + // in the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request. + Provider *string `type:"string"` + + // The unique user identifier that is returned by the identity provider. This + // identifier is associated with the WebIdentityToken that was submitted with + // the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call. The identifier is typically unique to + // the user and the application that acquired the WebIdentityToken (pairwise + // identifier). For OpenID Connect ID tokens, this field contains the value + // returned by the identity provider as the token's sub (Subject) claim. + SubjectFromWebIdentityToken *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.AssumedRoleUser = v + return s +} + +// SetAudience sets the Audience field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetAudience(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Audience = &v + return s +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +// SetProvider sets the Provider field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetProvider(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.Provider = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubjectFromWebIdentityToken sets the SubjectFromWebIdentityToken field's value. +func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetSubjectFromWebIdentityToken(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput { + s.SubjectFromWebIdentityToken = &v + return s +} + +// The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation +// returns. +type AssumedRoleUser struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the temporary security credentials that are returned from the + // AssumeRole action. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in + // policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // in Using IAM. + // + // Arn is a required field + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A unique identifier that contains the role ID and the role session name of + // the role that is being assumed. The role ID is generated by AWS when the + // role is created. + // + // AssumedRoleId is a required field + AssumedRoleId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AssumedRoleUser) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AssumedRoleUser) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *AssumedRoleUser) SetArn(v string) *AssumedRoleUser { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetAssumedRoleId sets the AssumedRoleId field's value. +func (s *AssumedRoleUser) SetAssumedRoleId(v string) *AssumedRoleUser { + s.AssumedRoleId = &v + return s +} + +// AWS credentials for API authentication. +type Credentials struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The access key ID that identifies the temporary security credentials. + // + // AccessKeyId is a required field + AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The date on which the current credentials expire. + // + // Expiration is a required field + Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` + + // The secret access key that can be used to sign requests. + // + // SecretAccessKey is a required field + SecretAccessKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The token that users must pass to the service API to use the temporary credentials. + // + // SessionToken is a required field + SessionToken *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Credentials) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Credentials) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAccessKeyId sets the AccessKeyId field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetAccessKeyId(v string) *Credentials { + s.AccessKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *Credentials { + s.Expiration = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecretAccessKey sets the SecretAccessKey field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetSecretAccessKey(v string) *Credentials { + s.SecretAccessKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSessionToken sets the SessionToken field's value. +func (s *Credentials) SetSessionToken(v string) *Credentials { + s.SessionToken = &v + return s +} + +type DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The encoded message that was returned with the response. + // + // EncodedMessage is a required field + EncodedMessage *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput"} + if s.EncodedMessage == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncodedMessage")) + } + if s.EncodedMessage != nil && len(*s.EncodedMessage) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EncodedMessage", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEncodedMessage sets the EncodedMessage field's value. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) SetEncodedMessage(v string) *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput { + s.EncodedMessage = &v + return s +} + +// A document that contains additional information about the authorization status +// of a request from an encoded message that is returned in response to an AWS +// request. +type DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An XML document that contains the decoded message. + DecodedMessage *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDecodedMessage sets the DecodedMessage field's value. +func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) SetDecodedMessage(v string) *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput { + s.DecodedMessage = &v + return s +} + +// Identifiers for the federated user that is associated with the credentials. +type FederatedUser struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN that specifies the federated user that is associated with the credentials. + // For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM + // Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html) + // in Using IAM. + // + // Arn is a required field + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The string that identifies the federated user associated with the credentials, + // similar to the unique ID of an IAM user. + // + // FederatedUserId is a required field + FederatedUserId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FederatedUser) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FederatedUser) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *FederatedUser) SetArn(v string) *FederatedUser { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetFederatedUserId sets the FederatedUserId field's value. +func (s *FederatedUser) SetFederatedUserId(v string) *FederatedUser { + s.FederatedUserId = &v + return s +} + +type GetCallerIdentityInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetCallerIdentity request, including +// information about the entity making the request. +type GetCallerIdentityOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The AWS account ID number of the account that owns or contains the calling + // entity. + Account *string `type:"string"` + + // The AWS ARN associated with the calling entity. + Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` + + // The unique identifier of the calling entity. The exact value depends on the + // type of entity making the call. The values returned are those listed in the + // aws:userid column in the Principal table (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_variables.html#principaltable) + // found on the Policy Variables reference page in the IAM User Guide. + UserId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetCallerIdentityOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAccount sets the Account field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetAccount(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.Account = &v + return s +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetArn(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value. +func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetUserId(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput { + s.UserId = &v + return s +} + +type GetFederationTokenInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, that the session should last. Acceptable durations + // for federation sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129600 seconds + // (36 hours), with 43200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions obtained + // using AWS account (root) credentials are restricted to a maximum of 3600 + // seconds (one hour). If the specified duration is longer than one hour, the + // session obtained by using AWS account (root) credentials defaults to one + // hour. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // The name of the federated user. The name is used as an identifier for the + // temporary security credentials (such as Bob). For example, you can reference + // the federated user name in a resource-based policy, such as in an Amazon + // S3 bucket policy. + // + // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@- + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An IAM policy in JSON format that is passed with the GetFederationToken call + // and evaluated along with the policy or policies that are attached to the + // IAM user whose credentials are used to call GetFederationToken. The passed + // policy is used to scope down the permissions that are available to the IAM + // user, by allowing only a subset of the permissions that are granted to the + // IAM user. The passed policy cannot grant more permissions than those granted + // to the IAM user. The final permissions for the federated user are the most + // restrictive set based on the intersection of the passed policy and the IAM + // user policy. + // + // If you do not pass a policy, the resulting temporary security credentials + // have no effective permissions. The only exception is when the temporary security + // credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy + // that specifically allows the federated user to access the resource. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string + // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any + // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character + // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A), + // and carriage return (\u000D) characters. + // + // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal + // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit. + // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to + // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed + // size. + // + // For more information about how permissions work, see Permissions for GetFederationToken + // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getfederationtoken.html). + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetFederationTokenInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 2 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 2)) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetName(v string) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetFederationTokenInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetFederationToken request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +type GetFederationTokenOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` + + // Identifiers for the federated user associated with the credentials (such + // as arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Bob or 123456789012:Bob). You + // can use the federated user's ARN in your resource-based policies, such as + // an Amazon S3 bucket policy. + FederatedUser *FederatedUser `type:"structure"` + + // A percentage value indicating the size of the policy in packed form. The + // service rejects policies for which the packed size is greater than 100 percent + // of the allowed value. + PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetFederationTokenOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} + +// SetFederatedUser sets the FederatedUser field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetFederatedUser(v *FederatedUser) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.FederatedUser = v + return s +} + +// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value. +func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *GetFederationTokenOutput { + s.PackedPolicySize = &v + return s +} + +type GetSessionTokenInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The duration, in seconds, that the credentials should remain valid. Acceptable + // durations for IAM user sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129600 + // seconds (36 hours), with 43200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions + // for AWS account owners are restricted to a maximum of 3600 seconds (one hour). + // If the duration is longer than one hour, the session for AWS account owners + // defaults to one hour. + DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"` + + // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the IAM + // user who is making the GetSessionToken call. Specify this value if the IAM + // user has a policy that requires MFA authentication. The value is either the + // serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) or an Amazon Resource + // Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user). + // You can find the device for an IAM user by going to the AWS Management Console + // and viewing the user's security credentials. + // + // The regex used to validated this parameter is a string of characters consisting + // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can + // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/- + SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"` + + // The value provided by the MFA device, if MFA is required. If any policy requires + // the IAM user to submit an MFA code, specify this value. If MFA authentication + // is required, and the user does not provide a code when requesting a set of + // temporary security credentials, the user will receive an "access denied" + // response when requesting resources that require MFA authentication. + // + // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence + // of six numeric digits. + TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSessionTokenInput"} + if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900)) + } + if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9)) + } + if s.TokenCode != nil && len(*s.TokenCode) < 6 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenCode", 6)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.DurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.SerialNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *GetSessionTokenInput { + s.TokenCode = &v + return s +} + +// Contains the response to a successful GetSessionToken request, including +// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests. +type GetSessionTokenOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret + // access key, and a security (or session) token. + // + // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We + // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As + // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary. + // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes. + Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetSessionTokenOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. +func (s *GetSessionTokenOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *GetSessionTokenOutput { + s.Credentials = v + return s +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4010cc7fa --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +package sts + +import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + +func init() { + initRequest = func(r *request.Request) { + switch r.Operation.Name { + case opAssumeRoleWithSAML, opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity: + r.Handlers.Sign.Clear() // these operations are unsigned + } + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef681ab0c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package sts provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Security Token Service. +// +// The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to +// request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access +// Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). +// This guide provides descriptions of the STS API. For more detailed information +// about using this service, go to Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html). +// +// As an alternative to using the API, you can use one of the AWS SDKs, which +// consist of libraries and sample code for various programming languages and +// platforms (Java, Ruby, .NET, iOS, Android, etc.). The SDKs provide a convenient +// way to create programmatic access to STS. For example, the SDKs take care +// of cryptographically signing requests, managing errors, and retrying requests +// automatically. For information about the AWS SDKs, including how to download +// and install them, see the Tools for Amazon Web Services page (http://aws.amazon.com/tools/). +// +// For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the +// API, go to Signing AWS API Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. For general information about the Query API, +// go to Making Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) +// in Using IAM. For information about using security tokens with other AWS +// products, go to AWS Services That Work with IAM (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// If you're new to AWS and need additional technical information about a specific +// AWS product, you can find the product's technical documentation at http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/ +// (http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/). +// +// Endpoints +// +// The AWS Security Token Service (STS) has a default endpoint of https://sts.amazonaws.com +// that maps to the US East (N. Virginia) region. Additional regions are available +// and are activated by default. For more information, see Activating and Deactivating +// AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) +// in the IAM User Guide. +// +// For information about STS endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#sts_region) +// in the AWS General Reference. +// +// Recording API requests +// +// STS supports AWS CloudTrail, which is a service that records AWS calls for +// your AWS account and delivers log files to an Amazon S3 bucket. By using +// information collected by CloudTrail, you can determine what requests were +// successfully made to STS, who made the request, when it was made, and so +// on. To learn more about CloudTrail, including how to turn it on and find +// your log files, see the AWS CloudTrail User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/what_is_cloud_trail_top_level.html). +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15 for more information on this service. +// +// See sts package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/sts/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact AWS Security Token Service with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Security Token Service client STS for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/sts/#New +package sts diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e24884ef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +const ( + + // ErrCodeExpiredTokenException for service response error code + // "ExpiredTokenException". + // + // The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a + // new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. + ErrCodeExpiredTokenException = "ExpiredTokenException" + + // ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException for service response error code + // "IDPCommunicationError". + // + // The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider + // (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. + // This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request + // a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the + // error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding. + ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException = "IDPCommunicationError" + + // ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException for service response error code + // "IDPRejectedClaim". + // + // The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might + // be because the claim is invalid. + // + // If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it + // can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked. + ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException = "IDPRejectedClaim" + + // ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException for service response error code + // "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException". + // + // The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was + // invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as + // linebreaks. + ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException = "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException" + + // ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException for service response error code + // "InvalidIdentityToken". + // + // The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get + // a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request. + ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException = "InvalidIdentityToken" + + // ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException for service response error code + // "MalformedPolicyDocument". + // + // The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error + // message describes the specific error. + ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException = "MalformedPolicyDocument" + + // ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException for service response error code + // "PackedPolicyTooLarge". + // + // The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error + // message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage + // of what the API allows. + ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException = "PackedPolicyTooLarge" + + // ErrCodeRegionDisabledException for service response error code + // "RegionDisabledException". + // + // STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being + // asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM + // console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating + // and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) + // in the IAM User Guide. + ErrCodeRegionDisabledException = "RegionDisabledException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185c914d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package sts + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" +) + +// STS provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Security Token Service. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// STS methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type STS struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "sts" // Name of service. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // ID to lookup a service endpoint with. + ServiceID = "STS" // ServiceID is a unique identifer of a specific service. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the STS client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a STS client from just a session. +// svc := sts.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a STS client with additional configuration +// svc := sts.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *STS { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *STS { + svc := &STS{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + ServiceID: ServiceID, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2011-06-15", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(query.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a STS operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *STS) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aade9a58b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Original version Copyright © 2010 Fazlul Shahriar . Newer +portions Copyright © 2014 Blake Gentry . + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/netrc/netrc.go b/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/netrc/netrc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea49987c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/netrc/netrc.go @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +package netrc + +import ( + "bufio" + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "os" + "strings" + "sync" + "unicode" + "unicode/utf8" +) + +type tkType int + +const ( + tkMachine tkType = iota + tkDefault + tkLogin + tkPassword + tkAccount + tkMacdef + tkComment + tkWhitespace +) + +var keywords = map[string]tkType{ + "machine": tkMachine, + "default": tkDefault, + "login": tkLogin, + "password": tkPassword, + "account": tkAccount, + "macdef": tkMacdef, + "#": tkComment, +} + +type Netrc struct { + tokens []*token + machines []*Machine + macros Macros + updateLock sync.Mutex +} + +// FindMachine returns the Machine in n named by name. If a machine named by +// name exists, it is returned. If no Machine with name name is found and there +// is a ``default'' machine, the ``default'' machine is returned. Otherwise, nil +// is returned. +func (n *Netrc) FindMachine(name string) (m *Machine) { + // TODO(bgentry): not safe for concurrency + var def *Machine + for _, m = range n.machines { + if m.Name == name { + return m + } + if m.IsDefault() { + def = m + } + } + if def == nil { + return nil + } + return def +} + +// MarshalText implements the encoding.TextMarshaler interface to encode a +// Netrc into text format. +func (n *Netrc) MarshalText() (text []byte, err error) { + // TODO(bgentry): not safe for concurrency + for i := range n.tokens { + switch n.tokens[i].kind { + case tkComment, tkDefault, tkWhitespace: // always append these types + text = append(text, n.tokens[i].rawkind...) + default: + if n.tokens[i].value != "" { // skip empty-value tokens + text = append(text, n.tokens[i].rawkind...) + } + } + if n.tokens[i].kind == tkMacdef { + text = append(text, ' ') + text = append(text, n.tokens[i].macroName...) + } + text = append(text, n.tokens[i].rawvalue...) + } + return +} + +func (n *Netrc) NewMachine(name, login, password, account string) *Machine { + n.updateLock.Lock() + defer n.updateLock.Unlock() + + prefix := "\n" + if len(n.tokens) == 0 { + prefix = "" + } + m := &Machine{ + Name: name, + Login: login, + Password: password, + Account: account, + + nametoken: &token{ + kind: tkMachine, + rawkind: []byte(prefix + "machine"), + value: name, + rawvalue: []byte(" " + name), + }, + logintoken: &token{ + kind: tkLogin, + rawkind: []byte("\n\tlogin"), + value: login, + rawvalue: []byte(" " + login), + }, + passtoken: &token{ + kind: tkPassword, + rawkind: []byte("\n\tpassword"), + value: password, + rawvalue: []byte(" " + password), + }, + accounttoken: &token{ + kind: tkAccount, + rawkind: []byte("\n\taccount"), + value: account, + rawvalue: []byte(" " + account), + }, + } + n.insertMachineTokensBeforeDefault(m) + for i := range n.machines { + if n.machines[i].IsDefault() { + n.machines = append(append(n.machines[:i], m), n.machines[i:]...) + return m + } + } + n.machines = append(n.machines, m) + return m +} + +func (n *Netrc) insertMachineTokensBeforeDefault(m *Machine) { + newtokens := []*token{m.nametoken} + if m.logintoken.value != "" { + newtokens = append(newtokens, m.logintoken) + } + if m.passtoken.value != "" { + newtokens = append(newtokens, m.passtoken) + } + if m.accounttoken.value != "" { + newtokens = append(newtokens, m.accounttoken) + } + for i := range n.tokens { + if n.tokens[i].kind == tkDefault { + // found the default, now insert tokens before it + n.tokens = append(n.tokens[:i], append(newtokens, n.tokens[i:]...)...) + return + } + } + // didn't find a default, just add the newtokens to the end + n.tokens = append(n.tokens, newtokens...) + return +} + +func (n *Netrc) RemoveMachine(name string) { + n.updateLock.Lock() + defer n.updateLock.Unlock() + + for i := range n.machines { + if n.machines[i] != nil && n.machines[i].Name == name { + m := n.machines[i] + for _, t := range []*token{ + m.nametoken, m.logintoken, m.passtoken, m.accounttoken, + } { + n.removeToken(t) + } + n.machines = append(n.machines[:i], n.machines[i+1:]...) + return + } + } +} + +func (n *Netrc) removeToken(t *token) { + if t != nil { + for i := range n.tokens { + if n.tokens[i] == t { + n.tokens = append(n.tokens[:i], n.tokens[i+1:]...) + return + } + } + } +} + +// Machine contains information about a remote machine. +type Machine struct { + Name string + Login string + Password string + Account string + + nametoken *token + logintoken *token + passtoken *token + accounttoken *token +} + +// IsDefault returns true if the machine is a "default" token, denoted by an +// empty name. +func (m *Machine) IsDefault() bool { + return m.Name == "" +} + +// UpdatePassword sets the password for the Machine m. +func (m *Machine) UpdatePassword(newpass string) { + m.Password = newpass + updateTokenValue(m.passtoken, newpass) +} + +// UpdateLogin sets the login for the Machine m. +func (m *Machine) UpdateLogin(newlogin string) { + m.Login = newlogin + updateTokenValue(m.logintoken, newlogin) +} + +// UpdateAccount sets the login for the Machine m. +func (m *Machine) UpdateAccount(newaccount string) { + m.Account = newaccount + updateTokenValue(m.accounttoken, newaccount) +} + +func updateTokenValue(t *token, value string) { + oldvalue := t.value + t.value = value + newraw := make([]byte, len(t.rawvalue)) + copy(newraw, t.rawvalue) + t.rawvalue = append( + bytes.TrimSuffix(newraw, []byte(oldvalue)), + []byte(value)..., + ) +} + +// Macros contains all the macro definitions in a netrc file. +type Macros map[string]string + +type token struct { + kind tkType + macroName string + value string + rawkind []byte + rawvalue []byte +} + +// Error represents a netrc file parse error. +type Error struct { + LineNum int // Line number + Msg string // Error message +} + +// Error returns a string representation of error e. +func (e *Error) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("line %d: %s", e.LineNum, e.Msg) +} + +func (e *Error) BadDefaultOrder() bool { + return e.Msg == errBadDefaultOrder +} + +const errBadDefaultOrder = "default token must appear after all machine tokens" + +// scanLinesKeepPrefix is a split function for a Scanner that returns each line +// of text. The returned token may include newlines if they are before the +// first non-space character. The returned line may be empty. The end-of-line +// marker is one optional carriage return followed by one mandatory newline. In +// regular expression notation, it is `\r?\n`. The last non-empty line of +// input will be returned even if it has no newline. +func scanLinesKeepPrefix(data []byte, atEOF bool) (advance int, token []byte, err error) { + if atEOF && len(data) == 0 { + return 0, nil, nil + } + // Skip leading spaces. + start := 0 + for width := 0; start < len(data); start += width { + var r rune + r, width = utf8.DecodeRune(data[start:]) + if !unicode.IsSpace(r) { + break + } + } + if i := bytes.IndexByte(data[start:], '\n'); i >= 0 { + // We have a full newline-terminated line. + return start + i, data[0 : start+i], nil + } + // If we're at EOF, we have a final, non-terminated line. Return it. + if atEOF { + return len(data), data, nil + } + // Request more data. + return 0, nil, nil +} + +// scanWordsKeepPrefix is a split function for a Scanner that returns each +// space-separated word of text, with prefixing spaces included. It will never +// return an empty string. The definition of space is set by unicode.IsSpace. +// +// Adapted from bufio.ScanWords(). +func scanTokensKeepPrefix(data []byte, atEOF bool) (advance int, token []byte, err error) { + // Skip leading spaces. + start := 0 + for width := 0; start < len(data); start += width { + var r rune + r, width = utf8.DecodeRune(data[start:]) + if !unicode.IsSpace(r) { + break + } + } + if atEOF && len(data) == 0 || start == len(data) { + return len(data), data, nil + } + if len(data) > start && data[start] == '#' { + return scanLinesKeepPrefix(data, atEOF) + } + // Scan until space, marking end of word. + for width, i := 0, start; i < len(data); i += width { + var r rune + r, width = utf8.DecodeRune(data[i:]) + if unicode.IsSpace(r) { + return i, data[:i], nil + } + } + // If we're at EOF, we have a final, non-empty, non-terminated word. Return it. + if atEOF && len(data) > start { + return len(data), data, nil + } + // Request more data. + return 0, nil, nil +} + +func newToken(rawb []byte) (*token, error) { + _, tkind, err := bufio.ScanWords(rawb, true) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + var ok bool + t := token{rawkind: rawb} + t.kind, ok = keywords[string(tkind)] + if !ok { + trimmed := strings.TrimSpace(string(tkind)) + if trimmed == "" { + t.kind = tkWhitespace // whitespace-only, should happen only at EOF + return &t, nil + } + if strings.HasPrefix(trimmed, "#") { + t.kind = tkComment // this is a comment + return &t, nil + } + return &t, fmt.Errorf("keyword expected; got " + string(tkind)) + } + return &t, nil +} + +func scanValue(scanner *bufio.Scanner, pos int) ([]byte, string, int, error) { + if scanner.Scan() { + raw := scanner.Bytes() + pos += bytes.Count(raw, []byte{'\n'}) + return raw, strings.TrimSpace(string(raw)), pos, nil + } + if err := scanner.Err(); err != nil { + return nil, "", pos, &Error{pos, err.Error()} + } + return nil, "", pos, nil +} + +func parse(r io.Reader, pos int) (*Netrc, error) { + b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + nrc := Netrc{machines: make([]*Machine, 0, 20), macros: make(Macros, 10)} + + defaultSeen := false + var currentMacro *token + var m *Machine + var t *token + scanner := bufio.NewScanner(bytes.NewReader(b)) + scanner.Split(scanTokensKeepPrefix) + + for scanner.Scan() { + rawb := scanner.Bytes() + if len(rawb) == 0 { + break + } + pos += bytes.Count(rawb, []byte{'\n'}) + t, err = newToken(rawb) + if err != nil { + if currentMacro == nil { + return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()} + } + currentMacro.rawvalue = append(currentMacro.rawvalue, rawb...) + continue + } + + if currentMacro != nil && bytes.Contains(rawb, []byte{'\n', '\n'}) { + // if macro rawvalue + rawb would contain \n\n, then macro def is over + currentMacro.value = strings.TrimLeft(string(currentMacro.rawvalue), "\r\n") + nrc.macros[currentMacro.macroName] = currentMacro.value + currentMacro = nil + } + + switch t.kind { + case tkMacdef: + if _, t.macroName, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil { + return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()} + } + currentMacro = t + case tkDefault: + if defaultSeen { + return nil, &Error{pos, "multiple default token"} + } + if m != nil { + nrc.machines, m = append(nrc.machines, m), nil + } + m = new(Machine) + m.Name = "" + defaultSeen = true + case tkMachine: + if defaultSeen { + return nil, &Error{pos, errBadDefaultOrder} + } + if m != nil { + nrc.machines, m = append(nrc.machines, m), nil + } + m = new(Machine) + if t.rawvalue, m.Name, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil { + return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()} + } + t.value = m.Name + m.nametoken = t + case tkLogin: + if m == nil || m.Login != "" { + return nil, &Error{pos, "unexpected token login "} + } + if t.rawvalue, m.Login, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil { + return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()} + } + t.value = m.Login + m.logintoken = t + case tkPassword: + if m == nil || m.Password != "" { + return nil, &Error{pos, "unexpected token password"} + } + if t.rawvalue, m.Password, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil { + return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()} + } + t.value = m.Password + m.passtoken = t + case tkAccount: + if m == nil || m.Account != "" { + return nil, &Error{pos, "unexpected token account"} + } + if t.rawvalue, m.Account, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil { + return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()} + } + t.value = m.Account + m.accounttoken = t + } + + nrc.tokens = append(nrc.tokens, t) + } + + if err := scanner.Err(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + if m != nil { + nrc.machines, m = append(nrc.machines, m), nil + } + return &nrc, nil +} + +// ParseFile opens the file at filename and then passes its io.Reader to +// Parse(). +func ParseFile(filename string) (*Netrc, error) { + fd, err := os.Open(filename) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer fd.Close() + return Parse(fd) +} + +// Parse parses from the the Reader r as a netrc file and returns the set of +// machine information and macros defined in it. The ``default'' machine, +// which is intended to be used when no machine name matches, is identified +// by an empty machine name. There can be only one ``default'' machine. +// +// If there is a parsing error, an Error is returned. +func Parse(r io.Reader) (*Netrc, error) { + return parse(r, 1) +} + +// FindMachine parses the netrc file identified by filename and returns the +// Machine named by name. If a problem occurs parsing the file at filename, an +// error is returned. If a machine named by name exists, it is returned. If no +// Machine with name name is found and there is a ``default'' machine, the +// ``default'' machine is returned. Otherwise, nil is returned. +func FindMachine(filename, name string) (m *Machine, err error) { + n, err := ParseFile(filename) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return n.FindMachine(name), nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d361bbcdf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +Apache License +Version 2.0, January 2004 +http://www.apache.org/licenses/ + +TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION + +1. Definitions. + +"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and +distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. + +"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright +owner that is granting the License. + +"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities +that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. +For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or +indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by +contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the +outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. + +"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising +permissions granted by this License. + +"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including +but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration +files. + +"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or +translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, +generated documentation, and conversions to other media types. + +"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made +available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included +in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below). + +"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that +is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, +annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an +original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works +shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by +name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof. + +"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version +of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works +thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work +by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit +on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, +"submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent +to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to +communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and +issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for +the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication +that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright +owner as "Not a Contribution." + +"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf +of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently +incorporated within the Work. + +2. Grant of Copyright License. + +Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby +grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, +irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, +publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such +Derivative Works in Source or Object form. + +3. Grant of Patent License. + +Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby +grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, +irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have +made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where +such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor +that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination +of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was +submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a +cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a +Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory +patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License +for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. + +4. Redistribution. + +You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof +in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, +provided that You meet the following conditions: + +You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of +this License; and +You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You +changed the files; and +You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, +all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form +of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the +Derivative Works; and +If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any +Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the +attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices +that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the +following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the +Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along +with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative +Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of +the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the +License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that +You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, +provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as +modifying the License. +You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide +additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or +distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, +provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies +with the conditions stated in this License. + +5. Submission of Contributions. + +Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted +for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and +conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. +Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of +any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding +such Contributions. + +6. Trademarks. + +This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, +service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for +reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and +reproducing the content of the NOTICE file. + +7. Disclaimer of Warranty. + +Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the +Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, +WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, +including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, +NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are +solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or +redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of +permissions under this License. + +8. Limitation of Liability. + +In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), +contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate +and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be +liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, +or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or +out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to +damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or +any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has +been advised of the possibility of such damages. + +9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. + +While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to +offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or +other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, +in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your +sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You +agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability +incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your +accepting any such warranty or additional liability. + +END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work + +To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate +notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own +identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be +enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also +recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on +the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within +third-party archives. + + Copyright 2014 Unknwon + + Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + You may obtain a copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + + Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + limitations under the License. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80afe7431 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +// Copyright 2016 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "fmt" +) + +type ErrDelimiterNotFound struct { + Line string +} + +func IsErrDelimiterNotFound(err error) bool { + _, ok := err.(ErrDelimiterNotFound) + return ok +} + +func (err ErrDelimiterNotFound) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("key-value delimiter not found: %s", err.Line) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/file.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/file.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a3186b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/file.go @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ +// Copyright 2017 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "os" + "strings" + "sync" +) + +// File represents a combination of a or more INI file(s) in memory. +type File struct { + options LoadOptions + dataSources []dataSource + + // Should make things safe, but sometimes doesn't matter. + BlockMode bool + lock sync.RWMutex + + // To keep data in order. + sectionList []string + // Actual data is stored here. + sections map[string]*Section + + NameMapper + ValueMapper +} + +// newFile initializes File object with given data sources. +func newFile(dataSources []dataSource, opts LoadOptions) *File { + return &File{ + BlockMode: true, + dataSources: dataSources, + sections: make(map[string]*Section), + sectionList: make([]string, 0, 10), + options: opts, + } +} + +// Empty returns an empty file object. +func Empty() *File { + // Ignore error here, we sure our data is good. + f, _ := Load([]byte("")) + return f +} + +// NewSection creates a new section. +func (f *File) NewSection(name string) (*Section, error) { + if len(name) == 0 { + return nil, errors.New("error creating new section: empty section name") + } else if f.options.Insensitive && name != DEFAULT_SECTION { + name = strings.ToLower(name) + } + + if f.BlockMode { + f.lock.Lock() + defer f.lock.Unlock() + } + + if inSlice(name, f.sectionList) { + return f.sections[name], nil + } + + f.sectionList = append(f.sectionList, name) + f.sections[name] = newSection(f, name) + return f.sections[name], nil +} + +// NewRawSection creates a new section with an unparseable body. +func (f *File) NewRawSection(name, body string) (*Section, error) { + section, err := f.NewSection(name) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + section.isRawSection = true + section.rawBody = body + return section, nil +} + +// NewSections creates a list of sections. +func (f *File) NewSections(names ...string) (err error) { + for _, name := range names { + if _, err = f.NewSection(name); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// GetSection returns section by given name. +func (f *File) GetSection(name string) (*Section, error) { + if len(name) == 0 { + name = DEFAULT_SECTION + } + if f.options.Insensitive { + name = strings.ToLower(name) + } + + if f.BlockMode { + f.lock.RLock() + defer f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + sec := f.sections[name] + if sec == nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("section '%s' does not exist", name) + } + return sec, nil +} + +// Section assumes named section exists and returns a zero-value when not. +func (f *File) Section(name string) *Section { + sec, err := f.GetSection(name) + if err != nil { + // Note: It's OK here because the only possible error is empty section name, + // but if it's empty, this piece of code won't be executed. + sec, _ = f.NewSection(name) + return sec + } + return sec +} + +// Section returns list of Section. +func (f *File) Sections() []*Section { + if f.BlockMode { + f.lock.RLock() + defer f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + sections := make([]*Section, len(f.sectionList)) + for i, name := range f.sectionList { + sections[i] = f.sections[name] + } + return sections +} + +// ChildSections returns a list of child sections of given section name. +func (f *File) ChildSections(name string) []*Section { + return f.Section(name).ChildSections() +} + +// SectionStrings returns list of section names. +func (f *File) SectionStrings() []string { + list := make([]string, len(f.sectionList)) + copy(list, f.sectionList) + return list +} + +// DeleteSection deletes a section. +func (f *File) DeleteSection(name string) { + if f.BlockMode { + f.lock.Lock() + defer f.lock.Unlock() + } + + if len(name) == 0 { + name = DEFAULT_SECTION + } + + for i, s := range f.sectionList { + if s == name { + f.sectionList = append(f.sectionList[:i], f.sectionList[i+1:]...) + delete(f.sections, name) + return + } + } +} + +func (f *File) reload(s dataSource) error { + r, err := s.ReadCloser() + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer r.Close() + + return f.parse(r) +} + +// Reload reloads and parses all data sources. +func (f *File) Reload() (err error) { + for _, s := range f.dataSources { + if err = f.reload(s); err != nil { + // In loose mode, we create an empty default section for nonexistent files. + if os.IsNotExist(err) && f.options.Loose { + f.parse(bytes.NewBuffer(nil)) + continue + } + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// Append appends one or more data sources and reloads automatically. +func (f *File) Append(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error { + ds, err := parseDataSource(source) + if err != nil { + return err + } + f.dataSources = append(f.dataSources, ds) + for _, s := range others { + ds, err = parseDataSource(s) + if err != nil { + return err + } + f.dataSources = append(f.dataSources, ds) + } + return f.Reload() +} + +func (f *File) writeToBuffer(indent string) (*bytes.Buffer, error) { + equalSign := "=" + if PrettyFormat || PrettyEqual { + equalSign = " = " + } + + // Use buffer to make sure target is safe until finish encoding. + buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil) + for i, sname := range f.sectionList { + sec := f.Section(sname) + if len(sec.Comment) > 0 { + // Support multiline comments + lines := strings.Split(sec.Comment, LineBreak) + for i := range lines { + if lines[i][0] != '#' && lines[i][0] != ';' { + lines[i] = "; " + lines[i] + } else { + lines[i] = lines[i][:1] + " " + strings.TrimSpace(lines[i][1:]) + } + + if _, err := buf.WriteString(lines[i] + LineBreak); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + } + + if i > 0 || DefaultHeader { + if _, err := buf.WriteString("[" + sname + "]" + LineBreak); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } else { + // Write nothing if default section is empty + if len(sec.keyList) == 0 { + continue + } + } + + if sec.isRawSection { + if _, err := buf.WriteString(sec.rawBody); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + if PrettySection { + // Put a line between sections + if _, err := buf.WriteString(LineBreak); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + continue + } + + // Count and generate alignment length and buffer spaces using the + // longest key. Keys may be modifed if they contain certain characters so + // we need to take that into account in our calculation. + alignLength := 0 + if PrettyFormat { + for _, kname := range sec.keyList { + keyLength := len(kname) + // First case will surround key by ` and second by """ + if strings.ContainsAny(kname, "\"=:") { + keyLength += 2 + } else if strings.Contains(kname, "`") { + keyLength += 6 + } + + if keyLength > alignLength { + alignLength = keyLength + } + } + } + alignSpaces := bytes.Repeat([]byte(" "), alignLength) + + KEY_LIST: + for _, kname := range sec.keyList { + key := sec.Key(kname) + if len(key.Comment) > 0 { + if len(indent) > 0 && sname != DEFAULT_SECTION { + buf.WriteString(indent) + } + + // Support multiline comments + lines := strings.Split(key.Comment, LineBreak) + for i := range lines { + if lines[i][0] != '#' && lines[i][0] != ';' { + lines[i] = "; " + lines[i] + } else { + lines[i] = lines[i][:1] + " " + strings.TrimSpace(lines[i][1:]) + } + + if _, err := buf.WriteString(lines[i] + LineBreak); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + } + + if len(indent) > 0 && sname != DEFAULT_SECTION { + buf.WriteString(indent) + } + + switch { + case key.isAutoIncrement: + kname = "-" + case strings.ContainsAny(kname, "\"=:"): + kname = "`" + kname + "`" + case strings.Contains(kname, "`"): + kname = `"""` + kname + `"""` + } + + for _, val := range key.ValueWithShadows() { + if _, err := buf.WriteString(kname); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + if key.isBooleanType { + if kname != sec.keyList[len(sec.keyList)-1] { + buf.WriteString(LineBreak) + } + continue KEY_LIST + } + + // Write out alignment spaces before "=" sign + if PrettyFormat { + buf.Write(alignSpaces[:alignLength-len(kname)]) + } + + // In case key value contains "\n", "`", "\"", "#" or ";" + if strings.ContainsAny(val, "\n`") { + val = `"""` + val + `"""` + } else if !f.options.IgnoreInlineComment && strings.ContainsAny(val, "#;") { + val = "`" + val + "`" + } + if _, err := buf.WriteString(equalSign + val + LineBreak); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + + for _, val := range key.nestedValues { + if _, err := buf.WriteString(indent + " " + val + LineBreak); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + } + + if PrettySection { + // Put a line between sections + if _, err := buf.WriteString(LineBreak); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + } + + return buf, nil +} + +// WriteToIndent writes content into io.Writer with given indention. +// If PrettyFormat has been set to be true, +// it will align "=" sign with spaces under each section. +func (f *File) WriteToIndent(w io.Writer, indent string) (int64, error) { + buf, err := f.writeToBuffer(indent) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + return buf.WriteTo(w) +} + +// WriteTo writes file content into io.Writer. +func (f *File) WriteTo(w io.Writer) (int64, error) { + return f.WriteToIndent(w, "") +} + +// SaveToIndent writes content to file system with given value indention. +func (f *File) SaveToIndent(filename, indent string) error { + // Note: Because we are truncating with os.Create, + // so it's safer to save to a temporary file location and rename afte done. + buf, err := f.writeToBuffer(indent) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + return ioutil.WriteFile(filename, buf.Bytes(), 0666) +} + +// SaveTo writes content to file system. +func (f *File) SaveTo(filename string) error { + return f.SaveToIndent(filename, "") +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb55997a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +// +build go1.6 + +// Copyright 2014 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +// Package ini provides INI file read and write functionality in Go. +package ini + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "os" + "regexp" + "runtime" +) + +const ( + // Name for default section. You can use this constant or the string literal. + // In most of cases, an empty string is all you need to access the section. + DEFAULT_SECTION = "DEFAULT" + + // Maximum allowed depth when recursively substituing variable names. + _DEPTH_VALUES = 99 + _VERSION = "1.38.2" +) + +// Version returns current package version literal. +func Version() string { + return _VERSION +} + +var ( + // Delimiter to determine or compose a new line. + // This variable will be changed to "\r\n" automatically on Windows + // at package init time. + LineBreak = "\n" + + // Variable regexp pattern: %(variable)s + varPattern = regexp.MustCompile(`%\(([^\)]+)\)s`) + + // Indicate whether to align "=" sign with spaces to produce pretty output + // or reduce all possible spaces for compact format. + PrettyFormat = true + + // Place spaces around "=" sign even when PrettyFormat is false + PrettyEqual = false + + // Explicitly write DEFAULT section header + DefaultHeader = false + + // Indicate whether to put a line between sections + PrettySection = true +) + +func init() { + if runtime.GOOS == "windows" { + LineBreak = "\r\n" + } +} + +func inSlice(str string, s []string) bool { + for _, v := range s { + if str == v { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// dataSource is an interface that returns object which can be read and closed. +type dataSource interface { + ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error) +} + +// sourceFile represents an object that contains content on the local file system. +type sourceFile struct { + name string +} + +func (s sourceFile) ReadCloser() (_ io.ReadCloser, err error) { + return os.Open(s.name) +} + +// sourceData represents an object that contains content in memory. +type sourceData struct { + data []byte +} + +func (s *sourceData) ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error) { + return ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader(s.data)), nil +} + +// sourceReadCloser represents an input stream with Close method. +type sourceReadCloser struct { + reader io.ReadCloser +} + +func (s *sourceReadCloser) ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error) { + return s.reader, nil +} + +func parseDataSource(source interface{}) (dataSource, error) { + switch s := source.(type) { + case string: + return sourceFile{s}, nil + case []byte: + return &sourceData{s}, nil + case io.ReadCloser: + return &sourceReadCloser{s}, nil + default: + return nil, fmt.Errorf("error parsing data source: unknown type '%s'", s) + } +} + +type LoadOptions struct { + // Loose indicates whether the parser should ignore nonexistent files or return error. + Loose bool + // Insensitive indicates whether the parser forces all section and key names to lowercase. + Insensitive bool + // IgnoreContinuation indicates whether to ignore continuation lines while parsing. + IgnoreContinuation bool + // IgnoreInlineComment indicates whether to ignore comments at the end of value and treat it as part of value. + IgnoreInlineComment bool + // SkipUnrecognizableLines indicates whether to skip unrecognizable lines that do not conform to key/value pairs. + SkipUnrecognizableLines bool + // AllowBooleanKeys indicates whether to allow boolean type keys or treat as value is missing. + // This type of keys are mostly used in my.cnf. + AllowBooleanKeys bool + // AllowShadows indicates whether to keep track of keys with same name under same section. + AllowShadows bool + // AllowNestedValues indicates whether to allow AWS-like nested values. + // Docs: http://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/topic/config-vars.html#nested-values + AllowNestedValues bool + // AllowPythonMultilineValues indicates whether to allow Python-like multi-line values. + // Docs: https://docs.python.org/3/library/configparser.html#supported-ini-file-structure + // Relevant quote: Values can also span multiple lines, as long as they are indented deeper + // than the first line of the value. + AllowPythonMultilineValues bool + // SpaceBeforeInlineComment indicates whether to allow comment symbols (\# and \;) inside value. + // Docs: https://docs.python.org/2/library/configparser.html + // Quote: Comments may appear on their own in an otherwise empty line, or may be entered in lines holding values or section names. + // In the latter case, they need to be preceded by a whitespace character to be recognized as a comment. + SpaceBeforeInlineComment bool + // UnescapeValueDoubleQuotes indicates whether to unescape double quotes inside value to regular format + // when value is surrounded by double quotes, e.g. key="a \"value\"" => key=a "value" + UnescapeValueDoubleQuotes bool + // UnescapeValueCommentSymbols indicates to unescape comment symbols (\# and \;) inside value to regular format + // when value is NOT surrounded by any quotes. + // Note: UNSTABLE, behavior might change to only unescape inside double quotes but may noy necessary at all. + UnescapeValueCommentSymbols bool + // UnparseableSections stores a list of blocks that are allowed with raw content which do not otherwise + // conform to key/value pairs. Specify the names of those blocks here. + UnparseableSections []string +} + +func LoadSources(opts LoadOptions, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (_ *File, err error) { + sources := make([]dataSource, len(others)+1) + sources[0], err = parseDataSource(source) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + for i := range others { + sources[i+1], err = parseDataSource(others[i]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + f := newFile(sources, opts) + if err = f.Reload(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return f, nil +} + +// Load loads and parses from INI data sources. +// Arguments can be mixed of file name with string type, or raw data in []byte. +// It will return error if list contains nonexistent files. +func Load(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) { + return LoadSources(LoadOptions{}, source, others...) +} + +// LooseLoad has exactly same functionality as Load function +// except it ignores nonexistent files instead of returning error. +func LooseLoad(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) { + return LoadSources(LoadOptions{Loose: true}, source, others...) +} + +// InsensitiveLoad has exactly same functionality as Load function +// except it forces all section and key names to be lowercased. +func InsensitiveLoad(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) { + return LoadSources(LoadOptions{Insensitive: true}, source, others...) +} + +// ShadowLoad has exactly same functionality as Load function +// except it allows have shadow keys. +func ShadowLoad(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) { + return LoadSources(LoadOptions{AllowShadows: true}, source, others...) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c8566a1b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go @@ -0,0 +1,751 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "fmt" + "strconv" + "strings" + "time" +) + +// Key represents a key under a section. +type Key struct { + s *Section + Comment string + name string + value string + isAutoIncrement bool + isBooleanType bool + + isShadow bool + shadows []*Key + + nestedValues []string +} + +// newKey simply return a key object with given values. +func newKey(s *Section, name, val string) *Key { + return &Key{ + s: s, + name: name, + value: val, + } +} + +func (k *Key) addShadow(val string) error { + if k.isShadow { + return errors.New("cannot add shadow to another shadow key") + } else if k.isAutoIncrement || k.isBooleanType { + return errors.New("cannot add shadow to auto-increment or boolean key") + } + + shadow := newKey(k.s, k.name, val) + shadow.isShadow = true + k.shadows = append(k.shadows, shadow) + return nil +} + +// AddShadow adds a new shadow key to itself. +func (k *Key) AddShadow(val string) error { + if !k.s.f.options.AllowShadows { + return errors.New("shadow key is not allowed") + } + return k.addShadow(val) +} + +func (k *Key) addNestedValue(val string) error { + if k.isAutoIncrement || k.isBooleanType { + return errors.New("cannot add nested value to auto-increment or boolean key") + } + + k.nestedValues = append(k.nestedValues, val) + return nil +} + +func (k *Key) AddNestedValue(val string) error { + if !k.s.f.options.AllowNestedValues { + return errors.New("nested value is not allowed") + } + return k.addNestedValue(val) +} + +// ValueMapper represents a mapping function for values, e.g. os.ExpandEnv +type ValueMapper func(string) string + +// Name returns name of key. +func (k *Key) Name() string { + return k.name +} + +// Value returns raw value of key for performance purpose. +func (k *Key) Value() string { + return k.value +} + +// ValueWithShadows returns raw values of key and its shadows if any. +func (k *Key) ValueWithShadows() []string { + if len(k.shadows) == 0 { + return []string{k.value} + } + vals := make([]string, len(k.shadows)+1) + vals[0] = k.value + for i := range k.shadows { + vals[i+1] = k.shadows[i].value + } + return vals +} + +// NestedValues returns nested values stored in the key. +// It is possible returned value is nil if no nested values stored in the key. +func (k *Key) NestedValues() []string { + return k.nestedValues +} + +// transformValue takes a raw value and transforms to its final string. +func (k *Key) transformValue(val string) string { + if k.s.f.ValueMapper != nil { + val = k.s.f.ValueMapper(val) + } + + // Fail-fast if no indicate char found for recursive value + if !strings.Contains(val, "%") { + return val + } + for i := 0; i < _DEPTH_VALUES; i++ { + vr := varPattern.FindString(val) + if len(vr) == 0 { + break + } + + // Take off leading '%(' and trailing ')s'. + noption := strings.TrimLeft(vr, "%(") + noption = strings.TrimRight(noption, ")s") + + // Search in the same section. + nk, err := k.s.GetKey(noption) + if err != nil || k == nk { + // Search again in default section. + nk, _ = k.s.f.Section("").GetKey(noption) + } + + // Substitute by new value and take off leading '%(' and trailing ')s'. + val = strings.Replace(val, vr, nk.value, -1) + } + return val +} + +// String returns string representation of value. +func (k *Key) String() string { + return k.transformValue(k.value) +} + +// Validate accepts a validate function which can +// return modifed result as key value. +func (k *Key) Validate(fn func(string) string) string { + return fn(k.String()) +} + +// parseBool returns the boolean value represented by the string. +// +// It accepts 1, t, T, TRUE, true, True, YES, yes, Yes, y, ON, on, On, +// 0, f, F, FALSE, false, False, NO, no, No, n, OFF, off, Off. +// Any other value returns an error. +func parseBool(str string) (value bool, err error) { + switch str { + case "1", "t", "T", "true", "TRUE", "True", "YES", "yes", "Yes", "y", "ON", "on", "On": + return true, nil + case "0", "f", "F", "false", "FALSE", "False", "NO", "no", "No", "n", "OFF", "off", "Off": + return false, nil + } + return false, fmt.Errorf("parsing \"%s\": invalid syntax", str) +} + +// Bool returns bool type value. +func (k *Key) Bool() (bool, error) { + return parseBool(k.String()) +} + +// Float64 returns float64 type value. +func (k *Key) Float64() (float64, error) { + return strconv.ParseFloat(k.String(), 64) +} + +// Int returns int type value. +func (k *Key) Int() (int, error) { + return strconv.Atoi(k.String()) +} + +// Int64 returns int64 type value. +func (k *Key) Int64() (int64, error) { + return strconv.ParseInt(k.String(), 10, 64) +} + +// Uint returns uint type valued. +func (k *Key) Uint() (uint, error) { + u, e := strconv.ParseUint(k.String(), 10, 64) + return uint(u), e +} + +// Uint64 returns uint64 type value. +func (k *Key) Uint64() (uint64, error) { + return strconv.ParseUint(k.String(), 10, 64) +} + +// Duration returns time.Duration type value. +func (k *Key) Duration() (time.Duration, error) { + return time.ParseDuration(k.String()) +} + +// TimeFormat parses with given format and returns time.Time type value. +func (k *Key) TimeFormat(format string) (time.Time, error) { + return time.Parse(format, k.String()) +} + +// Time parses with RFC3339 format and returns time.Time type value. +func (k *Key) Time() (time.Time, error) { + return k.TimeFormat(time.RFC3339) +} + +// MustString returns default value if key value is empty. +func (k *Key) MustString(defaultVal string) string { + val := k.String() + if len(val) == 0 { + k.value = defaultVal + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// MustBool always returns value without error, +// it returns false if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustBool(defaultVal ...bool) bool { + val, err := k.Bool() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatBool(defaultVal[0]) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustFloat64 always returns value without error, +// it returns 0.0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustFloat64(defaultVal ...float64) float64 { + val, err := k.Float64() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatFloat(defaultVal[0], 'f', -1, 64) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustInt always returns value without error, +// it returns 0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustInt(defaultVal ...int) int { + val, err := k.Int() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatInt(int64(defaultVal[0]), 10) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustInt64 always returns value without error, +// it returns 0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustInt64(defaultVal ...int64) int64 { + val, err := k.Int64() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatInt(defaultVal[0], 10) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustUint always returns value without error, +// it returns 0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustUint(defaultVal ...uint) uint { + val, err := k.Uint() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatUint(uint64(defaultVal[0]), 10) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustUint64 always returns value without error, +// it returns 0 if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustUint64(defaultVal ...uint64) uint64 { + val, err := k.Uint64() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = strconv.FormatUint(defaultVal[0], 10) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustDuration always returns value without error, +// it returns zero value if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustDuration(defaultVal ...time.Duration) time.Duration { + val, err := k.Duration() + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = defaultVal[0].String() + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustTimeFormat always parses with given format and returns value without error, +// it returns zero value if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal ...time.Time) time.Time { + val, err := k.TimeFormat(format) + if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil { + k.value = defaultVal[0].Format(format) + return defaultVal[0] + } + return val +} + +// MustTime always parses with RFC3339 format and returns value without error, +// it returns zero value if error occurs. +func (k *Key) MustTime(defaultVal ...time.Time) time.Time { + return k.MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal...) +} + +// In always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) In(defaultVal string, candidates []string) string { + val := k.String() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InFloat64 always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InFloat64(defaultVal float64, candidates []float64) float64 { + val := k.MustFloat64() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InInt always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InInt(defaultVal int, candidates []int) int { + val := k.MustInt() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InInt64 always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InInt64(defaultVal int64, candidates []int64) int64 { + val := k.MustInt64() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InUint always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InUint(defaultVal uint, candidates []uint) uint { + val := k.MustUint() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InUint64 always returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InUint64(defaultVal uint64, candidates []uint64) uint64 { + val := k.MustUint64() + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InTimeFormat always parses with given format and returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal time.Time, candidates []time.Time) time.Time { + val := k.MustTimeFormat(format) + for _, cand := range candidates { + if val == cand { + return val + } + } + return defaultVal +} + +// InTime always parses with RFC3339 format and returns value without error, +// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates. +func (k *Key) InTime(defaultVal time.Time, candidates []time.Time) time.Time { + return k.InTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal, candidates) +} + +// RangeFloat64 checks if value is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeFloat64(defaultVal, min, max float64) float64 { + val := k.MustFloat64() + if val < min || val > max { + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// RangeInt checks if value is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeInt(defaultVal, min, max int) int { + val := k.MustInt() + if val < min || val > max { + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// RangeInt64 checks if value is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeInt64(defaultVal, min, max int64) int64 { + val := k.MustInt64() + if val < min || val > max { + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// RangeTimeFormat checks if value with given format is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal, min, max time.Time) time.Time { + val := k.MustTimeFormat(format) + if val.Unix() < min.Unix() || val.Unix() > max.Unix() { + return defaultVal + } + return val +} + +// RangeTime checks if value with RFC3339 format is in given range inclusively, +// and returns default value if it's not. +func (k *Key) RangeTime(defaultVal, min, max time.Time) time.Time { + return k.RangeTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal, min, max) +} + +// Strings returns list of string divided by given delimiter. +func (k *Key) Strings(delim string) []string { + str := k.String() + if len(str) == 0 { + return []string{} + } + + runes := []rune(str) + vals := make([]string, 0, 2) + var buf bytes.Buffer + escape := false + idx := 0 + for { + if escape { + escape = false + if runes[idx] != '\\' && !strings.HasPrefix(string(runes[idx:]), delim) { + buf.WriteRune('\\') + } + buf.WriteRune(runes[idx]) + } else { + if runes[idx] == '\\' { + escape = true + } else if strings.HasPrefix(string(runes[idx:]), delim) { + idx += len(delim) - 1 + vals = append(vals, strings.TrimSpace(buf.String())) + buf.Reset() + } else { + buf.WriteRune(runes[idx]) + } + } + idx += 1 + if idx == len(runes) { + break + } + } + + if buf.Len() > 0 { + vals = append(vals, strings.TrimSpace(buf.String())) + } + + return vals +} + +// StringsWithShadows returns list of string divided by given delimiter. +// Shadows will also be appended if any. +func (k *Key) StringsWithShadows(delim string) []string { + vals := k.ValueWithShadows() + results := make([]string, 0, len(vals)*2) + for i := range vals { + if len(vals) == 0 { + continue + } + + results = append(results, strings.Split(vals[i], delim)...) + } + + for i := range results { + results[i] = k.transformValue(strings.TrimSpace(results[i])) + } + return results +} + +// Float64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Float64s(delim string) []float64 { + vals, _ := k.parseFloat64s(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Ints returns list of int divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Ints(delim string) []int { + vals, _ := k.parseInts(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Int64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Int64s(delim string) []int64 { + vals, _ := k.parseInt64s(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Uints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Uints(delim string) []uint { + vals, _ := k.parseUints(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Uint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value. +func (k *Key) Uint64s(delim string) []uint64 { + vals, _ := k.parseUint64s(k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// TimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter. +// Any invalid input will be treated as zero value (0001-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 UTC). +func (k *Key) TimesFormat(format, delim string) []time.Time { + vals, _ := k.parseTimesFormat(format, k.Strings(delim), true, false) + return vals +} + +// Times parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter. +// Any invalid input will be treated as zero value (0001-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 UTC). +func (k *Key) Times(delim string) []time.Time { + return k.TimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim) +} + +// ValidFloat64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not float, then +// it will not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidFloat64s(delim string) []float64 { + vals, _ := k.parseFloat64s(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidInts returns list of int divided by given delimiter. If some value is not integer, then it will +// not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidInts(delim string) []int { + vals, _ := k.parseInts(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidInt64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not 64-bit integer, +// then it will not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidInt64s(delim string) []int64 { + vals, _ := k.parseInt64s(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidUints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter. If some value is not unsigned integer, +// then it will not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidUints(delim string) []uint { + vals, _ := k.parseUints(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidUint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not 64-bit unsigned +// integer, then it will not be included to result list. +func (k *Key) ValidUint64s(delim string) []uint64 { + vals, _ := k.parseUint64s(k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidTimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter. +func (k *Key) ValidTimesFormat(format, delim string) []time.Time { + vals, _ := k.parseTimesFormat(format, k.Strings(delim), false, false) + return vals +} + +// ValidTimes parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter. +func (k *Key) ValidTimes(delim string) []time.Time { + return k.ValidTimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim) +} + +// StrictFloat64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictFloat64s(delim string) ([]float64, error) { + return k.parseFloat64s(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictInts returns list of int divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictInts(delim string) ([]int, error) { + return k.parseInts(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictInt64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictInt64s(delim string) ([]int64, error) { + return k.parseInt64s(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictUints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictUints(delim string) ([]uint, error) { + return k.parseUints(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictUint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictUint64s(delim string) ([]uint64, error) { + return k.parseUint64s(k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictTimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter +// or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictTimesFormat(format, delim string) ([]time.Time, error) { + return k.parseTimesFormat(format, k.Strings(delim), false, true) +} + +// StrictTimes parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter +// or error on first invalid input. +func (k *Key) StrictTimes(delim string) ([]time.Time, error) { + return k.StrictTimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim) +} + +// parseFloat64s transforms strings to float64s. +func (k *Key) parseFloat64s(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]float64, error) { + vals := make([]float64, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.ParseFloat(str, 64) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseInts transforms strings to ints. +func (k *Key) parseInts(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]int, error) { + vals := make([]int, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.Atoi(str) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseInt64s transforms strings to int64s. +func (k *Key) parseInt64s(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]int64, error) { + vals := make([]int64, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseUints transforms strings to uints. +func (k *Key) parseUints(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]uint, error) { + vals := make([]uint, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.ParseUint(str, 10, 0) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, uint(val)) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseUint64s transforms strings to uint64s. +func (k *Key) parseUint64s(strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]uint64, error) { + vals := make([]uint64, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := strconv.ParseUint(str, 10, 64) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// parseTimesFormat transforms strings to times in given format. +func (k *Key) parseTimesFormat(format string, strs []string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]time.Time, error) { + vals := make([]time.Time, 0, len(strs)) + for _, str := range strs { + val, err := time.Parse(format, str) + if err != nil && returnOnInvalid { + return nil, err + } + if err == nil || addInvalid { + vals = append(vals, val) + } + } + return vals, nil +} + +// SetValue changes key value. +func (k *Key) SetValue(v string) { + if k.s.f.BlockMode { + k.s.f.lock.Lock() + defer k.s.f.lock.Unlock() + } + + k.value = v + k.s.keysHash[k.name] = v +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3daf54c38 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +// Copyright 2015 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "bufio" + "bytes" + "fmt" + "io" + "regexp" + "strconv" + "strings" + "unicode" +) + +var pythonMultiline = regexp.MustCompile("^(\\s+)([^\n]+)") + +type tokenType int + +const ( + _TOKEN_INVALID tokenType = iota + _TOKEN_COMMENT + _TOKEN_SECTION + _TOKEN_KEY +) + +type parser struct { + buf *bufio.Reader + isEOF bool + count int + comment *bytes.Buffer +} + +func newParser(r io.Reader) *parser { + return &parser{ + buf: bufio.NewReader(r), + count: 1, + comment: &bytes.Buffer{}, + } +} + +// BOM handles header of UTF-8, UTF-16 LE and UTF-16 BE's BOM format. +// http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byte_order_mark#Representations_of_byte_order_marks_by_encoding +func (p *parser) BOM() error { + mask, err := p.buf.Peek(2) + if err != nil && err != io.EOF { + return err + } else if len(mask) < 2 { + return nil + } + + switch { + case mask[0] == 254 && mask[1] == 255: + fallthrough + case mask[0] == 255 && mask[1] == 254: + p.buf.Read(mask) + case mask[0] == 239 && mask[1] == 187: + mask, err := p.buf.Peek(3) + if err != nil && err != io.EOF { + return err + } else if len(mask) < 3 { + return nil + } + if mask[2] == 191 { + p.buf.Read(mask) + } + } + return nil +} + +func (p *parser) readUntil(delim byte) ([]byte, error) { + data, err := p.buf.ReadBytes(delim) + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + p.isEOF = true + } else { + return nil, err + } + } + return data, nil +} + +func cleanComment(in []byte) ([]byte, bool) { + i := bytes.IndexAny(in, "#;") + if i == -1 { + return nil, false + } + return in[i:], true +} + +func readKeyName(in []byte) (string, int, error) { + line := string(in) + + // Check if key name surrounded by quotes. + var keyQuote string + if line[0] == '"' { + if len(line) > 6 && string(line[0:3]) == `"""` { + keyQuote = `"""` + } else { + keyQuote = `"` + } + } else if line[0] == '`' { + keyQuote = "`" + } + + // Get out key name + endIdx := -1 + if len(keyQuote) > 0 { + startIdx := len(keyQuote) + // FIXME: fail case -> """"""name"""=value + pos := strings.Index(line[startIdx:], keyQuote) + if pos == -1 { + return "", -1, fmt.Errorf("missing closing key quote: %s", line) + } + pos += startIdx + + // Find key-value delimiter + i := strings.IndexAny(line[pos+startIdx:], "=:") + if i < 0 { + return "", -1, ErrDelimiterNotFound{line} + } + endIdx = pos + i + return strings.TrimSpace(line[startIdx:pos]), endIdx + startIdx + 1, nil + } + + endIdx = strings.IndexAny(line, "=:") + if endIdx < 0 { + return "", -1, ErrDelimiterNotFound{line} + } + return strings.TrimSpace(line[0:endIdx]), endIdx + 1, nil +} + +func (p *parser) readMultilines(line, val, valQuote string) (string, error) { + for { + data, err := p.readUntil('\n') + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + next := string(data) + + pos := strings.LastIndex(next, valQuote) + if pos > -1 { + val += next[:pos] + + comment, has := cleanComment([]byte(next[pos:])) + if has { + p.comment.Write(bytes.TrimSpace(comment)) + } + break + } + val += next + if p.isEOF { + return "", fmt.Errorf("missing closing key quote from '%s' to '%s'", line, next) + } + } + return val, nil +} + +func (p *parser) readContinuationLines(val string) (string, error) { + for { + data, err := p.readUntil('\n') + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + next := strings.TrimSpace(string(data)) + + if len(next) == 0 { + break + } + val += next + if val[len(val)-1] != '\\' { + break + } + val = val[:len(val)-1] + } + return val, nil +} + +// hasSurroundedQuote check if and only if the first and last characters +// are quotes \" or \'. +// It returns false if any other parts also contain same kind of quotes. +func hasSurroundedQuote(in string, quote byte) bool { + return len(in) >= 2 && in[0] == quote && in[len(in)-1] == quote && + strings.IndexByte(in[1:], quote) == len(in)-2 +} + +func (p *parser) readValue(in []byte, + parserBufferSize int, + ignoreContinuation, ignoreInlineComment, unescapeValueDoubleQuotes, unescapeValueCommentSymbols, allowPythonMultilines, spaceBeforeInlineComment bool) (string, error) { + + line := strings.TrimLeftFunc(string(in), unicode.IsSpace) + if len(line) == 0 { + return "", nil + } + + var valQuote string + if len(line) > 3 && string(line[0:3]) == `"""` { + valQuote = `"""` + } else if line[0] == '`' { + valQuote = "`" + } else if unescapeValueDoubleQuotes && line[0] == '"' { + valQuote = `"` + } + + if len(valQuote) > 0 { + startIdx := len(valQuote) + pos := strings.LastIndex(line[startIdx:], valQuote) + // Check for multi-line value + if pos == -1 { + return p.readMultilines(line, line[startIdx:], valQuote) + } + + if unescapeValueDoubleQuotes && valQuote == `"` { + return strings.Replace(line[startIdx:pos+startIdx], `\"`, `"`, -1), nil + } + return line[startIdx : pos+startIdx], nil + } + + lastChar := line[len(line)-1] + // Won't be able to reach here if value only contains whitespace + line = strings.TrimSpace(line) + trimmedLastChar := line[len(line)-1] + + // Check continuation lines when desired + if !ignoreContinuation && trimmedLastChar == '\\' { + return p.readContinuationLines(line[:len(line)-1]) + } + + // Check if ignore inline comment + if !ignoreInlineComment { + var i int + if spaceBeforeInlineComment { + i = strings.Index(line, " #") + if i == -1 { + i = strings.Index(line, " ;") + } + + } else { + i = strings.IndexAny(line, "#;") + } + + if i > -1 { + p.comment.WriteString(line[i:]) + line = strings.TrimSpace(line[:i]) + } + + } + + // Trim single and double quotes + if hasSurroundedQuote(line, '\'') || + hasSurroundedQuote(line, '"') { + line = line[1 : len(line)-1] + } else if len(valQuote) == 0 && unescapeValueCommentSymbols { + if strings.Contains(line, `\;`) { + line = strings.Replace(line, `\;`, ";", -1) + } + if strings.Contains(line, `\#`) { + line = strings.Replace(line, `\#`, "#", -1) + } + } else if allowPythonMultilines && lastChar == '\n' { + parserBufferPeekResult, _ := p.buf.Peek(parserBufferSize) + peekBuffer := bytes.NewBuffer(parserBufferPeekResult) + + identSize := -1 + val := line + + for { + peekData, peekErr := peekBuffer.ReadBytes('\n') + if peekErr != nil { + if peekErr == io.EOF { + return val, nil + } + return "", peekErr + } + + peekMatches := pythonMultiline.FindStringSubmatch(string(peekData)) + if len(peekMatches) != 3 { + return val, nil + } + + currentIdentSize := len(peekMatches[1]) + // NOTE: Return if not a python-ini multi-line value. + if currentIdentSize < 0 { + return val, nil + } + identSize = currentIdentSize + + // NOTE: Just advance the parser reader (buffer) in-sync with the peek buffer. + _, err := p.readUntil('\n') + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + + val += fmt.Sprintf("\n%s", peekMatches[2]) + } + + // NOTE: If it was a Python multi-line value, + // return the appended value. + if identSize > 0 { + return val, nil + } + } + + return line, nil +} + +// parse parses data through an io.Reader. +func (f *File) parse(reader io.Reader) (err error) { + p := newParser(reader) + if err = p.BOM(); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("BOM: %v", err) + } + + // Ignore error because default section name is never empty string. + name := DEFAULT_SECTION + if f.options.Insensitive { + name = strings.ToLower(DEFAULT_SECTION) + } + section, _ := f.NewSection(name) + + // This "last" is not strictly equivalent to "previous one" if current key is not the first nested key + var isLastValueEmpty bool + var lastRegularKey *Key + + var line []byte + var inUnparseableSection bool + + // NOTE: Iterate and increase `currentPeekSize` until + // the size of the parser buffer is found. + // TODO(unknwon): When Golang 1.10 is the lowest version supported, replace with `parserBufferSize := p.buf.Size()`. + parserBufferSize := 0 + // NOTE: Peek 1kb at a time. + currentPeekSize := 1024 + + if f.options.AllowPythonMultilineValues { + for { + peekBytes, _ := p.buf.Peek(currentPeekSize) + peekBytesLength := len(peekBytes) + + if parserBufferSize >= peekBytesLength { + break + } + + currentPeekSize *= 2 + parserBufferSize = peekBytesLength + } + } + + for !p.isEOF { + line, err = p.readUntil('\n') + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if f.options.AllowNestedValues && + isLastValueEmpty && len(line) > 0 { + if line[0] == ' ' || line[0] == '\t' { + lastRegularKey.addNestedValue(string(bytes.TrimSpace(line))) + continue + } + } + + line = bytes.TrimLeftFunc(line, unicode.IsSpace) + if len(line) == 0 { + continue + } + + // Comments + if line[0] == '#' || line[0] == ';' { + // Note: we do not care ending line break, + // it is needed for adding second line, + // so just clean it once at the end when set to value. + p.comment.Write(line) + continue + } + + // Section + if line[0] == '[' { + // Read to the next ']' (TODO: support quoted strings) + closeIdx := bytes.LastIndexByte(line, ']') + if closeIdx == -1 { + return fmt.Errorf("unclosed section: %s", line) + } + + name := string(line[1:closeIdx]) + section, err = f.NewSection(name) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + comment, has := cleanComment(line[closeIdx+1:]) + if has { + p.comment.Write(comment) + } + + section.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String()) + + // Reset aotu-counter and comments + p.comment.Reset() + p.count = 1 + + inUnparseableSection = false + for i := range f.options.UnparseableSections { + if f.options.UnparseableSections[i] == name || + (f.options.Insensitive && strings.ToLower(f.options.UnparseableSections[i]) == strings.ToLower(name)) { + inUnparseableSection = true + continue + } + } + continue + } + + if inUnparseableSection { + section.isRawSection = true + section.rawBody += string(line) + continue + } + + kname, offset, err := readKeyName(line) + if err != nil { + // Treat as boolean key when desired, and whole line is key name. + if IsErrDelimiterNotFound(err) { + switch { + case f.options.AllowBooleanKeys: + kname, err := p.readValue(line, + parserBufferSize, + f.options.IgnoreContinuation, + f.options.IgnoreInlineComment, + f.options.UnescapeValueDoubleQuotes, + f.options.UnescapeValueCommentSymbols, + f.options.AllowPythonMultilineValues, + f.options.SpaceBeforeInlineComment) + if err != nil { + return err + } + key, err := section.NewBooleanKey(kname) + if err != nil { + return err + } + key.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String()) + p.comment.Reset() + continue + + case f.options.SkipUnrecognizableLines: + continue + } + } + return err + } + + // Auto increment. + isAutoIncr := false + if kname == "-" { + isAutoIncr = true + kname = "#" + strconv.Itoa(p.count) + p.count++ + } + + value, err := p.readValue(line[offset:], + parserBufferSize, + f.options.IgnoreContinuation, + f.options.IgnoreInlineComment, + f.options.UnescapeValueDoubleQuotes, + f.options.UnescapeValueCommentSymbols, + f.options.AllowPythonMultilineValues, + f.options.SpaceBeforeInlineComment) + if err != nil { + return err + } + isLastValueEmpty = len(value) == 0 + + key, err := section.NewKey(kname, value) + if err != nil { + return err + } + key.isAutoIncrement = isAutoIncr + key.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String()) + p.comment.Reset() + lastRegularKey = key + } + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..340a1efad --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "strings" +) + +// Section represents a config section. +type Section struct { + f *File + Comment string + name string + keys map[string]*Key + keyList []string + keysHash map[string]string + + isRawSection bool + rawBody string +} + +func newSection(f *File, name string) *Section { + return &Section{ + f: f, + name: name, + keys: make(map[string]*Key), + keyList: make([]string, 0, 10), + keysHash: make(map[string]string), + } +} + +// Name returns name of Section. +func (s *Section) Name() string { + return s.name +} + +// Body returns rawBody of Section if the section was marked as unparseable. +// It still follows the other rules of the INI format surrounding leading/trailing whitespace. +func (s *Section) Body() string { + return strings.TrimSpace(s.rawBody) +} + +// SetBody updates body content only if section is raw. +func (s *Section) SetBody(body string) { + if !s.isRawSection { + return + } + s.rawBody = body +} + +// NewKey creates a new key to given section. +func (s *Section) NewKey(name, val string) (*Key, error) { + if len(name) == 0 { + return nil, errors.New("error creating new key: empty key name") + } else if s.f.options.Insensitive { + name = strings.ToLower(name) + } + + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.Lock() + defer s.f.lock.Unlock() + } + + if inSlice(name, s.keyList) { + if s.f.options.AllowShadows { + if err := s.keys[name].addShadow(val); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } else { + s.keys[name].value = val + s.keysHash[name] = val + } + return s.keys[name], nil + } + + s.keyList = append(s.keyList, name) + s.keys[name] = newKey(s, name, val) + s.keysHash[name] = val + return s.keys[name], nil +} + +// NewBooleanKey creates a new boolean type key to given section. +func (s *Section) NewBooleanKey(name string) (*Key, error) { + key, err := s.NewKey(name, "true") + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + key.isBooleanType = true + return key, nil +} + +// GetKey returns key in section by given name. +func (s *Section) GetKey(name string) (*Key, error) { + // FIXME: change to section level lock? + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.RLock() + } + if s.f.options.Insensitive { + name = strings.ToLower(name) + } + key := s.keys[name] + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + if key == nil { + // Check if it is a child-section. + sname := s.name + for { + if i := strings.LastIndex(sname, "."); i > -1 { + sname = sname[:i] + sec, err := s.f.GetSection(sname) + if err != nil { + continue + } + return sec.GetKey(name) + } else { + break + } + } + return nil, fmt.Errorf("error when getting key of section '%s': key '%s' not exists", s.name, name) + } + return key, nil +} + +// HasKey returns true if section contains a key with given name. +func (s *Section) HasKey(name string) bool { + key, _ := s.GetKey(name) + return key != nil +} + +// Haskey is a backwards-compatible name for HasKey. +// TODO: delete me in v2 +func (s *Section) Haskey(name string) bool { + return s.HasKey(name) +} + +// HasValue returns true if section contains given raw value. +func (s *Section) HasValue(value string) bool { + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.RLock() + defer s.f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + for _, k := range s.keys { + if value == k.value { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +// Key assumes named Key exists in section and returns a zero-value when not. +func (s *Section) Key(name string) *Key { + key, err := s.GetKey(name) + if err != nil { + // It's OK here because the only possible error is empty key name, + // but if it's empty, this piece of code won't be executed. + key, _ = s.NewKey(name, "") + return key + } + return key +} + +// Keys returns list of keys of section. +func (s *Section) Keys() []*Key { + keys := make([]*Key, len(s.keyList)) + for i := range s.keyList { + keys[i] = s.Key(s.keyList[i]) + } + return keys +} + +// ParentKeys returns list of keys of parent section. +func (s *Section) ParentKeys() []*Key { + var parentKeys []*Key + sname := s.name + for { + if i := strings.LastIndex(sname, "."); i > -1 { + sname = sname[:i] + sec, err := s.f.GetSection(sname) + if err != nil { + continue + } + parentKeys = append(parentKeys, sec.Keys()...) + } else { + break + } + + } + return parentKeys +} + +// KeyStrings returns list of key names of section. +func (s *Section) KeyStrings() []string { + list := make([]string, len(s.keyList)) + copy(list, s.keyList) + return list +} + +// KeysHash returns keys hash consisting of names and values. +func (s *Section) KeysHash() map[string]string { + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.RLock() + defer s.f.lock.RUnlock() + } + + hash := map[string]string{} + for key, value := range s.keysHash { + hash[key] = value + } + return hash +} + +// DeleteKey deletes a key from section. +func (s *Section) DeleteKey(name string) { + if s.f.BlockMode { + s.f.lock.Lock() + defer s.f.lock.Unlock() + } + + for i, k := range s.keyList { + if k == name { + s.keyList = append(s.keyList[:i], s.keyList[i+1:]...) + delete(s.keys, name) + return + } + } +} + +// ChildSections returns a list of child sections of current section. +// For example, "[parent.child1]" and "[parent.child12]" are child sections +// of section "[parent]". +func (s *Section) ChildSections() []*Section { + prefix := s.name + "." + children := make([]*Section, 0, 3) + for _, name := range s.f.sectionList { + if strings.HasPrefix(name, prefix) { + children = append(children, s.f.sections[name]) + } + } + return children +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9719dc698 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go @@ -0,0 +1,512 @@ +// Copyright 2014 Unknwon +// +// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may +// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain +// a copy of the License at +// +// http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT +// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the +// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations +// under the License. + +package ini + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "fmt" + "reflect" + "strings" + "time" + "unicode" +) + +// NameMapper represents a ini tag name mapper. +type NameMapper func(string) string + +// Built-in name getters. +var ( + // AllCapsUnderscore converts to format ALL_CAPS_UNDERSCORE. + AllCapsUnderscore NameMapper = func(raw string) string { + newstr := make([]rune, 0, len(raw)) + for i, chr := range raw { + if isUpper := 'A' <= chr && chr <= 'Z'; isUpper { + if i > 0 { + newstr = append(newstr, '_') + } + } + newstr = append(newstr, unicode.ToUpper(chr)) + } + return string(newstr) + } + // TitleUnderscore converts to format title_underscore. + TitleUnderscore NameMapper = func(raw string) string { + newstr := make([]rune, 0, len(raw)) + for i, chr := range raw { + if isUpper := 'A' <= chr && chr <= 'Z'; isUpper { + if i > 0 { + newstr = append(newstr, '_') + } + chr -= ('A' - 'a') + } + newstr = append(newstr, chr) + } + return string(newstr) + } +) + +func (s *Section) parseFieldName(raw, actual string) string { + if len(actual) > 0 { + return actual + } + if s.f.NameMapper != nil { + return s.f.NameMapper(raw) + } + return raw +} + +func parseDelim(actual string) string { + if len(actual) > 0 { + return actual + } + return "," +} + +var reflectTime = reflect.TypeOf(time.Now()).Kind() + +// setSliceWithProperType sets proper values to slice based on its type. +func setSliceWithProperType(key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string, allowShadow, isStrict bool) error { + var strs []string + if allowShadow { + strs = key.StringsWithShadows(delim) + } else { + strs = key.Strings(delim) + } + + numVals := len(strs) + if numVals == 0 { + return nil + } + + var vals interface{} + var err error + + sliceOf := field.Type().Elem().Kind() + switch sliceOf { + case reflect.String: + vals = strs + case reflect.Int: + vals, err = key.parseInts(strs, true, false) + case reflect.Int64: + vals, err = key.parseInt64s(strs, true, false) + case reflect.Uint: + vals, err = key.parseUints(strs, true, false) + case reflect.Uint64: + vals, err = key.parseUint64s(strs, true, false) + case reflect.Float64: + vals, err = key.parseFloat64s(strs, true, false) + case reflectTime: + vals, err = key.parseTimesFormat(time.RFC3339, strs, true, false) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '[]%s'", sliceOf) + } + if err != nil && isStrict { + return err + } + + slice := reflect.MakeSlice(field.Type(), numVals, numVals) + for i := 0; i < numVals; i++ { + switch sliceOf { + case reflect.String: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]string)[i])) + case reflect.Int: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]int)[i])) + case reflect.Int64: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]int64)[i])) + case reflect.Uint: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]uint)[i])) + case reflect.Uint64: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]uint64)[i])) + case reflect.Float64: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]float64)[i])) + case reflectTime: + slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]time.Time)[i])) + } + } + field.Set(slice) + return nil +} + +func wrapStrictError(err error, isStrict bool) error { + if isStrict { + return err + } + return nil +} + +// setWithProperType sets proper value to field based on its type, +// but it does not return error for failing parsing, +// because we want to use default value that is already assigned to strcut. +func setWithProperType(t reflect.Type, key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string, allowShadow, isStrict bool) error { + switch t.Kind() { + case reflect.String: + if len(key.String()) == 0 { + return nil + } + field.SetString(key.String()) + case reflect.Bool: + boolVal, err := key.Bool() + if err != nil { + return wrapStrictError(err, isStrict) + } + field.SetBool(boolVal) + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64: + durationVal, err := key.Duration() + // Skip zero value + if err == nil && int64(durationVal) > 0 { + field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(durationVal)) + return nil + } + + intVal, err := key.Int64() + if err != nil { + return wrapStrictError(err, isStrict) + } + field.SetInt(intVal) + // byte is an alias for uint8, so supporting uint8 breaks support for byte + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64: + durationVal, err := key.Duration() + // Skip zero value + if err == nil && int(durationVal) > 0 { + field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(durationVal)) + return nil + } + + uintVal, err := key.Uint64() + if err != nil { + return wrapStrictError(err, isStrict) + } + field.SetUint(uintVal) + + case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64: + floatVal, err := key.Float64() + if err != nil { + return wrapStrictError(err, isStrict) + } + field.SetFloat(floatVal) + case reflectTime: + timeVal, err := key.Time() + if err != nil { + return wrapStrictError(err, isStrict) + } + field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(timeVal)) + case reflect.Slice: + return setSliceWithProperType(key, field, delim, allowShadow, isStrict) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '%s'", t) + } + return nil +} + +func parseTagOptions(tag string) (rawName string, omitEmpty bool, allowShadow bool) { + opts := strings.SplitN(tag, ",", 3) + rawName = opts[0] + if len(opts) > 1 { + omitEmpty = opts[1] == "omitempty" + } + if len(opts) > 2 { + allowShadow = opts[2] == "allowshadow" + } + return rawName, omitEmpty, allowShadow +} + +func (s *Section) mapTo(val reflect.Value, isStrict bool) error { + if val.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + val = val.Elem() + } + typ := val.Type() + + for i := 0; i < typ.NumField(); i++ { + field := val.Field(i) + tpField := typ.Field(i) + + tag := tpField.Tag.Get("ini") + if tag == "-" { + continue + } + + rawName, _, allowShadow := parseTagOptions(tag) + fieldName := s.parseFieldName(tpField.Name, rawName) + if len(fieldName) == 0 || !field.CanSet() { + continue + } + + isAnonymous := tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && tpField.Anonymous + isStruct := tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Struct + if isAnonymous { + field.Set(reflect.New(tpField.Type.Elem())) + } + + if isAnonymous || isStruct { + if sec, err := s.f.GetSection(fieldName); err == nil { + if err = sec.mapTo(field, isStrict); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("error mapping field(%s): %v", fieldName, err) + } + continue + } + } + + if key, err := s.GetKey(fieldName); err == nil { + delim := parseDelim(tpField.Tag.Get("delim")) + if err = setWithProperType(tpField.Type, key, field, delim, allowShadow, isStrict); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("error mapping field(%s): %v", fieldName, err) + } + } + } + return nil +} + +// MapTo maps section to given struct. +func (s *Section) MapTo(v interface{}) error { + typ := reflect.TypeOf(v) + val := reflect.ValueOf(v) + if typ.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + typ = typ.Elem() + val = val.Elem() + } else { + return errors.New("cannot map to non-pointer struct") + } + + return s.mapTo(val, false) +} + +// MapTo maps section to given struct in strict mode, +// which returns all possible error including value parsing error. +func (s *Section) StrictMapTo(v interface{}) error { + typ := reflect.TypeOf(v) + val := reflect.ValueOf(v) + if typ.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + typ = typ.Elem() + val = val.Elem() + } else { + return errors.New("cannot map to non-pointer struct") + } + + return s.mapTo(val, true) +} + +// MapTo maps file to given struct. +func (f *File) MapTo(v interface{}) error { + return f.Section("").MapTo(v) +} + +// MapTo maps file to given struct in strict mode, +// which returns all possible error including value parsing error. +func (f *File) StrictMapTo(v interface{}) error { + return f.Section("").StrictMapTo(v) +} + +// MapTo maps data sources to given struct with name mapper. +func MapToWithMapper(v interface{}, mapper NameMapper, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error { + cfg, err := Load(source, others...) + if err != nil { + return err + } + cfg.NameMapper = mapper + return cfg.MapTo(v) +} + +// StrictMapToWithMapper maps data sources to given struct with name mapper in strict mode, +// which returns all possible error including value parsing error. +func StrictMapToWithMapper(v interface{}, mapper NameMapper, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error { + cfg, err := Load(source, others...) + if err != nil { + return err + } + cfg.NameMapper = mapper + return cfg.StrictMapTo(v) +} + +// MapTo maps data sources to given struct. +func MapTo(v, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error { + return MapToWithMapper(v, nil, source, others...) +} + +// StrictMapTo maps data sources to given struct in strict mode, +// which returns all possible error including value parsing error. +func StrictMapTo(v, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error { + return StrictMapToWithMapper(v, nil, source, others...) +} + +// reflectSliceWithProperType does the opposite thing as setSliceWithProperType. +func reflectSliceWithProperType(key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string) error { + slice := field.Slice(0, field.Len()) + if field.Len() == 0 { + return nil + } + + var buf bytes.Buffer + sliceOf := field.Type().Elem().Kind() + for i := 0; i < field.Len(); i++ { + switch sliceOf { + case reflect.String: + buf.WriteString(slice.Index(i).String()) + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int64: + buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Int())) + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint64: + buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Uint())) + case reflect.Float64: + buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Float())) + case reflectTime: + buf.WriteString(slice.Index(i).Interface().(time.Time).Format(time.RFC3339)) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '[]%s'", sliceOf) + } + buf.WriteString(delim) + } + key.SetValue(buf.String()[:buf.Len()-1]) + return nil +} + +// reflectWithProperType does the opposite thing as setWithProperType. +func reflectWithProperType(t reflect.Type, key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string) error { + switch t.Kind() { + case reflect.String: + key.SetValue(field.String()) + case reflect.Bool: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Bool())) + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Int())) + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Uint())) + case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Float())) + case reflectTime: + key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Interface().(time.Time).Format(time.RFC3339))) + case reflect.Slice: + return reflectSliceWithProperType(key, field, delim) + default: + return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '%s'", t) + } + return nil +} + +// CR: copied from encoding/json/encode.go with modifications of time.Time support. +// TODO: add more test coverage. +func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value) bool { + switch v.Kind() { + case reflect.Array, reflect.Map, reflect.Slice, reflect.String: + return v.Len() == 0 + case reflect.Bool: + return !v.Bool() + case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64: + return v.Int() == 0 + case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr: + return v.Uint() == 0 + case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64: + return v.Float() == 0 + case reflect.Interface, reflect.Ptr: + return v.IsNil() + case reflectTime: + t, ok := v.Interface().(time.Time) + return ok && t.IsZero() + } + return false +} + +func (s *Section) reflectFrom(val reflect.Value) error { + if val.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + val = val.Elem() + } + typ := val.Type() + + for i := 0; i < typ.NumField(); i++ { + field := val.Field(i) + tpField := typ.Field(i) + + tag := tpField.Tag.Get("ini") + if tag == "-" { + continue + } + + opts := strings.SplitN(tag, ",", 2) + if len(opts) == 2 && opts[1] == "omitempty" && isEmptyValue(field) { + continue + } + + fieldName := s.parseFieldName(tpField.Name, opts[0]) + if len(fieldName) == 0 || !field.CanSet() { + continue + } + + if (tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && tpField.Anonymous) || + (tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Struct && tpField.Type.Name() != "Time") { + // Note: The only error here is section doesn't exist. + sec, err := s.f.GetSection(fieldName) + if err != nil { + // Note: fieldName can never be empty here, ignore error. + sec, _ = s.f.NewSection(fieldName) + } + + // Add comment from comment tag + if len(sec.Comment) == 0 { + sec.Comment = tpField.Tag.Get("comment") + } + + if err = sec.reflectFrom(field); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("error reflecting field (%s): %v", fieldName, err) + } + continue + } + + // Note: Same reason as secion. + key, err := s.GetKey(fieldName) + if err != nil { + key, _ = s.NewKey(fieldName, "") + } + + // Add comment from comment tag + if len(key.Comment) == 0 { + key.Comment = tpField.Tag.Get("comment") + } + + if err = reflectWithProperType(tpField.Type, key, field, parseDelim(tpField.Tag.Get("delim"))); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("error reflecting field (%s): %v", fieldName, err) + } + + } + return nil +} + +// ReflectFrom reflects secion from given struct. +func (s *Section) ReflectFrom(v interface{}) error { + typ := reflect.TypeOf(v) + val := reflect.ValueOf(v) + if typ.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + typ = typ.Elem() + val = val.Elem() + } else { + return errors.New("cannot reflect from non-pointer struct") + } + + return s.reflectFrom(val) +} + +// ReflectFrom reflects file from given struct. +func (f *File) ReflectFrom(v interface{}) error { + return f.Section("").ReflectFrom(v) +} + +// ReflectFrom reflects data sources from given struct with name mapper. +func ReflectFromWithMapper(cfg *File, v interface{}, mapper NameMapper) error { + cfg.NameMapper = mapper + return cfg.ReflectFrom(v) +} + +// ReflectFrom reflects data sources from given struct. +func ReflectFrom(cfg *File, v interface{}) error { + return ReflectFromWithMapper(cfg, v, nil) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e87a115e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. "Contributor" + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. "Contributor Version" + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution. + +1.3. "Contribution" + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. "Covered Software" + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of + version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of + a Secondary License. + +1.6. "Executable Form" + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. "Larger Work" + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a + separate file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. "License" + + means this document. + +1.9. "Licensable" + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether + at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the + rights conveyed by this License. + +1.10. "Modifications" + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, + deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, + process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such + Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, + by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, + or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. "Secondary License" + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. "Source Code Form" + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. "You" (or "Your") + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or + as part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its + Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution + become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first + distributes such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under + this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the + distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License. + Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a + Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of + its Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, + or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with + the notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this + License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if + permitted under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its + Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to + grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under + applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other + equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under + the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source + Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this + License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not + attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code + Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this + License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the + license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the + recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for + the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered + Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the + Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this + License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software + under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of + the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered + Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary + License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices + (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or + limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the + Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the + extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on + behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any + such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by + You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, + judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of + this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the + limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a + text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under + this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation, + such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary + skill to be able to understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing + basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into + compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are + reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the + non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have + received notice of non-compliance with this License from such + Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt + of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, + counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version + directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to + You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section + 2.1 of this License shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis, + without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, + including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free + of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. + The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software + is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, + You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, + repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential + part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under + this License except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from + such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such + limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of + incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may + not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts + of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of + business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that + jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing + in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or + counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject + matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be + unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent + necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that + the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not + be used to construe this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version + of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, + or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a + modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove + any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that + such modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary + Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is + Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of + the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be + attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, +then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a +relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a +notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice + + This Source Code Form is "Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses", as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/cleanhttp.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/cleanhttp.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d306bf51 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/cleanhttp.go @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +package cleanhttp + +import ( + "net" + "net/http" + "runtime" + "time" +) + +// DefaultTransport returns a new http.Transport with similar default values to +// http.DefaultTransport, but with idle connections and keepalives disabled. +func DefaultTransport() *http.Transport { + transport := DefaultPooledTransport() + transport.DisableKeepAlives = true + transport.MaxIdleConnsPerHost = -1 + return transport +} + +// DefaultPooledTransport returns a new http.Transport with similar default +// values to http.DefaultTransport. Do not use this for transient transports as +// it can leak file descriptors over time. Only use this for transports that +// will be re-used for the same host(s). +func DefaultPooledTransport() *http.Transport { + transport := &http.Transport{ + Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment, + DialContext: (&net.Dialer{ + Timeout: 30 * time.Second, + KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second, + DualStack: true, + }).DialContext, + MaxIdleConns: 100, + IdleConnTimeout: 90 * time.Second, + TLSHandshakeTimeout: 10 * time.Second, + ExpectContinueTimeout: 1 * time.Second, + MaxIdleConnsPerHost: runtime.GOMAXPROCS(0) + 1, + } + return transport +} + +// DefaultClient returns a new http.Client with similar default values to +// http.Client, but with a non-shared Transport, idle connections disabled, and +// keepalives disabled. +func DefaultClient() *http.Client { + return &http.Client{ + Transport: DefaultTransport(), + } +} + +// DefaultPooledClient returns a new http.Client with similar default values to +// http.Client, but with a shared Transport. Do not use this function for +// transient clients as it can leak file descriptors over time. Only use this +// for clients that will be re-used for the same host(s). +func DefaultPooledClient() *http.Client { + return &http.Client{ + Transport: DefaultPooledTransport(), + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05841092a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +// Package cleanhttp offers convenience utilities for acquiring "clean" +// http.Transport and http.Client structs. +// +// Values set on http.DefaultClient and http.DefaultTransport affect all +// callers. This can have detrimental effects, esepcially in TLS contexts, +// where client or root certificates set to talk to multiple endpoints can end +// up displacing each other, leading to hard-to-debug issues. This package +// provides non-shared http.Client and http.Transport structs to ensure that +// the configuration will not be overwritten by other parts of the application +// or dependencies. +// +// The DefaultClient and DefaultTransport functions disable idle connections +// and keepalives. Without ensuring that idle connections are closed before +// garbage collection, short-term clients/transports can leak file descriptors, +// eventually leading to "too many open files" errors. If you will be +// connecting to the same hosts repeatedly from the same client, you can use +// DefaultPooledClient to receive a client that has connection pooling +// semantics similar to http.DefaultClient. +// +package cleanhttp diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/handlers.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/handlers.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7eda3777f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/handlers.go @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +package cleanhttp + +import ( + "net/http" + "strings" + "unicode" +) + +// HandlerInput provides input options to cleanhttp's handlers +type HandlerInput struct { + ErrStatus int +} + +// PrintablePathCheckHandler is a middleware that ensures the request path +// contains only printable runes. +func PrintablePathCheckHandler(next http.Handler, input *HandlerInput) http.Handler { + // Nil-check on input to make it optional + if input == nil { + input = &HandlerInput{ + ErrStatus: http.StatusBadRequest, + } + } + + // Default to http.StatusBadRequest on error + if input.ErrStatus == 0 { + input.ErrStatus = http.StatusBadRequest + } + + return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) { + // Check URL path for non-printable characters + idx := strings.IndexFunc(r.URL.Path, func(c rune) bool { + return !unicode.IsPrint(c) + }) + + if idx != -1 { + w.WriteHeader(input.ErrStatus) + return + } + + next.ServeHTTP(w, r) + return + }) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c33dcc7c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. “Contributor” + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. “Contributor Version” + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution. + +1.3. “Contribution” + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. “Covered Software” + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version + 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a + Secondary License. + +1.6. “Executable Form” + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. “Larger Work” + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate + file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. “License” + + means this document. + +1.9. “Licensable” + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the + time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by + this License. + +1.10. “Modifications” + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion + from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process, + and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that + would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making, + using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of + either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. “Secondary License” + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. “Source Code Form” + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. “You” (or “Your”) + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as + part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions + or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become + effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes + such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this + License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution + or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section + 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its + Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or + logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the + notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License + (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted + under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions + are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the + rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable + copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the + terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form + of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how + they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or + restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License, + or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for + the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’ + rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the + Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software + with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered + Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits + You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of + such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at + their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of + either this License or such Secondary License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including + copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations + of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered + Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent + required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf + of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such + warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You + alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial + order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License + to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code + they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all + distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the + extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be + sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to + understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis, + if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some + reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance. + Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an + ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of + non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become + compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims, + and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or + indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and + all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License + shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without + warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including, + without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects, + merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire + risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. + Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any + Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or + correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this + License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License + except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such + party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. + Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or + consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of + a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business + and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without + reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall + prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter + hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such + provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it + enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a + contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe + this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of + the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or + under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified + version of this License if you rename the license and remove any + references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such + modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses + If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With + Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the + notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then +You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant +directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice + + This Source Code Form is “Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02497c254 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url.go @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +package url + +import ( + "net/url" +) + +// Parse parses rawURL into a URL structure. +// The rawURL may be relative or absolute. +// +// Parse is a wrapper for the Go stdlib net/url Parse function, but returns +// Windows "safe" URLs on Windows platforms. +func Parse(rawURL string) (*url.URL, error) { + return parse(rawURL) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_unix.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_unix.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed1352a91 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_unix.go @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +// +build !windows + +package url + +import ( + "net/url" +) + +func parse(rawURL string) (*url.URL, error) { + return url.Parse(rawURL) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_windows.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_windows.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4655226f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_windows.go @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +package url + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "path/filepath" + "strings" +) + +func parse(rawURL string) (*url.URL, error) { + // Make sure we're using "/" since URLs are "/"-based. + rawURL = filepath.ToSlash(rawURL) + + u, err := url.Parse(rawURL) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + if len(rawURL) > 1 && rawURL[1] == ':' { + // Assume we're dealing with a drive letter file path where the drive + // letter has been parsed into the URL Scheme, and the rest of the path + // has been parsed into the URL Path without the leading ':' character. + u.Path = fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s", string(rawURL[0]), u.Path) + u.Scheme = "" + } + + if len(u.Host) > 1 && u.Host[1] == ':' && strings.HasPrefix(rawURL, "file://") { + // Assume we're dealing with a drive letter file path where the drive + // letter has been parsed into the URL Host. + u.Path = fmt.Sprintf("%s%s", u.Host, u.Path) + u.Host = "" + } + + // Remove leading slash for absolute file paths. + if len(u.Path) > 2 && u.Path[0] == '/' && u.Path[2] == ':' { + u.Path = u.Path[1:] + } + + return u, err +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/test-fixtures/detect-file-symlink-pwd/syml/pwd b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/test-fixtures/detect-file-symlink-pwd/syml/pwd new file mode 120000 index 000000000..05b44e001 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/test-fixtures/detect-file-symlink-pwd/syml/pwd @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +../real \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2cc4dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. "Contributor" + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. "Contributor Version" + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution. + +1.3. "Contribution" + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. "Covered Software" + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of + version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of + a Secondary License. + +1.6. "Executable Form" + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. "Larger Work" + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a + separate file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. "License" + + means this document. + +1.9. "Licensable" + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether + at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the + rights conveyed by this License. + +1.10. "Modifications" + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, + deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, + process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such + Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, + by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, + or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. "Secondary License" + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. "Source Code Form" + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. "You" (or "Your") + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or + as part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its + Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution + become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first + distributes such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under + this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the + distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License. + Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a + Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of + its Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, + or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with + the notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this + License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if + permitted under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its + Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to + grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under + applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other + equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under + the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source + Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this + License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not + attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code + Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this + License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the + license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the + recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for + the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered + Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the + Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this + License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software + under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of + the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered + Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary + License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices + (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or + limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the + Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the + extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on + behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any + such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by + You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, + judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of + this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the + limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a + text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under + this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation, + such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary + skill to be able to understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing + basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into + compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are + reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the + non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have + received notice of non-compliance with this License from such + Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt + of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, + counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version + directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to + You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section + 2.1 of this License shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis, + without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, + including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free + of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. + The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software + is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, + You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, + repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential + part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under + this License except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from + such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such + limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of + incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may + not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts + of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of + business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that + jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing + in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or + counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject + matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be + unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent + necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that + the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not + be used to construe this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version + of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, + or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a + modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove + any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that + such modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary + Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is + Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of + the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be + attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, +then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a +relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a +notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice + + This Source Code Form is "Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses", as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp/safetemp.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp/safetemp.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4ae72b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp/safetemp.go @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +package safetemp + +import ( + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "os" + "path/filepath" +) + +// Dir creates a new temporary directory that isn't yet created. This +// can be used with calls that expect a non-existent directory. +// +// The directory is created as a child of a temporary directory created +// within the directory dir starting with prefix. The temporary directory +// returned is always named "temp". The parent directory has the specified +// prefix. +// +// The returned io.Closer should be used to clean up the returned directory. +// This will properly remove the returned directory and any other temporary +// files created. +// +// If an error is returned, the Closer does not need to be called (and will +// be nil). +func Dir(dir, prefix string) (string, io.Closer, error) { + // Create the temporary directory + td, err := ioutil.TempDir(dir, prefix) + if err != nil { + return "", nil, err + } + + return filepath.Join(td, "temp"), pathCloser(td), nil +} + +// pathCloser implements io.Closer to remove the given path on Close. +type pathCloser string + +// Close deletes this path. +func (p pathCloser) Close() error { + return os.RemoveAll(string(p)) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c33dcc7c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. “Contributor” + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. “Contributor Version” + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution. + +1.3. “Contribution” + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. “Covered Software” + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version + 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a + Secondary License. + +1.6. “Executable Form” + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. “Larger Work” + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate + file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. “License” + + means this document. + +1.9. “Licensable” + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the + time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by + this License. + +1.10. “Modifications” + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion + from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process, + and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that + would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making, + using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of + either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. “Secondary License” + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. “Source Code Form” + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. “You” (or “Your”) + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as + part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions + or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become + effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes + such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this + License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution + or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section + 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its + Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or + logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the + notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License + (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted + under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions + are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the + rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable + copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the + terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form + of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how + they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or + restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License, + or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for + the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’ + rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the + Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software + with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered + Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits + You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of + such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at + their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of + either this License or such Secondary License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including + copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations + of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered + Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent + required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf + of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such + warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You + alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial + order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License + to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code + they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all + distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the + extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be + sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to + understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis, + if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some + reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance. + Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an + ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of + non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become + compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims, + and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or + indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and + all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License + shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without + warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including, + without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects, + merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire + risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. + Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any + Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or + correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this + License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License + except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such + party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. + Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or + consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of + a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business + and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without + reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall + prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter + hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such + provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it + enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a + contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe + this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of + the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or + under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified + version of this License if you rename the license and remove any + references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such + modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses + If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With + Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the + notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then +You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant +directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice + + This Source Code Form is “Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d05575961 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +package version + +import ( + "fmt" + "reflect" + "regexp" + "strings" +) + +// Constraint represents a single constraint for a version, such as +// ">= 1.0". +type Constraint struct { + f constraintFunc + check *Version + original string +} + +// Constraints is a slice of constraints. We make a custom type so that +// we can add methods to it. +type Constraints []*Constraint + +type constraintFunc func(v, c *Version) bool + +var constraintOperators map[string]constraintFunc + +var constraintRegexp *regexp.Regexp + +func init() { + constraintOperators = map[string]constraintFunc{ + "": constraintEqual, + "=": constraintEqual, + "!=": constraintNotEqual, + ">": constraintGreaterThan, + "<": constraintLessThan, + ">=": constraintGreaterThanEqual, + "<=": constraintLessThanEqual, + "~>": constraintPessimistic, + } + + ops := make([]string, 0, len(constraintOperators)) + for k := range constraintOperators { + ops = append(ops, regexp.QuoteMeta(k)) + } + + constraintRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf( + `^\s*(%s)\s*(%s)\s*$`, + strings.Join(ops, "|"), + VersionRegexpRaw)) +} + +// NewConstraint will parse one or more constraints from the given +// constraint string. The string must be a comma-separated list of +// constraints. +func NewConstraint(v string) (Constraints, error) { + vs := strings.Split(v, ",") + result := make([]*Constraint, len(vs)) + for i, single := range vs { + c, err := parseSingle(single) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + result[i] = c + } + + return Constraints(result), nil +} + +// Check tests if a version satisfies all the constraints. +func (cs Constraints) Check(v *Version) bool { + for _, c := range cs { + if !c.Check(v) { + return false + } + } + + return true +} + +// Returns the string format of the constraints +func (cs Constraints) String() string { + csStr := make([]string, len(cs)) + for i, c := range cs { + csStr[i] = c.String() + } + + return strings.Join(csStr, ",") +} + +// Check tests if a constraint is validated by the given version. +func (c *Constraint) Check(v *Version) bool { + return c.f(v, c.check) +} + +func (c *Constraint) String() string { + return c.original +} + +func parseSingle(v string) (*Constraint, error) { + matches := constraintRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v) + if matches == nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed constraint: %s", v) + } + + check, err := NewVersion(matches[2]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + return &Constraint{ + f: constraintOperators[matches[1]], + check: check, + original: v, + }, nil +} + +func prereleaseCheck(v, c *Version) bool { + switch vPre, cPre := v.Prerelease() != "", c.Prerelease() != ""; { + case cPre && vPre: + // A constraint with a pre-release can only match a pre-release version + // with the same base segments. + return reflect.DeepEqual(c.Segments64(), v.Segments64()) + + case !cPre && vPre: + // A constraint without a pre-release can only match a version without a + // pre-release. + return false + + case cPre && !vPre: + // OK, except with the pessimistic operator + case !cPre && !vPre: + // OK + } + return true +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constraint functions +//------------------------------------------------------------------- + +func constraintEqual(v, c *Version) bool { + return v.Equal(c) +} + +func constraintNotEqual(v, c *Version) bool { + return !v.Equal(c) +} + +func constraintGreaterThan(v, c *Version) bool { + return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == 1 +} + +func constraintLessThan(v, c *Version) bool { + return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == -1 +} + +func constraintGreaterThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool { + return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) >= 0 +} + +func constraintLessThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool { + return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) <= 0 +} + +func constraintPessimistic(v, c *Version) bool { + // Using a pessimistic constraint with a pre-release, restricts versions to pre-releases + if !prereleaseCheck(v, c) || (c.Prerelease() != "" && v.Prerelease() == "") { + return false + } + + // If the version being checked is naturally less than the constraint, then there + // is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint + if v.LessThan(c) { + return false + } + // We'll use this more than once, so grab the length now so it's a little cleaner + // to write the later checks + cs := len(c.segments) + + // If the version being checked has less specificity than the constraint, then there + // is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint + if cs > len(v.segments) { + return false + } + + // Check the segments in the constraint against those in the version. If the version + // being checked, at any point, does not have the same values in each index of the + // constraints segments, then it cannot be valid against the constraint. + for i := 0; i < c.si-1; i++ { + if v.segments[i] != c.segments[i] { + return false + } + } + + // Check the last part of the segment in the constraint. If the version segment at + // this index is less than the constraints segment at this index, then it cannot + // be valid against the constraint + if c.segments[cs-1] > v.segments[cs-1] { + return false + } + + // If nothing has rejected the version by now, it's valid + return true +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d1e6e221 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +package version + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "reflect" + "regexp" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +// The compiled regular expression used to test the validity of a version. +var versionRegexp *regexp.Regexp + +// The raw regular expression string used for testing the validity +// of a version. +const VersionRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` + + `(-([0-9]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)|(-?([A-Za-z\-~]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)))?` + + `(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-~]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*))?` + + `?` + +// Version represents a single version. +type Version struct { + metadata string + pre string + segments []int64 + si int + original string +} + +func init() { + versionRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + VersionRegexpRaw + "$") +} + +// NewVersion parses the given version and returns a new +// Version. +func NewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) { + matches := versionRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v) + if matches == nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed version: %s", v) + } + segmentsStr := strings.Split(matches[1], ".") + segments := make([]int64, len(segmentsStr)) + si := 0 + for i, str := range segmentsStr { + val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf( + "Error parsing version: %s", err) + } + + segments[i] = int64(val) + si++ + } + + // Even though we could support more than three segments, if we + // got less than three, pad it with 0s. This is to cover the basic + // default usecase of semver, which is MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH at the minimum + for i := len(segments); i < 3; i++ { + segments = append(segments, 0) + } + + pre := matches[7] + if pre == "" { + pre = matches[4] + } + + return &Version{ + metadata: matches[10], + pre: pre, + segments: segments, + si: si, + original: v, + }, nil +} + +// Must is a helper that wraps a call to a function returning (*Version, error) +// and panics if error is non-nil. +func Must(v *Version, err error) *Version { + if err != nil { + panic(err) + } + + return v +} + +// Compare compares this version to another version. This +// returns -1, 0, or 1 if this version is smaller, equal, +// or larger than the other version, respectively. +// +// If you want boolean results, use the LessThan, Equal, +// or GreaterThan methods. +func (v *Version) Compare(other *Version) int { + // A quick, efficient equality check + if v.String() == other.String() { + return 0 + } + + segmentsSelf := v.Segments64() + segmentsOther := other.Segments64() + + // If the segments are the same, we must compare on prerelease info + if reflect.DeepEqual(segmentsSelf, segmentsOther) { + preSelf := v.Prerelease() + preOther := other.Prerelease() + if preSelf == "" && preOther == "" { + return 0 + } + if preSelf == "" { + return 1 + } + if preOther == "" { + return -1 + } + + return comparePrereleases(preSelf, preOther) + } + + // Get the highest specificity (hS), or if they're equal, just use segmentSelf length + lenSelf := len(segmentsSelf) + lenOther := len(segmentsOther) + hS := lenSelf + if lenSelf < lenOther { + hS = lenOther + } + // Compare the segments + // Because a constraint could have more/less specificity than the version it's + // checking, we need to account for a lopsided or jagged comparison + for i := 0; i < hS; i++ { + if i > lenSelf-1 { + // This means Self had the lower specificity + // Check to see if the remaining segments in Other are all zeros + if !allZero(segmentsOther[i:]) { + // if not, it means that Other has to be greater than Self + return -1 + } + break + } else if i > lenOther-1 { + // this means Other had the lower specificity + // Check to see if the remaining segments in Self are all zeros - + if !allZero(segmentsSelf[i:]) { + //if not, it means that Self has to be greater than Other + return 1 + } + break + } + lhs := segmentsSelf[i] + rhs := segmentsOther[i] + if lhs == rhs { + continue + } else if lhs < rhs { + return -1 + } + // Otherwis, rhs was > lhs, they're not equal + return 1 + } + + // if we got this far, they're equal + return 0 +} + +func allZero(segs []int64) bool { + for _, s := range segs { + if s != 0 { + return false + } + } + return true +} + +func comparePart(preSelf string, preOther string) int { + if preSelf == preOther { + return 0 + } + + var selfInt int64 + selfNumeric := true + selfInt, err := strconv.ParseInt(preSelf, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + selfNumeric = false + } + + var otherInt int64 + otherNumeric := true + otherInt, err = strconv.ParseInt(preOther, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + otherNumeric = false + } + + // if a part is empty, we use the other to decide + if preSelf == "" { + if otherNumeric { + return -1 + } + return 1 + } + + if preOther == "" { + if selfNumeric { + return 1 + } + return -1 + } + + if selfNumeric && !otherNumeric { + return -1 + } else if !selfNumeric && otherNumeric { + return 1 + } else if !selfNumeric && !otherNumeric && preSelf > preOther { + return 1 + } else if selfInt > otherInt { + return 1 + } + + return -1 +} + +func comparePrereleases(v string, other string) int { + // the same pre release! + if v == other { + return 0 + } + + // split both pre releases for analyse their parts + selfPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(v, ".") + otherPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(other, ".") + + selfPreReleaseLen := len(selfPreReleaseMeta) + otherPreReleaseLen := len(otherPreReleaseMeta) + + biggestLen := otherPreReleaseLen + if selfPreReleaseLen > otherPreReleaseLen { + biggestLen = selfPreReleaseLen + } + + // loop for parts to find the first difference + for i := 0; i < biggestLen; i = i + 1 { + partSelfPre := "" + if i < selfPreReleaseLen { + partSelfPre = selfPreReleaseMeta[i] + } + + partOtherPre := "" + if i < otherPreReleaseLen { + partOtherPre = otherPreReleaseMeta[i] + } + + compare := comparePart(partSelfPre, partOtherPre) + // if parts are equals, continue the loop + if compare != 0 { + return compare + } + } + + return 0 +} + +// Equal tests if two versions are equal. +func (v *Version) Equal(o *Version) bool { + return v.Compare(o) == 0 +} + +// GreaterThan tests if this version is greater than another version. +func (v *Version) GreaterThan(o *Version) bool { + return v.Compare(o) > 0 +} + +// LessThan tests if this version is less than another version. +func (v *Version) LessThan(o *Version) bool { + return v.Compare(o) < 0 +} + +// Metadata returns any metadata that was part of the version +// string. +// +// Metadata is anything that comes after the "+" in the version. +// For example, with "1.2.3+beta", the metadata is "beta". +func (v *Version) Metadata() string { + return v.metadata +} + +// Prerelease returns any prerelease data that is part of the version, +// or blank if there is no prerelease data. +// +// Prerelease information is anything that comes after the "-" in the +// version (but before any metadata). For example, with "1.2.3-beta", +// the prerelease information is "beta". +func (v *Version) Prerelease() string { + return v.pre +} + +// Segments returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of ints. +// +// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example, +// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of +// 1, 2, 3. +func (v *Version) Segments() []int { + segmentSlice := make([]int, len(v.segments)) + for i, v := range v.segments { + segmentSlice[i] = int(v) + } + return segmentSlice +} + +// Segments64 returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of int64s. +// +// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example, +// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of +// 1, 2, 3. +func (v *Version) Segments64() []int64 { + result := make([]int64, len(v.segments)) + copy(result, v.segments) + return result +} + +// String returns the full version string included pre-release +// and metadata information. +// +// This value is rebuilt according to the parsed segments and other +// information. Therefore, ambiguities in the version string such as +// prefixed zeroes (1.04.0 => 1.4.0), `v` prefix (v1.0.0 => 1.0.0), and +// missing parts (1.0 => 1.0.0) will be made into a canonicalized form +// as shown in the parenthesized examples. +func (v *Version) String() string { + var buf bytes.Buffer + fmtParts := make([]string, len(v.segments)) + for i, s := range v.segments { + // We can ignore err here since we've pre-parsed the values in segments + str := strconv.FormatInt(s, 10) + fmtParts[i] = str + } + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, strings.Join(fmtParts, ".")) + if v.pre != "" { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "-%s", v.pre) + } + if v.metadata != "" { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "+%s", v.metadata) + } + + return buf.String() +} + +// Original returns the original parsed version as-is, including any +// potential whitespace, `v` prefix, etc. +func (v *Version) Original() string { + return v.original +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc888d43e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +package version + +// Collection is a type that implements the sort.Interface interface +// so that versions can be sorted. +type Collection []*Version + +func (v Collection) Len() int { + return len(v) +} + +func (v Collection) Less(i, j int) bool { + return v[i].LessThan(v[j]) +} + +func (v Collection) Swap(i, j int) { + v[i], v[j] = v[j], v[i] +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c33dcc7c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +Mozilla Public License, version 2.0 + +1. Definitions + +1.1. “Contributor” + + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the + creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. “Contributor Version” + + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a + Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution. + +1.3. “Contribution” + + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. “Covered Software” + + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the + notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and + Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions + thereof. + +1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” + means + + a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in + Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version + 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a + Secondary License. + +1.6. “Executable Form” + + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. “Larger Work” + + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate + file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. “License” + + means this document. + +1.9. “Licensable” + + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the + time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by + this License. + +1.10. “Modifications” + + means any of the following: + + a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion + from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or + + b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software. + +1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor + + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process, + and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that + would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making, + using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of + either its Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +1.12. “Secondary License” + + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser + General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public + License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses. + +1.13. “Source Code Form” + + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. “You” (or “Your”) + + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is + controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this + definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause + the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or + otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the + outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity. + + +2. License Grants and Conditions + +2.1. Grants + + Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, + non-exclusive license: + + a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as + part of a Larger Work; and + + b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for + sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions + or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + + The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become + effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes + such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + + The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this + License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution + or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section + 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor: + + a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or + + b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + + c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its + Contributions. + + This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or + logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the + notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + + No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to + distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License + (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted + under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + + Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions + are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the + rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + + This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable + copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + + Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in + Section 2.1. + + +3. Responsibilities + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + + All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any + Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the + terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form + of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how + they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or + restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + + If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + + a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, + as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the + Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by + reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost + of distribution to the recipient; and + + b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License, + or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for + the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’ + rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + + You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, + provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the + Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software + with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered + Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits + You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of + such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at + their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of + either this License or such Secondary License(s). + +3.4. Notices + + You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including + copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations + of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered + Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent + required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + + You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, + indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered + Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf + of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such + warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You + alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any + liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, + indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional + disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any + jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation + + If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License + with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial + order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License + to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code + they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all + distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the + extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be + sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to + understand it. + +5. Termination + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You + fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, + then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor + are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor + explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis, + if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some + reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance. + Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an + ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by + some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of + non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become + compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent + infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims, + and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or + indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and + all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License + shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user + license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been + validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to + termination shall survive termination. + +6. Disclaimer of Warranty + + Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without + warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including, + without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects, + merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire + risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. + Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any + Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or + correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this + License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License + except under this disclaimer. + +7. Limitation of Liability + + Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including + negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who + distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any + direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any + character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of + goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all + other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been + informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability + shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such + party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. + Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or + consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You. + +8. Litigation + + Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of + a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business + and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without + reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall + prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous + + This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter + hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such + provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it + enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a + contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe + this License against a Contributor. + + +10. Versions of the License + +10.1. New Versions + + Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section + 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or + publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a + distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + + You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of + the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or + under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license + steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + + If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to + create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified + version of this License if you rename the license and remove any + references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such + modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses + If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With + Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the + notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice + + This Source Code Form is subject to the + terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. + 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not + distributed with this file, You can + obtain one at + http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then +You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant +directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice + + This Source Code Form is “Incompatible + With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by + the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. + diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/client.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/client.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..300301c2e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/client.go @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "bytes" + "crypto/md5" + "crypto/sha1" + "crypto/sha256" + "crypto/sha512" + "encoding/hex" + "fmt" + "hash" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "os" + "path/filepath" + "strconv" + "strings" + + urlhelper "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url" + "github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp" +) + +// Client is a client for downloading things. +// +// Top-level functions such as Get are shortcuts for interacting with a client. +// Using a client directly allows more fine-grained control over how downloading +// is done, as well as customizing the protocols supported. +type Client struct { + // Src is the source URL to get. + // + // Dst is the path to save the downloaded thing as. If Dir is set to + // true, then this should be a directory. If the directory doesn't exist, + // it will be created for you. + // + // Pwd is the working directory for detection. If this isn't set, some + // detection may fail. Client will not default pwd to the current + // working directory for security reasons. + Src string + Dst string + Pwd string + + // Mode is the method of download the client will use. See ClientMode + // for documentation. + Mode ClientMode + + // Detectors is the list of detectors that are tried on the source. + // If this is nil, then the default Detectors will be used. + Detectors []Detector + + // Decompressors is the map of decompressors supported by this client. + // If this is nil, then the default value is the Decompressors global. + Decompressors map[string]Decompressor + + // Getters is the map of protocols supported by this client. If this + // is nil, then the default Getters variable will be used. + Getters map[string]Getter + + // Dir, if true, tells the Client it is downloading a directory (versus + // a single file). This distinction is necessary since filenames and + // directory names follow the same format so disambiguating is impossible + // without knowing ahead of time. + // + // WARNING: deprecated. If Mode is set, that will take precedence. + Dir bool +} + +// Get downloads the configured source to the destination. +func (c *Client) Get() error { + // Store this locally since there are cases we swap this + mode := c.Mode + if mode == ClientModeInvalid { + if c.Dir { + mode = ClientModeDir + } else { + mode = ClientModeFile + } + } + + // Default decompressor value + decompressors := c.Decompressors + if decompressors == nil { + decompressors = Decompressors + } + + // Detect the URL. This is safe if it is already detected. + detectors := c.Detectors + if detectors == nil { + detectors = Detectors + } + src, err := Detect(c.Src, c.Pwd, detectors) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Determine if we have a forced protocol, i.e. "git::http://..." + force, src := getForcedGetter(src) + + // If there is a subdir component, then we download the root separately + // and then copy over the proper subdir. + var realDst string + dst := c.Dst + src, subDir := SourceDirSubdir(src) + if subDir != "" { + td, tdcloser, err := safetemp.Dir("", "getter") + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer tdcloser.Close() + + realDst = dst + dst = td + } + + u, err := urlhelper.Parse(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if force == "" { + force = u.Scheme + } + + getters := c.Getters + if getters == nil { + getters = Getters + } + + g, ok := getters[force] + if !ok { + return fmt.Errorf( + "download not supported for scheme '%s'", force) + } + + // We have magic query parameters that we use to signal different features + q := u.Query() + + // Determine if we have an archive type + archiveV := q.Get("archive") + if archiveV != "" { + // Delete the paramter since it is a magic parameter we don't + // want to pass on to the Getter + q.Del("archive") + u.RawQuery = q.Encode() + + // If we can parse the value as a bool and it is false, then + // set the archive to "-" which should never map to a decompressor + if b, err := strconv.ParseBool(archiveV); err == nil && !b { + archiveV = "-" + } + } + if archiveV == "" { + // We don't appear to... but is it part of the filename? + matchingLen := 0 + for k, _ := range decompressors { + if strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "."+k) && len(k) > matchingLen { + archiveV = k + matchingLen = len(k) + } + } + } + + // If we have a decompressor, then we need to change the destination + // to download to a temporary path. We unarchive this into the final, + // real path. + var decompressDst string + var decompressDir bool + decompressor := decompressors[archiveV] + if decompressor != nil { + // Create a temporary directory to store our archive. We delete + // this at the end of everything. + td, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "getter") + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf( + "Error creating temporary directory for archive: %s", err) + } + defer os.RemoveAll(td) + + // Swap the download directory to be our temporary path and + // store the old values. + decompressDst = dst + decompressDir = mode != ClientModeFile + dst = filepath.Join(td, "archive") + mode = ClientModeFile + } + + // Determine if we have a checksum + var checksumHash hash.Hash + var checksumValue []byte + if v := q.Get("checksum"); v != "" { + // Delete the query parameter if we have it. + q.Del("checksum") + u.RawQuery = q.Encode() + + // Determine the checksum hash type + checksumType := "" + idx := strings.Index(v, ":") + if idx > -1 { + checksumType = v[:idx] + } + switch checksumType { + case "md5": + checksumHash = md5.New() + case "sha1": + checksumHash = sha1.New() + case "sha256": + checksumHash = sha256.New() + case "sha512": + checksumHash = sha512.New() + default: + return fmt.Errorf( + "unsupported checksum type: %s", checksumType) + } + + // Get the remainder of the value and parse it into bytes + b, err := hex.DecodeString(v[idx+1:]) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("invalid checksum: %s", err) + } + + // Set our value + checksumValue = b + } + + if mode == ClientModeAny { + // Ask the getter which client mode to use + mode, err = g.ClientMode(u) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Destination is the base name of the URL path in "any" mode when + // a file source is detected. + if mode == ClientModeFile { + filename := filepath.Base(u.Path) + + // Determine if we have a custom file name + if v := q.Get("filename"); v != "" { + // Delete the query parameter if we have it. + q.Del("filename") + u.RawQuery = q.Encode() + + filename = v + } + + dst = filepath.Join(dst, filename) + } + } + + // If we're not downloading a directory, then just download the file + // and return. + if mode == ClientModeFile { + err := g.GetFile(dst, u) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if checksumHash != nil { + if err := checksum(dst, checksumHash, checksumValue); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + if decompressor != nil { + // We have a decompressor, so decompress the current destination + // into the final destination with the proper mode. + err := decompressor.Decompress(decompressDst, dst, decompressDir) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Swap the information back + dst = decompressDst + if decompressDir { + mode = ClientModeAny + } else { + mode = ClientModeFile + } + } + + // We check the dir value again because it can be switched back + // if we were unarchiving. If we're still only Get-ing a file, then + // we're done. + if mode == ClientModeFile { + return nil + } + } + + // If we're at this point we're either downloading a directory or we've + // downloaded and unarchived a directory and we're just checking subdir. + // In the case we have a decompressor we don't Get because it was Get + // above. + if decompressor == nil { + // If we're getting a directory, then this is an error. You cannot + // checksum a directory. TODO: test + if checksumHash != nil { + return fmt.Errorf( + "checksum cannot be specified for directory download") + } + + // We're downloading a directory, which might require a bit more work + // if we're specifying a subdir. + err := g.Get(dst, u) + if err != nil { + err = fmt.Errorf("error downloading '%s': %s", src, err) + return err + } + } + + // If we have a subdir, copy that over + if subDir != "" { + if err := os.RemoveAll(realDst); err != nil { + return err + } + if err := os.MkdirAll(realDst, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Process any globs + subDir, err := SubdirGlob(dst, subDir) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + return copyDir(realDst, subDir, false) + } + + return nil +} + +// checksum is a simple method to compute the checksum of a source file +// and compare it to the given expected value. +func checksum(source string, h hash.Hash, v []byte) error { + f, err := os.Open(source) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("Failed to open file for checksum: %s", err) + } + defer f.Close() + + if _, err := io.Copy(h, f); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("Failed to hash: %s", err) + } + + if actual := h.Sum(nil); !bytes.Equal(actual, v) { + return fmt.Errorf( + "Checksums did not match.\nExpected: %s\nGot: %s", + hex.EncodeToString(v), + hex.EncodeToString(actual)) + } + + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/client_mode.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/client_mode.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f02509a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/client_mode.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +package getter + +// ClientMode is the mode that the client operates in. +type ClientMode uint + +const ( + ClientModeInvalid ClientMode = iota + + // ClientModeAny downloads anything it can. In this mode, dst must + // be a directory. If src is a file, it is saved into the directory + // with the basename of the URL. If src is a directory or archive, + // it is unpacked directly into dst. + ClientModeAny + + // ClientModeFile downloads a single file. In this mode, dst must + // be a file path (doesn't have to exist). src must point to a single + // file. It is saved as dst. + ClientModeFile + + // ClientModeDir downloads a directory. In this mode, dst must be + // a directory path (doesn't have to exist). src must point to an + // archive or directory (such as in s3). + ClientModeDir +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/copy_dir.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/copy_dir.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f58e8aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/copy_dir.go @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "io" + "os" + "path/filepath" + "strings" +) + +// copyDir copies the src directory contents into dst. Both directories +// should already exist. +// +// If ignoreDot is set to true, then dot-prefixed files/folders are ignored. +func copyDir(dst string, src string, ignoreDot bool) error { + src, err := filepath.EvalSymlinks(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + walkFn := func(path string, info os.FileInfo, err error) error { + if err != nil { + return err + } + if path == src { + return nil + } + + if ignoreDot && strings.HasPrefix(filepath.Base(path), ".") { + // Skip any dot files + if info.IsDir() { + return filepath.SkipDir + } else { + return nil + } + } + + // The "path" has the src prefixed to it. We need to join our + // destination with the path without the src on it. + dstPath := filepath.Join(dst, path[len(src):]) + + // If we have a directory, make that subdirectory, then continue + // the walk. + if info.IsDir() { + if path == filepath.Join(src, dst) { + // dst is in src; don't walk it. + return nil + } + + if err := os.MkdirAll(dstPath, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + return nil + } + + // If we have a file, copy the contents. + srcF, err := os.Open(path) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer srcF.Close() + + dstF, err := os.Create(dstPath) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer dstF.Close() + + if _, err := io.Copy(dstF, srcF); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Chmod it + return os.Chmod(dstPath, info.Mode()) + } + + return filepath.Walk(src, walkFn) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..198bb0edd --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress.go @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "strings" +) + +// Decompressor defines the interface that must be implemented to add +// support for decompressing a type. +// +// Important: if you're implementing a decompressor, please use the +// containsDotDot helper in this file to ensure that files can't be +// decompressed outside of the specified directory. +type Decompressor interface { + // Decompress should decompress src to dst. dir specifies whether dst + // is a directory or single file. src is guaranteed to be a single file + // that exists. dst is not guaranteed to exist already. + Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error +} + +// Decompressors is the mapping of extension to the Decompressor implementation +// that will decompress that extension/type. +var Decompressors map[string]Decompressor + +func init() { + tbzDecompressor := new(TarBzip2Decompressor) + tgzDecompressor := new(TarGzipDecompressor) + txzDecompressor := new(TarXzDecompressor) + + Decompressors = map[string]Decompressor{ + "bz2": new(Bzip2Decompressor), + "gz": new(GzipDecompressor), + "xz": new(XzDecompressor), + "tar.bz2": tbzDecompressor, + "tar.gz": tgzDecompressor, + "tar.xz": txzDecompressor, + "tbz2": tbzDecompressor, + "tgz": tgzDecompressor, + "txz": txzDecompressor, + "zip": new(ZipDecompressor), + } +} + +// containsDotDot checks if the filepath value v contains a ".." entry. +// This will check filepath components by splitting along / or \. This +// function is copied directly from the Go net/http implementation. +func containsDotDot(v string) bool { + if !strings.Contains(v, "..") { + return false + } + for _, ent := range strings.FieldsFunc(v, isSlashRune) { + if ent == ".." { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +func isSlashRune(r rune) bool { return r == '/' || r == '\\' } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_bzip2.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_bzip2.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..339f4cf7a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_bzip2.go @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "compress/bzip2" + "fmt" + "io" + "os" + "path/filepath" +) + +// Bzip2Decompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can +// decompress bz2 files. +type Bzip2Decompressor struct{} + +func (d *Bzip2Decompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error { + // Directory isn't supported at all + if dir { + return fmt.Errorf("bzip2-compressed files can only unarchive to a single file") + } + + // If we're going into a directory we should make that first + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // File first + f, err := os.Open(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer f.Close() + + // Bzip2 compression is second + bzipR := bzip2.NewReader(f) + + // Copy it out + dstF, err := os.Create(dst) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer dstF.Close() + + _, err = io.Copy(dstF, bzipR) + return err +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_gzip.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_gzip.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ebf709b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_gzip.go @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "compress/gzip" + "fmt" + "io" + "os" + "path/filepath" +) + +// GzipDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can +// decompress gzip files. +type GzipDecompressor struct{} + +func (d *GzipDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error { + // Directory isn't supported at all + if dir { + return fmt.Errorf("gzip-compressed files can only unarchive to a single file") + } + + // If we're going into a directory we should make that first + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // File first + f, err := os.Open(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer f.Close() + + // gzip compression is second + gzipR, err := gzip.NewReader(f) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer gzipR.Close() + + // Copy it out + dstF, err := os.Create(dst) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer dstF.Close() + + _, err = io.Copy(dstF, gzipR) + return err +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tar.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tar.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6986a25a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tar.go @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "archive/tar" + "fmt" + "io" + "os" + "path/filepath" + "time" +) + +// untar is a shared helper for untarring an archive. The reader should provide +// an uncompressed view of the tar archive. +func untar(input io.Reader, dst, src string, dir bool) error { + tarR := tar.NewReader(input) + done := false + dirHdrs := []*tar.Header{} + now := time.Now() + for { + hdr, err := tarR.Next() + if err == io.EOF { + if !done { + // Empty archive + return fmt.Errorf("empty archive: %s", src) + } + + break + } + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if hdr.Typeflag == tar.TypeXGlobalHeader || hdr.Typeflag == tar.TypeXHeader { + // don't unpack extended headers as files + continue + } + + path := dst + if dir { + // Disallow parent traversal + if containsDotDot(hdr.Name) { + return fmt.Errorf("entry contains '..': %s", hdr.Name) + } + + path = filepath.Join(path, hdr.Name) + } + + if hdr.FileInfo().IsDir() { + if !dir { + return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file: %s", src) + } + + // A directory, just make the directory and continue unarchiving... + if err := os.MkdirAll(path, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Record the directory information so that we may set its attributes + // after all files have been extracted + dirHdrs = append(dirHdrs, hdr) + + continue + } else { + // There is no ordering guarantee that a file in a directory is + // listed before the directory + dstPath := filepath.Dir(path) + + // Check that the directory exists, otherwise create it + if _, err := os.Stat(dstPath); os.IsNotExist(err) { + if err := os.MkdirAll(dstPath, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + + // We have a file. If we already decoded, then it is an error + if !dir && done { + return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file, got multiple: %s", src) + } + + // Mark that we're done so future in single file mode errors + done = true + + // Open the file for writing + dstF, err := os.Create(path) + if err != nil { + return err + } + _, err = io.Copy(dstF, tarR) + dstF.Close() + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Chmod the file + if err := os.Chmod(path, hdr.FileInfo().Mode()); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Set the access and modification time if valid, otherwise default to current time + aTime := now + mTime := now + if hdr.AccessTime.Unix() > 0 { + aTime = hdr.AccessTime + } + if hdr.ModTime.Unix() > 0 { + mTime = hdr.ModTime + } + if err := os.Chtimes(path, aTime, mTime); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Perform a final pass over extracted directories to update metadata + for _, dirHdr := range dirHdrs { + path := filepath.Join(dst, dirHdr.Name) + // Chmod the directory since they might be created before we know the mode flags + if err := os.Chmod(path, dirHdr.FileInfo().Mode()); err != nil { + return err + } + // Set the mtime/atime attributes since they would have been changed during extraction + aTime := now + mTime := now + if dirHdr.AccessTime.Unix() > 0 { + aTime = dirHdr.AccessTime + } + if dirHdr.ModTime.Unix() > 0 { + mTime = dirHdr.ModTime + } + if err := os.Chtimes(path, aTime, mTime); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} + +// tarDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can +// unpack tar files. +type tarDecompressor struct{} + +func (d *tarDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error { + // If we're going into a directory we should make that first + mkdir := dst + if !dir { + mkdir = filepath.Dir(dst) + } + if err := os.MkdirAll(mkdir, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // File first + f, err := os.Open(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer f.Close() + + return untar(f, dst, src, dir) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tbz2.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tbz2.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5391b5c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tbz2.go @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "compress/bzip2" + "os" + "path/filepath" +) + +// TarBzip2Decompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can +// decompress tar.bz2 files. +type TarBzip2Decompressor struct{} + +func (d *TarBzip2Decompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error { + // If we're going into a directory we should make that first + mkdir := dst + if !dir { + mkdir = filepath.Dir(dst) + } + if err := os.MkdirAll(mkdir, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // File first + f, err := os.Open(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer f.Close() + + // Bzip2 compression is second + bzipR := bzip2.NewReader(f) + return untar(bzipR, dst, src, dir) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_testing.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_testing.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13c0aaa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_testing.go @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "crypto/md5" + "encoding/hex" + "io" + "io/ioutil" + "os" + "path/filepath" + "reflect" + "runtime" + "sort" + "strings" + "time" + + "github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface" +) + +// TestDecompressCase is a single test case for testing decompressors +type TestDecompressCase struct { + Input string // Input is the complete path to the input file + Dir bool // Dir is whether or not we're testing directory mode + Err bool // Err is whether we expect an error or not + DirList []string // DirList is the list of files for Dir mode + FileMD5 string // FileMD5 is the expected MD5 for a single file + Mtime *time.Time // Mtime is the optionally expected mtime for a single file (or all files if in Dir mode) +} + +// TestDecompressor is a helper function for testing generic decompressors. +func TestDecompressor(t testing.T, d Decompressor, cases []TestDecompressCase) { + for _, tc := range cases { + t.Logf("Testing: %s", tc.Input) + + // Temporary dir to store stuff + td, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "getter") + if err != nil { + t.Fatalf("err: %s", err) + } + + // Destination is always joining result so that we have a new path + dst := filepath.Join(td, "subdir", "result") + + // We use a function so defers work + func() { + defer os.RemoveAll(td) + + // Decompress + err := d.Decompress(dst, tc.Input, tc.Dir) + if (err != nil) != tc.Err { + t.Fatalf("err %s: %s", tc.Input, err) + } + if tc.Err { + return + } + + // If it isn't a directory, then check for a single file + if !tc.Dir { + fi, err := os.Stat(dst) + if err != nil { + t.Fatalf("err %s: %s", tc.Input, err) + } + if fi.IsDir() { + t.Fatalf("err %s: expected file, got directory", tc.Input) + } + if tc.FileMD5 != "" { + actual := testMD5(t, dst) + expected := tc.FileMD5 + if actual != expected { + t.Fatalf("err %s: expected MD5 %s, got %s", tc.Input, expected, actual) + } + } + + if tc.Mtime != nil { + actual := fi.ModTime() + if tc.Mtime.Unix() > 0 { + expected := *tc.Mtime + if actual != expected { + t.Fatalf("err %s: expected mtime '%s' for %s, got '%s'", tc.Input, expected.String(), dst, actual.String()) + } + } else if actual.Unix() <= 0 { + t.Fatalf("err %s: expected mtime to be > 0, got '%s'", actual.String()) + } + } + + return + } + + // Convert expected for windows + expected := tc.DirList + if runtime.GOOS == "windows" { + for i, v := range expected { + expected[i] = strings.Replace(v, "/", "\\", -1) + } + } + + // Directory, check for the correct contents + actual := testListDir(t, dst) + if !reflect.DeepEqual(actual, expected) { + t.Fatalf("bad %s\n\n%#v\n\n%#v", tc.Input, actual, expected) + } + // Check for correct atime/mtime + for _, dir := range actual { + path := filepath.Join(dst, dir) + if tc.Mtime != nil { + fi, err := os.Stat(path) + if err != nil { + t.Fatalf("err: %s", err) + } + actual := fi.ModTime() + if tc.Mtime.Unix() > 0 { + expected := *tc.Mtime + if actual != expected { + t.Fatalf("err %s: expected mtime '%s' for %s, got '%s'", tc.Input, expected.String(), path, actual.String()) + } + } else if actual.Unix() < 0 { + t.Fatalf("err %s: expected mtime to be > 0, got '%s'", actual.String()) + } + + } + } + }() + } +} + +func testListDir(t testing.T, path string) []string { + var result []string + err := filepath.Walk(path, func(sub string, info os.FileInfo, err error) error { + if err != nil { + return err + } + + sub = strings.TrimPrefix(sub, path) + if sub == "" { + return nil + } + sub = sub[1:] // Trim the leading path sep. + + // If it is a dir, add trailing sep + if info.IsDir() { + sub += string(os.PathSeparator) + } + + result = append(result, sub) + return nil + }) + if err != nil { + t.Fatalf("err: %s", err) + } + + sort.Strings(result) + return result +} + +func testMD5(t testing.T, path string) string { + f, err := os.Open(path) + if err != nil { + t.Fatalf("err: %s", err) + } + defer f.Close() + + h := md5.New() + _, err = io.Copy(h, f) + if err != nil { + t.Fatalf("err: %s", err) + } + + result := h.Sum(nil) + return hex.EncodeToString(result) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tgz.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tgz.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65eb70dd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_tgz.go @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "compress/gzip" + "fmt" + "os" + "path/filepath" +) + +// TarGzipDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can +// decompress tar.gzip files. +type TarGzipDecompressor struct{} + +func (d *TarGzipDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error { + // If we're going into a directory we should make that first + mkdir := dst + if !dir { + mkdir = filepath.Dir(dst) + } + if err := os.MkdirAll(mkdir, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // File first + f, err := os.Open(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer f.Close() + + // Gzip compression is second + gzipR, err := gzip.NewReader(f) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("Error opening a gzip reader for %s: %s", src, err) + } + defer gzipR.Close() + + return untar(gzipR, dst, src, dir) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_txz.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_txz.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e151c127 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_txz.go @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "os" + "path/filepath" + + "github.com/ulikunitz/xz" +) + +// TarXzDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can +// decompress tar.xz files. +type TarXzDecompressor struct{} + +func (d *TarXzDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error { + // If we're going into a directory we should make that first + mkdir := dst + if !dir { + mkdir = filepath.Dir(dst) + } + if err := os.MkdirAll(mkdir, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // File first + f, err := os.Open(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer f.Close() + + // xz compression is second + txzR, err := xz.NewReader(f) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("Error opening an xz reader for %s: %s", src, err) + } + + return untar(txzR, dst, src, dir) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_xz.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_xz.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e37abab1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_xz.go @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + "os" + "path/filepath" + + "github.com/ulikunitz/xz" +) + +// XzDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can +// decompress xz files. +type XzDecompressor struct{} + +func (d *XzDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error { + // Directory isn't supported at all + if dir { + return fmt.Errorf("xz-compressed files can only unarchive to a single file") + } + + // If we're going into a directory we should make that first + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // File first + f, err := os.Open(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer f.Close() + + // xz compression is second + xzR, err := xz.NewReader(f) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Copy it out + dstF, err := os.Create(dst) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer dstF.Close() + + _, err = io.Copy(dstF, xzR) + return err +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_zip.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_zip.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0e70cac3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/decompress_zip.go @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "archive/zip" + "fmt" + "io" + "os" + "path/filepath" +) + +// ZipDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can +// decompress tar.gzip files. +type ZipDecompressor struct{} + +func (d *ZipDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error { + // If we're going into a directory we should make that first + mkdir := dst + if !dir { + mkdir = filepath.Dir(dst) + } + if err := os.MkdirAll(mkdir, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Open the zip + zipR, err := zip.OpenReader(src) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer zipR.Close() + + // Check the zip integrity + if len(zipR.File) == 0 { + // Empty archive + return fmt.Errorf("empty archive: %s", src) + } + if !dir && len(zipR.File) > 1 { + return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file: %s", src) + } + + // Go through and unarchive + for _, f := range zipR.File { + path := dst + if dir { + // Disallow parent traversal + if containsDotDot(f.Name) { + return fmt.Errorf("entry contains '..': %s", f.Name) + } + + path = filepath.Join(path, f.Name) + } + + if f.FileInfo().IsDir() { + if !dir { + return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file: %s", src) + } + + // A directory, just make the directory and continue unarchiving... + if err := os.MkdirAll(path, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + continue + } + + // Create the enclosing directories if we must. ZIP files aren't + // required to contain entries for just the directories so this + // can happen. + if dir { + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(path), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Open the file for reading + srcF, err := f.Open() + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Open the file for writing + dstF, err := os.Create(path) + if err != nil { + srcF.Close() + return err + } + _, err = io.Copy(dstF, srcF) + srcF.Close() + dstF.Close() + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Chmod the file + if err := os.Chmod(path, f.Mode()); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3695510b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect.go @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "path/filepath" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url" +) + +// Detector defines the interface that an invalid URL or a URL with a blank +// scheme is passed through in order to determine if its shorthand for +// something else well-known. +type Detector interface { + // Detect will detect whether the string matches a known pattern to + // turn it into a proper URL. + Detect(string, string) (string, bool, error) +} + +// Detectors is the list of detectors that are tried on an invalid URL. +// This is also the order they're tried (index 0 is first). +var Detectors []Detector + +func init() { + Detectors = []Detector{ + new(GitHubDetector), + new(BitBucketDetector), + new(S3Detector), + new(FileDetector), + } +} + +// Detect turns a source string into another source string if it is +// detected to be of a known pattern. +// +// The third parameter should be the list of detectors to use in the +// order to try them. If you don't want to configure this, just use +// the global Detectors variable. +// +// This is safe to be called with an already valid source string: Detect +// will just return it. +func Detect(src string, pwd string, ds []Detector) (string, error) { + getForce, getSrc := getForcedGetter(src) + + // Separate out the subdir if there is one, we don't pass that to detect + getSrc, subDir := SourceDirSubdir(getSrc) + + u, err := url.Parse(getSrc) + if err == nil && u.Scheme != "" { + // Valid URL + return src, nil + } + + for _, d := range ds { + result, ok, err := d.Detect(getSrc, pwd) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + if !ok { + continue + } + + var detectForce string + detectForce, result = getForcedGetter(result) + result, detectSubdir := SourceDirSubdir(result) + + // If we have a subdir from the detection, then prepend it to our + // requested subdir. + if detectSubdir != "" { + if subDir != "" { + subDir = filepath.Join(detectSubdir, subDir) + } else { + subDir = detectSubdir + } + } + + if subDir != "" { + u, err := url.Parse(result) + if err != nil { + return "", fmt.Errorf("Error parsing URL: %s", err) + } + u.Path += "//" + subDir + + // a subdir may contain wildcards, but in order to support them we + // have to ensure the path isn't escaped. + u.RawPath = u.Path + + result = u.String() + } + + // Preserve the forced getter if it exists. We try to use the + // original set force first, followed by any force set by the + // detector. + if getForce != "" { + result = fmt.Sprintf("%s::%s", getForce, result) + } else if detectForce != "" { + result = fmt.Sprintf("%s::%s", detectForce, result) + } + + return result, nil + } + + return "", fmt.Errorf("invalid source string: %s", src) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_bitbucket.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_bitbucket.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a183a17df --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_bitbucket.go @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + +// BitBucketDetector implements Detector to detect BitBucket URLs and turn +// them into URLs that the Git or Hg Getter can understand. +type BitBucketDetector struct{} + +func (d *BitBucketDetector) Detect(src, _ string) (string, bool, error) { + if len(src) == 0 { + return "", false, nil + } + + if strings.HasPrefix(src, "bitbucket.org/") { + return d.detectHTTP(src) + } + + return "", false, nil +} + +func (d *BitBucketDetector) detectHTTP(src string) (string, bool, error) { + u, err := url.Parse("https://" + src) + if err != nil { + return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error parsing BitBucket URL: %s", err) + } + + // We need to get info on this BitBucket repository to determine whether + // it is Git or Hg. + var info struct { + SCM string `json:"scm"` + } + infoUrl := "https://api.bitbucket.org/1.0/repositories" + u.Path + resp, err := http.Get(infoUrl) + if err != nil { + return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error looking up BitBucket URL: %s", err) + } + if resp.StatusCode == 403 { + // A private repo + return "", true, fmt.Errorf( + "shorthand BitBucket URL can't be used for private repos, " + + "please use a full URL") + } + dec := json.NewDecoder(resp.Body) + if err := dec.Decode(&info); err != nil { + return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error looking up BitBucket URL: %s", err) + } + + switch info.SCM { + case "git": + if !strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, ".git") { + u.Path += ".git" + } + + return "git::" + u.String(), true, nil + case "hg": + return "hg::" + u.String(), true, nil + default: + return "", true, fmt.Errorf("unknown BitBucket SCM type: %s", info.SCM) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_file.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_file.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ef41ea73 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_file.go @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "os" + "path/filepath" + "runtime" +) + +// FileDetector implements Detector to detect file paths. +type FileDetector struct{} + +func (d *FileDetector) Detect(src, pwd string) (string, bool, error) { + if len(src) == 0 { + return "", false, nil + } + + if !filepath.IsAbs(src) { + if pwd == "" { + return "", true, fmt.Errorf( + "relative paths require a module with a pwd") + } + + // Stat the pwd to determine if its a symbolic link. If it is, + // then the pwd becomes the original directory. Otherwise, + // `filepath.Join` below does some weird stuff. + // + // We just ignore if the pwd doesn't exist. That error will be + // caught later when we try to use the URL. + if fi, err := os.Lstat(pwd); !os.IsNotExist(err) { + if err != nil { + return "", true, err + } + if fi.Mode()&os.ModeSymlink != 0 { + pwd, err = filepath.EvalSymlinks(pwd) + if err != nil { + return "", true, err + } + + // The symlink itself might be a relative path, so we have to + // resolve this to have a correctly rooted URL. + pwd, err = filepath.Abs(pwd) + if err != nil { + return "", true, err + } + } + } + + src = filepath.Join(pwd, src) + } + + return fmtFileURL(src), true, nil +} + +func fmtFileURL(path string) string { + if runtime.GOOS == "windows" { + // Make sure we're using "/" on Windows. URLs are "/"-based. + path = filepath.ToSlash(path) + return fmt.Sprintf("file://%s", path) + } + + // Make sure that we don't start with "/" since we add that below. + if path[0] == '/' { + path = path[1:] + } + return fmt.Sprintf("file:///%s", path) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_github.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_github.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c084ad9ac --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_github.go @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + +// GitHubDetector implements Detector to detect GitHub URLs and turn +// them into URLs that the Git Getter can understand. +type GitHubDetector struct{} + +func (d *GitHubDetector) Detect(src, _ string) (string, bool, error) { + if len(src) == 0 { + return "", false, nil + } + + if strings.HasPrefix(src, "github.com/") { + return d.detectHTTP(src) + } else if strings.HasPrefix(src, "git@github.com:") { + return d.detectSSH(src) + } + + return "", false, nil +} + +func (d *GitHubDetector) detectHTTP(src string) (string, bool, error) { + parts := strings.Split(src, "/") + if len(parts) < 3 { + return "", false, fmt.Errorf( + "GitHub URLs should be github.com/username/repo") + } + + urlStr := fmt.Sprintf("https://%s", strings.Join(parts[:3], "/")) + url, err := url.Parse(urlStr) + if err != nil { + return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error parsing GitHub URL: %s", err) + } + + if !strings.HasSuffix(url.Path, ".git") { + url.Path += ".git" + } + + if len(parts) > 3 { + url.Path += "//" + strings.Join(parts[3:], "/") + } + + return "git::" + url.String(), true, nil +} + +func (d *GitHubDetector) detectSSH(src string) (string, bool, error) { + idx := strings.Index(src, ":") + qidx := strings.Index(src, "?") + if qidx == -1 { + qidx = len(src) + } + + var u url.URL + u.Scheme = "ssh" + u.User = url.User("git") + u.Host = "github.com" + u.Path = src[idx+1 : qidx] + if qidx < len(src) { + q, err := url.ParseQuery(src[qidx+1:]) + if err != nil { + return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error parsing GitHub SSH URL: %s", err) + } + + u.RawQuery = q.Encode() + } + + return "git::" + u.String(), true, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_s3.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_s3.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0f4a03b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/detect_s3.go @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "strings" +) + +// S3Detector implements Detector to detect S3 URLs and turn +// them into URLs that the S3 getter can understand. +type S3Detector struct{} + +func (d *S3Detector) Detect(src, _ string) (string, bool, error) { + if len(src) == 0 { + return "", false, nil + } + + if strings.Contains(src, ".amazonaws.com/") { + return d.detectHTTP(src) + } + + return "", false, nil +} + +func (d *S3Detector) detectHTTP(src string) (string, bool, error) { + parts := strings.Split(src, "/") + if len(parts) < 2 { + return "", false, fmt.Errorf( + "URL is not a valid S3 URL") + } + + hostParts := strings.Split(parts[0], ".") + if len(hostParts) == 3 { + return d.detectPathStyle(hostParts[0], parts[1:]) + } else if len(hostParts) == 4 { + return d.detectVhostStyle(hostParts[1], hostParts[0], parts[1:]) + } else { + return "", false, fmt.Errorf( + "URL is not a valid S3 URL") + } +} + +func (d *S3Detector) detectPathStyle(region string, parts []string) (string, bool, error) { + urlStr := fmt.Sprintf("https://%s.amazonaws.com/%s", region, strings.Join(parts, "/")) + url, err := url.Parse(urlStr) + if err != nil { + return "", false, fmt.Errorf("error parsing S3 URL: %s", err) + } + + return "s3::" + url.String(), true, nil +} + +func (d *S3Detector) detectVhostStyle(region, bucket string, parts []string) (string, bool, error) { + urlStr := fmt.Sprintf("https://%s.amazonaws.com/%s/%s", region, bucket, strings.Join(parts, "/")) + url, err := url.Parse(urlStr) + if err != nil { + return "", false, fmt.Errorf("error parsing S3 URL: %s", err) + } + + return "s3::" + url.String(), true, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/folder_storage.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/folder_storage.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..647ccf459 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/folder_storage.go @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "crypto/md5" + "encoding/hex" + "fmt" + "os" + "path/filepath" +) + +// FolderStorage is an implementation of the Storage interface that manages +// modules on the disk. +type FolderStorage struct { + // StorageDir is the directory where the modules will be stored. + StorageDir string +} + +// Dir implements Storage.Dir +func (s *FolderStorage) Dir(key string) (d string, e bool, err error) { + d = s.dir(key) + _, err = os.Stat(d) + if err == nil { + // Directory exists + e = true + return + } + if os.IsNotExist(err) { + // Directory doesn't exist + d = "" + e = false + err = nil + return + } + + // An error + d = "" + e = false + return +} + +// Get implements Storage.Get +func (s *FolderStorage) Get(key string, source string, update bool) error { + dir := s.dir(key) + if !update { + if _, err := os.Stat(dir); err == nil { + // If the directory already exists, then we're done since + // we're not updating. + return nil + } else if !os.IsNotExist(err) { + // If the error we got wasn't a file-not-exist error, then + // something went wrong and we should report it. + return fmt.Errorf("Error reading module directory: %s", err) + } + } + + // Get the source. This always forces an update. + return Get(dir, source) +} + +// dir returns the directory name internally that we'll use to map to +// internally. +func (s *FolderStorage) dir(key string) string { + sum := md5.Sum([]byte(key)) + return filepath.Join(s.StorageDir, hex.EncodeToString(sum[:])) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6053d934 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get.go @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +// getter is a package for downloading files or directories from a variety of +// protocols. +// +// getter is unique in its ability to download both directories and files. +// It also detects certain source strings to be protocol-specific URLs. For +// example, "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter" would turn into a Git URL and +// use the Git protocol. +// +// Protocols and detectors are extensible. +// +// To get started, see Client. +package getter + +import ( + "bytes" + "fmt" + "net/url" + "os/exec" + "regexp" + "syscall" + + cleanhttp "github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp" +) + +// Getter defines the interface that schemes must implement to download +// things. +type Getter interface { + // Get downloads the given URL into the given directory. This always + // assumes that we're updating and gets the latest version that it can. + // + // The directory may already exist (if we're updating). If it is in a + // format that isn't understood, an error should be returned. Get shouldn't + // simply nuke the directory. + Get(string, *url.URL) error + + // GetFile downloads the give URL into the given path. The URL must + // reference a single file. If possible, the Getter should check if + // the remote end contains the same file and no-op this operation. + GetFile(string, *url.URL) error + + // ClientMode returns the mode based on the given URL. This is used to + // allow clients to let the getters decide which mode to use. + ClientMode(*url.URL) (ClientMode, error) +} + +// Getters is the mapping of scheme to the Getter implementation that will +// be used to get a dependency. +var Getters map[string]Getter + +// forcedRegexp is the regular expression that finds forced getters. This +// syntax is schema::url, example: git::https://foo.com +var forcedRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(`^([A-Za-z0-9]+)::(.+)$`) + +// httpClient is the default client to be used by HttpGetters. +var httpClient = cleanhttp.DefaultClient() + +func init() { + httpGetter := &HttpGetter{ + Netrc: true, + } + + Getters = map[string]Getter{ + "file": new(FileGetter), + "git": new(GitGetter), + "hg": new(HgGetter), + "s3": new(S3Getter), + "http": httpGetter, + "https": httpGetter, + } +} + +// Get downloads the directory specified by src into the folder specified by +// dst. If dst already exists, Get will attempt to update it. +// +// src is a URL, whereas dst is always just a file path to a folder. This +// folder doesn't need to exist. It will be created if it doesn't exist. +func Get(dst, src string) error { + return (&Client{ + Src: src, + Dst: dst, + Dir: true, + Getters: Getters, + }).Get() +} + +// GetAny downloads a URL into the given destination. Unlike Get or +// GetFile, both directories and files are supported. +// +// dst must be a directory. If src is a file, it will be downloaded +// into dst with the basename of the URL. If src is a directory or +// archive, it will be unpacked directly into dst. +func GetAny(dst, src string) error { + return (&Client{ + Src: src, + Dst: dst, + Mode: ClientModeAny, + Getters: Getters, + }).Get() +} + +// GetFile downloads the file specified by src into the path specified by +// dst. +func GetFile(dst, src string) error { + return (&Client{ + Src: src, + Dst: dst, + Dir: false, + Getters: Getters, + }).Get() +} + +// getRunCommand is a helper that will run a command and capture the output +// in the case an error happens. +func getRunCommand(cmd *exec.Cmd) error { + var buf bytes.Buffer + cmd.Stdout = &buf + cmd.Stderr = &buf + err := cmd.Run() + if err == nil { + return nil + } + if exiterr, ok := err.(*exec.ExitError); ok { + // The program has exited with an exit code != 0 + if status, ok := exiterr.Sys().(syscall.WaitStatus); ok { + return fmt.Errorf( + "%s exited with %d: %s", + cmd.Path, + status.ExitStatus(), + buf.String()) + } + } + + return fmt.Errorf("error running %s: %s", cmd.Path, buf.String()) +} + +// getForcedGetter takes a source and returns the tuple of the forced +// getter and the raw URL (without the force syntax). +func getForcedGetter(src string) (string, string) { + var forced string + if ms := forcedRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(src); ms != nil { + forced = ms[1] + src = ms[2] + } + + return forced, src +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5d2d61d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file.go @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "net/url" + "os" +) + +// FileGetter is a Getter implementation that will download a module from +// a file scheme. +type FileGetter struct { + // Copy, if set to true, will copy data instead of using a symlink + Copy bool +} + +func (g *FileGetter) ClientMode(u *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) { + path := u.Path + if u.RawPath != "" { + path = u.RawPath + } + + fi, err := os.Stat(path) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + + // Check if the source is a directory. + if fi.IsDir() { + return ClientModeDir, nil + } + + return ClientModeFile, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file_unix.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file_unix.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c89a2d5a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file_unix.go @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +// +build !windows + +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + "net/url" + "os" + "path/filepath" +) + +func (g *FileGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + path := u.Path + if u.RawPath != "" { + path = u.RawPath + } + + // The source path must exist and be a directory to be usable. + if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("source path error: %s", err) + } else if !fi.IsDir() { + return fmt.Errorf("source path must be a directory") + } + + fi, err := os.Lstat(dst) + if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) { + return err + } + + // If the destination already exists, it must be a symlink + if err == nil { + mode := fi.Mode() + if mode&os.ModeSymlink == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("destination exists and is not a symlink") + } + + // Remove the destination + if err := os.Remove(dst); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Create all the parent directories + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + return os.Symlink(path, dst) +} + +func (g *FileGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + path := u.Path + if u.RawPath != "" { + path = u.RawPath + } + + // The source path must exist and be a file to be usable. + if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("source path error: %s", err) + } else if fi.IsDir() { + return fmt.Errorf("source path must be a file") + } + + _, err := os.Lstat(dst) + if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) { + return err + } + + // If the destination already exists, it must be a symlink + if err == nil { + // Remove the destination + if err := os.Remove(dst); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Create all the parent directories + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // If we're not copying, just symlink and we're done + if !g.Copy { + return os.Symlink(path, dst) + } + + // Copy + srcF, err := os.Open(path) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer srcF.Close() + + dstF, err := os.Create(dst) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer dstF.Close() + + _, err = io.Copy(dstF, srcF) + return err +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file_windows.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file_windows.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f87ed0a0b --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_file_windows.go @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +// +build windows + +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + "net/url" + "os" + "os/exec" + "path/filepath" + "strings" +) + +func (g *FileGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + path := u.Path + if u.RawPath != "" { + path = u.RawPath + } + + // The source path must exist and be a directory to be usable. + if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("source path error: %s", err) + } else if !fi.IsDir() { + return fmt.Errorf("source path must be a directory") + } + + fi, err := os.Lstat(dst) + if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) { + return err + } + + // If the destination already exists, it must be a symlink + if err == nil { + mode := fi.Mode() + if mode&os.ModeSymlink == 0 { + return fmt.Errorf("destination exists and is not a symlink") + } + + // Remove the destination + if err := os.Remove(dst); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Create all the parent directories + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + sourcePath := toBackslash(path) + + // Use mklink to create a junction point + output, err := exec.Command("cmd", "/c", "mklink", "/J", dst, sourcePath).CombinedOutput() + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to run mklink %v %v: %v %q", dst, sourcePath, err, output) + } + + return nil +} + +func (g *FileGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + path := u.Path + if u.RawPath != "" { + path = u.RawPath + } + + // The source path must exist and be a directory to be usable. + if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("source path error: %s", err) + } else if fi.IsDir() { + return fmt.Errorf("source path must be a file") + } + + _, err := os.Lstat(dst) + if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) { + return err + } + + // If the destination already exists, it must be a symlink + if err == nil { + // Remove the destination + if err := os.Remove(dst); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Create all the parent directories + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + // If we're not copying, just symlink and we're done + if !g.Copy { + return os.Symlink(path, dst) + } + + // Copy + srcF, err := os.Open(path) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer srcF.Close() + + dstF, err := os.Create(dst) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer dstF.Close() + + _, err = io.Copy(dstF, srcF) + return err +} + +// toBackslash returns the result of replacing each slash character +// in path with a backslash ('\') character. Multiple separators are +// replaced by multiple backslashes. +func toBackslash(path string) string { + return strings.Replace(path, "/", "\\", -1) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_git.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_git.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48df5f1a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_git.go @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "encoding/base64" + "fmt" + "io/ioutil" + "net/url" + "os" + "os/exec" + "path/filepath" + "strings" + + urlhelper "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url" + "github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp" + "github.com/hashicorp/go-version" +) + +// GitGetter is a Getter implementation that will download a module from +// a git repository. +type GitGetter struct{} + +func (g *GitGetter) ClientMode(_ *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) { + return ClientModeDir, nil +} + +func (g *GitGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + if _, err := exec.LookPath("git"); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("git must be available and on the PATH") + } + + // Extract some query parameters we use + var ref, sshKey string + q := u.Query() + if len(q) > 0 { + ref = q.Get("ref") + q.Del("ref") + + sshKey = q.Get("sshkey") + q.Del("sshkey") + + // Copy the URL + var newU url.URL = *u + u = &newU + u.RawQuery = q.Encode() + } + + var sshKeyFile string + if sshKey != "" { + // Check that the git version is sufficiently new. + if err := checkGitVersion("2.3"); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("Error using ssh key: %v", err) + } + + // We have an SSH key - decode it. + raw, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(sshKey) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Create a temp file for the key and ensure it is removed. + fh, err := ioutil.TempFile("", "go-getter") + if err != nil { + return err + } + sshKeyFile = fh.Name() + defer os.Remove(sshKeyFile) + + // Set the permissions prior to writing the key material. + if err := os.Chmod(sshKeyFile, 0600); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Write the raw key into the temp file. + _, err = fh.Write(raw) + fh.Close() + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Clone or update the repository + _, err := os.Stat(dst) + if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) { + return err + } + if err == nil { + err = g.update(dst, sshKeyFile, ref) + } else { + err = g.clone(dst, sshKeyFile, u) + } + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Next: check out the proper tag/branch if it is specified, and checkout + if ref != "" { + if err := g.checkout(dst, ref); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Lastly, download any/all submodules. + return g.fetchSubmodules(dst, sshKeyFile) +} + +// GetFile for Git doesn't support updating at this time. It will download +// the file every time. +func (g *GitGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + td, tdcloser, err := safetemp.Dir("", "getter") + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer tdcloser.Close() + + // Get the filename, and strip the filename from the URL so we can + // just get the repository directly. + filename := filepath.Base(u.Path) + u.Path = filepath.Dir(u.Path) + + // Get the full repository + if err := g.Get(td, u); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Copy the single file + u, err = urlhelper.Parse(fmtFileURL(filepath.Join(td, filename))) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + fg := &FileGetter{Copy: true} + return fg.GetFile(dst, u) +} + +func (g *GitGetter) checkout(dst string, ref string) error { + cmd := exec.Command("git", "checkout", ref) + cmd.Dir = dst + return getRunCommand(cmd) +} + +func (g *GitGetter) clone(dst, sshKeyFile string, u *url.URL) error { + cmd := exec.Command("git", "clone", u.String(), dst) + setupGitEnv(cmd, sshKeyFile) + return getRunCommand(cmd) +} + +func (g *GitGetter) update(dst, sshKeyFile, ref string) error { + // Determine if we're a branch. If we're NOT a branch, then we just + // switch to master prior to checking out + cmd := exec.Command("git", "show-ref", "-q", "--verify", "refs/heads/"+ref) + cmd.Dir = dst + + if getRunCommand(cmd) != nil { + // Not a branch, switch to master. This will also catch non-existent + // branches, in which case we want to switch to master and then + // checkout the proper branch later. + ref = "master" + } + + // We have to be on a branch to pull + if err := g.checkout(dst, ref); err != nil { + return err + } + + cmd = exec.Command("git", "pull", "--ff-only") + cmd.Dir = dst + setupGitEnv(cmd, sshKeyFile) + return getRunCommand(cmd) +} + +// fetchSubmodules downloads any configured submodules recursively. +func (g *GitGetter) fetchSubmodules(dst, sshKeyFile string) error { + cmd := exec.Command("git", "submodule", "update", "--init", "--recursive") + cmd.Dir = dst + setupGitEnv(cmd, sshKeyFile) + return getRunCommand(cmd) +} + +// setupGitEnv sets up the environment for the given command. This is used to +// pass configuration data to git and ssh and enables advanced cloning methods. +func setupGitEnv(cmd *exec.Cmd, sshKeyFile string) { + const gitSSHCommand = "GIT_SSH_COMMAND=" + var sshCmd []string + + // If we have an existing GIT_SSH_COMMAND, we need to append our options. + // We will also remove our old entry to make sure the behavior is the same + // with versions of Go < 1.9. + env := os.Environ() + for i, v := range env { + if strings.HasPrefix(v, gitSSHCommand) { + sshCmd = []string{v} + + env[i], env[len(env)-1] = env[len(env)-1], env[i] + env = env[:len(env)-1] + break + } + } + + if len(sshCmd) == 0 { + sshCmd = []string{gitSSHCommand + "ssh"} + } + + if sshKeyFile != "" { + // We have an SSH key temp file configured, tell ssh about this. + sshCmd = append(sshCmd, "-i", sshKeyFile) + } + + env = append(env, strings.Join(sshCmd, " ")) + cmd.Env = env +} + +// checkGitVersion is used to check the version of git installed on the system +// against a known minimum version. Returns an error if the installed version +// is older than the given minimum. +func checkGitVersion(min string) error { + want, err := version.NewVersion(min) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + out, err := exec.Command("git", "version").Output() + if err != nil { + return err + } + + fields := strings.Fields(string(out)) + if len(fields) < 3 { + return fmt.Errorf("Unexpected 'git version' output: %q", string(out)) + } + + have, err := version.NewVersion(fields[2]) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + if have.LessThan(want) { + return fmt.Errorf("Required git version = %s, have %s", want, have) + } + + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_hg.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_hg.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f38692270 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_hg.go @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "os" + "os/exec" + "path/filepath" + "runtime" + + urlhelper "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url" + "github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp" +) + +// HgGetter is a Getter implementation that will download a module from +// a Mercurial repository. +type HgGetter struct{} + +func (g *HgGetter) ClientMode(_ *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) { + return ClientModeDir, nil +} + +func (g *HgGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + if _, err := exec.LookPath("hg"); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("hg must be available and on the PATH") + } + + newURL, err := urlhelper.Parse(u.String()) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if fixWindowsDrivePath(newURL) { + // See valid file path form on http://www.selenic.com/hg/help/urls + newURL.Path = fmt.Sprintf("/%s", newURL.Path) + } + + // Extract some query parameters we use + var rev string + q := newURL.Query() + if len(q) > 0 { + rev = q.Get("rev") + q.Del("rev") + + newURL.RawQuery = q.Encode() + } + + _, err = os.Stat(dst) + if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) { + return err + } + if err != nil { + if err := g.clone(dst, newURL); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + if err := g.pull(dst, newURL); err != nil { + return err + } + + return g.update(dst, newURL, rev) +} + +// GetFile for Hg doesn't support updating at this time. It will download +// the file every time. +func (g *HgGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + // Create a temporary directory to store the full source. This has to be + // a non-existent directory. + td, tdcloser, err := safetemp.Dir("", "getter") + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer tdcloser.Close() + + // Get the filename, and strip the filename from the URL so we can + // just get the repository directly. + filename := filepath.Base(u.Path) + u.Path = filepath.ToSlash(filepath.Dir(u.Path)) + + // If we're on Windows, we need to set the host to "localhost" for hg + if runtime.GOOS == "windows" { + u.Host = "localhost" + } + + // Get the full repository + if err := g.Get(td, u); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Copy the single file + u, err = urlhelper.Parse(fmtFileURL(filepath.Join(td, filename))) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + fg := &FileGetter{Copy: true} + return fg.GetFile(dst, u) +} + +func (g *HgGetter) clone(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + cmd := exec.Command("hg", "clone", "-U", u.String(), dst) + return getRunCommand(cmd) +} + +func (g *HgGetter) pull(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + cmd := exec.Command("hg", "pull") + cmd.Dir = dst + return getRunCommand(cmd) +} + +func (g *HgGetter) update(dst string, u *url.URL, rev string) error { + args := []string{"update"} + if rev != "" { + args = append(args, rev) + } + + cmd := exec.Command("hg", args...) + cmd.Dir = dst + return getRunCommand(cmd) +} + +func fixWindowsDrivePath(u *url.URL) bool { + // hg assumes a file:/// prefix for Windows drive letter file paths. + // (e.g. file:///c:/foo/bar) + // If the URL Path does not begin with a '/' character, the resulting URL + // path will have a file:// prefix. (e.g. file://c:/foo/bar) + // See http://www.selenic.com/hg/help/urls and the examples listed in + // http://selenic.com/repo/hg-stable/file/1265a3a71d75/mercurial/util.py#l1936 + return runtime.GOOS == "windows" && u.Scheme == "file" && + len(u.Path) > 1 && u.Path[0] != '/' && u.Path[1] == ':' +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_http.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_http.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..358151a9c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_http.go @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "encoding/xml" + "fmt" + "io" + "net/http" + "net/url" + "os" + "path/filepath" + "strings" + + "github.com/hashicorp/go-safetemp" +) + +// HttpGetter is a Getter implementation that will download from an HTTP +// endpoint. +// +// For file downloads, HTTP is used directly. +// +// The protocol for downloading a directory from an HTTP endpoing is as follows: +// +// An HTTP GET request is made to the URL with the additional GET parameter +// "terraform-get=1". This lets you handle that scenario specially if you +// wish. The response must be a 2xx. +// +// First, a header is looked for "X-Terraform-Get" which should contain +// a source URL to download. +// +// If the header is not present, then a meta tag is searched for named +// "terraform-get" and the content should be a source URL. +// +// The source URL, whether from the header or meta tag, must be a fully +// formed URL. The shorthand syntax of "github.com/foo/bar" or relative +// paths are not allowed. +type HttpGetter struct { + // Netrc, if true, will lookup and use auth information found + // in the user's netrc file if available. + Netrc bool + + // Client is the http.Client to use for Get requests. + // This defaults to a cleanhttp.DefaultClient if left unset. + Client *http.Client +} + +func (g *HttpGetter) ClientMode(u *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) { + if strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "/") { + return ClientModeDir, nil + } + return ClientModeFile, nil +} + +func (g *HttpGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + // Copy the URL so we can modify it + var newU url.URL = *u + u = &newU + + if g.Netrc { + // Add auth from netrc if we can + if err := addAuthFromNetrc(u); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + if g.Client == nil { + g.Client = httpClient + } + + // Add terraform-get to the parameter. + q := u.Query() + q.Add("terraform-get", "1") + u.RawQuery = q.Encode() + + // Get the URL + resp, err := g.Client.Get(u.String()) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + if resp.StatusCode < 200 || resp.StatusCode >= 300 { + return fmt.Errorf("bad response code: %d", resp.StatusCode) + } + + // Extract the source URL + var source string + if v := resp.Header.Get("X-Terraform-Get"); v != "" { + source = v + } else { + source, err = g.parseMeta(resp.Body) + if err != nil { + source = u.String() // xml parse errors are getting in the way of our downloads + } + } + if source == "" { + return fmt.Errorf("no source URL was returned") + } + + // If there is a subdir component, then we download the root separately + // into a temporary directory, then copy over the proper subdir. + source, subDir := SourceDirSubdir(source) + if subDir == "" { + return Get(dst, source) + } + + // We have a subdir, time to jump some hoops + return g.getSubdir(dst, source, subDir) +} + +func (g *HttpGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + if g.Netrc { + // Add auth from netrc if we can + if err := addAuthFromNetrc(u); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + if g.Client == nil { + g.Client = httpClient + } + + resp, err := g.Client.Get(u.String()) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer resp.Body.Close() + if resp.StatusCode != 200 { + return fmt.Errorf("bad response code: %d", resp.StatusCode) + } + + // Create all the parent directories + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + f, err := os.Create(dst) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + n, err := io.Copy(f, resp.Body) + if err == nil && n < resp.ContentLength { + err = io.ErrShortWrite + } + if err1 := f.Close(); err == nil { + err = err1 + } + return err +} + +// getSubdir downloads the source into the destination, but with +// the proper subdir. +func (g *HttpGetter) getSubdir(dst, source, subDir string) error { + // Create a temporary directory to store the full source. This has to be + // a non-existent directory. + td, tdcloser, err := safetemp.Dir("", "getter") + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer tdcloser.Close() + + // Download that into the given directory + if err := Get(td, source); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Process any globbing + sourcePath, err := SubdirGlob(td, subDir) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Make sure the subdir path actually exists + if _, err := os.Stat(sourcePath); err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf( + "Error downloading %s: %s", source, err) + } + + // Copy the subdirectory into our actual destination. + if err := os.RemoveAll(dst); err != nil { + return err + } + + // Make the final destination + if err := os.MkdirAll(dst, 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + return copyDir(dst, sourcePath, false) +} + +// parseMeta looks for the first meta tag in the given reader that +// will give us the source URL. +func (g *HttpGetter) parseMeta(r io.Reader) (string, error) { + d := xml.NewDecoder(r) + d.CharsetReader = charsetReader + d.Strict = false + var err error + var t xml.Token + for { + t, err = d.Token() + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + err = nil + } + return "", err + } + if e, ok := t.(xml.StartElement); ok && strings.EqualFold(e.Name.Local, "body") { + return "", nil + } + if e, ok := t.(xml.EndElement); ok && strings.EqualFold(e.Name.Local, "head") { + return "", nil + } + e, ok := t.(xml.StartElement) + if !ok || !strings.EqualFold(e.Name.Local, "meta") { + continue + } + if attrValue(e.Attr, "name") != "terraform-get" { + continue + } + if f := attrValue(e.Attr, "content"); f != "" { + return f, nil + } + } +} + +// attrValue returns the attribute value for the case-insensitive key +// `name', or the empty string if nothing is found. +func attrValue(attrs []xml.Attr, name string) string { + for _, a := range attrs { + if strings.EqualFold(a.Name.Local, name) { + return a.Value + } + } + return "" +} + +// charsetReader returns a reader for the given charset. Currently +// it only supports UTF-8 and ASCII. Otherwise, it returns a meaningful +// error which is printed by go get, so the user can find why the package +// wasn't downloaded if the encoding is not supported. Note that, in +// order to reduce potential errors, ASCII is treated as UTF-8 (i.e. characters +// greater than 0x7f are not rejected). +func charsetReader(charset string, input io.Reader) (io.Reader, error) { + switch strings.ToLower(charset) { + case "ascii": + return input, nil + default: + return nil, fmt.Errorf("can't decode XML document using charset %q", charset) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_mock.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_mock.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..882e694dc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_mock.go @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "net/url" +) + +// MockGetter is an implementation of Getter that can be used for tests. +type MockGetter struct { + // Proxy, if set, will be called after recording the calls below. + // If it isn't set, then the *Err values will be returned. + Proxy Getter + + GetCalled bool + GetDst string + GetURL *url.URL + GetErr error + + GetFileCalled bool + GetFileDst string + GetFileURL *url.URL + GetFileErr error +} + +func (g *MockGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + g.GetCalled = true + g.GetDst = dst + g.GetURL = u + + if g.Proxy != nil { + return g.Proxy.Get(dst, u) + } + + return g.GetErr +} + +func (g *MockGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + g.GetFileCalled = true + g.GetFileDst = dst + g.GetFileURL = u + + if g.Proxy != nil { + return g.Proxy.GetFile(dst, u) + } + return g.GetFileErr +} + +func (g *MockGetter) ClientMode(u *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) { + if l := len(u.Path); l > 0 && u.Path[l-1:] == "/" { + return ClientModeDir, nil + } + return ClientModeFile, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_s3.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_s3.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebb321741 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/get_s3.go @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + "net/url" + "os" + "path/filepath" + "strings" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3" +) + +// S3Getter is a Getter implementation that will download a module from +// a S3 bucket. +type S3Getter struct{} + +func (g *S3Getter) ClientMode(u *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) { + // Parse URL + region, bucket, path, _, creds, err := g.parseUrl(u) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + + // Create client config + config := g.getAWSConfig(region, u, creds) + sess := session.New(config) + client := s3.New(sess) + + // List the object(s) at the given prefix + req := &s3.ListObjectsInput{ + Bucket: aws.String(bucket), + Prefix: aws.String(path), + } + resp, err := client.ListObjects(req) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + + for _, o := range resp.Contents { + // Use file mode on exact match. + if *o.Key == path { + return ClientModeFile, nil + } + + // Use dir mode if child keys are found. + if strings.HasPrefix(*o.Key, path+"/") { + return ClientModeDir, nil + } + } + + // There was no match, so just return file mode. The download is going + // to fail but we will let S3 return the proper error later. + return ClientModeFile, nil +} + +func (g *S3Getter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + // Parse URL + region, bucket, path, _, creds, err := g.parseUrl(u) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Remove destination if it already exists + _, err = os.Stat(dst) + if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) { + return err + } + + if err == nil { + // Remove the destination + if err := os.RemoveAll(dst); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // Create all the parent directories + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + config := g.getAWSConfig(region, u, creds) + sess := session.New(config) + client := s3.New(sess) + + // List files in path, keep listing until no more objects are found + lastMarker := "" + hasMore := true + for hasMore { + req := &s3.ListObjectsInput{ + Bucket: aws.String(bucket), + Prefix: aws.String(path), + } + if lastMarker != "" { + req.Marker = aws.String(lastMarker) + } + + resp, err := client.ListObjects(req) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + hasMore = aws.BoolValue(resp.IsTruncated) + + // Get each object storing each file relative to the destination path + for _, object := range resp.Contents { + lastMarker = aws.StringValue(object.Key) + objPath := aws.StringValue(object.Key) + + // If the key ends with a backslash assume it is a directory and ignore + if strings.HasSuffix(objPath, "/") { + continue + } + + // Get the object destination path + objDst, err := filepath.Rel(path, objPath) + if err != nil { + return err + } + objDst = filepath.Join(dst, objDst) + + if err := g.getObject(client, objDst, bucket, objPath, ""); err != nil { + return err + } + } + } + + return nil +} + +func (g *S3Getter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error { + region, bucket, path, version, creds, err := g.parseUrl(u) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + config := g.getAWSConfig(region, u, creds) + sess := session.New(config) + client := s3.New(sess) + return g.getObject(client, dst, bucket, path, version) +} + +func (g *S3Getter) getObject(client *s3.S3, dst, bucket, key, version string) error { + req := &s3.GetObjectInput{ + Bucket: aws.String(bucket), + Key: aws.String(key), + } + if version != "" { + req.VersionId = aws.String(version) + } + + resp, err := client.GetObject(req) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Create all the parent directories + if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil { + return err + } + + f, err := os.Create(dst) + if err != nil { + return err + } + defer f.Close() + + _, err = io.Copy(f, resp.Body) + return err +} + +func (g *S3Getter) getAWSConfig(region string, url *url.URL, creds *credentials.Credentials) *aws.Config { + conf := &aws.Config{} + if creds == nil { + // Grab the metadata URL + metadataURL := os.Getenv("AWS_METADATA_URL") + if metadataURL == "" { + metadataURL = "http://169.254.169.254:80/latest" + } + + creds = credentials.NewChainCredentials( + []credentials.Provider{ + &credentials.EnvProvider{}, + &credentials.SharedCredentialsProvider{Filename: "", Profile: ""}, + &ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{ + Client: ec2metadata.New(session.New(&aws.Config{ + Endpoint: aws.String(metadataURL), + })), + }, + }) + } + + if creds != nil { + conf.Endpoint = &url.Host + conf.S3ForcePathStyle = aws.Bool(true) + if url.Scheme == "http" { + conf.DisableSSL = aws.Bool(true) + } + } + + conf.Credentials = creds + if region != "" { + conf.Region = aws.String(region) + } + + return conf +} + +func (g *S3Getter) parseUrl(u *url.URL) (region, bucket, path, version string, creds *credentials.Credentials, err error) { + // This just check whether we are dealing with S3 or + // any other S3 compliant service. S3 has a predictable + // url as others do not + if strings.Contains(u.Host, "amazonaws.com") { + // Expected host style: s3.amazonaws.com. They always have 3 parts, + // although the first may differ if we're accessing a specific region. + hostParts := strings.Split(u.Host, ".") + if len(hostParts) != 3 { + err = fmt.Errorf("URL is not a valid S3 URL") + return + } + + // Parse the region out of the first part of the host + region = strings.TrimPrefix(strings.TrimPrefix(hostParts[0], "s3-"), "s3") + if region == "" { + region = "us-east-1" + } + + pathParts := strings.SplitN(u.Path, "/", 3) + if len(pathParts) != 3 { + err = fmt.Errorf("URL is not a valid S3 URL") + return + } + + bucket = pathParts[1] + path = pathParts[2] + version = u.Query().Get("version") + + } else { + pathParts := strings.SplitN(u.Path, "/", 3) + if len(pathParts) != 3 { + err = fmt.Errorf("URL is not a valid S3 complaint URL") + return + } + bucket = pathParts[1] + path = pathParts[2] + version = u.Query().Get("version") + region = u.Query().Get("region") + if region == "" { + region = "us-east-1" + } + } + + _, hasAwsId := u.Query()["aws_access_key_id"] + _, hasAwsSecret := u.Query()["aws_access_key_secret"] + _, hasAwsToken := u.Query()["aws_access_token"] + if hasAwsId || hasAwsSecret || hasAwsToken { + creds = credentials.NewStaticCredentials( + u.Query().Get("aws_access_key_id"), + u.Query().Get("aws_access_key_secret"), + u.Query().Get("aws_access_token"), + ) + } + + return +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/netrc.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/netrc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7f6a3fb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/netrc.go @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "net/url" + "os" + "runtime" + + "github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/netrc" + "github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir" +) + +// addAuthFromNetrc adds auth information to the URL from the user's +// netrc file if it can be found. This will only add the auth info +// if the URL doesn't already have auth info specified and the +// the username is blank. +func addAuthFromNetrc(u *url.URL) error { + // If the URL already has auth information, do nothing + if u.User != nil && u.User.Username() != "" { + return nil + } + + // Get the netrc file path + path := os.Getenv("NETRC") + if path == "" { + filename := ".netrc" + if runtime.GOOS == "windows" { + filename = "_netrc" + } + + var err error + path, err = homedir.Expand("~/" + filename) + if err != nil { + return err + } + } + + // If the file is not a file, then do nothing + if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil { + // File doesn't exist, do nothing + if os.IsNotExist(err) { + return nil + } + + // Some other error! + return err + } else if fi.IsDir() { + // File is directory, ignore + return nil + } + + // Load up the netrc file + net, err := netrc.ParseFile(path) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("Error parsing netrc file at %q: %s", path, err) + } + + machine := net.FindMachine(u.Host) + if machine == nil { + // Machine not found, no problem + return nil + } + + // Set the user info + u.User = url.UserPassword(machine.Login, machine.Password) + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/source.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/source.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c63f2bbaf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/source.go @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +package getter + +import ( + "fmt" + "path/filepath" + "strings" +) + +// SourceDirSubdir takes a source and returns a tuple of the URL without +// the subdir and the URL with the subdir. +func SourceDirSubdir(src string) (string, string) { + // Calcaulate an offset to avoid accidentally marking the scheme + // as the dir. + var offset int + if idx := strings.Index(src, "://"); idx > -1 { + offset = idx + 3 + } + + // First see if we even have an explicit subdir + idx := strings.Index(src[offset:], "//") + if idx == -1 { + return src, "" + } + + idx += offset + subdir := src[idx+2:] + src = src[:idx] + + // Next, check if we have query parameters and push them onto the + // URL. + if idx = strings.Index(subdir, "?"); idx > -1 { + query := subdir[idx:] + subdir = subdir[:idx] + src += query + } + + return src, subdir +} + +// SubdirGlob returns the actual subdir with globbing processed. +// +// dst should be a destination directory that is already populated (the +// download is complete) and subDir should be the set subDir. If subDir +// is an empty string, this returns an empty string. +// +// The returned path is the full absolute path. +func SubdirGlob(dst, subDir string) (string, error) { + matches, err := filepath.Glob(filepath.Join(dst, subDir)) + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + + if len(matches) == 0 { + return "", fmt.Errorf("subdir %q not found", subDir) + } + + if len(matches) > 1 { + return "", fmt.Errorf("subdir %q matches multiple paths", subDir) + } + + return matches[0], nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/storage.go b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/storage.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bc6b9ec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/storage.go @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +package getter + +// Storage is an interface that knows how to lookup downloaded directories +// as well as download and update directories from their sources into the +// proper location. +type Storage interface { + // Dir returns the directory on local disk where the directory source + // can be loaded from. + Dir(string) (string, bool, error) + + // Get will download and optionally update the given directory. + Get(string, string, bool) error +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/test-fixtures/detect-file-symlink-pwd/syml/pwd b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/test-fixtures/detect-file-symlink-pwd/syml/pwd new file mode 120000 index 000000000..05b44e001 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jesseduffield/go-getter/test-fixtures/detect-file-symlink-pwd/syml/pwd @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +../real \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b03310a91 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Copyright 2015 James Saryerwinnie + +Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); +you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. +You may obtain a copy of the License at + + http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + +Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software +distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, +WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. +See the License for the specific language governing permissions and +limitations under the License. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/api.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/api.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9cfa988bc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +package jmespath + +import "strconv" + +// JmesPath is the epresentation of a compiled JMES path query. A JmesPath is +// safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines. +type JMESPath struct { + ast ASTNode + intr *treeInterpreter +} + +// Compile parses a JMESPath expression and returns, if successful, a JMESPath +// object that can be used to match against data. +func Compile(expression string) (*JMESPath, error) { + parser := NewParser() + ast, err := parser.Parse(expression) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + jmespath := &JMESPath{ast: ast, intr: newInterpreter()} + return jmespath, nil +} + +// MustCompile is like Compile but panics if the expression cannot be parsed. +// It simplifies safe initialization of global variables holding compiled +// JMESPaths. +func MustCompile(expression string) *JMESPath { + jmespath, err := Compile(expression) + if err != nil { + panic(`jmespath: Compile(` + strconv.Quote(expression) + `): ` + err.Error()) + } + return jmespath +} + +// Search evaluates a JMESPath expression against input data and returns the result. +func (jp *JMESPath) Search(data interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + return jp.intr.Execute(jp.ast, data) +} + +// Search evaluates a JMESPath expression against input data and returns the result. +func Search(expression string, data interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + intr := newInterpreter() + parser := NewParser() + ast, err := parser.Parse(expression) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return intr.Execute(ast, data) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/astnodetype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/astnodetype_string.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cd2d239c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/astnodetype_string.go @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +// generated by stringer -type astNodeType; DO NOT EDIT + +package jmespath + +import "fmt" + +const _astNodeType_name = "ASTEmptyASTComparatorASTCurrentNodeASTExpRefASTFunctionExpressionASTFieldASTFilterProjectionASTFlattenASTIdentityASTIndexASTIndexExpressionASTKeyValPairASTLiteralASTMultiSelectHashASTMultiSelectListASTOrExpressionASTAndExpressionASTNotExpressionASTPipeASTProjectionASTSubexpressionASTSliceASTValueProjection" + +var _astNodeType_index = [...]uint16{0, 8, 21, 35, 44, 65, 73, 92, 102, 113, 121, 139, 152, 162, 180, 198, 213, 229, 245, 252, 265, 281, 289, 307} + +func (i astNodeType) String() string { + if i < 0 || i >= astNodeType(len(_astNodeType_index)-1) { + return fmt.Sprintf("astNodeType(%d)", i) + } + return _astNodeType_name[_astNodeType_index[i]:_astNodeType_index[i+1]] +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/functions.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/functions.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b7cd89b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/functions.go @@ -0,0 +1,842 @@ +package jmespath + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "errors" + "fmt" + "math" + "reflect" + "sort" + "strconv" + "strings" + "unicode/utf8" +) + +type jpFunction func(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) + +type jpType string + +const ( + jpUnknown jpType = "unknown" + jpNumber jpType = "number" + jpString jpType = "string" + jpArray jpType = "array" + jpObject jpType = "object" + jpArrayNumber jpType = "array[number]" + jpArrayString jpType = "array[string]" + jpExpref jpType = "expref" + jpAny jpType = "any" +) + +type functionEntry struct { + name string + arguments []argSpec + handler jpFunction + hasExpRef bool +} + +type argSpec struct { + types []jpType + variadic bool +} + +type byExprString struct { + intr *treeInterpreter + node ASTNode + items []interface{} + hasError bool +} + +func (a *byExprString) Len() int { + return len(a.items) +} +func (a *byExprString) Swap(i, j int) { + a.items[i], a.items[j] = a.items[j], a.items[i] +} +func (a *byExprString) Less(i, j int) bool { + first, err := a.intr.Execute(a.node, a.items[i]) + if err != nil { + a.hasError = true + // Return a dummy value. + return true + } + ith, ok := first.(string) + if !ok { + a.hasError = true + return true + } + second, err := a.intr.Execute(a.node, a.items[j]) + if err != nil { + a.hasError = true + // Return a dummy value. + return true + } + jth, ok := second.(string) + if !ok { + a.hasError = true + return true + } + return ith < jth +} + +type byExprFloat struct { + intr *treeInterpreter + node ASTNode + items []interface{} + hasError bool +} + +func (a *byExprFloat) Len() int { + return len(a.items) +} +func (a *byExprFloat) Swap(i, j int) { + a.items[i], a.items[j] = a.items[j], a.items[i] +} +func (a *byExprFloat) Less(i, j int) bool { + first, err := a.intr.Execute(a.node, a.items[i]) + if err != nil { + a.hasError = true + // Return a dummy value. + return true + } + ith, ok := first.(float64) + if !ok { + a.hasError = true + return true + } + second, err := a.intr.Execute(a.node, a.items[j]) + if err != nil { + a.hasError = true + // Return a dummy value. + return true + } + jth, ok := second.(float64) + if !ok { + a.hasError = true + return true + } + return ith < jth +} + +type functionCaller struct { + functionTable map[string]functionEntry +} + +func newFunctionCaller() *functionCaller { + caller := &functionCaller{} + caller.functionTable = map[string]functionEntry{ + "length": { + name: "length", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpString, jpArray, jpObject}}, + }, + handler: jpfLength, + }, + "starts_with": { + name: "starts_with", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpString}}, + {types: []jpType{jpString}}, + }, + handler: jpfStartsWith, + }, + "abs": { + name: "abs", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpNumber}}, + }, + handler: jpfAbs, + }, + "avg": { + name: "avg", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArrayNumber}}, + }, + handler: jpfAvg, + }, + "ceil": { + name: "ceil", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpNumber}}, + }, + handler: jpfCeil, + }, + "contains": { + name: "contains", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArray, jpString}}, + {types: []jpType{jpAny}}, + }, + handler: jpfContains, + }, + "ends_with": { + name: "ends_with", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpString}}, + {types: []jpType{jpString}}, + }, + handler: jpfEndsWith, + }, + "floor": { + name: "floor", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpNumber}}, + }, + handler: jpfFloor, + }, + "map": { + name: "amp", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpExpref}}, + {types: []jpType{jpArray}}, + }, + handler: jpfMap, + hasExpRef: true, + }, + "max": { + name: "max", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArrayNumber, jpArrayString}}, + }, + handler: jpfMax, + }, + "merge": { + name: "merge", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpObject}, variadic: true}, + }, + handler: jpfMerge, + }, + "max_by": { + name: "max_by", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArray}}, + {types: []jpType{jpExpref}}, + }, + handler: jpfMaxBy, + hasExpRef: true, + }, + "sum": { + name: "sum", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArrayNumber}}, + }, + handler: jpfSum, + }, + "min": { + name: "min", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArrayNumber, jpArrayString}}, + }, + handler: jpfMin, + }, + "min_by": { + name: "min_by", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArray}}, + {types: []jpType{jpExpref}}, + }, + handler: jpfMinBy, + hasExpRef: true, + }, + "type": { + name: "type", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpAny}}, + }, + handler: jpfType, + }, + "keys": { + name: "keys", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpObject}}, + }, + handler: jpfKeys, + }, + "values": { + name: "values", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpObject}}, + }, + handler: jpfValues, + }, + "sort": { + name: "sort", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArrayString, jpArrayNumber}}, + }, + handler: jpfSort, + }, + "sort_by": { + name: "sort_by", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArray}}, + {types: []jpType{jpExpref}}, + }, + handler: jpfSortBy, + hasExpRef: true, + }, + "join": { + name: "join", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpString}}, + {types: []jpType{jpArrayString}}, + }, + handler: jpfJoin, + }, + "reverse": { + name: "reverse", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpArray, jpString}}, + }, + handler: jpfReverse, + }, + "to_array": { + name: "to_array", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpAny}}, + }, + handler: jpfToArray, + }, + "to_string": { + name: "to_string", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpAny}}, + }, + handler: jpfToString, + }, + "to_number": { + name: "to_number", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpAny}}, + }, + handler: jpfToNumber, + }, + "not_null": { + name: "not_null", + arguments: []argSpec{ + {types: []jpType{jpAny}, variadic: true}, + }, + handler: jpfNotNull, + }, + } + return caller +} + +func (e *functionEntry) resolveArgs(arguments []interface{}) ([]interface{}, error) { + if len(e.arguments) == 0 { + return arguments, nil + } + if !e.arguments[len(e.arguments)-1].variadic { + if len(e.arguments) != len(arguments) { + return nil, errors.New("incorrect number of args") + } + for i, spec := range e.arguments { + userArg := arguments[i] + err := spec.typeCheck(userArg) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + return arguments, nil + } + if len(arguments) < len(e.arguments) { + return nil, errors.New("Invalid arity.") + } + return arguments, nil +} + +func (a *argSpec) typeCheck(arg interface{}) error { + for _, t := range a.types { + switch t { + case jpNumber: + if _, ok := arg.(float64); ok { + return nil + } + case jpString: + if _, ok := arg.(string); ok { + return nil + } + case jpArray: + if isSliceType(arg) { + return nil + } + case jpObject: + if _, ok := arg.(map[string]interface{}); ok { + return nil + } + case jpArrayNumber: + if _, ok := toArrayNum(arg); ok { + return nil + } + case jpArrayString: + if _, ok := toArrayStr(arg); ok { + return nil + } + case jpAny: + return nil + case jpExpref: + if _, ok := arg.(expRef); ok { + return nil + } + } + } + return fmt.Errorf("Invalid type for: %v, expected: %#v", arg, a.types) +} + +func (f *functionCaller) CallFunction(name string, arguments []interface{}, intr *treeInterpreter) (interface{}, error) { + entry, ok := f.functionTable[name] + if !ok { + return nil, errors.New("unknown function: " + name) + } + resolvedArgs, err := entry.resolveArgs(arguments) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if entry.hasExpRef { + var extra []interface{} + extra = append(extra, intr) + resolvedArgs = append(extra, resolvedArgs...) + } + return entry.handler(resolvedArgs) +} + +func jpfAbs(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + num := arguments[0].(float64) + return math.Abs(num), nil +} + +func jpfLength(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + arg := arguments[0] + if c, ok := arg.(string); ok { + return float64(utf8.RuneCountInString(c)), nil + } else if isSliceType(arg) { + v := reflect.ValueOf(arg) + return float64(v.Len()), nil + } else if c, ok := arg.(map[string]interface{}); ok { + return float64(len(c)), nil + } + return nil, errors.New("could not compute length()") +} + +func jpfStartsWith(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + search := arguments[0].(string) + prefix := arguments[1].(string) + return strings.HasPrefix(search, prefix), nil +} + +func jpfAvg(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + // We've already type checked the value so we can safely use + // type assertions. + args := arguments[0].([]interface{}) + length := float64(len(args)) + numerator := 0.0 + for _, n := range args { + numerator += n.(float64) + } + return numerator / length, nil +} +func jpfCeil(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + val := arguments[0].(float64) + return math.Ceil(val), nil +} +func jpfContains(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + search := arguments[0] + el := arguments[1] + if searchStr, ok := search.(string); ok { + if elStr, ok := el.(string); ok { + return strings.Index(searchStr, elStr) != -1, nil + } + return false, nil + } + // Otherwise this is a generic contains for []interface{} + general := search.([]interface{}) + for _, item := range general { + if item == el { + return true, nil + } + } + return false, nil +} +func jpfEndsWith(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + search := arguments[0].(string) + suffix := arguments[1].(string) + return strings.HasSuffix(search, suffix), nil +} +func jpfFloor(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + val := arguments[0].(float64) + return math.Floor(val), nil +} +func jpfMap(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + intr := arguments[0].(*treeInterpreter) + exp := arguments[1].(expRef) + node := exp.ref + arr := arguments[2].([]interface{}) + mapped := make([]interface{}, 0, len(arr)) + for _, value := range arr { + current, err := intr.Execute(node, value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + mapped = append(mapped, current) + } + return mapped, nil +} +func jpfMax(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + if items, ok := toArrayNum(arguments[0]); ok { + if len(items) == 0 { + return nil, nil + } + if len(items) == 1 { + return items[0], nil + } + best := items[0] + for _, item := range items[1:] { + if item > best { + best = item + } + } + return best, nil + } + // Otherwise we're dealing with a max() of strings. + items, _ := toArrayStr(arguments[0]) + if len(items) == 0 { + return nil, nil + } + if len(items) == 1 { + return items[0], nil + } + best := items[0] + for _, item := range items[1:] { + if item > best { + best = item + } + } + return best, nil +} +func jpfMerge(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + final := make(map[string]interface{}) + for _, m := range arguments { + mapped := m.(map[string]interface{}) + for key, value := range mapped { + final[key] = value + } + } + return final, nil +} +func jpfMaxBy(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + intr := arguments[0].(*treeInterpreter) + arr := arguments[1].([]interface{}) + exp := arguments[2].(expRef) + node := exp.ref + if len(arr) == 0 { + return nil, nil + } else if len(arr) == 1 { + return arr[0], nil + } + start, err := intr.Execute(node, arr[0]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + switch t := start.(type) { + case float64: + bestVal := t + bestItem := arr[0] + for _, item := range arr[1:] { + result, err := intr.Execute(node, item) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + current, ok := result.(float64) + if !ok { + return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number") + } + if current > bestVal { + bestVal = current + bestItem = item + } + } + return bestItem, nil + case string: + bestVal := t + bestItem := arr[0] + for _, item := range arr[1:] { + result, err := intr.Execute(node, item) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + current, ok := result.(string) + if !ok { + return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be string") + } + if current > bestVal { + bestVal = current + bestItem = item + } + } + return bestItem, nil + default: + return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number of string") + } +} +func jpfSum(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + items, _ := toArrayNum(arguments[0]) + sum := 0.0 + for _, item := range items { + sum += item + } + return sum, nil +} + +func jpfMin(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + if items, ok := toArrayNum(arguments[0]); ok { + if len(items) == 0 { + return nil, nil + } + if len(items) == 1 { + return items[0], nil + } + best := items[0] + for _, item := range items[1:] { + if item < best { + best = item + } + } + return best, nil + } + items, _ := toArrayStr(arguments[0]) + if len(items) == 0 { + return nil, nil + } + if len(items) == 1 { + return items[0], nil + } + best := items[0] + for _, item := range items[1:] { + if item < best { + best = item + } + } + return best, nil +} + +func jpfMinBy(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + intr := arguments[0].(*treeInterpreter) + arr := arguments[1].([]interface{}) + exp := arguments[2].(expRef) + node := exp.ref + if len(arr) == 0 { + return nil, nil + } else if len(arr) == 1 { + return arr[0], nil + } + start, err := intr.Execute(node, arr[0]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if t, ok := start.(float64); ok { + bestVal := t + bestItem := arr[0] + for _, item := range arr[1:] { + result, err := intr.Execute(node, item) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + current, ok := result.(float64) + if !ok { + return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number") + } + if current < bestVal { + bestVal = current + bestItem = item + } + } + return bestItem, nil + } else if t, ok := start.(string); ok { + bestVal := t + bestItem := arr[0] + for _, item := range arr[1:] { + result, err := intr.Execute(node, item) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + current, ok := result.(string) + if !ok { + return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be string") + } + if current < bestVal { + bestVal = current + bestItem = item + } + } + return bestItem, nil + } else { + return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number of string") + } +} +func jpfType(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + arg := arguments[0] + if _, ok := arg.(float64); ok { + return "number", nil + } + if _, ok := arg.(string); ok { + return "string", nil + } + if _, ok := arg.([]interface{}); ok { + return "array", nil + } + if _, ok := arg.(map[string]interface{}); ok { + return "object", nil + } + if arg == nil { + return "null", nil + } + if arg == true || arg == false { + return "boolean", nil + } + return nil, errors.New("unknown type") +} +func jpfKeys(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + arg := arguments[0].(map[string]interface{}) + collected := make([]interface{}, 0, len(arg)) + for key := range arg { + collected = append(collected, key) + } + return collected, nil +} +func jpfValues(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + arg := arguments[0].(map[string]interface{}) + collected := make([]interface{}, 0, len(arg)) + for _, value := range arg { + collected = append(collected, value) + } + return collected, nil +} +func jpfSort(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + if items, ok := toArrayNum(arguments[0]); ok { + d := sort.Float64Slice(items) + sort.Stable(d) + final := make([]interface{}, len(d)) + for i, val := range d { + final[i] = val + } + return final, nil + } + // Otherwise we're dealing with sort()'ing strings. + items, _ := toArrayStr(arguments[0]) + d := sort.StringSlice(items) + sort.Stable(d) + final := make([]interface{}, len(d)) + for i, val := range d { + final[i] = val + } + return final, nil +} +func jpfSortBy(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + intr := arguments[0].(*treeInterpreter) + arr := arguments[1].([]interface{}) + exp := arguments[2].(expRef) + node := exp.ref + if len(arr) == 0 { + return arr, nil + } else if len(arr) == 1 { + return arr, nil + } + start, err := intr.Execute(node, arr[0]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if _, ok := start.(float64); ok { + sortable := &byExprFloat{intr, node, arr, false} + sort.Stable(sortable) + if sortable.hasError { + return nil, errors.New("error in sort_by comparison") + } + return arr, nil + } else if _, ok := start.(string); ok { + sortable := &byExprString{intr, node, arr, false} + sort.Stable(sortable) + if sortable.hasError { + return nil, errors.New("error in sort_by comparison") + } + return arr, nil + } else { + return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number of string") + } +} +func jpfJoin(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + sep := arguments[0].(string) + // We can't just do arguments[1].([]string), we have to + // manually convert each item to a string. + arrayStr := []string{} + for _, item := range arguments[1].([]interface{}) { + arrayStr = append(arrayStr, item.(string)) + } + return strings.Join(arrayStr, sep), nil +} +func jpfReverse(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + if s, ok := arguments[0].(string); ok { + r := []rune(s) + for i, j := 0, len(r)-1; i < len(r)/2; i, j = i+1, j-1 { + r[i], r[j] = r[j], r[i] + } + return string(r), nil + } + items := arguments[0].([]interface{}) + length := len(items) + reversed := make([]interface{}, length) + for i, item := range items { + reversed[length-(i+1)] = item + } + return reversed, nil +} +func jpfToArray(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + if _, ok := arguments[0].([]interface{}); ok { + return arguments[0], nil + } + return arguments[:1:1], nil +} +func jpfToString(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + if v, ok := arguments[0].(string); ok { + return v, nil + } + result, err := json.Marshal(arguments[0]) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return string(result), nil +} +func jpfToNumber(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + arg := arguments[0] + if v, ok := arg.(float64); ok { + return v, nil + } + if v, ok := arg.(string); ok { + conv, err := strconv.ParseFloat(v, 64) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil + } + return conv, nil + } + if _, ok := arg.([]interface{}); ok { + return nil, nil + } + if _, ok := arg.(map[string]interface{}); ok { + return nil, nil + } + if arg == nil { + return nil, nil + } + if arg == true || arg == false { + return nil, nil + } + return nil, errors.New("unknown type") +} +func jpfNotNull(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + for _, arg := range arguments { + if arg != nil { + return arg, nil + } + } + return nil, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/interpreter.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/interpreter.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13c74604c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/interpreter.go @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +package jmespath + +import ( + "errors" + "reflect" + "unicode" + "unicode/utf8" +) + +/* This is a tree based interpreter. It walks the AST and directly + interprets the AST to search through a JSON document. +*/ + +type treeInterpreter struct { + fCall *functionCaller +} + +func newInterpreter() *treeInterpreter { + interpreter := treeInterpreter{} + interpreter.fCall = newFunctionCaller() + return &interpreter +} + +type expRef struct { + ref ASTNode +} + +// Execute takes an ASTNode and input data and interprets the AST directly. +// It will produce the result of applying the JMESPath expression associated +// with the ASTNode to the input data "value". +func (intr *treeInterpreter) Execute(node ASTNode, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + switch node.nodeType { + case ASTComparator: + left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + right, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + switch node.value { + case tEQ: + return objsEqual(left, right), nil + case tNE: + return !objsEqual(left, right), nil + } + leftNum, ok := left.(float64) + if !ok { + return nil, nil + } + rightNum, ok := right.(float64) + if !ok { + return nil, nil + } + switch node.value { + case tGT: + return leftNum > rightNum, nil + case tGTE: + return leftNum >= rightNum, nil + case tLT: + return leftNum < rightNum, nil + case tLTE: + return leftNum <= rightNum, nil + } + case ASTExpRef: + return expRef{ref: node.children[0]}, nil + case ASTFunctionExpression: + resolvedArgs := []interface{}{} + for _, arg := range node.children { + current, err := intr.Execute(arg, value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + resolvedArgs = append(resolvedArgs, current) + } + return intr.fCall.CallFunction(node.value.(string), resolvedArgs, intr) + case ASTField: + if m, ok := value.(map[string]interface{}); ok { + key := node.value.(string) + return m[key], nil + } + return intr.fieldFromStruct(node.value.(string), value) + case ASTFilterProjection: + left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil + } + sliceType, ok := left.([]interface{}) + if !ok { + if isSliceType(left) { + return intr.filterProjectionWithReflection(node, left) + } + return nil, nil + } + compareNode := node.children[2] + collected := []interface{}{} + for _, element := range sliceType { + result, err := intr.Execute(compareNode, element) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if !isFalse(result) { + current, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], element) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if current != nil { + collected = append(collected, current) + } + } + } + return collected, nil + case ASTFlatten: + left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil + } + sliceType, ok := left.([]interface{}) + if !ok { + // If we can't type convert to []interface{}, there's + // a chance this could still work via reflection if we're + // dealing with user provided types. + if isSliceType(left) { + return intr.flattenWithReflection(left) + } + return nil, nil + } + flattened := []interface{}{} + for _, element := range sliceType { + if elementSlice, ok := element.([]interface{}); ok { + flattened = append(flattened, elementSlice...) + } else if isSliceType(element) { + reflectFlat := []interface{}{} + v := reflect.ValueOf(element) + for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ { + reflectFlat = append(reflectFlat, v.Index(i).Interface()) + } + flattened = append(flattened, reflectFlat...) + } else { + flattened = append(flattened, element) + } + } + return flattened, nil + case ASTIdentity, ASTCurrentNode: + return value, nil + case ASTIndex: + if sliceType, ok := value.([]interface{}); ok { + index := node.value.(int) + if index < 0 { + index += len(sliceType) + } + if index < len(sliceType) && index >= 0 { + return sliceType[index], nil + } + return nil, nil + } + // Otherwise try via reflection. + rv := reflect.ValueOf(value) + if rv.Kind() == reflect.Slice { + index := node.value.(int) + if index < 0 { + index += rv.Len() + } + if index < rv.Len() && index >= 0 { + v := rv.Index(index) + return v.Interface(), nil + } + } + return nil, nil + case ASTKeyValPair: + return intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + case ASTLiteral: + return node.value, nil + case ASTMultiSelectHash: + if value == nil { + return nil, nil + } + collected := make(map[string]interface{}) + for _, child := range node.children { + current, err := intr.Execute(child, value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + key := child.value.(string) + collected[key] = current + } + return collected, nil + case ASTMultiSelectList: + if value == nil { + return nil, nil + } + collected := []interface{}{} + for _, child := range node.children { + current, err := intr.Execute(child, value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + collected = append(collected, current) + } + return collected, nil + case ASTOrExpression: + matched, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if isFalse(matched) { + matched, err = intr.Execute(node.children[1], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + return matched, nil + case ASTAndExpression: + matched, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if isFalse(matched) { + return matched, nil + } + return intr.Execute(node.children[1], value) + case ASTNotExpression: + matched, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if isFalse(matched) { + return true, nil + } + return false, nil + case ASTPipe: + result := value + var err error + for _, child := range node.children { + result, err = intr.Execute(child, result) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + return result, nil + case ASTProjection: + left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + sliceType, ok := left.([]interface{}) + if !ok { + if isSliceType(left) { + return intr.projectWithReflection(node, left) + } + return nil, nil + } + collected := []interface{}{} + var current interface{} + for _, element := range sliceType { + current, err = intr.Execute(node.children[1], element) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if current != nil { + collected = append(collected, current) + } + } + return collected, nil + case ASTSubexpression, ASTIndexExpression: + left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return intr.Execute(node.children[1], left) + case ASTSlice: + sliceType, ok := value.([]interface{}) + if !ok { + if isSliceType(value) { + return intr.sliceWithReflection(node, value) + } + return nil, nil + } + parts := node.value.([]*int) + sliceParams := make([]sliceParam, 3) + for i, part := range parts { + if part != nil { + sliceParams[i].Specified = true + sliceParams[i].N = *part + } + } + return slice(sliceType, sliceParams) + case ASTValueProjection: + left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value) + if err != nil { + return nil, nil + } + mapType, ok := left.(map[string]interface{}) + if !ok { + return nil, nil + } + values := make([]interface{}, len(mapType)) + for _, value := range mapType { + values = append(values, value) + } + collected := []interface{}{} + for _, element := range values { + current, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], element) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if current != nil { + collected = append(collected, current) + } + } + return collected, nil + } + return nil, errors.New("Unknown AST node: " + node.nodeType.String()) +} + +func (intr *treeInterpreter) fieldFromStruct(key string, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + rv := reflect.ValueOf(value) + first, n := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(key) + fieldName := string(unicode.ToUpper(first)) + key[n:] + if rv.Kind() == reflect.Struct { + v := rv.FieldByName(fieldName) + if !v.IsValid() { + return nil, nil + } + return v.Interface(), nil + } else if rv.Kind() == reflect.Ptr { + // Handle multiple levels of indirection? + if rv.IsNil() { + return nil, nil + } + rv = rv.Elem() + v := rv.FieldByName(fieldName) + if !v.IsValid() { + return nil, nil + } + return v.Interface(), nil + } + return nil, nil +} + +func (intr *treeInterpreter) flattenWithReflection(value interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + v := reflect.ValueOf(value) + flattened := []interface{}{} + for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ { + element := v.Index(i).Interface() + if reflect.TypeOf(element).Kind() == reflect.Slice { + // Then insert the contents of the element + // slice into the flattened slice, + // i.e flattened = append(flattened, mySlice...) + elementV := reflect.ValueOf(element) + for j := 0; j < elementV.Len(); j++ { + flattened = append( + flattened, elementV.Index(j).Interface()) + } + } else { + flattened = append(flattened, element) + } + } + return flattened, nil +} + +func (intr *treeInterpreter) sliceWithReflection(node ASTNode, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + v := reflect.ValueOf(value) + parts := node.value.([]*int) + sliceParams := make([]sliceParam, 3) + for i, part := range parts { + if part != nil { + sliceParams[i].Specified = true + sliceParams[i].N = *part + } + } + final := []interface{}{} + for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ { + element := v.Index(i).Interface() + final = append(final, element) + } + return slice(final, sliceParams) +} + +func (intr *treeInterpreter) filterProjectionWithReflection(node ASTNode, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + compareNode := node.children[2] + collected := []interface{}{} + v := reflect.ValueOf(value) + for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ { + element := v.Index(i).Interface() + result, err := intr.Execute(compareNode, element) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if !isFalse(result) { + current, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], element) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if current != nil { + collected = append(collected, current) + } + } + } + return collected, nil +} + +func (intr *treeInterpreter) projectWithReflection(node ASTNode, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) { + collected := []interface{}{} + v := reflect.ValueOf(value) + for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ { + element := v.Index(i).Interface() + result, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], element) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if result != nil { + collected = append(collected, result) + } + } + return collected, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/lexer.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/lexer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..817900c8f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/lexer.go @@ -0,0 +1,420 @@ +package jmespath + +import ( + "bytes" + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "strconv" + "strings" + "unicode/utf8" +) + +type token struct { + tokenType tokType + value string + position int + length int +} + +type tokType int + +const eof = -1 + +// Lexer contains information about the expression being tokenized. +type Lexer struct { + expression string // The expression provided by the user. + currentPos int // The current position in the string. + lastWidth int // The width of the current rune. This + buf bytes.Buffer // Internal buffer used for building up values. +} + +// SyntaxError is the main error used whenever a lexing or parsing error occurs. +type SyntaxError struct { + msg string // Error message displayed to user + Expression string // Expression that generated a SyntaxError + Offset int // The location in the string where the error occurred +} + +func (e SyntaxError) Error() string { + // In the future, it would be good to underline the specific + // location where the error occurred. + return "SyntaxError: " + e.msg +} + +// HighlightLocation will show where the syntax error occurred. +// It will place a "^" character on a line below the expression +// at the point where the syntax error occurred. +func (e SyntaxError) HighlightLocation() string { + return e.Expression + "\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", e.Offset) + "^" +} + +//go:generate stringer -type=tokType +const ( + tUnknown tokType = iota + tStar + tDot + tFilter + tFlatten + tLparen + tRparen + tLbracket + tRbracket + tLbrace + tRbrace + tOr + tPipe + tNumber + tUnquotedIdentifier + tQuotedIdentifier + tComma + tColon + tLT + tLTE + tGT + tGTE + tEQ + tNE + tJSONLiteral + tStringLiteral + tCurrent + tExpref + tAnd + tNot + tEOF +) + +var basicTokens = map[rune]tokType{ + '.': tDot, + '*': tStar, + ',': tComma, + ':': tColon, + '{': tLbrace, + '}': tRbrace, + ']': tRbracket, // tLbracket not included because it could be "[]" + '(': tLparen, + ')': tRparen, + '@': tCurrent, +} + +// Bit mask for [a-zA-Z_] shifted down 64 bits to fit in a single uint64. +// When using this bitmask just be sure to shift the rune down 64 bits +// before checking against identifierStartBits. +const identifierStartBits uint64 = 576460745995190270 + +// Bit mask for [a-zA-Z0-9], 128 bits -> 2 uint64s. +var identifierTrailingBits = [2]uint64{287948901175001088, 576460745995190270} + +var whiteSpace = map[rune]bool{ + ' ': true, '\t': true, '\n': true, '\r': true, +} + +func (t token) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("Token{%+v, %s, %d, %d}", + t.tokenType, t.value, t.position, t.length) +} + +// NewLexer creates a new JMESPath lexer. +func NewLexer() *Lexer { + lexer := Lexer{} + return &lexer +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) next() rune { + if lexer.currentPos >= len(lexer.expression) { + lexer.lastWidth = 0 + return eof + } + r, w := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(lexer.expression[lexer.currentPos:]) + lexer.lastWidth = w + lexer.currentPos += w + return r +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) back() { + lexer.currentPos -= lexer.lastWidth +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) peek() rune { + t := lexer.next() + lexer.back() + return t +} + +// tokenize takes an expression and returns corresponding tokens. +func (lexer *Lexer) tokenize(expression string) ([]token, error) { + var tokens []token + lexer.expression = expression + lexer.currentPos = 0 + lexer.lastWidth = 0 +loop: + for { + r := lexer.next() + if identifierStartBits&(1<<(uint64(r)-64)) > 0 { + t := lexer.consumeUnquotedIdentifier() + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if val, ok := basicTokens[r]; ok { + // Basic single char token. + t := token{ + tokenType: val, + value: string(r), + position: lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth, + length: 1, + } + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '-' || (r >= '0' && r <= '9') { + t := lexer.consumeNumber() + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '[' { + t := lexer.consumeLBracket() + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '"' { + t, err := lexer.consumeQuotedIdentifier() + if err != nil { + return tokens, err + } + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '\'' { + t, err := lexer.consumeRawStringLiteral() + if err != nil { + return tokens, err + } + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '`' { + t, err := lexer.consumeLiteral() + if err != nil { + return tokens, err + } + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '|' { + t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '|', tOr, tPipe) + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '<' { + t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '=', tLTE, tLT) + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '>' { + t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '=', tGTE, tGT) + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '!' { + t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '=', tNE, tNot) + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '=' { + t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '=', tEQ, tUnknown) + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == '&' { + t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '&', tAnd, tExpref) + tokens = append(tokens, t) + } else if r == eof { + break loop + } else if _, ok := whiteSpace[r]; ok { + // Ignore whitespace + } else { + return tokens, lexer.syntaxError(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown char: %s", strconv.QuoteRuneToASCII(r))) + } + } + tokens = append(tokens, token{tEOF, "", len(lexer.expression), 0}) + return tokens, nil +} + +// Consume characters until the ending rune "r" is reached. +// If the end of the expression is reached before seeing the +// terminating rune "r", then an error is returned. +// If no error occurs then the matching substring is returned. +// The returned string will not include the ending rune. +func (lexer *Lexer) consumeUntil(end rune) (string, error) { + start := lexer.currentPos + current := lexer.next() + for current != end && current != eof { + if current == '\\' && lexer.peek() != eof { + lexer.next() + } + current = lexer.next() + } + if lexer.lastWidth == 0 { + // Then we hit an EOF so we never reached the closing + // delimiter. + return "", SyntaxError{ + msg: "Unclosed delimiter: " + string(end), + Expression: lexer.expression, + Offset: len(lexer.expression), + } + } + return lexer.expression[start : lexer.currentPos-lexer.lastWidth], nil +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) consumeLiteral() (token, error) { + start := lexer.currentPos + value, err := lexer.consumeUntil('`') + if err != nil { + return token{}, err + } + value = strings.Replace(value, "\\`", "`", -1) + return token{ + tokenType: tJSONLiteral, + value: value, + position: start, + length: len(value), + }, nil +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) consumeRawStringLiteral() (token, error) { + start := lexer.currentPos + currentIndex := start + current := lexer.next() + for current != '\'' && lexer.peek() != eof { + if current == '\\' && lexer.peek() == '\'' { + chunk := lexer.expression[currentIndex : lexer.currentPos-1] + lexer.buf.WriteString(chunk) + lexer.buf.WriteString("'") + lexer.next() + currentIndex = lexer.currentPos + } + current = lexer.next() + } + if lexer.lastWidth == 0 { + // Then we hit an EOF so we never reached the closing + // delimiter. + return token{}, SyntaxError{ + msg: "Unclosed delimiter: '", + Expression: lexer.expression, + Offset: len(lexer.expression), + } + } + if currentIndex < lexer.currentPos { + lexer.buf.WriteString(lexer.expression[currentIndex : lexer.currentPos-1]) + } + value := lexer.buf.String() + // Reset the buffer so it can reused again. + lexer.buf.Reset() + return token{ + tokenType: tStringLiteral, + value: value, + position: start, + length: len(value), + }, nil +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) syntaxError(msg string) SyntaxError { + return SyntaxError{ + msg: msg, + Expression: lexer.expression, + Offset: lexer.currentPos - 1, + } +} + +// Checks for a two char token, otherwise matches a single character +// token. This is used whenever a two char token overlaps a single +// char token, e.g. "||" -> tPipe, "|" -> tOr. +func (lexer *Lexer) matchOrElse(first rune, second rune, matchedType tokType, singleCharType tokType) token { + start := lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth + nextRune := lexer.next() + var t token + if nextRune == second { + t = token{ + tokenType: matchedType, + value: string(first) + string(second), + position: start, + length: 2, + } + } else { + lexer.back() + t = token{ + tokenType: singleCharType, + value: string(first), + position: start, + length: 1, + } + } + return t +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) consumeLBracket() token { + // There's three options here: + // 1. A filter expression "[?" + // 2. A flatten operator "[]" + // 3. A bare rbracket "[" + start := lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth + nextRune := lexer.next() + var t token + if nextRune == '?' { + t = token{ + tokenType: tFilter, + value: "[?", + position: start, + length: 2, + } + } else if nextRune == ']' { + t = token{ + tokenType: tFlatten, + value: "[]", + position: start, + length: 2, + } + } else { + t = token{ + tokenType: tLbracket, + value: "[", + position: start, + length: 1, + } + lexer.back() + } + return t +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) consumeQuotedIdentifier() (token, error) { + start := lexer.currentPos + value, err := lexer.consumeUntil('"') + if err != nil { + return token{}, err + } + var decoded string + asJSON := []byte("\"" + value + "\"") + if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(asJSON), &decoded); err != nil { + return token{}, err + } + return token{ + tokenType: tQuotedIdentifier, + value: decoded, + position: start - 1, + length: len(decoded), + }, nil +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) consumeUnquotedIdentifier() token { + // Consume runes until we reach the end of an unquoted + // identifier. + start := lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth + for { + r := lexer.next() + if r < 0 || r > 128 || identifierTrailingBits[uint64(r)/64]&(1<<(uint64(r)%64)) == 0 { + lexer.back() + break + } + } + value := lexer.expression[start:lexer.currentPos] + return token{ + tokenType: tUnquotedIdentifier, + value: value, + position: start, + length: lexer.currentPos - start, + } +} + +func (lexer *Lexer) consumeNumber() token { + // Consume runes until we reach something that's not a number. + start := lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth + for { + r := lexer.next() + if r < '0' || r > '9' { + lexer.back() + break + } + } + value := lexer.expression[start:lexer.currentPos] + return token{ + tokenType: tNumber, + value: value, + position: start, + length: lexer.currentPos - start, + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/parser.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1240a1755 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/parser.go @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ +package jmespath + +import ( + "encoding/json" + "fmt" + "strconv" + "strings" +) + +type astNodeType int + +//go:generate stringer -type astNodeType +const ( + ASTEmpty astNodeType = iota + ASTComparator + ASTCurrentNode + ASTExpRef + ASTFunctionExpression + ASTField + ASTFilterProjection + ASTFlatten + ASTIdentity + ASTIndex + ASTIndexExpression + ASTKeyValPair + ASTLiteral + ASTMultiSelectHash + ASTMultiSelectList + ASTOrExpression + ASTAndExpression + ASTNotExpression + ASTPipe + ASTProjection + ASTSubexpression + ASTSlice + ASTValueProjection +) + +// ASTNode represents the abstract syntax tree of a JMESPath expression. +type ASTNode struct { + nodeType astNodeType + value interface{} + children []ASTNode +} + +func (node ASTNode) String() string { + return node.PrettyPrint(0) +} + +// PrettyPrint will pretty print the parsed AST. +// The AST is an implementation detail and this pretty print +// function is provided as a convenience method to help with +// debugging. You should not rely on its output as the internal +// structure of the AST may change at any time. +func (node ASTNode) PrettyPrint(indent int) string { + spaces := strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + output := fmt.Sprintf("%s%s {\n", spaces, node.nodeType) + nextIndent := indent + 2 + if node.value != nil { + if converted, ok := node.value.(fmt.Stringer); ok { + // Account for things like comparator nodes + // that are enums with a String() method. + output += fmt.Sprintf("%svalue: %s\n", strings.Repeat(" ", nextIndent), converted.String()) + } else { + output += fmt.Sprintf("%svalue: %#v\n", strings.Repeat(" ", nextIndent), node.value) + } + } + lastIndex := len(node.children) + if lastIndex > 0 { + output += fmt.Sprintf("%schildren: {\n", strings.Repeat(" ", nextIndent)) + childIndent := nextIndent + 2 + for _, elem := range node.children { + output += elem.PrettyPrint(childIndent) + } + } + output += fmt.Sprintf("%s}\n", spaces) + return output +} + +var bindingPowers = map[tokType]int{ + tEOF: 0, + tUnquotedIdentifier: 0, + tQuotedIdentifier: 0, + tRbracket: 0, + tRparen: 0, + tComma: 0, + tRbrace: 0, + tNumber: 0, + tCurrent: 0, + tExpref: 0, + tColon: 0, + tPipe: 1, + tOr: 2, + tAnd: 3, + tEQ: 5, + tLT: 5, + tLTE: 5, + tGT: 5, + tGTE: 5, + tNE: 5, + tFlatten: 9, + tStar: 20, + tFilter: 21, + tDot: 40, + tNot: 45, + tLbrace: 50, + tLbracket: 55, + tLparen: 60, +} + +// Parser holds state about the current expression being parsed. +type Parser struct { + expression string + tokens []token + index int +} + +// NewParser creates a new JMESPath parser. +func NewParser() *Parser { + p := Parser{} + return &p +} + +// Parse will compile a JMESPath expression. +func (p *Parser) Parse(expression string) (ASTNode, error) { + lexer := NewLexer() + p.expression = expression + p.index = 0 + tokens, err := lexer.tokenize(expression) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + p.tokens = tokens + parsed, err := p.parseExpression(0) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + if p.current() != tEOF { + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError(fmt.Sprintf( + "Unexpected token at the end of the expresssion: %s", p.current())) + } + return parsed, nil +} + +func (p *Parser) parseExpression(bindingPower int) (ASTNode, error) { + var err error + leftToken := p.lookaheadToken(0) + p.advance() + leftNode, err := p.nud(leftToken) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + currentToken := p.current() + for bindingPower < bindingPowers[currentToken] { + p.advance() + leftNode, err = p.led(currentToken, leftNode) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + currentToken = p.current() + } + return leftNode, nil +} + +func (p *Parser) parseIndexExpression() (ASTNode, error) { + if p.lookahead(0) == tColon || p.lookahead(1) == tColon { + return p.parseSliceExpression() + } + indexStr := p.lookaheadToken(0).value + parsedInt, err := strconv.Atoi(indexStr) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + indexNode := ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIndex, value: parsedInt} + p.advance() + if err := p.match(tRbracket); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return indexNode, nil +} + +func (p *Parser) parseSliceExpression() (ASTNode, error) { + parts := []*int{nil, nil, nil} + index := 0 + current := p.current() + for current != tRbracket && index < 3 { + if current == tColon { + index++ + p.advance() + } else if current == tNumber { + parsedInt, err := strconv.Atoi(p.lookaheadToken(0).value) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + parts[index] = &parsedInt + p.advance() + } else { + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError( + "Expected tColon or tNumber" + ", received: " + p.current().String()) + } + current = p.current() + } + if err := p.match(tRbracket); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTSlice, + value: parts, + }, nil +} + +func (p *Parser) match(tokenType tokType) error { + if p.current() == tokenType { + p.advance() + return nil + } + return p.syntaxError("Expected " + tokenType.String() + ", received: " + p.current().String()) +} + +func (p *Parser) led(tokenType tokType, node ASTNode) (ASTNode, error) { + switch tokenType { + case tDot: + if p.current() != tStar { + right, err := p.parseDotRHS(bindingPowers[tDot]) + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTSubexpression, + children: []ASTNode{node, right}, + }, err + } + p.advance() + right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tDot]) + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTValueProjection, + children: []ASTNode{node, right}, + }, err + case tPipe: + right, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tPipe]) + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTPipe, children: []ASTNode{node, right}}, err + case tOr: + right, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tOr]) + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTOrExpression, children: []ASTNode{node, right}}, err + case tAnd: + right, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tAnd]) + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTAndExpression, children: []ASTNode{node, right}}, err + case tLparen: + name := node.value + var args []ASTNode + for p.current() != tRparen { + expression, err := p.parseExpression(0) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + if p.current() == tComma { + if err := p.match(tComma); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + } + args = append(args, expression) + } + if err := p.match(tRparen); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTFunctionExpression, + value: name, + children: args, + }, nil + case tFilter: + return p.parseFilter(node) + case tFlatten: + left := ASTNode{nodeType: ASTFlatten, children: []ASTNode{node}} + right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tFlatten]) + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTProjection, + children: []ASTNode{left, right}, + }, err + case tEQ, tNE, tGT, tGTE, tLT, tLTE: + right, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tokenType]) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTComparator, + value: tokenType, + children: []ASTNode{node, right}, + }, nil + case tLbracket: + tokenType := p.current() + var right ASTNode + var err error + if tokenType == tNumber || tokenType == tColon { + right, err = p.parseIndexExpression() + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return p.projectIfSlice(node, right) + } + // Otherwise this is a projection. + if err := p.match(tStar); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + if err := p.match(tRbracket); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + right, err = p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tStar]) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTProjection, + children: []ASTNode{node, right}, + }, nil + } + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError("Unexpected token: " + tokenType.String()) +} + +func (p *Parser) nud(token token) (ASTNode, error) { + switch token.tokenType { + case tJSONLiteral: + var parsed interface{} + err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(token.value), &parsed) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTLiteral, value: parsed}, nil + case tStringLiteral: + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTLiteral, value: token.value}, nil + case tUnquotedIdentifier: + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTField, + value: token.value, + }, nil + case tQuotedIdentifier: + node := ASTNode{nodeType: ASTField, value: token.value} + if p.current() == tLparen { + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxErrorToken("Can't have quoted identifier as function name.", token) + } + return node, nil + case tStar: + left := ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity} + var right ASTNode + var err error + if p.current() == tRbracket { + right = ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity} + } else { + right, err = p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tStar]) + } + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTValueProjection, children: []ASTNode{left, right}}, err + case tFilter: + return p.parseFilter(ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity}) + case tLbrace: + return p.parseMultiSelectHash() + case tFlatten: + left := ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTFlatten, + children: []ASTNode{{nodeType: ASTIdentity}}, + } + right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tFlatten]) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTProjection, children: []ASTNode{left, right}}, nil + case tLbracket: + tokenType := p.current() + //var right ASTNode + if tokenType == tNumber || tokenType == tColon { + right, err := p.parseIndexExpression() + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, nil + } + return p.projectIfSlice(ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity}, right) + } else if tokenType == tStar && p.lookahead(1) == tRbracket { + p.advance() + p.advance() + right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tStar]) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTProjection, + children: []ASTNode{{nodeType: ASTIdentity}, right}, + }, nil + } else { + return p.parseMultiSelectList() + } + case tCurrent: + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTCurrentNode}, nil + case tExpref: + expression, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tExpref]) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTExpRef, children: []ASTNode{expression}}, nil + case tNot: + expression, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tNot]) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTNotExpression, children: []ASTNode{expression}}, nil + case tLparen: + expression, err := p.parseExpression(0) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + if err := p.match(tRparen); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return expression, nil + case tEOF: + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxErrorToken("Incomplete expression", token) + } + + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxErrorToken("Invalid token: "+token.tokenType.String(), token) +} + +func (p *Parser) parseMultiSelectList() (ASTNode, error) { + var expressions []ASTNode + for { + expression, err := p.parseExpression(0) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + expressions = append(expressions, expression) + if p.current() == tRbracket { + break + } + err = p.match(tComma) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + } + err := p.match(tRbracket) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTMultiSelectList, + children: expressions, + }, nil +} + +func (p *Parser) parseMultiSelectHash() (ASTNode, error) { + var children []ASTNode + for { + keyToken := p.lookaheadToken(0) + if err := p.match(tUnquotedIdentifier); err != nil { + if err := p.match(tQuotedIdentifier); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError("Expected tQuotedIdentifier or tUnquotedIdentifier") + } + } + keyName := keyToken.value + err := p.match(tColon) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + value, err := p.parseExpression(0) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + node := ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTKeyValPair, + value: keyName, + children: []ASTNode{value}, + } + children = append(children, node) + if p.current() == tComma { + err := p.match(tComma) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, nil + } + } else if p.current() == tRbrace { + err := p.match(tRbrace) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, nil + } + break + } + } + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTMultiSelectHash, + children: children, + }, nil +} + +func (p *Parser) projectIfSlice(left ASTNode, right ASTNode) (ASTNode, error) { + indexExpr := ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTIndexExpression, + children: []ASTNode{left, right}, + } + if right.nodeType == ASTSlice { + right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tStar]) + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTProjection, + children: []ASTNode{indexExpr, right}, + }, err + } + return indexExpr, nil +} +func (p *Parser) parseFilter(node ASTNode) (ASTNode, error) { + var right, condition ASTNode + var err error + condition, err = p.parseExpression(0) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + if err := p.match(tRbracket); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + if p.current() == tFlatten { + right = ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity} + } else { + right, err = p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tFilter]) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + } + + return ASTNode{ + nodeType: ASTFilterProjection, + children: []ASTNode{node, right, condition}, + }, nil +} + +func (p *Parser) parseDotRHS(bindingPower int) (ASTNode, error) { + lookahead := p.current() + if tokensOneOf([]tokType{tQuotedIdentifier, tUnquotedIdentifier, tStar}, lookahead) { + return p.parseExpression(bindingPower) + } else if lookahead == tLbracket { + if err := p.match(tLbracket); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return p.parseMultiSelectList() + } else if lookahead == tLbrace { + if err := p.match(tLbrace); err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return p.parseMultiSelectHash() + } + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError("Expected identifier, lbracket, or lbrace") +} + +func (p *Parser) parseProjectionRHS(bindingPower int) (ASTNode, error) { + current := p.current() + if bindingPowers[current] < 10 { + return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity}, nil + } else if current == tLbracket { + return p.parseExpression(bindingPower) + } else if current == tFilter { + return p.parseExpression(bindingPower) + } else if current == tDot { + err := p.match(tDot) + if err != nil { + return ASTNode{}, err + } + return p.parseDotRHS(bindingPower) + } else { + return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError("Error") + } +} + +func (p *Parser) lookahead(number int) tokType { + return p.lookaheadToken(number).tokenType +} + +func (p *Parser) current() tokType { + return p.lookahead(0) +} + +func (p *Parser) lookaheadToken(number int) token { + return p.tokens[p.index+number] +} + +func (p *Parser) advance() { + p.index++ +} + +func tokensOneOf(elements []tokType, token tokType) bool { + for _, elem := range elements { + if elem == token { + return true + } + } + return false +} + +func (p *Parser) syntaxError(msg string) SyntaxError { + return SyntaxError{ + msg: msg, + Expression: p.expression, + Offset: p.lookaheadToken(0).position, + } +} + +// Create a SyntaxError based on the provided token. +// This differs from syntaxError() which creates a SyntaxError +// based on the current lookahead token. +func (p *Parser) syntaxErrorToken(msg string, t token) SyntaxError { + return SyntaxError{ + msg: msg, + Expression: p.expression, + Offset: t.position, + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/toktype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/toktype_string.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dae79cbdf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/toktype_string.go @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +// generated by stringer -type=tokType; DO NOT EDIT + +package jmespath + +import "fmt" + +const _tokType_name = "tUnknowntStartDottFiltertFlattentLparentRparentLbrackettRbrackettLbracetRbracetOrtPipetNumbertUnquotedIdentifiertQuotedIdentifiertCommatColontLTtLTEtGTtGTEtEQtNEtJSONLiteraltStringLiteraltCurrenttExpreftAndtNottEOF" + +var _tokType_index = [...]uint8{0, 8, 13, 17, 24, 32, 39, 46, 55, 64, 71, 78, 81, 86, 93, 112, 129, 135, 141, 144, 148, 151, 155, 158, 161, 173, 187, 195, 202, 206, 210, 214} + +func (i tokType) String() string { + if i < 0 || i >= tokType(len(_tokType_index)-1) { + return fmt.Sprintf("tokType(%d)", i) + } + return _tokType_name[_tokType_index[i]:_tokType_index[i+1]] +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/util.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/util.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddc1b7d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/util.go @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +package jmespath + +import ( + "errors" + "reflect" +) + +// IsFalse determines if an object is false based on the JMESPath spec. +// JMESPath defines false values to be any of: +// - An empty string array, or hash. +// - The boolean value false. +// - nil +func isFalse(value interface{}) bool { + switch v := value.(type) { + case bool: + return !v + case []interface{}: + return len(v) == 0 + case map[string]interface{}: + return len(v) == 0 + case string: + return len(v) == 0 + case nil: + return true + } + // Try the reflection cases before returning false. + rv := reflect.ValueOf(value) + switch rv.Kind() { + case reflect.Struct: + // A struct type will never be false, even if + // all of its values are the zero type. + return false + case reflect.Slice, reflect.Map: + return rv.Len() == 0 + case reflect.Ptr: + if rv.IsNil() { + return true + } + // If it's a pointer type, we'll try to deref the pointer + // and evaluate the pointer value for isFalse. + element := rv.Elem() + return isFalse(element.Interface()) + } + return false +} + +// ObjsEqual is a generic object equality check. +// It will take two arbitrary objects and recursively determine +// if they are equal. +func objsEqual(left interface{}, right interface{}) bool { + return reflect.DeepEqual(left, right) +} + +// SliceParam refers to a single part of a slice. +// A slice consists of a start, a stop, and a step, similar to +// python slices. +type sliceParam struct { + N int + Specified bool +} + +// Slice supports [start:stop:step] style slicing that's supported in JMESPath. +func slice(slice []interface{}, parts []sliceParam) ([]interface{}, error) { + computed, err := computeSliceParams(len(slice), parts) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + start, stop, step := computed[0], computed[1], computed[2] + result := []interface{}{} + if step > 0 { + for i := start; i < stop; i += step { + result = append(result, slice[i]) + } + } else { + for i := start; i > stop; i += step { + result = append(result, slice[i]) + } + } + return result, nil +} + +func computeSliceParams(length int, parts []sliceParam) ([]int, error) { + var start, stop, step int + if !parts[2].Specified { + step = 1 + } else if parts[2].N == 0 { + return nil, errors.New("Invalid slice, step cannot be 0") + } else { + step = parts[2].N + } + var stepValueNegative bool + if step < 0 { + stepValueNegative = true + } else { + stepValueNegative = false + } + + if !parts[0].Specified { + if stepValueNegative { + start = length - 1 + } else { + start = 0 + } + } else { + start = capSlice(length, parts[0].N, step) + } + + if !parts[1].Specified { + if stepValueNegative { + stop = -1 + } else { + stop = length + } + } else { + stop = capSlice(length, parts[1].N, step) + } + return []int{start, stop, step}, nil +} + +func capSlice(length int, actual int, step int) int { + if actual < 0 { + actual += length + if actual < 0 { + if step < 0 { + actual = -1 + } else { + actual = 0 + } + } + } else if actual >= length { + if step < 0 { + actual = length - 1 + } else { + actual = length + } + } + return actual +} + +// ToArrayNum converts an empty interface type to a slice of float64. +// If any element in the array cannot be converted, then nil is returned +// along with a second value of false. +func toArrayNum(data interface{}) ([]float64, bool) { + // Is there a better way to do this with reflect? + if d, ok := data.([]interface{}); ok { + result := make([]float64, len(d)) + for i, el := range d { + item, ok := el.(float64) + if !ok { + return nil, false + } + result[i] = item + } + return result, true + } + return nil, false +} + +// ToArrayStr converts an empty interface type to a slice of strings. +// If any element in the array cannot be converted, then nil is returned +// along with a second value of false. If the input data could be entirely +// converted, then the converted data, along with a second value of true, +// will be returned. +func toArrayStr(data interface{}) ([]string, bool) { + // Is there a better way to do this with reflect? + if d, ok := data.([]interface{}); ok { + result := make([]string, len(d)) + for i, el := range d { + item, ok := el.(string) + if !ok { + return nil, false + } + result[i] = item + } + return result, true + } + return nil, false +} + +func isSliceType(v interface{}) bool { + if v == nil { + return false + } + return reflect.TypeOf(v).Kind() == reflect.Slice +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..744875676 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Copyright (c) 2012 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +distribution. + * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext.go b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f380f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext.go @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +// Copyright 2012 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Extensions to the standard "os" package. +package osext // import "github.com/kardianos/osext" + +import "path/filepath" + +var cx, ce = executableClean() + +func executableClean() (string, error) { + p, err := executable() + return filepath.Clean(p), err +} + +// Executable returns an absolute path that can be used to +// re-invoke the current program. +// It may not be valid after the current program exits. +func Executable() (string, error) { + return cx, ce +} + +// Returns same path as Executable, returns just the folder +// path. Excludes the executable name and any trailing slash. +func ExecutableFolder() (string, error) { + p, err := Executable() + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + + return filepath.Dir(p), nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_go18.go b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_go18.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..009d8a926 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_go18.go @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +//+build go1.8,!openbsd + +package osext + +import "os" + +func executable() (string, error) { + return os.Executable() +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_plan9.go b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_plan9.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95e237137 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_plan9.go @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +// Copyright 2012 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +//+build !go1.8 + +package osext + +import ( + "os" + "strconv" + "syscall" +) + +func executable() (string, error) { + f, err := os.Open("/proc/" + strconv.Itoa(os.Getpid()) + "/text") + if err != nil { + return "", err + } + defer f.Close() + return syscall.Fd2path(int(f.Fd())) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_procfs.go b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_procfs.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1f16f885 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_procfs.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// Copyright 2012 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// +build !go1.8,android !go1.8,linux !go1.8,netbsd !go1.8,solaris !go1.8,dragonfly + +package osext + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "os" + "runtime" + "strings" +) + +func executable() (string, error) { + switch runtime.GOOS { + case "linux", "android": + const deletedTag = " (deleted)" + execpath, err := os.Readlink("/proc/self/exe") + if err != nil { + return execpath, err + } + execpath = strings.TrimSuffix(execpath, deletedTag) + execpath = strings.TrimPrefix(execpath, deletedTag) + return execpath, nil + case "netbsd": + return os.Readlink("/proc/curproc/exe") + case "dragonfly": + return os.Readlink("/proc/curproc/file") + case "solaris": + return os.Readlink(fmt.Sprintf("/proc/%d/path/a.out", os.Getpid())) + } + return "", errors.New("ExecPath not implemented for " + runtime.GOOS) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_sysctl.go b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_sysctl.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33cee2522 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_sysctl.go @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +// Copyright 2012 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// +build !go1.8,darwin !go1.8,freebsd openbsd + +package osext + +import ( + "os" + "os/exec" + "path/filepath" + "runtime" + "syscall" + "unsafe" +) + +var initCwd, initCwdErr = os.Getwd() + +func executable() (string, error) { + var mib [4]int32 + switch runtime.GOOS { + case "freebsd": + mib = [4]int32{1 /* CTL_KERN */, 14 /* KERN_PROC */, 12 /* KERN_PROC_PATHNAME */, -1} + case "darwin": + mib = [4]int32{1 /* CTL_KERN */, 38 /* KERN_PROCARGS */, int32(os.Getpid()), -1} + case "openbsd": + mib = [4]int32{1 /* CTL_KERN */, 55 /* KERN_PROC_ARGS */, int32(os.Getpid()), 1 /* KERN_PROC_ARGV */} + } + + n := uintptr(0) + // Get length. + _, _, errNum := syscall.Syscall6(syscall.SYS___SYSCTL, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&mib[0])), 4, 0, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&n)), 0, 0) + if errNum != 0 { + return "", errNum + } + if n == 0 { // This shouldn't happen. + return "", nil + } + buf := make([]byte, n) + _, _, errNum = syscall.Syscall6(syscall.SYS___SYSCTL, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&mib[0])), 4, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0])), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&n)), 0, 0) + if errNum != 0 { + return "", errNum + } + if n == 0 { // This shouldn't happen. + return "", nil + } + + var execPath string + switch runtime.GOOS { + case "openbsd": + // buf now contains **argv, with pointers to each of the C-style + // NULL terminated arguments. + var args []string + argv := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&buf[0])) + Loop: + for { + argp := *(**[1 << 20]byte)(unsafe.Pointer(argv)) + if argp == nil { + break + } + for i := 0; uintptr(i) < n; i++ { + // we don't want the full arguments list + if string(argp[i]) == " " { + break Loop + } + if argp[i] != 0 { + continue + } + args = append(args, string(argp[:i])) + n -= uintptr(i) + break + } + if n < unsafe.Sizeof(argv) { + break + } + argv += unsafe.Sizeof(argv) + n -= unsafe.Sizeof(argv) + } + execPath = args[0] + // There is no canonical way to get an executable path on + // OpenBSD, so check PATH in case we are called directly + if execPath[0] != '/' && execPath[0] != '.' { + execIsInPath, err := exec.LookPath(execPath) + if err == nil { + execPath = execIsInPath + } + } + default: + for i, v := range buf { + if v == 0 { + buf = buf[:i] + break + } + } + execPath = string(buf) + } + + var err error + // execPath will not be empty due to above checks. + // Try to get the absolute path if the execPath is not rooted. + if execPath[0] != '/' { + execPath, err = getAbs(execPath) + if err != nil { + return execPath, err + } + } + // For darwin KERN_PROCARGS may return the path to a symlink rather than the + // actual executable. + if runtime.GOOS == "darwin" { + if execPath, err = filepath.EvalSymlinks(execPath); err != nil { + return execPath, err + } + } + return execPath, nil +} + +func getAbs(execPath string) (string, error) { + if initCwdErr != nil { + return execPath, initCwdErr + } + // The execPath may begin with a "../" or a "./" so clean it first. + // Join the two paths, trailing and starting slashes undetermined, so use + // the generic Join function. + return filepath.Join(initCwd, filepath.Clean(execPath)), nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_windows.go b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_windows.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..074b3b385 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/kardianos/osext/osext_windows.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// Copyright 2012 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +//+build !go1.8 + +package osext + +import ( + "syscall" + "unicode/utf16" + "unsafe" +) + +var ( + kernel = syscall.MustLoadDLL("kernel32.dll") + getModuleFileNameProc = kernel.MustFindProc("GetModuleFileNameW") +) + +// GetModuleFileName() with hModule = NULL +func executable() (exePath string, err error) { + return getModuleFileName() +} + +func getModuleFileName() (string, error) { + var n uint32 + b := make([]uint16, syscall.MAX_PATH) + size := uint32(len(b)) + + r0, _, e1 := getModuleFileNameProc.Call(0, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&b[0])), uintptr(size)) + n = uint32(r0) + if n == 0 { + return "", e1 + } + return string(utf16.Decode(b[0:n])), nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3866a291 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +The MIT License (MIT) + +Copyright (c) 2016 Mitchell Hashimoto + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN +THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/testing.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/testing.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..204afb420 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/testing.go @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +// +build !go1.9 + +package testing + +import ( + "fmt" + "log" +) + +// T is the interface that mimics the standard library *testing.T. +// +// In unit tests you can just pass a *testing.T struct. At runtime, outside +// of tests, you can pass in a RuntimeT struct from this package. +type T interface { + Error(args ...interface{}) + Errorf(format string, args ...interface{}) + Fail() + FailNow() + Failed() bool + Fatal(args ...interface{}) + Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{}) + Log(args ...interface{}) + Logf(format string, args ...interface{}) + Name() string + Skip(args ...interface{}) + SkipNow() + Skipf(format string, args ...interface{}) + Skipped() bool +} + +// RuntimeT implements T and can be instantiated and run at runtime to +// mimic *testing.T behavior. Unlike *testing.T, this will simply panic +// for calls to Fatal. For calls to Error, you'll have to check the errors +// list to determine whether to exit yourself. Name and Skip methods are +// unimplemented noops. +type RuntimeT struct { + failed bool +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Error(args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintln(args...)) + t.Fail() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Errorf(format string, args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...)) + t.Fail() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Fatal(args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintln(args...)) + t.FailNow() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...)) + t.FailNow() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Fail() { + t.failed = true +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) FailNow() { + panic("testing.T failed, see logs for output (if any)") +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Failed() bool { + return t.failed +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Log(args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintln(args...)) +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Logf(format string, args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...)) +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Name() string { return "" } +func (t *RuntimeT) Skip(args ...interface{}) {} +func (t *RuntimeT) SkipNow() {} +func (t *RuntimeT) Skipf(format string, args ...interface{}) {} +func (t *RuntimeT) Skipped() bool { return false } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/testing_go19.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/testing_go19.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31b42cadf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface/testing_go19.go @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +// +build go1.9 + +// NOTE: This is a temporary copy of testing.go for Go 1.9 with the addition +// of "Helper" to the T interface. Go 1.9 at the time of typing is in RC +// and is set for release shortly. We'll support this on master as the default +// as soon as 1.9 is released. + +package testing + +import ( + "fmt" + "log" +) + +// T is the interface that mimics the standard library *testing.T. +// +// In unit tests you can just pass a *testing.T struct. At runtime, outside +// of tests, you can pass in a RuntimeT struct from this package. +type T interface { + Error(args ...interface{}) + Errorf(format string, args ...interface{}) + Fail() + FailNow() + Failed() bool + Fatal(args ...interface{}) + Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{}) + Log(args ...interface{}) + Logf(format string, args ...interface{}) + Name() string + Skip(args ...interface{}) + SkipNow() + Skipf(format string, args ...interface{}) + Skipped() bool + Helper() +} + +// RuntimeT implements T and can be instantiated and run at runtime to +// mimic *testing.T behavior. Unlike *testing.T, this will simply panic +// for calls to Fatal. For calls to Error, you'll have to check the errors +// list to determine whether to exit yourself. +type RuntimeT struct { + skipped bool + failed bool +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Error(args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintln(args...)) + t.Fail() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Errorf(format string, args ...interface{}) { + log.Printf(format, args...) + t.Fail() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Fail() { + t.failed = true +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) FailNow() { + panic("testing.T failed, see logs for output (if any)") +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Failed() bool { + return t.failed +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Fatal(args ...interface{}) { + log.Print(args...) + t.FailNow() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{}) { + log.Printf(format, args...) + t.FailNow() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Log(args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintln(args...)) +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Logf(format string, args ...interface{}) { + log.Println(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...)) +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Name() string { + return "" +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Skip(args ...interface{}) { + log.Print(args...) + t.SkipNow() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) SkipNow() { + t.skipped = true +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Skipf(format string, args ...interface{}) { + log.Printf(format, args...) + t.SkipNow() +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Skipped() bool { + return t.skipped +} + +func (t *RuntimeT) Helper() {} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58ebdc162 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Copyright (c) 2014-2016 Ulrich Kunitz +All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + +* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this + list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + +* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +* My name, Ulrich Kunitz, may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/bits.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/bits.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fadc1a594 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/bits.go @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package xz + +import ( + "errors" + "io" +) + +// putUint32LE puts the little-endian representation of x into the first +// four bytes of p. +func putUint32LE(p []byte, x uint32) { + p[0] = byte(x) + p[1] = byte(x >> 8) + p[2] = byte(x >> 16) + p[3] = byte(x >> 24) +} + +// putUint64LE puts the little-endian representation of x into the first +// eight bytes of p. +func putUint64LE(p []byte, x uint64) { + p[0] = byte(x) + p[1] = byte(x >> 8) + p[2] = byte(x >> 16) + p[3] = byte(x >> 24) + p[4] = byte(x >> 32) + p[5] = byte(x >> 40) + p[6] = byte(x >> 48) + p[7] = byte(x >> 56) +} + +// uint32LE converts a little endian representation to an uint32 value. +func uint32LE(p []byte) uint32 { + return uint32(p[0]) | uint32(p[1])<<8 | uint32(p[2])<<16 | + uint32(p[3])<<24 +} + +// putUvarint puts a uvarint representation of x into the byte slice. +func putUvarint(p []byte, x uint64) int { + i := 0 + for x >= 0x80 { + p[i] = byte(x) | 0x80 + x >>= 7 + i++ + } + p[i] = byte(x) + return i + 1 +} + +// errOverflow indicates an overflow of the 64-bit unsigned integer. +var errOverflowU64 = errors.New("xz: uvarint overflows 64-bit unsigned integer") + +// readUvarint reads a uvarint from the given byte reader. +func readUvarint(r io.ByteReader) (x uint64, n int, err error) { + var s uint + i := 0 + for { + b, err := r.ReadByte() + if err != nil { + return x, i, err + } + i++ + if b < 0x80 { + if i > 10 || i == 10 && b > 1 { + return x, i, errOverflowU64 + } + return x | uint64(b)< 0 { + k = 4 - k + } + return k +} + +/*** Header ***/ + +// headerMagic stores the magic bytes for the header +var headerMagic = []byte{0xfd, '7', 'z', 'X', 'Z', 0x00} + +// HeaderLen provides the length of the xz file header. +const HeaderLen = 12 + +// Constants for the checksum methods supported by xz. +const ( + CRC32 byte = 0x1 + CRC64 = 0x4 + SHA256 = 0xa +) + +// errInvalidFlags indicates that flags are invalid. +var errInvalidFlags = errors.New("xz: invalid flags") + +// verifyFlags returns the error errInvalidFlags if the value is +// invalid. +func verifyFlags(flags byte) error { + switch flags { + case CRC32, CRC64, SHA256: + return nil + default: + return errInvalidFlags + } +} + +// flagstrings maps flag values to strings. +var flagstrings = map[byte]string{ + CRC32: "CRC-32", + CRC64: "CRC-64", + SHA256: "SHA-256", +} + +// flagString returns the string representation for the given flags. +func flagString(flags byte) string { + s, ok := flagstrings[flags] + if !ok { + return "invalid" + } + return s +} + +// newHashFunc returns a function that creates hash instances for the +// hash method encoded in flags. +func newHashFunc(flags byte) (newHash func() hash.Hash, err error) { + switch flags { + case CRC32: + newHash = newCRC32 + case CRC64: + newHash = newCRC64 + case SHA256: + newHash = sha256.New + default: + err = errInvalidFlags + } + return +} + +// header provides the actual content of the xz file header: the flags. +type header struct { + flags byte +} + +// Errors returned by readHeader. +var errHeaderMagic = errors.New("xz: invalid header magic bytes") + +// ValidHeader checks whether data is a correct xz file header. The +// length of data must be HeaderLen. +func ValidHeader(data []byte) bool { + var h header + err := h.UnmarshalBinary(data) + return err == nil +} + +// String returns a string representation of the flags. +func (h header) String() string { + return flagString(h.flags) +} + +// UnmarshalBinary reads header from the provided data slice. +func (h *header) UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error { + // header length + if len(data) != HeaderLen { + return errors.New("xz: wrong file header length") + } + + // magic header + if !bytes.Equal(headerMagic, data[:6]) { + return errHeaderMagic + } + + // checksum + crc := crc32.NewIEEE() + crc.Write(data[6:8]) + if uint32LE(data[8:]) != crc.Sum32() { + return errors.New("xz: invalid checksum for file header") + } + + // stream flags + if data[6] != 0 { + return errInvalidFlags + } + flags := data[7] + if err := verifyFlags(flags); err != nil { + return err + } + + h.flags = flags + return nil +} + +// MarshalBinary generates the xz file header. +func (h *header) MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) { + if err = verifyFlags(h.flags); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + data = make([]byte, 12) + copy(data, headerMagic) + data[7] = h.flags + + crc := crc32.NewIEEE() + crc.Write(data[6:8]) + putUint32LE(data[8:], crc.Sum32()) + + return data, nil +} + +/*** Footer ***/ + +// footerLen defines the length of the footer. +const footerLen = 12 + +// footerMagic contains the footer magic bytes. +var footerMagic = []byte{'Y', 'Z'} + +// footer represents the content of the xz file footer. +type footer struct { + indexSize int64 + flags byte +} + +// String prints a string representation of the footer structure. +func (f footer) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s index size %d", flagString(f.flags), f.indexSize) +} + +// Minimum and maximum for the size of the index (backward size). +const ( + minIndexSize = 4 + maxIndexSize = (1 << 32) * 4 +) + +// MarshalBinary converts footer values into an xz file footer. Note +// that the footer value is checked for correctness. +func (f *footer) MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) { + if err = verifyFlags(f.flags); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if !(minIndexSize <= f.indexSize && f.indexSize <= maxIndexSize) { + return nil, errors.New("xz: index size out of range") + } + if f.indexSize%4 != 0 { + return nil, errors.New( + "xz: index size not aligned to four bytes") + } + + data = make([]byte, footerLen) + + // backward size (index size) + s := (f.indexSize / 4) - 1 + putUint32LE(data[4:], uint32(s)) + // flags + data[9] = f.flags + // footer magic + copy(data[10:], footerMagic) + + // CRC-32 + crc := crc32.NewIEEE() + crc.Write(data[4:10]) + putUint32LE(data, crc.Sum32()) + + return data, nil +} + +// UnmarshalBinary sets the footer value by unmarshalling an xz file +// footer. +func (f *footer) UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error { + if len(data) != footerLen { + return errors.New("xz: wrong footer length") + } + + // magic bytes + if !bytes.Equal(data[10:], footerMagic) { + return errors.New("xz: footer magic invalid") + } + + // CRC-32 + crc := crc32.NewIEEE() + crc.Write(data[4:10]) + if uint32LE(data) != crc.Sum32() { + return errors.New("xz: footer checksum error") + } + + var g footer + // backward size (index size) + g.indexSize = (int64(uint32LE(data[4:])) + 1) * 4 + + // flags + if data[8] != 0 { + return errInvalidFlags + } + g.flags = data[9] + if err := verifyFlags(g.flags); err != nil { + return err + } + + *f = g + return nil +} + +/*** Block Header ***/ + +// blockHeader represents the content of an xz block header. +type blockHeader struct { + compressedSize int64 + uncompressedSize int64 + filters []filter +} + +// String converts the block header into a string. +func (h blockHeader) String() string { + var buf bytes.Buffer + first := true + if h.compressedSize >= 0 { + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "compressed size %d", h.compressedSize) + first = false + } + if h.uncompressedSize >= 0 { + if !first { + buf.WriteString(" ") + } + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "uncompressed size %d", h.uncompressedSize) + first = false + } + for _, f := range h.filters { + if !first { + buf.WriteString(" ") + } + fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "filter %s", f) + first = false + } + return buf.String() +} + +// Masks for the block flags. +const ( + filterCountMask = 0x03 + compressedSizePresent = 0x40 + uncompressedSizePresent = 0x80 + reservedBlockFlags = 0x3C +) + +// errIndexIndicator signals that an index indicator (0x00) has been found +// instead of an expected block header indicator. +var errIndexIndicator = errors.New("xz: found index indicator") + +// readBlockHeader reads the block header. +func readBlockHeader(r io.Reader) (h *blockHeader, n int, err error) { + var buf bytes.Buffer + buf.Grow(20) + + // block header size + z, err := io.CopyN(&buf, r, 1) + n = int(z) + if err != nil { + return nil, n, err + } + s := buf.Bytes()[0] + if s == 0 { + return nil, n, errIndexIndicator + } + + // read complete header + headerLen := (int(s) + 1) * 4 + buf.Grow(headerLen - 1) + z, err = io.CopyN(&buf, r, int64(headerLen-1)) + n += int(z) + if err != nil { + return nil, n, err + } + + // unmarshal block header + h = new(blockHeader) + if err = h.UnmarshalBinary(buf.Bytes()); err != nil { + return nil, n, err + } + + return h, n, nil +} + +// readSizeInBlockHeader reads the uncompressed or compressed size +// fields in the block header. The present value informs the function +// whether the respective field is actually present in the header. +func readSizeInBlockHeader(r io.ByteReader, present bool) (n int64, err error) { + if !present { + return -1, nil + } + x, _, err := readUvarint(r) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + if x >= 1<<63 { + return 0, errors.New("xz: size overflow in block header") + } + return int64(x), nil +} + +// UnmarshalBinary unmarshals the block header. +func (h *blockHeader) UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error { + // Check header length + s := data[0] + if data[0] == 0 { + return errIndexIndicator + } + headerLen := (int(s) + 1) * 4 + if len(data) != headerLen { + return fmt.Errorf("xz: data length %d; want %d", len(data), + headerLen) + } + n := headerLen - 4 + + // Check CRC-32 + crc := crc32.NewIEEE() + crc.Write(data[:n]) + if crc.Sum32() != uint32LE(data[n:]) { + return errors.New("xz: checksum error for block header") + } + + // Block header flags + flags := data[1] + if flags&reservedBlockFlags != 0 { + return errors.New("xz: reserved block header flags set") + } + + r := bytes.NewReader(data[2:n]) + + // Compressed size + var err error + h.compressedSize, err = readSizeInBlockHeader( + r, flags&compressedSizePresent != 0) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Uncompressed size + h.uncompressedSize, err = readSizeInBlockHeader( + r, flags&uncompressedSizePresent != 0) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + h.filters, err = readFilters(r, int(flags&filterCountMask)+1) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + // Check padding + // Since headerLen is a multiple of 4 we don't need to check + // alignment. + k := r.Len() + // The standard spec says that the padding should have not more + // than 3 bytes. However we found paddings of 4 or 5 in the + // wild. See https://github.com/ulikunitz/xz/pull/11 and + // https://github.com/ulikunitz/xz/issues/15 + // + // The only reasonable approach seems to be to ignore the + // padding size. We still check that all padding bytes are zero. + if !allZeros(data[n-k : n]) { + return errPadding + } + return nil +} + +// MarshalBinary marshals the binary header. +func (h *blockHeader) MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) { + if !(minFilters <= len(h.filters) && len(h.filters) <= maxFilters) { + return nil, errors.New("xz: filter count wrong") + } + for i, f := range h.filters { + if i < len(h.filters)-1 { + if f.id() == lzmaFilterID { + return nil, errors.New( + "xz: LZMA2 filter is not the last") + } + } else { + // last filter + if f.id() != lzmaFilterID { + return nil, errors.New("xz: " + + "last filter must be the LZMA2 filter") + } + } + } + + var buf bytes.Buffer + // header size must set at the end + buf.WriteByte(0) + + // flags + flags := byte(len(h.filters) - 1) + if h.compressedSize >= 0 { + flags |= compressedSizePresent + } + if h.uncompressedSize >= 0 { + flags |= uncompressedSizePresent + } + buf.WriteByte(flags) + + p := make([]byte, 10) + if h.compressedSize >= 0 { + k := putUvarint(p, uint64(h.compressedSize)) + buf.Write(p[:k]) + } + if h.uncompressedSize >= 0 { + k := putUvarint(p, uint64(h.uncompressedSize)) + buf.Write(p[:k]) + } + + for _, f := range h.filters { + fp, err := f.MarshalBinary() + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + buf.Write(fp) + } + + // padding + for i := padLen(int64(buf.Len())); i > 0; i-- { + buf.WriteByte(0) + } + + // crc place holder + buf.Write(p[:4]) + + data = buf.Bytes() + if len(data)%4 != 0 { + panic("data length not aligned") + } + s := len(data)/4 - 1 + if !(1 < s && s <= 255) { + panic("wrong block header size") + } + data[0] = byte(s) + + crc := crc32.NewIEEE() + crc.Write(data[:len(data)-4]) + putUint32LE(data[len(data)-4:], crc.Sum32()) + + return data, nil +} + +// Constants used for marshalling and unmarshalling filters in the xz +// block header. +const ( + minFilters = 1 + maxFilters = 4 + minReservedID = 1 << 62 +) + +// filter represents a filter in the block header. +type filter interface { + id() uint64 + UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error + MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) + reader(r io.Reader, c *ReaderConfig) (fr io.Reader, err error) + writeCloser(w io.WriteCloser, c *WriterConfig) (fw io.WriteCloser, err error) + // filter must be last filter + last() bool +} + +// readFilter reads a block filter from the block header. At this point +// in time only the LZMA2 filter is supported. +func readFilter(r io.Reader) (f filter, err error) { + br := lzma.ByteReader(r) + + // index + id, _, err := readUvarint(br) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + var data []byte + switch id { + case lzmaFilterID: + data = make([]byte, lzmaFilterLen) + data[0] = lzmaFilterID + if _, err = io.ReadFull(r, data[1:]); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + f = new(lzmaFilter) + default: + if id >= minReservedID { + return nil, errors.New( + "xz: reserved filter id in block stream header") + } + return nil, errors.New("xz: invalid filter id") + } + if err = f.UnmarshalBinary(data); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return f, err +} + +// readFilters reads count filters. At this point in time only the count +// 1 is supported. +func readFilters(r io.Reader, count int) (filters []filter, err error) { + if count != 1 { + return nil, errors.New("xz: unsupported filter count") + } + f, err := readFilter(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return []filter{f}, err +} + +// writeFilters writes the filters. +func writeFilters(w io.Writer, filters []filter) (n int, err error) { + for _, f := range filters { + p, err := f.MarshalBinary() + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + k, err := w.Write(p) + n += k + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + } + return n, nil +} + +/*** Index ***/ + +// record describes a block in the xz file index. +type record struct { + unpaddedSize int64 + uncompressedSize int64 +} + +// readRecord reads an index record. +func readRecord(r io.ByteReader) (rec record, n int, err error) { + u, k, err := readUvarint(r) + n += k + if err != nil { + return rec, n, err + } + rec.unpaddedSize = int64(u) + if rec.unpaddedSize < 0 { + return rec, n, errors.New("xz: unpadded size negative") + } + + u, k, err = readUvarint(r) + n += k + if err != nil { + return rec, n, err + } + rec.uncompressedSize = int64(u) + if rec.uncompressedSize < 0 { + return rec, n, errors.New("xz: uncompressed size negative") + } + + return rec, n, nil +} + +// MarshalBinary converts an index record in its binary encoding. +func (rec *record) MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) { + // maximum length of a uvarint is 10 + p := make([]byte, 20) + n := putUvarint(p, uint64(rec.unpaddedSize)) + n += putUvarint(p[n:], uint64(rec.uncompressedSize)) + return p[:n], nil +} + +// writeIndex writes the index, a sequence of records. +func writeIndex(w io.Writer, index []record) (n int64, err error) { + crc := crc32.NewIEEE() + mw := io.MultiWriter(w, crc) + + // index indicator + k, err := mw.Write([]byte{0}) + n += int64(k) + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + + // number of records + p := make([]byte, 10) + k = putUvarint(p, uint64(len(index))) + k, err = mw.Write(p[:k]) + n += int64(k) + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + + // list of records + for _, rec := range index { + p, err := rec.MarshalBinary() + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + k, err = mw.Write(p) + n += int64(k) + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + } + + // index padding + k, err = mw.Write(make([]byte, padLen(int64(n)))) + n += int64(k) + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + + // crc32 checksum + putUint32LE(p, crc.Sum32()) + k, err = w.Write(p[:4]) + n += int64(k) + + return n, err +} + +// readIndexBody reads the index from the reader. It assumes that the +// index indicator has already been read. +func readIndexBody(r io.Reader) (records []record, n int64, err error) { + crc := crc32.NewIEEE() + // index indicator + crc.Write([]byte{0}) + + br := lzma.ByteReader(io.TeeReader(r, crc)) + + // number of records + u, k, err := readUvarint(br) + n += int64(k) + if err != nil { + return nil, n, err + } + recLen := int(u) + if recLen < 0 || uint64(recLen) != u { + return nil, n, errors.New("xz: record number overflow") + } + + // list of records + records = make([]record, recLen) + for i := range records { + records[i], k, err = readRecord(br) + n += int64(k) + if err != nil { + return nil, n, err + } + } + + p := make([]byte, padLen(int64(n+1)), 4) + k, err = io.ReadFull(br.(io.Reader), p) + n += int64(k) + if err != nil { + return nil, n, err + } + if !allZeros(p) { + return nil, n, errors.New("xz: non-zero byte in index padding") + } + + // crc32 + s := crc.Sum32() + p = p[:4] + k, err = io.ReadFull(br.(io.Reader), p) + n += int64(k) + if err != nil { + return records, n, err + } + if uint32LE(p) != s { + return nil, n, errors.New("xz: wrong checksum for index") + } + + return records, n, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/cyclic_poly.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/cyclic_poly.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a32887872 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/cyclic_poly.go @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package hash + +// CyclicPoly provides a cyclic polynomial rolling hash. +type CyclicPoly struct { + h uint64 + p []uint64 + i int +} + +// ror rotates the unsigned 64-bit integer to right. The argument s must be +// less than 64. +func ror(x uint64, s uint) uint64 { + return (x >> s) | (x << (64 - s)) +} + +// NewCyclicPoly creates a new instance of the CyclicPoly structure. The +// argument n gives the number of bytes for which a hash will be executed. +// This number must be positive; the method panics if this isn't the case. +func NewCyclicPoly(n int) *CyclicPoly { + if n < 1 { + panic("argument n must be positive") + } + return &CyclicPoly{p: make([]uint64, 0, n)} +} + +// Len returns the length of the byte sequence for which a hash is generated. +func (r *CyclicPoly) Len() int { + return cap(r.p) +} + +// RollByte hashes the next byte and returns a hash value. The complete becomes +// available after at least Len() bytes have been hashed. +func (r *CyclicPoly) RollByte(x byte) uint64 { + y := hash[x] + if len(r.p) < cap(r.p) { + r.h = ror(r.h, 1) ^ y + r.p = append(r.p, y) + } else { + r.h ^= ror(r.p[r.i], uint(cap(r.p)-1)) + r.h = ror(r.h, 1) ^ y + r.p[r.i] = y + r.i = (r.i + 1) % cap(r.p) + } + return r.h +} + +// Stores the hash for the individual bytes. +var hash = [256]uint64{ + 0x2e4fc3f904065142, 0xc790984cfbc99527, + 0x879f95eb8c62f187, 0x3b61be86b5021ef2, + 0x65a896a04196f0a5, 0xc5b307b80470b59e, + 0xd3bff376a70df14b, 0xc332f04f0b3f1701, + 0x753b5f0e9abf3e0d, 0xb41538fdfe66ef53, + 0x1906a10c2c1c0208, 0xfb0c712a03421c0d, + 0x38be311a65c9552b, 0xfee7ee4ca6445c7e, + 0x71aadeded184f21e, 0xd73426fccda23b2d, + 0x29773fb5fb9600b5, 0xce410261cd32981a, + 0xfe2848b3c62dbc2d, 0x459eaaff6e43e11c, + 0xc13e35fc9c73a887, 0xf30ed5c201e76dbc, + 0xa5f10b3910482cea, 0x2945d59be02dfaad, + 0x06ee334ff70571b5, 0xbabf9d8070f44380, + 0xee3e2e9912ffd27c, 0x2a7118d1ea6b8ea7, + 0x26183cb9f7b1664c, 0xea71dac7da068f21, + 0xea92eca5bd1d0bb7, 0x415595862defcd75, + 0x248a386023c60648, 0x9cf021ab284b3c8a, + 0xfc9372df02870f6c, 0x2b92d693eeb3b3fc, + 0x73e799d139dc6975, 0x7b15ae312486363c, + 0xb70e5454a2239c80, 0x208e3fb31d3b2263, + 0x01f563cabb930f44, 0x2ac4533d2a3240d8, + 0x84231ed1064f6f7c, 0xa9f020977c2a6d19, + 0x213c227271c20122, 0x09fe8a9a0a03d07a, + 0x4236dc75bcaf910c, 0x460a8b2bead8f17e, + 0xd9b27be1aa07055f, 0xd202d5dc4b11c33e, + 0x70adb010543bea12, 0xcdae938f7ea6f579, + 0x3f3d870208672f4d, 0x8e6ccbce9d349536, + 0xe4c0871a389095ae, 0xf5f2a49152bca080, + 0x9a43f9b97269934e, 0xc17b3753cb6f475c, + 0xd56d941e8e206bd4, 0xac0a4f3e525eda00, + 0xa06d5a011912a550, 0x5537ed19537ad1df, + 0xa32fe713d611449d, 0x2a1d05b47c3b579f, + 0x991d02dbd30a2a52, 0x39e91e7e28f93eb0, + 0x40d06adb3e92c9ac, 0x9b9d3afde1c77c97, + 0x9a3f3f41c02c616f, 0x22ecd4ba00f60c44, + 0x0b63d5d801708420, 0x8f227ca8f37ffaec, + 0x0256278670887c24, 0x107e14877dbf540b, + 0x32c19f2786ac1c05, 0x1df5b12bb4bc9c61, + 0xc0cac129d0d4c4e2, 0x9fdb52ee9800b001, + 0x31f601d5d31c48c4, 0x72ff3c0928bcaec7, + 0xd99264421147eb03, 0x535a2d6d38aefcfe, + 0x6ba8b4454a916237, 0xfa39366eaae4719c, + 0x10f00fd7bbb24b6f, 0x5bd23185c76c84d4, + 0xb22c3d7e1b00d33f, 0x3efc20aa6bc830a8, + 0xd61c2503fe639144, 0x30ce625441eb92d3, + 0xe5d34cf359e93100, 0xa8e5aa13f2b9f7a5, + 0x5c2b8d851ca254a6, 0x68fb6c5e8b0d5fdf, + 0xc7ea4872c96b83ae, 0x6dd5d376f4392382, + 0x1be88681aaa9792f, 0xfef465ee1b6c10d9, + 0x1f98b65ed43fcb2e, 0x4d1ca11eb6e9a9c9, + 0x7808e902b3857d0b, 0x171c9c4ea4607972, + 0x58d66274850146df, 0x42b311c10d3981d1, + 0x647fa8c621c41a4c, 0xf472771c66ddfedc, + 0x338d27e3f847b46b, 0x6402ce3da97545ce, + 0x5162db616fc38638, 0x9c83be97bc22a50e, + 0x2d3d7478a78d5e72, 0xe621a9b938fd5397, + 0x9454614eb0f81c45, 0x395fb6e742ed39b6, + 0x77dd9179d06037bf, 0xc478d0fee4d2656d, + 0x35d9d6cb772007af, 0x83a56e92c883f0f6, + 0x27937453250c00a1, 0x27bd6ebc3a46a97d, + 0x9f543bf784342d51, 0xd158f38c48b0ed52, + 0x8dd8537c045f66b4, 0x846a57230226f6d5, + 0x6b13939e0c4e7cdf, 0xfca25425d8176758, + 0x92e5fc6cd52788e6, 0x9992e13d7a739170, + 0x518246f7a199e8ea, 0xf104c2a71b9979c7, + 0x86b3ffaabea4768f, 0x6388061cf3e351ad, + 0x09d9b5295de5bbb5, 0x38bf1638c2599e92, + 0x1d759846499e148d, 0x4c0ff015e5f96ef4, + 0xa41a94cfa270f565, 0x42d76f9cb2326c0b, + 0x0cf385dd3c9c23ba, 0x0508a6c7508d6e7a, + 0x337523aabbe6cf8d, 0x646bb14001d42b12, + 0xc178729d138adc74, 0xf900ef4491f24086, + 0xee1a90d334bb5ac4, 0x9755c92247301a50, + 0xb999bf7c4ff1b610, 0x6aeeb2f3b21e8fc9, + 0x0fa8084cf91ac6ff, 0x10d226cf136e6189, + 0xd302057a07d4fb21, 0x5f03800e20a0fcc3, + 0x80118d4ae46bd210, 0x58ab61a522843733, + 0x51edd575c5432a4b, 0x94ee6ff67f9197f7, + 0x765669e0e5e8157b, 0xa5347830737132f0, + 0x3ba485a69f01510c, 0x0b247d7b957a01c3, + 0x1b3d63449fd807dc, 0x0fdc4721c30ad743, + 0x8b535ed3829b2b14, 0xee41d0cad65d232c, + 0xe6a99ed97a6a982f, 0x65ac6194c202003d, + 0x692accf3a70573eb, 0xcc3c02c3e200d5af, + 0x0d419e8b325914a3, 0x320f160f42c25e40, + 0x00710d647a51fe7a, 0x3c947692330aed60, + 0x9288aa280d355a7a, 0xa1806a9b791d1696, + 0x5d60e38496763da1, 0x6c69e22e613fd0f4, + 0x977fc2a5aadffb17, 0xfb7bd063fc5a94ba, + 0x460c17992cbaece1, 0xf7822c5444d3297f, + 0x344a9790c69b74aa, 0xb80a42e6cae09dce, + 0x1b1361eaf2b1e757, 0xd84c1e758e236f01, + 0x88e0b7be347627cc, 0x45246009b7a99490, + 0x8011c6dd3fe50472, 0xc341d682bffb99d7, + 0x2511be93808e2d15, 0xd5bc13d7fd739840, + 0x2a3cd030679ae1ec, 0x8ad9898a4b9ee157, + 0x3245fef0a8eaf521, 0x3d6d8dbbb427d2b0, + 0x1ed146d8968b3981, 0x0c6a28bf7d45f3fc, + 0x4a1fd3dbcee3c561, 0x4210ff6a476bf67e, + 0xa559cce0d9199aac, 0xde39d47ef3723380, + 0xe5b69d848ce42e35, 0xefa24296f8e79f52, + 0x70190b59db9a5afc, 0x26f166cdb211e7bf, + 0x4deaf2df3c6b8ef5, 0xf171dbdd670f1017, + 0xb9059b05e9420d90, 0x2f0da855c9388754, + 0x611d5e9ab77949cc, 0x2912038ac01163f4, + 0x0231df50402b2fba, 0x45660fc4f3245f58, + 0xb91cc97c7c8dac50, 0xb72d2aafe4953427, + 0xfa6463f87e813d6b, 0x4515f7ee95d5c6a2, + 0x1310e1c1a48d21c3, 0xad48a7810cdd8544, + 0x4d5bdfefd5c9e631, 0xa43ed43f1fdcb7de, + 0xe70cfc8fe1ee9626, 0xef4711b0d8dda442, + 0xb80dd9bd4dab6c93, 0xa23be08d31ba4d93, + 0x9b37db9d0335a39c, 0x494b6f870f5cfebc, + 0x6d1b3c1149dda943, 0x372c943a518c1093, + 0xad27af45e77c09c4, 0x3b6f92b646044604, + 0xac2917909f5fcf4f, 0x2069a60e977e5557, + 0x353a469e71014de5, 0x24be356281f55c15, + 0x2b6d710ba8e9adea, 0x404ad1751c749c29, + 0xed7311bf23d7f185, 0xba4f6976b4acc43e, + 0x32d7198d2bc39000, 0xee667019014d6e01, + 0x494ef3e128d14c83, 0x1f95a152baecd6be, + 0x201648dff1f483a5, 0x68c28550c8384af6, + 0x5fc834a6824a7f48, 0x7cd06cb7365eaf28, + 0xd82bbd95e9b30909, 0x234f0d1694c53f6d, + 0xd2fb7f4a96d83f4a, 0xff0d5da83acac05e, + 0xf8f6b97f5585080a, 0x74236084be57b95b, + 0xa25e40c03bbc36ad, 0x6b6e5c14ce88465b, + 0x4378ffe93e1528c5, 0x94ca92a17118e2d2, +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f99ec2206 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +/* +Package hash provides rolling hashes. + +Rolling hashes have to be used for maintaining the positions of n-byte +sequences in the dictionary buffer. + +The package provides currently the Rabin-Karp rolling hash and a Cyclic +Polynomial hash. Both support the Hashes method to be used with an interface. +*/ +package hash diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/rabin_karp.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/rabin_karp.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58635b113 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/rabin_karp.go @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package hash + +// A is the default constant for Robin-Karp rolling hash. This is a random +// prime. +const A = 0x97b548add41d5da1 + +// RabinKarp supports the computation of a rolling hash. +type RabinKarp struct { + A uint64 + // a^n + aOldest uint64 + h uint64 + p []byte + i int +} + +// NewRabinKarp creates a new RabinKarp value. The argument n defines the +// length of the byte sequence to be hashed. The default constant will will be +// used. +func NewRabinKarp(n int) *RabinKarp { + return NewRabinKarpConst(n, A) +} + +// NewRabinKarpConst creates a new RabinKarp value. The argument n defines the +// length of the byte sequence to be hashed. The argument a provides the +// constant used to compute the hash. +func NewRabinKarpConst(n int, a uint64) *RabinKarp { + if n <= 0 { + panic("number of bytes n must be positive") + } + aOldest := uint64(1) + // There are faster methods. For the small n required by the LZMA + // compressor O(n) is sufficient. + for i := 0; i < n; i++ { + aOldest *= a + } + return &RabinKarp{ + A: a, aOldest: aOldest, + p: make([]byte, 0, n), + } +} + +// Len returns the length of the byte sequence. +func (r *RabinKarp) Len() int { + return cap(r.p) +} + +// RollByte computes the hash after x has been added. +func (r *RabinKarp) RollByte(x byte) uint64 { + if len(r.p) < cap(r.p) { + r.h += uint64(x) + r.h *= r.A + r.p = append(r.p, x) + } else { + r.h -= uint64(r.p[r.i]) * r.aOldest + r.h += uint64(x) + r.h *= r.A + r.p[r.i] = x + r.i = (r.i + 1) % cap(r.p) + } + return r.h +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/roller.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/roller.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab6a19ca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash/roller.go @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package hash + +// Roller provides an interface for rolling hashes. The hash value will become +// valid after hash has been called Len times. +type Roller interface { + Len() int + RollByte(x byte) uint64 +} + +// Hashes computes all hash values for the array p. Note that the state of the +// roller is changed. +func Hashes(r Roller, p []byte) []uint64 { + n := r.Len() + if len(p) < n { + return nil + } + h := make([]uint64, len(p)-n+1) + for i := 0; i < n-1; i++ { + r.RollByte(p[i]) + } + for i := range h { + h[i] = r.RollByte(p[i+n-1]) + } + return h +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/xlog/xlog.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/xlog/xlog.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ba45e8ff --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/xlog/xlog.go @@ -0,0 +1,457 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package xlog provides a simple logging package that allows to disable +// certain message categories. It defines a type, Logger, with multiple +// methods for formatting output. The package has also a predefined +// 'standard' Logger accessible through helper function Print[f|ln], +// Fatal[f|ln], Panic[f|ln], Warn[f|ln], Print[f|ln] and Debug[f|ln] +// that are easier to use then creating a Logger manually. That logger +// writes to standard error and prints the date and time of each logged +// message, which can be configured using the function SetFlags. +// +// The Fatal functions call os.Exit(1) after the message is output +// unless not suppressed by the flags. The Panic functions call panic +// after the writing the log message unless suppressed. +package xlog + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" + "os" + "runtime" + "sync" + "time" +) + +// The flags define what information is prefixed to each log entry +// generated by the Logger. The Lno* versions allow the suppression of +// specific output. The bits are or'ed together to control what will be +// printed. There is no control over the order of the items printed and +// the format. The full format is: +// +// 2009-01-23 01:23:23.123123 /a/b/c/d.go:23: message +// +const ( + Ldate = 1 << iota // the date: 2009-01-23 + Ltime // the time: 01:23:23 + Lmicroseconds // microsecond resolution: 01:23:23.123123 + Llongfile // full file name and line number: /a/b/c/d.go:23 + Lshortfile // final file name element and line number: d.go:23 + Lnopanic // suppresses output from Panic[f|ln] but not the panic call + Lnofatal // suppresses output from Fatal[f|ln] but not the exit + Lnowarn // suppresses output from Warn[f|ln] + Lnoprint // suppresses output from Print[f|ln] + Lnodebug // suppresses output from Debug[f|ln] + // initial values for the standard logger + Lstdflags = Ldate | Ltime | Lnodebug +) + +// A Logger represents an active logging object that generates lines of +// output to an io.Writer. Each logging operation if not suppressed +// makes a single call to the Writer's Write method. A Logger can be +// used simultaneously from multiple goroutines; it guarantees to +// serialize access to the Writer. +type Logger struct { + mu sync.Mutex // ensures atomic writes; and protects the following + // fields + prefix string // prefix to write at beginning of each line + flag int // properties + out io.Writer // destination for output + buf []byte // for accumulating text to write +} + +// New creates a new Logger. The out argument sets the destination to +// which the log output will be written. The prefix appears at the +// beginning of each log line. The flag argument defines the logging +// properties. +func New(out io.Writer, prefix string, flag int) *Logger { + return &Logger{out: out, prefix: prefix, flag: flag} +} + +// std is the standard logger used by the package scope functions. +var std = New(os.Stderr, "", Lstdflags) + +// itoa converts the integer to ASCII. A negative widths will avoid +// zero-padding. The function supports only non-negative integers. +func itoa(buf *[]byte, i int, wid int) { + var u = uint(i) + if u == 0 && wid <= 1 { + *buf = append(*buf, '0') + return + } + var b [32]byte + bp := len(b) + for ; u > 0 || wid > 0; u /= 10 { + bp-- + wid-- + b[bp] = byte(u%10) + '0' + } + *buf = append(*buf, b[bp:]...) +} + +// formatHeader puts the header into the buf field of the buffer. +func (l *Logger) formatHeader(t time.Time, file string, line int) { + l.buf = append(l.buf, l.prefix...) + if l.flag&(Ldate|Ltime|Lmicroseconds) != 0 { + if l.flag&Ldate != 0 { + year, month, day := t.Date() + itoa(&l.buf, year, 4) + l.buf = append(l.buf, '-') + itoa(&l.buf, int(month), 2) + l.buf = append(l.buf, '-') + itoa(&l.buf, day, 2) + l.buf = append(l.buf, ' ') + } + if l.flag&(Ltime|Lmicroseconds) != 0 { + hour, min, sec := t.Clock() + itoa(&l.buf, hour, 2) + l.buf = append(l.buf, ':') + itoa(&l.buf, min, 2) + l.buf = append(l.buf, ':') + itoa(&l.buf, sec, 2) + if l.flag&Lmicroseconds != 0 { + l.buf = append(l.buf, '.') + itoa(&l.buf, t.Nanosecond()/1e3, 6) + } + l.buf = append(l.buf, ' ') + } + } + if l.flag&(Lshortfile|Llongfile) != 0 { + if l.flag&Lshortfile != 0 { + short := file + for i := len(file) - 1; i > 0; i-- { + if file[i] == '/' { + short = file[i+1:] + break + } + } + file = short + } + l.buf = append(l.buf, file...) + l.buf = append(l.buf, ':') + itoa(&l.buf, line, -1) + l.buf = append(l.buf, ": "...) + } +} + +func (l *Logger) output(calldepth int, now time.Time, s string) error { + var file string + var line int + if l.flag&(Lshortfile|Llongfile) != 0 { + l.mu.Unlock() + var ok bool + _, file, line, ok = runtime.Caller(calldepth) + if !ok { + file = "???" + line = 0 + } + l.mu.Lock() + } + l.buf = l.buf[:0] + l.formatHeader(now, file, line) + l.buf = append(l.buf, s...) + if len(s) == 0 || s[len(s)-1] != '\n' { + l.buf = append(l.buf, '\n') + } + _, err := l.out.Write(l.buf) + return err +} + +// Output writes the string s with the header controlled by the flags to +// the l.out writer. A newline will be appended if s doesn't end in a +// newline. Calldepth is used to recover the PC, although all current +// calls of Output use the call depth 2. Access to the function is serialized. +func (l *Logger) Output(calldepth, noflag int, v ...interface{}) error { + now := time.Now() + l.mu.Lock() + defer l.mu.Unlock() + if l.flag&noflag != 0 { + return nil + } + s := fmt.Sprint(v...) + return l.output(calldepth+1, now, s) +} + +// Outputf works like output but formats the output like Printf. +func (l *Logger) Outputf(calldepth int, noflag int, format string, v ...interface{}) error { + now := time.Now() + l.mu.Lock() + defer l.mu.Unlock() + if l.flag&noflag != 0 { + return nil + } + s := fmt.Sprintf(format, v...) + return l.output(calldepth+1, now, s) +} + +// Outputln works like output but formats the output like Println. +func (l *Logger) Outputln(calldepth int, noflag int, v ...interface{}) error { + now := time.Now() + l.mu.Lock() + defer l.mu.Unlock() + if l.flag&noflag != 0 { + return nil + } + s := fmt.Sprintln(v...) + return l.output(calldepth+1, now, s) +} + +// Panic prints the message like Print and calls panic. The printing +// might be suppressed by the flag Lnopanic. +func (l *Logger) Panic(v ...interface{}) { + l.Output(2, Lnopanic, v...) + s := fmt.Sprint(v...) + panic(s) +} + +// Panic prints the message like Print and calls panic. The printing +// might be suppressed by the flag Lnopanic. +func Panic(v ...interface{}) { + std.Output(2, Lnopanic, v...) + s := fmt.Sprint(v...) + panic(s) +} + +// Panicf prints the message like Printf and calls panic. The printing +// might be suppressed by the flag Lnopanic. +func (l *Logger) Panicf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputf(2, Lnopanic, format, v...) + s := fmt.Sprintf(format, v...) + panic(s) +} + +// Panicf prints the message like Printf and calls panic. The printing +// might be suppressed by the flag Lnopanic. +func Panicf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputf(2, Lnopanic, format, v...) + s := fmt.Sprintf(format, v...) + panic(s) +} + +// Panicln prints the message like Println and calls panic. The printing +// might be suppressed by the flag Lnopanic. +func (l *Logger) Panicln(v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputln(2, Lnopanic, v...) + s := fmt.Sprintln(v...) + panic(s) +} + +// Panicln prints the message like Println and calls panic. The printing +// might be suppressed by the flag Lnopanic. +func Panicln(v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputln(2, Lnopanic, v...) + s := fmt.Sprintln(v...) + panic(s) +} + +// Fatal prints the message like Print and calls os.Exit(1). The +// printing might be suppressed by the flag Lnofatal. +func (l *Logger) Fatal(v ...interface{}) { + l.Output(2, Lnofatal, v...) + os.Exit(1) +} + +// Fatal prints the message like Print and calls os.Exit(1). The +// printing might be suppressed by the flag Lnofatal. +func Fatal(v ...interface{}) { + std.Output(2, Lnofatal, v...) + os.Exit(1) +} + +// Fatalf prints the message like Printf and calls os.Exit(1). The +// printing might be suppressed by the flag Lnofatal. +func (l *Logger) Fatalf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputf(2, Lnofatal, format, v...) + os.Exit(1) +} + +// Fatalf prints the message like Printf and calls os.Exit(1). The +// printing might be suppressed by the flag Lnofatal. +func Fatalf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputf(2, Lnofatal, format, v...) + os.Exit(1) +} + +// Fatalln prints the message like Println and calls os.Exit(1). The +// printing might be suppressed by the flag Lnofatal. +func (l *Logger) Fatalln(format string, v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputln(2, Lnofatal, v...) + os.Exit(1) +} + +// Fatalln prints the message like Println and calls os.Exit(1). The +// printing might be suppressed by the flag Lnofatal. +func Fatalln(format string, v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputln(2, Lnofatal, v...) + os.Exit(1) +} + +// Warn prints the message like Print. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnowarn. +func (l *Logger) Warn(v ...interface{}) { + l.Output(2, Lnowarn, v...) +} + +// Warn prints the message like Print. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnowarn. +func Warn(v ...interface{}) { + std.Output(2, Lnowarn, v...) +} + +// Warnf prints the message like Printf. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnowarn. +func (l *Logger) Warnf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputf(2, Lnowarn, format, v...) +} + +// Warnf prints the message like Printf. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnowarn. +func Warnf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputf(2, Lnowarn, format, v...) +} + +// Warnln prints the message like Println. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnowarn. +func (l *Logger) Warnln(v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputln(2, Lnowarn, v...) +} + +// Warnln prints the message like Println. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnowarn. +func Warnln(v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputln(2, Lnowarn, v...) +} + +// Print prints the message like fmt.Print. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnoprint. +func (l *Logger) Print(v ...interface{}) { + l.Output(2, Lnoprint, v...) +} + +// Print prints the message like fmt.Print. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnoprint. +func Print(v ...interface{}) { + std.Output(2, Lnoprint, v...) +} + +// Printf prints the message like fmt.Printf. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnoprint. +func (l *Logger) Printf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputf(2, Lnoprint, format, v...) +} + +// Printf prints the message like fmt.Printf. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnoprint. +func Printf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputf(2, Lnoprint, format, v...) +} + +// Println prints the message like fmt.Println. The printing might be +// suppressed by the flag Lnoprint. +func (l *Logger) Println(v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputln(2, Lnoprint, v...) +} + +// Println prints the message like fmt.Println. The printing might be +// suppressed by the flag Lnoprint. +func Println(v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputln(2, Lnoprint, v...) +} + +// Debug prints the message like Print. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnodebug. +func (l *Logger) Debug(v ...interface{}) { + l.Output(2, Lnodebug, v...) +} + +// Debug prints the message like Print. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnodebug. +func Debug(v ...interface{}) { + std.Output(2, Lnodebug, v...) +} + +// Debugf prints the message like Printf. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnodebug. +func (l *Logger) Debugf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputf(2, Lnodebug, format, v...) +} + +// Debugf prints the message like Printf. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnodebug. +func Debugf(format string, v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputf(2, Lnodebug, format, v...) +} + +// Debugln prints the message like Println. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnodebug. +func (l *Logger) Debugln(v ...interface{}) { + l.Outputln(2, Lnodebug, v...) +} + +// Debugln prints the message like Println. The printing might be suppressed +// by the flag Lnodebug. +func Debugln(v ...interface{}) { + std.Outputln(2, Lnodebug, v...) +} + +// Flags returns the current flags used by the logger. +func (l *Logger) Flags() int { + l.mu.Lock() + defer l.mu.Unlock() + return l.flag +} + +// Flags returns the current flags used by the standard logger. +func Flags() int { + return std.Flags() +} + +// SetFlags sets the flags of the logger. +func (l *Logger) SetFlags(flag int) { + l.mu.Lock() + defer l.mu.Unlock() + l.flag = flag +} + +// SetFlags sets the flags for the standard logger. +func SetFlags(flag int) { + std.SetFlags(flag) +} + +// Prefix returns the prefix used by the logger. +func (l *Logger) Prefix() string { + l.mu.Lock() + defer l.mu.Unlock() + return l.prefix +} + +// Prefix returns the prefix used by the standard logger of the package. +func Prefix() string { + return std.Prefix() +} + +// SetPrefix sets the prefix for the logger. +func (l *Logger) SetPrefix(prefix string) { + l.mu.Lock() + defer l.mu.Unlock() + l.prefix = prefix +} + +// SetPrefix sets the prefix of the standard logger of the package. +func SetPrefix(prefix string) { + std.SetPrefix(prefix) +} + +// SetOutput sets the output of the logger. +func (l *Logger) SetOutput(w io.Writer) { + l.mu.Lock() + defer l.mu.Unlock() + l.out = w +} + +// SetOutput sets the output for the standard logger of the package. +func SetOutput(w io.Writer) { + std.SetOutput(w) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bintree.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bintree.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a781bd195 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bintree.go @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "bufio" + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" + "unicode" +) + +// node represents a node in the binary tree. +type node struct { + // x is the search value + x uint32 + // p parent node + p uint32 + // l left child + l uint32 + // r right child + r uint32 +} + +// wordLen is the number of bytes represented by the v field of a node. +const wordLen = 4 + +// binTree supports the identification of the next operation based on a +// binary tree. +// +// Nodes will be identified by their index into the ring buffer. +type binTree struct { + dict *encoderDict + // ring buffer of nodes + node []node + // absolute offset of the entry for the next node. Position 4 + // byte larger. + hoff int64 + // front position in the node ring buffer + front uint32 + // index of the root node + root uint32 + // current x value + x uint32 + // preallocated array + data []byte +} + +// null represents the nonexistent index. We can't use zero because it +// would always exist or we would need to decrease the index for each +// reference. +const null uint32 = 1<<32 - 1 + +// newBinTree initializes the binTree structure. The capacity defines +// the size of the buffer and defines the maximum distance for which +// matches will be found. +func newBinTree(capacity int) (t *binTree, err error) { + if capacity < 1 { + return nil, errors.New( + "newBinTree: capacity must be larger than zero") + } + if int64(capacity) >= int64(null) { + return nil, errors.New( + "newBinTree: capacity must less 2^{32}-1") + } + t = &binTree{ + node: make([]node, capacity), + hoff: -int64(wordLen), + root: null, + data: make([]byte, maxMatchLen), + } + return t, nil +} + +func (t *binTree) SetDict(d *encoderDict) { t.dict = d } + +// WriteByte writes a single byte into the binary tree. +func (t *binTree) WriteByte(c byte) error { + t.x = (t.x << 8) | uint32(c) + t.hoff++ + if t.hoff < 0 { + return nil + } + v := t.front + if int64(v) < t.hoff { + // We are overwriting old nodes stored in the tree. + t.remove(v) + } + t.node[v].x = t.x + t.add(v) + t.front++ + if int64(t.front) >= int64(len(t.node)) { + t.front = 0 + } + return nil +} + +// Writes writes a sequence of bytes into the binTree structure. +func (t *binTree) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + for _, c := range p { + t.WriteByte(c) + } + return len(p), nil +} + +// add puts the node v into the tree. The node must not be part of the +// tree before. +func (t *binTree) add(v uint32) { + vn := &t.node[v] + // Set left and right to null indices. + vn.l, vn.r = null, null + // If the binary tree is empty make v the root. + if t.root == null { + t.root = v + vn.p = null + return + } + x := vn.x + p := t.root + // Search for the right leave link and add the new node. + for { + pn := &t.node[p] + if x <= pn.x { + if pn.l == null { + pn.l = v + vn.p = p + return + } + p = pn.l + } else { + if pn.r == null { + pn.r = v + vn.p = p + return + } + p = pn.r + } + } +} + +// parent returns the parent node index of v and the pointer to v value +// in the parent. +func (t *binTree) parent(v uint32) (p uint32, ptr *uint32) { + if t.root == v { + return null, &t.root + } + p = t.node[v].p + if t.node[p].l == v { + ptr = &t.node[p].l + } else { + ptr = &t.node[p].r + } + return +} + +// Remove node v. +func (t *binTree) remove(v uint32) { + vn := &t.node[v] + p, ptr := t.parent(v) + l, r := vn.l, vn.r + if l == null { + // Move the right child up. + *ptr = r + if r != null { + t.node[r].p = p + } + return + } + if r == null { + // Move the left child up. + *ptr = l + t.node[l].p = p + return + } + + // Search the in-order predecessor u. + un := &t.node[l] + ur := un.r + if ur == null { + // In order predecessor is l. Move it up. + un.r = r + t.node[r].p = l + un.p = p + *ptr = l + return + } + var u uint32 + for { + // Look for the max value in the tree where l is root. + u = ur + ur = t.node[u].r + if ur == null { + break + } + } + // replace u with ul + un = &t.node[u] + ul := un.l + up := un.p + t.node[up].r = ul + if ul != null { + t.node[ul].p = up + } + + // replace v by u + un.l, un.r = l, r + t.node[l].p = u + t.node[r].p = u + *ptr = u + un.p = p +} + +// search looks for the node that have the value x or for the nodes that +// brace it. The node highest in the tree with the value x will be +// returned. All other nodes with the same value live in left subtree of +// the returned node. +func (t *binTree) search(v uint32, x uint32) (a, b uint32) { + a, b = null, null + if v == null { + return + } + for { + vn := &t.node[v] + if x <= vn.x { + if x == vn.x { + return v, v + } + b = v + if vn.l == null { + return + } + v = vn.l + } else { + a = v + if vn.r == null { + return + } + v = vn.r + } + } +} + +// max returns the node with maximum value in the subtree with v as +// root. +func (t *binTree) max(v uint32) uint32 { + if v == null { + return null + } + for { + r := t.node[v].r + if r == null { + return v + } + v = r + } +} + +// min returns the node with the minimum value in the subtree with v as +// root. +func (t *binTree) min(v uint32) uint32 { + if v == null { + return null + } + for { + l := t.node[v].l + if l == null { + return v + } + v = l + } +} + +// pred returns the in-order predecessor of node v. +func (t *binTree) pred(v uint32) uint32 { + if v == null { + return null + } + u := t.max(t.node[v].l) + if u != null { + return u + } + for { + p := t.node[v].p + if p == null { + return null + } + if t.node[p].r == v { + return p + } + v = p + } +} + +// succ returns the in-order successor of node v. +func (t *binTree) succ(v uint32) uint32 { + if v == null { + return null + } + u := t.min(t.node[v].r) + if u != null { + return u + } + for { + p := t.node[v].p + if p == null { + return null + } + if t.node[p].l == v { + return p + } + v = p + } +} + +// xval converts the first four bytes of a into an 32-bit unsigned +// integer in big-endian order. +func xval(a []byte) uint32 { + var x uint32 + switch len(a) { + default: + x |= uint32(a[3]) + fallthrough + case 3: + x |= uint32(a[2]) << 8 + fallthrough + case 2: + x |= uint32(a[1]) << 16 + fallthrough + case 1: + x |= uint32(a[0]) << 24 + case 0: + } + return x +} + +// dumpX converts value x into a four-letter string. +func dumpX(x uint32) string { + a := make([]byte, 4) + for i := 0; i < 4; i++ { + c := byte(x >> uint((3-i)*8)) + if unicode.IsGraphic(rune(c)) { + a[i] = c + } else { + a[i] = '.' + } + } + return string(a) +} + +// dumpNode writes a representation of the node v into the io.Writer. +func (t *binTree) dumpNode(w io.Writer, v uint32, indent int) { + if v == null { + return + } + + vn := &t.node[v] + + t.dumpNode(w, vn.r, indent+2) + + for i := 0; i < indent; i++ { + fmt.Fprint(w, " ") + } + if vn.p == null { + fmt.Fprintf(w, "node %d %q parent null\n", v, dumpX(vn.x)) + } else { + fmt.Fprintf(w, "node %d %q parent %d\n", v, dumpX(vn.x), vn.p) + } + + t.dumpNode(w, vn.l, indent+2) +} + +// dump prints a representation of the binary tree into the writer. +func (t *binTree) dump(w io.Writer) error { + bw := bufio.NewWriter(w) + t.dumpNode(bw, t.root, 0) + return bw.Flush() +} + +func (t *binTree) distance(v uint32) int { + dist := int(t.front) - int(v) + if dist <= 0 { + dist += len(t.node) + } + return dist +} + +type matchParams struct { + rep [4]uint32 + // length when match will be accepted + nAccept int + // nodes to check + check int + // finish if length get shorter + stopShorter bool +} + +func (t *binTree) match(m match, distIter func() (int, bool), p matchParams, +) (r match, checked int, accepted bool) { + buf := &t.dict.buf + for { + if checked >= p.check { + return m, checked, true + } + dist, ok := distIter() + if !ok { + return m, checked, false + } + checked++ + if m.n > 0 { + i := buf.rear - dist + m.n - 1 + if i < 0 { + i += len(buf.data) + } else if i >= len(buf.data) { + i -= len(buf.data) + } + if buf.data[i] != t.data[m.n-1] { + if p.stopShorter { + return m, checked, false + } + continue + } + } + n := buf.matchLen(dist, t.data) + switch n { + case 0: + if p.stopShorter { + return m, checked, false + } + continue + case 1: + if uint32(dist-minDistance) != p.rep[0] { + continue + } + } + if n < m.n || (n == m.n && int64(dist) >= m.distance) { + continue + } + m = match{int64(dist), n} + if n >= p.nAccept { + return m, checked, true + } + } +} + +func (t *binTree) NextOp(rep [4]uint32) operation { + // retrieve maxMatchLen data + n, _ := t.dict.buf.Peek(t.data[:maxMatchLen]) + if n == 0 { + panic("no data in buffer") + } + t.data = t.data[:n] + + var ( + m match + x, u, v uint32 + iterPred, iterSucc func() (int, bool) + ) + p := matchParams{ + rep: rep, + nAccept: maxMatchLen, + check: 32, + } + i := 4 + iterSmall := func() (dist int, ok bool) { + i-- + if i <= 0 { + return 0, false + } + return i, true + } + m, checked, accepted := t.match(m, iterSmall, p) + if accepted { + goto end + } + p.check -= checked + x = xval(t.data) + u, v = t.search(t.root, x) + if u == v && len(t.data) == 4 { + iter := func() (dist int, ok bool) { + if u == null { + return 0, false + } + dist = t.distance(u) + u, v = t.search(t.node[u].l, x) + if u != v { + u = null + } + return dist, true + } + m, _, _ = t.match(m, iter, p) + goto end + } + p.stopShorter = true + iterSucc = func() (dist int, ok bool) { + if v == null { + return 0, false + } + dist = t.distance(v) + v = t.succ(v) + return dist, true + } + m, checked, accepted = t.match(m, iterSucc, p) + if accepted { + goto end + } + p.check -= checked + iterPred = func() (dist int, ok bool) { + if u == null { + return 0, false + } + dist = t.distance(u) + u = t.pred(u) + return dist, true + } + m, _, _ = t.match(m, iterPred, p) +end: + if m.n == 0 { + return lit{t.data[0]} + } + return m +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bitops.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bitops.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9bab0199 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bitops.go @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +/* Naming conventions follows the CodeReviewComments in the Go Wiki. */ + +// ntz32Const is used by the functions NTZ and NLZ. +const ntz32Const = 0x04d7651f + +// ntz32Table is a helper table for de Bruijn algorithm by Danny Dubé. +// See Henry S. Warren, Jr. "Hacker's Delight" section 5-1 figure 5-26. +var ntz32Table = [32]int8{ + 0, 1, 2, 24, 3, 19, 6, 25, + 22, 4, 20, 10, 16, 7, 12, 26, + 31, 23, 18, 5, 21, 9, 15, 11, + 30, 17, 8, 14, 29, 13, 28, 27, +} + +// ntz32 computes the number of trailing zeros for an unsigned 32-bit integer. +func ntz32(x uint32) int { + if x == 0 { + return 32 + } + x = (x & -x) * ntz32Const + return int(ntz32Table[x>>27]) +} + +// nlz32 computes the number of leading zeros for an unsigned 32-bit integer. +func nlz32(x uint32) int { + // Smear left most bit to the right + x |= x >> 1 + x |= x >> 2 + x |= x >> 4 + x |= x >> 8 + x |= x >> 16 + // Use ntz mechanism to calculate nlz. + x++ + if x == 0 { + return 0 + } + x *= ntz32Const + return 32 - int(ntz32Table[x>>27]) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/breader.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/breader.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5350d814f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/breader.go @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "io" +) + +// breader provides the ReadByte function for a Reader. It doesn't read +// more data from the reader than absolutely necessary. +type breader struct { + io.Reader + // helper slice to save allocations + p []byte +} + +// ByteReader converts an io.Reader into an io.ByteReader. +func ByteReader(r io.Reader) io.ByteReader { + br, ok := r.(io.ByteReader) + if !ok { + return &breader{r, make([]byte, 1)} + } + return br +} + +// ReadByte read byte function. +func (r *breader) ReadByte() (c byte, err error) { + n, err := r.Reader.Read(r.p) + if n < 1 { + if err == nil { + err = errors.New("breader.ReadByte: no data") + } + return 0, err + } + return r.p[0], nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/buffer.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/buffer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50e0b6d57 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/buffer.go @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" +) + +// buffer provides a circular buffer of bytes. If the front index equals +// the rear index the buffer is empty. As a consequence front cannot be +// equal rear for a full buffer. So a full buffer has a length that is +// one byte less the the length of the data slice. +type buffer struct { + data []byte + front int + rear int +} + +// newBuffer creates a buffer with the given size. +func newBuffer(size int) *buffer { + return &buffer{data: make([]byte, size+1)} +} + +// Cap returns the capacity of the buffer. +func (b *buffer) Cap() int { + return len(b.data) - 1 +} + +// Resets the buffer. The front and rear index are set to zero. +func (b *buffer) Reset() { + b.front = 0 + b.rear = 0 +} + +// Buffered returns the number of bytes buffered. +func (b *buffer) Buffered() int { + delta := b.front - b.rear + if delta < 0 { + delta += len(b.data) + } + return delta +} + +// Available returns the number of bytes available for writing. +func (b *buffer) Available() int { + delta := b.rear - 1 - b.front + if delta < 0 { + delta += len(b.data) + } + return delta +} + +// addIndex adds a non-negative integer to the index i and returns the +// resulting index. The function takes care of wrapping the index as +// well as potential overflow situations. +func (b *buffer) addIndex(i int, n int) int { + // subtraction of len(b.data) prevents overflow + i += n - len(b.data) + if i < 0 { + i += len(b.data) + } + return i +} + +// Read reads bytes from the buffer into p and returns the number of +// bytes read. The function never returns an error but might return less +// data than requested. +func (b *buffer) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + n, err = b.Peek(p) + b.rear = b.addIndex(b.rear, n) + return n, err +} + +// Peek reads bytes from the buffer into p without changing the buffer. +// Peek will never return an error but might return less data than +// requested. +func (b *buffer) Peek(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + m := b.Buffered() + n = len(p) + if m < n { + n = m + p = p[:n] + } + k := copy(p, b.data[b.rear:]) + if k < n { + copy(p[k:], b.data) + } + return n, nil +} + +// Discard skips the n next bytes to read from the buffer, returning the +// bytes discarded. +// +// If Discards skips fewer than n bytes, it returns an error. +func (b *buffer) Discard(n int) (discarded int, err error) { + if n < 0 { + return 0, errors.New("buffer.Discard: negative argument") + } + m := b.Buffered() + if m < n { + n = m + err = errors.New( + "buffer.Discard: discarded less bytes then requested") + } + b.rear = b.addIndex(b.rear, n) + return n, err +} + +// ErrNoSpace indicates that there is insufficient space for the Write +// operation. +var ErrNoSpace = errors.New("insufficient space") + +// Write puts data into the buffer. If less bytes are written than +// requested ErrNoSpace is returned. +func (b *buffer) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + m := b.Available() + n = len(p) + if m < n { + n = m + p = p[:m] + err = ErrNoSpace + } + k := copy(b.data[b.front:], p) + if k < n { + copy(b.data, p[k:]) + } + b.front = b.addIndex(b.front, n) + return n, err +} + +// WriteByte writes a single byte into the buffer. The error ErrNoSpace +// is returned if no single byte is available in the buffer for writing. +func (b *buffer) WriteByte(c byte) error { + if b.Available() < 1 { + return ErrNoSpace + } + b.data[b.front] = c + b.front = b.addIndex(b.front, 1) + return nil +} + +// prefixLen returns the length of the common prefix of a and b. +func prefixLen(a, b []byte) int { + if len(a) > len(b) { + a, b = b, a + } + for i, c := range a { + if b[i] != c { + return i + } + } + return len(a) +} + +// matchLen returns the length of the common prefix for the given +// distance from the rear and the byte slice p. +func (b *buffer) matchLen(distance int, p []byte) int { + var n int + i := b.rear - distance + if i < 0 { + if n = prefixLen(p, b.data[len(b.data)+i:]); n < -i { + return n + } + p = p[n:] + i = 0 + } + n += prefixLen(p, b.data[i:]) + return n +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bytewriter.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bytewriter.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3696ba08 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/bytewriter.go @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "io" +) + +// ErrLimit indicates that the limit of the LimitedByteWriter has been +// reached. +var ErrLimit = errors.New("limit reached") + +// LimitedByteWriter provides a byte writer that can be written until a +// limit is reached. The field N provides the number of remaining +// bytes. +type LimitedByteWriter struct { + BW io.ByteWriter + N int64 +} + +// WriteByte writes a single byte to the limited byte writer. It returns +// ErrLimit if the limit has been reached. If the byte is successfully +// written the field N of the LimitedByteWriter will be decremented by +// one. +func (l *LimitedByteWriter) WriteByte(c byte) error { + if l.N <= 0 { + return ErrLimit + } + if err := l.BW.WriteByte(c); err != nil { + return err + } + l.N-- + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/decoder.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/decoder.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16e14db39 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/decoder.go @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" +) + +// decoder decodes a raw LZMA stream without any header. +type decoder struct { + // dictionary; the rear pointer of the buffer will be used for + // reading the data. + Dict *decoderDict + // decoder state + State *state + // range decoder + rd *rangeDecoder + // start stores the head value of the dictionary for the LZMA + // stream + start int64 + // size of uncompressed data + size int64 + // end-of-stream encountered + eos bool + // EOS marker found + eosMarker bool +} + +// newDecoder creates a new decoder instance. The parameter size provides +// the expected byte size of the decompressed data. If the size is +// unknown use a negative value. In that case the decoder will look for +// a terminating end-of-stream marker. +func newDecoder(br io.ByteReader, state *state, dict *decoderDict, size int64) (d *decoder, err error) { + rd, err := newRangeDecoder(br) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + d = &decoder{ + State: state, + Dict: dict, + rd: rd, + size: size, + start: dict.pos(), + } + return d, nil +} + +// Reopen restarts the decoder with a new byte reader and a new size. Reopen +// resets the Decompressed counter to zero. +func (d *decoder) Reopen(br io.ByteReader, size int64) error { + var err error + if d.rd, err = newRangeDecoder(br); err != nil { + return err + } + d.start = d.Dict.pos() + d.size = size + d.eos = false + return nil +} + +// decodeLiteral decodes a single literal from the LZMA stream. +func (d *decoder) decodeLiteral() (op operation, err error) { + litState := d.State.litState(d.Dict.byteAt(1), d.Dict.head) + match := d.Dict.byteAt(int(d.State.rep[0]) + 1) + s, err := d.State.litCodec.Decode(d.rd, d.State.state, match, litState) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return lit{s}, nil +} + +// errEOS indicates that an EOS marker has been found. +var errEOS = errors.New("EOS marker found") + +// readOp decodes the next operation from the compressed stream. It +// returns the operation. If an explicit end of stream marker is +// identified the eos error is returned. +func (d *decoder) readOp() (op operation, err error) { + // Value of the end of stream (EOS) marker + const eosDist = 1<<32 - 1 + + state, state2, posState := d.State.states(d.Dict.head) + + b, err := d.State.isMatch[state2].Decode(d.rd) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if b == 0 { + // literal + op, err := d.decodeLiteral() + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + d.State.updateStateLiteral() + return op, nil + } + b, err = d.State.isRep[state].Decode(d.rd) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if b == 0 { + // simple match + d.State.rep[3], d.State.rep[2], d.State.rep[1] = + d.State.rep[2], d.State.rep[1], d.State.rep[0] + + d.State.updateStateMatch() + // The length decoder returns the length offset. + n, err := d.State.lenCodec.Decode(d.rd, posState) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + // The dist decoder returns the distance offset. The actual + // distance is 1 higher. + d.State.rep[0], err = d.State.distCodec.Decode(d.rd, n) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if d.State.rep[0] == eosDist { + d.eosMarker = true + return nil, errEOS + } + op = match{n: int(n) + minMatchLen, + distance: int64(d.State.rep[0]) + minDistance} + return op, nil + } + b, err = d.State.isRepG0[state].Decode(d.rd) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + dist := d.State.rep[0] + if b == 0 { + // rep match 0 + b, err = d.State.isRepG0Long[state2].Decode(d.rd) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if b == 0 { + d.State.updateStateShortRep() + op = match{n: 1, distance: int64(dist) + minDistance} + return op, nil + } + } else { + b, err = d.State.isRepG1[state].Decode(d.rd) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if b == 0 { + dist = d.State.rep[1] + } else { + b, err = d.State.isRepG2[state].Decode(d.rd) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if b == 0 { + dist = d.State.rep[2] + } else { + dist = d.State.rep[3] + d.State.rep[3] = d.State.rep[2] + } + d.State.rep[2] = d.State.rep[1] + } + d.State.rep[1] = d.State.rep[0] + d.State.rep[0] = dist + } + n, err := d.State.repLenCodec.Decode(d.rd, posState) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + d.State.updateStateRep() + op = match{n: int(n) + minMatchLen, distance: int64(dist) + minDistance} + return op, nil +} + +// apply takes the operation and transforms the decoder dictionary accordingly. +func (d *decoder) apply(op operation) error { + var err error + switch x := op.(type) { + case match: + err = d.Dict.writeMatch(x.distance, x.n) + case lit: + err = d.Dict.WriteByte(x.b) + default: + panic("op is neither a match nor a literal") + } + return err +} + +// decompress fills the dictionary unless no space for new data is +// available. If the end of the LZMA stream has been reached io.EOF will +// be returned. +func (d *decoder) decompress() error { + if d.eos { + return io.EOF + } + for d.Dict.Available() >= maxMatchLen { + op, err := d.readOp() + switch err { + case nil: + break + case errEOS: + d.eos = true + if !d.rd.possiblyAtEnd() { + return errDataAfterEOS + } + if d.size >= 0 && d.size != d.Decompressed() { + return errSize + } + return io.EOF + case io.EOF: + d.eos = true + return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + default: + return err + } + if err = d.apply(op); err != nil { + return err + } + if d.size >= 0 && d.Decompressed() >= d.size { + d.eos = true + if d.Decompressed() > d.size { + return errSize + } + if !d.rd.possiblyAtEnd() { + switch _, err = d.readOp(); err { + case nil: + return errSize + case io.EOF: + return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + case errEOS: + break + default: + return err + } + } + return io.EOF + } + } + return nil +} + +// Errors that may be returned while decoding data. +var ( + errDataAfterEOS = errors.New("lzma: data after end of stream marker") + errSize = errors.New("lzma: wrong uncompressed data size") +) + +// Read reads data from the buffer. If no more data is available io.EOF is +// returned. +func (d *decoder) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + var k int + for { + // Read of decoder dict never returns an error. + k, err = d.Dict.Read(p[n:]) + if err != nil { + panic(fmt.Errorf("dictionary read error %s", err)) + } + if k == 0 && d.eos { + return n, io.EOF + } + n += k + if n >= len(p) { + return n, nil + } + if err = d.decompress(); err != nil && err != io.EOF { + return n, err + } + } +} + +// Decompressed returns the number of bytes decompressed by the decoder. +func (d *decoder) Decompressed() int64 { + return d.Dict.pos() - d.start +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/decoderdict.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/decoderdict.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..564a12b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/decoderdict.go @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" +) + +// decoderDict provides the dictionary for the decoder. The whole +// dictionary is used as reader buffer. +type decoderDict struct { + buf buffer + head int64 +} + +// newDecoderDict creates a new decoder dictionary. The whole dictionary +// will be used as reader buffer. +func newDecoderDict(dictCap int) (d *decoderDict, err error) { + // lower limit supports easy test cases + if !(1 <= dictCap && int64(dictCap) <= MaxDictCap) { + return nil, errors.New("lzma: dictCap out of range") + } + d = &decoderDict{buf: *newBuffer(dictCap)} + return d, nil +} + +// Reset clears the dictionary. The read buffer is not changed, so the +// buffered data can still be read. +func (d *decoderDict) Reset() { + d.head = 0 +} + +// WriteByte writes a single byte into the dictionary. It is used to +// write literals into the dictionary. +func (d *decoderDict) WriteByte(c byte) error { + if err := d.buf.WriteByte(c); err != nil { + return err + } + d.head++ + return nil +} + +// pos returns the position of the dictionary head. +func (d *decoderDict) pos() int64 { return d.head } + +// dictLen returns the actual length of the dictionary. +func (d *decoderDict) dictLen() int { + capacity := d.buf.Cap() + if d.head >= int64(capacity) { + return capacity + } + return int(d.head) +} + +// byteAt returns a byte stored in the dictionary. If the distance is +// non-positive or exceeds the current length of the dictionary the zero +// byte is returned. +func (d *decoderDict) byteAt(dist int) byte { + if !(0 < dist && dist <= d.dictLen()) { + return 0 + } + i := d.buf.front - dist + if i < 0 { + i += len(d.buf.data) + } + return d.buf.data[i] +} + +// writeMatch writes the match at the top of the dictionary. The given +// distance must point in the current dictionary and the length must not +// exceed the maximum length 273 supported in LZMA. +// +// The error value ErrNoSpace indicates that no space is available in +// the dictionary for writing. You need to read from the dictionary +// first. +func (d *decoderDict) writeMatch(dist int64, length int) error { + if !(0 < dist && dist <= int64(d.dictLen())) { + return errors.New("writeMatch: distance out of range") + } + if !(0 < length && length <= maxMatchLen) { + return errors.New("writeMatch: length out of range") + } + if length > d.buf.Available() { + return ErrNoSpace + } + d.head += int64(length) + + i := d.buf.front - int(dist) + if i < 0 { + i += len(d.buf.data) + } + for length > 0 { + var p []byte + if i >= d.buf.front { + p = d.buf.data[i:] + i = 0 + } else { + p = d.buf.data[i:d.buf.front] + i = d.buf.front + } + if len(p) > length { + p = p[:length] + } + if _, err := d.buf.Write(p); err != nil { + panic(fmt.Errorf("d.buf.Write returned error %s", err)) + } + length -= len(p) + } + return nil +} + +// Write writes the given bytes into the dictionary and advances the +// head. +func (d *decoderDict) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + n, err = d.buf.Write(p) + d.head += int64(n) + return n, err +} + +// Available returns the number of available bytes for writing into the +// decoder dictionary. +func (d *decoderDict) Available() int { return d.buf.Available() } + +// Read reads data from the buffer contained in the decoder dictionary. +func (d *decoderDict) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { return d.buf.Read(p) } + +// Buffered returns the number of bytes currently buffered in the +// decoder dictionary. +func (d *decoderDict) buffered() int { return d.buf.Buffered() } + +// Peek gets data from the buffer without advancing the rear index. +func (d *decoderDict) peek(p []byte) (n int, err error) { return d.buf.Peek(p) } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/directcodec.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/directcodec.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e08eb989f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/directcodec.go @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import "fmt" + +// directCodec allows the encoding and decoding of values with a fixed number +// of bits. The number of bits must be in the range [1,32]. +type directCodec byte + +// makeDirectCodec creates a directCodec. The function panics if the number of +// bits is not in the range [1,32]. +func makeDirectCodec(bits int) directCodec { + if !(1 <= bits && bits <= 32) { + panic(fmt.Errorf("bits=%d out of range", bits)) + } + return directCodec(bits) +} + +// Bits returns the number of bits supported by this codec. +func (dc directCodec) Bits() int { + return int(dc) +} + +// Encode uses the range encoder to encode a value with the fixed number of +// bits. The most-significant bit is encoded first. +func (dc directCodec) Encode(e *rangeEncoder, v uint32) error { + for i := int(dc) - 1; i >= 0; i-- { + if err := e.DirectEncodeBit(v >> uint(i)); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// Decode uses the range decoder to decode a value with the given number of +// given bits. The most-significant bit is decoded first. +func (dc directCodec) Decode(d *rangeDecoder) (v uint32, err error) { + for i := int(dc) - 1; i >= 0; i-- { + x, err := d.DirectDecodeBit() + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + v = (v << 1) | x + } + return v, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/distcodec.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/distcodec.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b053a2dce --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/distcodec.go @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +// Constants used by the distance codec. +const ( + // minimum supported distance + minDistance = 1 + // maximum supported distance, value is used for the eos marker. + maxDistance = 1 << 32 + // number of the supported len states + lenStates = 4 + // start for the position models + startPosModel = 4 + // first index with align bits support + endPosModel = 14 + // bits for the position slots + posSlotBits = 6 + // number of align bits + alignBits = 4 + // maximum position slot + maxPosSlot = 63 +) + +// distCodec provides encoding and decoding of distance values. +type distCodec struct { + posSlotCodecs [lenStates]treeCodec + posModel [endPosModel - startPosModel]treeReverseCodec + alignCodec treeReverseCodec +} + +// deepcopy initializes dc as deep copy of the source. +func (dc *distCodec) deepcopy(src *distCodec) { + if dc == src { + return + } + for i := range dc.posSlotCodecs { + dc.posSlotCodecs[i].deepcopy(&src.posSlotCodecs[i]) + } + for i := range dc.posModel { + dc.posModel[i].deepcopy(&src.posModel[i]) + } + dc.alignCodec.deepcopy(&src.alignCodec) +} + +// distBits returns the number of bits required to encode dist. +func distBits(dist uint32) int { + if dist < startPosModel { + return 6 + } + // slot s > 3, dist d + // s = 2(bits(d)-1) + bit(d, bits(d)-2) + // s>>1 = bits(d)-1 + // bits(d) = 32-nlz32(d) + // s>>1=31-nlz32(d) + // n = 5 + (s>>1) = 36 - nlz32(d) + return 36 - nlz32(dist) +} + +// newDistCodec creates a new distance codec. +func (dc *distCodec) init() { + for i := range dc.posSlotCodecs { + dc.posSlotCodecs[i] = makeTreeCodec(posSlotBits) + } + for i := range dc.posModel { + posSlot := startPosModel + i + bits := (posSlot >> 1) - 1 + dc.posModel[i] = makeTreeReverseCodec(bits) + } + dc.alignCodec = makeTreeReverseCodec(alignBits) +} + +// lenState converts the value l to a supported lenState value. +func lenState(l uint32) uint32 { + if l >= lenStates { + l = lenStates - 1 + } + return l +} + +// Encode encodes the distance using the parameter l. Dist can have values from +// the full range of uint32 values. To get the distance offset the actual match +// distance has to be decreased by 1. A distance offset of 0xffffffff (eos) +// indicates the end of the stream. +func (dc *distCodec) Encode(e *rangeEncoder, dist uint32, l uint32) (err error) { + // Compute the posSlot using nlz32 + var posSlot uint32 + var bits uint32 + if dist < startPosModel { + posSlot = dist + } else { + bits = uint32(30 - nlz32(dist)) + posSlot = startPosModel - 2 + (bits << 1) + posSlot += (dist >> uint(bits)) & 1 + } + + if err = dc.posSlotCodecs[lenState(l)].Encode(e, posSlot); err != nil { + return + } + + switch { + case posSlot < startPosModel: + return nil + case posSlot < endPosModel: + tc := &dc.posModel[posSlot-startPosModel] + return tc.Encode(dist, e) + } + dic := directCodec(bits - alignBits) + if err = dic.Encode(e, dist>>alignBits); err != nil { + return + } + return dc.alignCodec.Encode(dist, e) +} + +// Decode decodes the distance offset using the parameter l. The dist value +// 0xffffffff (eos) indicates the end of the stream. Add one to the distance +// offset to get the actual match distance. +func (dc *distCodec) Decode(d *rangeDecoder, l uint32) (dist uint32, err error) { + posSlot, err := dc.posSlotCodecs[lenState(l)].Decode(d) + if err != nil { + return + } + + // posSlot equals distance + if posSlot < startPosModel { + return posSlot, nil + } + + // posSlot uses the individual models + bits := (posSlot >> 1) - 1 + dist = (2 | (posSlot & 1)) << bits + var u uint32 + if posSlot < endPosModel { + tc := &dc.posModel[posSlot-startPosModel] + if u, err = tc.Decode(d); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + dist += u + return dist, nil + } + + // posSlots use direct encoding and a single model for the four align + // bits. + dic := directCodec(bits - alignBits) + if u, err = dic.Decode(d); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + dist += u << alignBits + if u, err = dc.alignCodec.Decode(d); err != nil { + return 0, err + } + dist += u + return dist, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/encoder.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/encoder.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18ce00992 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/encoder.go @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "fmt" + "io" +) + +// opLenMargin provides the upper limit of the number of bytes required +// to encode a single operation. +const opLenMargin = 10 + +// compressFlags control the compression process. +type compressFlags uint32 + +// Values for compressFlags. +const ( + // all data should be compressed, even if compression is not + // optimal. + all compressFlags = 1 << iota +) + +// encoderFlags provide the flags for an encoder. +type encoderFlags uint32 + +// Flags for the encoder. +const ( + // eosMarker requests an EOS marker to be written. + eosMarker encoderFlags = 1 << iota +) + +// Encoder compresses data buffered in the encoder dictionary and writes +// it into a byte writer. +type encoder struct { + dict *encoderDict + state *state + re *rangeEncoder + start int64 + // generate eos marker + marker bool + limit bool + margin int +} + +// newEncoder creates a new encoder. If the byte writer must be +// limited use LimitedByteWriter provided by this package. The flags +// argument supports the eosMarker flag, controlling whether a +// terminating end-of-stream marker must be written. +func newEncoder(bw io.ByteWriter, state *state, dict *encoderDict, + flags encoderFlags) (e *encoder, err error) { + + re, err := newRangeEncoder(bw) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + e = &encoder{ + dict: dict, + state: state, + re: re, + marker: flags&eosMarker != 0, + start: dict.Pos(), + margin: opLenMargin, + } + if e.marker { + e.margin += 5 + } + return e, nil +} + +// Write writes the bytes from p into the dictionary. If not enough +// space is available the data in the dictionary buffer will be +// compressed to make additional space available. If the limit of the +// underlying writer has been reached ErrLimit will be returned. +func (e *encoder) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + for { + k, err := e.dict.Write(p[n:]) + n += k + if err == ErrNoSpace { + if err = e.compress(0); err != nil { + return n, err + } + continue + } + return n, err + } +} + +// Reopen reopens the encoder with a new byte writer. +func (e *encoder) Reopen(bw io.ByteWriter) error { + var err error + if e.re, err = newRangeEncoder(bw); err != nil { + return err + } + e.start = e.dict.Pos() + e.limit = false + return nil +} + +// writeLiteral writes a literal into the LZMA stream +func (e *encoder) writeLiteral(l lit) error { + var err error + state, state2, _ := e.state.states(e.dict.Pos()) + if err = e.state.isMatch[state2].Encode(e.re, 0); err != nil { + return err + } + litState := e.state.litState(e.dict.ByteAt(1), e.dict.Pos()) + match := e.dict.ByteAt(int(e.state.rep[0]) + 1) + err = e.state.litCodec.Encode(e.re, l.b, state, match, litState) + if err != nil { + return err + } + e.state.updateStateLiteral() + return nil +} + +// iverson implements the Iverson operator as proposed by Donald Knuth in his +// book Concrete Mathematics. +func iverson(ok bool) uint32 { + if ok { + return 1 + } + return 0 +} + +// writeMatch writes a repetition operation into the operation stream +func (e *encoder) writeMatch(m match) error { + var err error + if !(minDistance <= m.distance && m.distance <= maxDistance) { + panic(fmt.Errorf("match distance %d out of range", m.distance)) + } + dist := uint32(m.distance - minDistance) + if !(minMatchLen <= m.n && m.n <= maxMatchLen) && + !(dist == e.state.rep[0] && m.n == 1) { + panic(fmt.Errorf( + "match length %d out of range; dist %d rep[0] %d", + m.n, dist, e.state.rep[0])) + } + state, state2, posState := e.state.states(e.dict.Pos()) + if err = e.state.isMatch[state2].Encode(e.re, 1); err != nil { + return err + } + g := 0 + for ; g < 4; g++ { + if e.state.rep[g] == dist { + break + } + } + b := iverson(g < 4) + if err = e.state.isRep[state].Encode(e.re, b); err != nil { + return err + } + n := uint32(m.n - minMatchLen) + if b == 0 { + // simple match + e.state.rep[3], e.state.rep[2], e.state.rep[1], e.state.rep[0] = + e.state.rep[2], e.state.rep[1], e.state.rep[0], dist + e.state.updateStateMatch() + if err = e.state.lenCodec.Encode(e.re, n, posState); err != nil { + return err + } + return e.state.distCodec.Encode(e.re, dist, n) + } + b = iverson(g != 0) + if err = e.state.isRepG0[state].Encode(e.re, b); err != nil { + return err + } + if b == 0 { + // g == 0 + b = iverson(m.n != 1) + if err = e.state.isRepG0Long[state2].Encode(e.re, b); err != nil { + return err + } + if b == 0 { + e.state.updateStateShortRep() + return nil + } + } else { + // g in {1,2,3} + b = iverson(g != 1) + if err = e.state.isRepG1[state].Encode(e.re, b); err != nil { + return err + } + if b == 1 { + // g in {2,3} + b = iverson(g != 2) + err = e.state.isRepG2[state].Encode(e.re, b) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if b == 1 { + e.state.rep[3] = e.state.rep[2] + } + e.state.rep[2] = e.state.rep[1] + } + e.state.rep[1] = e.state.rep[0] + e.state.rep[0] = dist + } + e.state.updateStateRep() + return e.state.repLenCodec.Encode(e.re, n, posState) +} + +// writeOp writes a single operation to the range encoder. The function +// checks whether there is enough space available to close the LZMA +// stream. +func (e *encoder) writeOp(op operation) error { + if e.re.Available() < int64(e.margin) { + return ErrLimit + } + switch x := op.(type) { + case lit: + return e.writeLiteral(x) + case match: + return e.writeMatch(x) + default: + panic("unexpected operation") + } +} + +// compress compressed data from the dictionary buffer. If the flag all +// is set, all data in the dictionary buffer will be compressed. The +// function returns ErrLimit if the underlying writer has reached its +// limit. +func (e *encoder) compress(flags compressFlags) error { + n := 0 + if flags&all == 0 { + n = maxMatchLen - 1 + } + d := e.dict + m := d.m + for d.Buffered() > n { + op := m.NextOp(e.state.rep) + if err := e.writeOp(op); err != nil { + return err + } + d.Discard(op.Len()) + } + return nil +} + +// eosMatch is a pseudo operation that indicates the end of the stream. +var eosMatch = match{distance: maxDistance, n: minMatchLen} + +// Close terminates the LZMA stream. If requested the end-of-stream +// marker will be written. If the byte writer limit has been or will be +// reached during compression of the remaining data in the buffer the +// LZMA stream will be closed and data will remain in the buffer. +func (e *encoder) Close() error { + err := e.compress(all) + if err != nil && err != ErrLimit { + return err + } + if e.marker { + if err := e.writeMatch(eosMatch); err != nil { + return err + } + } + err = e.re.Close() + return err +} + +// Compressed returns the number bytes of the input data that been +// compressed. +func (e *encoder) Compressed() int64 { + return e.dict.Pos() - e.start +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/encoderdict.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/encoderdict.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d0fbc703 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/encoderdict.go @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" +) + +// matcher is an interface that supports the identification of the next +// operation. +type matcher interface { + io.Writer + SetDict(d *encoderDict) + NextOp(rep [4]uint32) operation +} + +// encoderDict provides the dictionary of the encoder. It includes an +// addtional buffer atop of the actual dictionary. +type encoderDict struct { + buf buffer + m matcher + head int64 + capacity int + // preallocated array + data [maxMatchLen]byte +} + +// newEncoderDict creates the encoder dictionary. The argument bufSize +// defines the size of the additional buffer. +func newEncoderDict(dictCap, bufSize int, m matcher) (d *encoderDict, err error) { + if !(1 <= dictCap && int64(dictCap) <= MaxDictCap) { + return nil, errors.New( + "lzma: dictionary capacity out of range") + } + if bufSize < 1 { + return nil, errors.New( + "lzma: buffer size must be larger than zero") + } + d = &encoderDict{ + buf: *newBuffer(dictCap + bufSize), + capacity: dictCap, + m: m, + } + m.SetDict(d) + return d, nil +} + +// Discard discards n bytes. Note that n must not be larger than +// MaxMatchLen. +func (d *encoderDict) Discard(n int) { + p := d.data[:n] + k, _ := d.buf.Read(p) + if k < n { + panic(fmt.Errorf("lzma: can't discard %d bytes", n)) + } + d.head += int64(n) + d.m.Write(p) +} + +// Len returns the data available in the encoder dictionary. +func (d *encoderDict) Len() int { + n := d.buf.Available() + if int64(n) > d.head { + return int(d.head) + } + return n +} + +// DictLen returns the actual length of data in the dictionary. +func (d *encoderDict) DictLen() int { + if d.head < int64(d.capacity) { + return int(d.head) + } + return d.capacity +} + +// Available returns the number of bytes that can be written by a +// following Write call. +func (d *encoderDict) Available() int { + return d.buf.Available() - d.DictLen() +} + +// Write writes data into the dictionary buffer. Note that the position +// of the dictionary head will not be moved. If there is not enough +// space in the buffer ErrNoSpace will be returned. +func (d *encoderDict) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + m := d.Available() + if len(p) > m { + p = p[:m] + err = ErrNoSpace + } + var e error + if n, e = d.buf.Write(p); e != nil { + err = e + } + return n, err +} + +// Pos returns the position of the head. +func (d *encoderDict) Pos() int64 { return d.head } + +// ByteAt returns the byte at the given distance. +func (d *encoderDict) ByteAt(distance int) byte { + if !(0 < distance && distance <= d.Len()) { + return 0 + } + i := d.buf.rear - distance + if i < 0 { + i += len(d.buf.data) + } + return d.buf.data[i] +} + +// CopyN copies the last n bytes from the dictionary into the provided +// writer. This is used for copying uncompressed data into an +// uncompressed segment. +func (d *encoderDict) CopyN(w io.Writer, n int) (written int, err error) { + if n <= 0 { + return 0, nil + } + m := d.Len() + if n > m { + n = m + err = ErrNoSpace + } + i := d.buf.rear - n + var e error + if i < 0 { + i += len(d.buf.data) + if written, e = w.Write(d.buf.data[i:]); e != nil { + return written, e + } + i = 0 + } + var k int + k, e = w.Write(d.buf.data[i:d.buf.rear]) + written += k + if e != nil { + err = e + } + return written, err +} + +// Buffered returns the number of bytes in the buffer. +func (d *encoderDict) Buffered() int { return d.buf.Buffered() } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/hashtable.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/hashtable.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d786a9745 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/hashtable.go @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + + "github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/hash" +) + +/* For compression we need to find byte sequences that match the byte + * sequence at the dictionary head. A hash table is a simple method to + * provide this capability. + */ + +// maxMatches limits the number of matches requested from the Matches +// function. This controls the speed of the overall encoding. +const maxMatches = 16 + +// shortDists defines the number of short distances supported by the +// implementation. +const shortDists = 8 + +// The minimum is somehow arbitrary but the maximum is limited by the +// memory requirements of the hash table. +const ( + minTableExponent = 9 + maxTableExponent = 20 +) + +// newRoller contains the function used to create an instance of the +// hash.Roller. +var newRoller = func(n int) hash.Roller { return hash.NewCyclicPoly(n) } + +// hashTable stores the hash table including the rolling hash method. +// +// We implement chained hashing into a circular buffer. Each entry in +// the circular buffer stores the delta distance to the next position with a +// word that has the same hash value. +type hashTable struct { + dict *encoderDict + // actual hash table + t []int64 + // circular list data with the offset to the next word + data []uint32 + front int + // mask for computing the index for the hash table + mask uint64 + // hash offset; initial value is -int64(wordLen) + hoff int64 + // length of the hashed word + wordLen int + // hash roller for computing the hash values for the Write + // method + wr hash.Roller + // hash roller for computing arbitrary hashes + hr hash.Roller + // preallocated slices + p [maxMatches]int64 + distances [maxMatches + shortDists]int +} + +// hashTableExponent derives the hash table exponent from the dictionary +// capacity. +func hashTableExponent(n uint32) int { + e := 30 - nlz32(n) + switch { + case e < minTableExponent: + e = minTableExponent + case e > maxTableExponent: + e = maxTableExponent + } + return e +} + +// newHashTable creates a new hash table for words of length wordLen +func newHashTable(capacity int, wordLen int) (t *hashTable, err error) { + if !(0 < capacity) { + return nil, errors.New( + "newHashTable: capacity must not be negative") + } + exp := hashTableExponent(uint32(capacity)) + if !(1 <= wordLen && wordLen <= 4) { + return nil, errors.New("newHashTable: " + + "argument wordLen out of range") + } + n := 1 << uint(exp) + if n <= 0 { + panic("newHashTable: exponent is too large") + } + t = &hashTable{ + t: make([]int64, n), + data: make([]uint32, capacity), + mask: (uint64(1) << uint(exp)) - 1, + hoff: -int64(wordLen), + wordLen: wordLen, + wr: newRoller(wordLen), + hr: newRoller(wordLen), + } + return t, nil +} + +func (t *hashTable) SetDict(d *encoderDict) { t.dict = d } + +// buffered returns the number of bytes that are currently hashed. +func (t *hashTable) buffered() int { + n := t.hoff + 1 + switch { + case n <= 0: + return 0 + case n >= int64(len(t.data)): + return len(t.data) + } + return int(n) +} + +// addIndex adds n to an index ensuring that is stays inside the +// circular buffer for the hash chain. +func (t *hashTable) addIndex(i, n int) int { + i += n - len(t.data) + if i < 0 { + i += len(t.data) + } + return i +} + +// putDelta puts the delta instance at the current front of the circular +// chain buffer. +func (t *hashTable) putDelta(delta uint32) { + t.data[t.front] = delta + t.front = t.addIndex(t.front, 1) +} + +// putEntry puts a new entry into the hash table. If there is already a +// value stored it is moved into the circular chain buffer. +func (t *hashTable) putEntry(h uint64, pos int64) { + if pos < 0 { + return + } + i := h & t.mask + old := t.t[i] - 1 + t.t[i] = pos + 1 + var delta int64 + if old >= 0 { + delta = pos - old + if delta > 1<<32-1 || delta > int64(t.buffered()) { + delta = 0 + } + } + t.putDelta(uint32(delta)) +} + +// WriteByte converts a single byte into a hash and puts them into the hash +// table. +func (t *hashTable) WriteByte(b byte) error { + h := t.wr.RollByte(b) + t.hoff++ + t.putEntry(h, t.hoff) + return nil +} + +// Write converts the bytes provided into hash tables and stores the +// abbreviated offsets into the hash table. The method will never return an +// error. +func (t *hashTable) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + for _, b := range p { + // WriteByte doesn't generate an error. + t.WriteByte(b) + } + return len(p), nil +} + +// getMatches the matches for a specific hash. The functions returns the +// number of positions found. +// +// TODO: Make a getDistances because that we are actually interested in. +func (t *hashTable) getMatches(h uint64, positions []int64) (n int) { + if t.hoff < 0 || len(positions) == 0 { + return 0 + } + buffered := t.buffered() + tailPos := t.hoff + 1 - int64(buffered) + rear := t.front - buffered + if rear >= 0 { + rear -= len(t.data) + } + // get the slot for the hash + pos := t.t[h&t.mask] - 1 + delta := pos - tailPos + for { + if delta < 0 { + return n + } + positions[n] = tailPos + delta + n++ + if n >= len(positions) { + return n + } + i := rear + int(delta) + if i < 0 { + i += len(t.data) + } + u := t.data[i] + if u == 0 { + return n + } + delta -= int64(u) + } +} + +// hash computes the rolling hash for the word stored in p. For correct +// results its length must be equal to t.wordLen. +func (t *hashTable) hash(p []byte) uint64 { + var h uint64 + for _, b := range p { + h = t.hr.RollByte(b) + } + return h +} + +// Matches fills the positions slice with potential matches. The +// functions returns the number of positions filled into positions. The +// byte slice p must have word length of the hash table. +func (t *hashTable) Matches(p []byte, positions []int64) int { + if len(p) != t.wordLen { + panic(fmt.Errorf( + "byte slice must have length %d", t.wordLen)) + } + h := t.hash(p) + return t.getMatches(h, positions) +} + +// NextOp identifies the next operation using the hash table. +// +// TODO: Use all repetitions to find matches. +func (t *hashTable) NextOp(rep [4]uint32) operation { + // get positions + data := t.dict.data[:maxMatchLen] + n, _ := t.dict.buf.Peek(data) + data = data[:n] + var p []int64 + if n < t.wordLen { + p = t.p[:0] + } else { + p = t.p[:maxMatches] + n = t.Matches(data[:t.wordLen], p) + p = p[:n] + } + + // convert positions in potential distances + head := t.dict.head + dists := append(t.distances[:0], 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) + for _, pos := range p { + dis := int(head - pos) + if dis > shortDists { + dists = append(dists, dis) + } + } + + // check distances + var m match + dictLen := t.dict.DictLen() + for _, dist := range dists { + if dist > dictLen { + continue + } + + // Here comes a trick. We are only interested in matches + // that are longer than the matches we have been found + // before. So before we test the whole byte sequence at + // the given distance, we test the first byte that would + // make the match longer. If it doesn't match the byte + // to match, we don't to care any longer. + i := t.dict.buf.rear - dist + m.n + if i < 0 { + i += len(t.dict.buf.data) + } + if t.dict.buf.data[i] != data[m.n] { + // We can't get a longer match. Jump to the next + // distance. + continue + } + + n := t.dict.buf.matchLen(dist, data) + switch n { + case 0: + continue + case 1: + if uint32(dist-minDistance) != rep[0] { + continue + } + } + if n > m.n { + m = match{int64(dist), n} + if n == len(data) { + // No better match will be found. + break + } + } + } + + if m.n == 0 { + return lit{data[0]} + } + return m +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/header.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/header.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc708969f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/header.go @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" +) + +// uint32LE reads an uint32 integer from a byte slice +func uint32LE(b []byte) uint32 { + x := uint32(b[3]) << 24 + x |= uint32(b[2]) << 16 + x |= uint32(b[1]) << 8 + x |= uint32(b[0]) + return x +} + +// uint64LE converts the uint64 value stored as little endian to an uint64 +// value. +func uint64LE(b []byte) uint64 { + x := uint64(b[7]) << 56 + x |= uint64(b[6]) << 48 + x |= uint64(b[5]) << 40 + x |= uint64(b[4]) << 32 + x |= uint64(b[3]) << 24 + x |= uint64(b[2]) << 16 + x |= uint64(b[1]) << 8 + x |= uint64(b[0]) + return x +} + +// putUint32LE puts an uint32 integer into a byte slice that must have at least +// a length of 4 bytes. +func putUint32LE(b []byte, x uint32) { + b[0] = byte(x) + b[1] = byte(x >> 8) + b[2] = byte(x >> 16) + b[3] = byte(x >> 24) +} + +// putUint64LE puts the uint64 value into the byte slice as little endian +// value. The byte slice b must have at least place for 8 bytes. +func putUint64LE(b []byte, x uint64) { + b[0] = byte(x) + b[1] = byte(x >> 8) + b[2] = byte(x >> 16) + b[3] = byte(x >> 24) + b[4] = byte(x >> 32) + b[5] = byte(x >> 40) + b[6] = byte(x >> 48) + b[7] = byte(x >> 56) +} + +// noHeaderSize defines the value of the length field in the LZMA header. +const noHeaderSize uint64 = 1<<64 - 1 + +// HeaderLen provides the length of the LZMA file header. +const HeaderLen = 13 + +// header represents the header of an LZMA file. +type header struct { + properties Properties + dictCap int + // uncompressed size; negative value if no size is given + size int64 +} + +// marshalBinary marshals the header. +func (h *header) marshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) { + if err = h.properties.verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if !(0 <= h.dictCap && int64(h.dictCap) <= MaxDictCap) { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("lzma: DictCap %d out of range", + h.dictCap) + } + + data = make([]byte, 13) + + // property byte + data[0] = h.properties.Code() + + // dictionary capacity + putUint32LE(data[1:5], uint32(h.dictCap)) + + // uncompressed size + var s uint64 + if h.size > 0 { + s = uint64(h.size) + } else { + s = noHeaderSize + } + putUint64LE(data[5:], s) + + return data, nil +} + +// unmarshalBinary unmarshals the header. +func (h *header) unmarshalBinary(data []byte) error { + if len(data) != HeaderLen { + return errors.New("lzma.unmarshalBinary: data has wrong length") + } + + // properties + var err error + if h.properties, err = PropertiesForCode(data[0]); err != nil { + return err + } + + // dictionary capacity + h.dictCap = int(uint32LE(data[1:])) + if h.dictCap < 0 { + return errors.New( + "LZMA header: dictionary capacity exceeds maximum " + + "integer") + } + + // uncompressed size + s := uint64LE(data[5:]) + if s == noHeaderSize { + h.size = -1 + } else { + h.size = int64(s) + if h.size < 0 { + return errors.New( + "LZMA header: uncompressed size " + + "out of int64 range") + } + } + + return nil +} + +// validDictCap checks whether the dictionary capacity is correct. This +// is used to weed out wrong file headers. +func validDictCap(dictcap int) bool { + if int64(dictcap) == MaxDictCap { + return true + } + for n := uint(10); n < 32; n++ { + if dictcap == 1<= 10 or 2^32-1. If +// there is an explicit size it must not exceed 256 GiB. The length of +// the data argument must be HeaderLen. +func ValidHeader(data []byte) bool { + var h header + if err := h.unmarshalBinary(data); err != nil { + return false + } + if !validDictCap(h.dictCap) { + return false + } + return h.size < 0 || h.size <= 1<<38 +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/header2.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/header2.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac6a71a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/header2.go @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" +) + +const ( + // maximum size of compressed data in a chunk + maxCompressed = 1 << 16 + // maximum size of uncompressed data in a chunk + maxUncompressed = 1 << 21 +) + +// chunkType represents the type of an LZMA2 chunk. Note that this +// value is an internal representation and no actual encoding of a LZMA2 +// chunk header. +type chunkType byte + +// Possible values for the chunk type. +const ( + // end of stream + cEOS chunkType = iota + // uncompressed; reset dictionary + cUD + // uncompressed; no reset of dictionary + cU + // LZMA compressed; no reset + cL + // LZMA compressed; reset state + cLR + // LZMA compressed; reset state; new property value + cLRN + // LZMA compressed; reset state; new property value; reset dictionary + cLRND +) + +// chunkTypeStrings provide a string representation for the chunk types. +var chunkTypeStrings = [...]string{ + cEOS: "EOS", + cU: "U", + cUD: "UD", + cL: "L", + cLR: "LR", + cLRN: "LRN", + cLRND: "LRND", +} + +// String returns a string representation of the chunk type. +func (c chunkType) String() string { + if !(cEOS <= c && c <= cLRND) { + return "unknown" + } + return chunkTypeStrings[c] +} + +// Actual encodings for the chunk types in the value. Note that the high +// uncompressed size bits are stored in the header byte additionally. +const ( + hEOS = 0 + hUD = 1 + hU = 2 + hL = 1 << 7 + hLR = 1<<7 | 1<<5 + hLRN = 1<<7 | 1<<6 + hLRND = 1<<7 | 1<<6 | 1<<5 +) + +// errHeaderByte indicates an unsupported value for the chunk header +// byte. These bytes starts the variable-length chunk header. +var errHeaderByte = errors.New("lzma: unsupported chunk header byte") + +// headerChunkType converts the header byte into a chunk type. It +// ignores the uncompressed size bits in the chunk header byte. +func headerChunkType(h byte) (c chunkType, err error) { + if h&hL == 0 { + // no compression + switch h { + case hEOS: + c = cEOS + case hUD: + c = cUD + case hU: + c = cU + default: + return 0, errHeaderByte + } + return + } + switch h & hLRND { + case hL: + c = cL + case hLR: + c = cLR + case hLRN: + c = cLRN + case hLRND: + c = cLRND + default: + return 0, errHeaderByte + } + return +} + +// uncompressedHeaderLen provides the length of an uncompressed header +const uncompressedHeaderLen = 3 + +// headerLen returns the length of the LZMA2 header for a given chunk +// type. +func headerLen(c chunkType) int { + switch c { + case cEOS: + return 1 + case cU, cUD: + return uncompressedHeaderLen + case cL, cLR: + return 5 + case cLRN, cLRND: + return 6 + } + panic(fmt.Errorf("unsupported chunk type %d", c)) +} + +// chunkHeader represents the contents of a chunk header. +type chunkHeader struct { + ctype chunkType + uncompressed uint32 + compressed uint16 + props Properties +} + +// String returns a string representation of the chunk header. +func (h *chunkHeader) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s %d %d %s", h.ctype, h.uncompressed, + h.compressed, &h.props) +} + +// UnmarshalBinary reads the content of the chunk header from the data +// slice. The slice must have the correct length. +func (h *chunkHeader) UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error { + if len(data) == 0 { + return errors.New("no data") + } + c, err := headerChunkType(data[0]) + if err != nil { + return err + } + + n := headerLen(c) + if len(data) < n { + return errors.New("incomplete data") + } + if len(data) > n { + return errors.New("invalid data length") + } + + *h = chunkHeader{ctype: c} + if c == cEOS { + return nil + } + + h.uncompressed = uint32(uint16BE(data[1:3])) + if c <= cU { + return nil + } + h.uncompressed |= uint32(data[0]&^hLRND) << 16 + + h.compressed = uint16BE(data[3:5]) + if c <= cLR { + return nil + } + + h.props, err = PropertiesForCode(data[5]) + return err +} + +// MarshalBinary encodes the chunk header value. The function checks +// whether the content of the chunk header is correct. +func (h *chunkHeader) MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) { + if h.ctype > cLRND { + return nil, errors.New("invalid chunk type") + } + if err = h.props.verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + data = make([]byte, headerLen(h.ctype)) + + switch h.ctype { + case cEOS: + return data, nil + case cUD: + data[0] = hUD + case cU: + data[0] = hU + case cL: + data[0] = hL + case cLR: + data[0] = hLR + case cLRN: + data[0] = hLRN + case cLRND: + data[0] = hLRND + } + + putUint16BE(data[1:3], uint16(h.uncompressed)) + if h.ctype <= cU { + return data, nil + } + data[0] |= byte(h.uncompressed>>16) &^ hLRND + + putUint16BE(data[3:5], h.compressed) + if h.ctype <= cLR { + return data, nil + } + + data[5] = h.props.Code() + return data, nil +} + +// readChunkHeader reads the chunk header from the IO reader. +func readChunkHeader(r io.Reader) (h *chunkHeader, err error) { + p := make([]byte, 1, 6) + if _, err = io.ReadFull(r, p); err != nil { + return + } + c, err := headerChunkType(p[0]) + if err != nil { + return + } + p = p[:headerLen(c)] + if _, err = io.ReadFull(r, p[1:]); err != nil { + return + } + h = new(chunkHeader) + if err = h.UnmarshalBinary(p); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return h, nil +} + +// uint16BE converts a big-endian uint16 representation to an uint16 +// value. +func uint16BE(p []byte) uint16 { + return uint16(p[0])<<8 | uint16(p[1]) +} + +// putUint16BE puts the big-endian uint16 presentation into the given +// slice. +func putUint16BE(p []byte, x uint16) { + p[0] = byte(x >> 8) + p[1] = byte(x) +} + +// chunkState is used to manage the state of the chunks +type chunkState byte + +// start and stop define the initial and terminating state of the chunk +// state +const ( + start chunkState = 'S' + stop = 'T' +) + +// errors for the chunk state handling +var ( + errChunkType = errors.New("lzma: unexpected chunk type") + errState = errors.New("lzma: wrong chunk state") +) + +// next transitions state based on chunk type input +func (c *chunkState) next(ctype chunkType) error { + switch *c { + // start state + case 'S': + switch ctype { + case cEOS: + *c = 'T' + case cUD: + *c = 'R' + case cLRND: + *c = 'L' + default: + return errChunkType + } + // normal LZMA mode + case 'L': + switch ctype { + case cEOS: + *c = 'T' + case cUD: + *c = 'R' + case cU: + *c = 'U' + case cL, cLR, cLRN, cLRND: + break + default: + return errChunkType + } + // reset required + case 'R': + switch ctype { + case cEOS: + *c = 'T' + case cUD, cU: + break + case cLRN, cLRND: + *c = 'L' + default: + return errChunkType + } + // uncompressed + case 'U': + switch ctype { + case cEOS: + *c = 'T' + case cUD: + *c = 'R' + case cU: + break + case cL, cLR, cLRN, cLRND: + *c = 'L' + default: + return errChunkType + } + // terminal state + case 'T': + return errChunkType + default: + return errState + } + return nil +} + +// defaultChunkType returns the default chunk type for each chunk state. +func (c chunkState) defaultChunkType() chunkType { + switch c { + case 'S': + return cLRND + case 'L', 'U': + return cL + case 'R': + return cLRN + default: + // no error + return cEOS + } +} + +// maxDictCap defines the maximum dictionary capacity supported by the +// LZMA2 dictionary capacity encoding. +const maxDictCap = 1<<32 - 1 + +// maxDictCapCode defines the maximum dictionary capacity code. +const maxDictCapCode = 40 + +// The function decodes the dictionary capacity byte, but doesn't change +// for the correct range of the given byte. +func decodeDictCap(c byte) int64 { + return (2 | int64(c)&1) << (11 + (c>>1)&0x1f) +} + +// DecodeDictCap decodes the encoded dictionary capacity. The function +// returns an error if the code is out of range. +func DecodeDictCap(c byte) (n int64, err error) { + if c >= maxDictCapCode { + if c == maxDictCapCode { + return maxDictCap, nil + } + return 0, errors.New("lzma: invalid dictionary size code") + } + return decodeDictCap(c), nil +} + +// EncodeDictCap encodes a dictionary capacity. The function returns the +// code for the capacity that is greater or equal n. If n exceeds the +// maximum support dictionary capacity, the maximum value is returned. +func EncodeDictCap(n int64) byte { + a, b := byte(0), byte(40) + for a < b { + c := a + (b-a)>>1 + m := decodeDictCap(c) + if n <= m { + if n == m { + return c + } + b = c + } else { + a = c + 1 + } + } + return a +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/lengthcodec.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/lengthcodec.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e51773092 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/lengthcodec.go @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import "errors" + +// maxPosBits defines the number of bits of the position value that are used to +// to compute the posState value. The value is used to select the tree codec +// for length encoding and decoding. +const maxPosBits = 4 + +// minMatchLen and maxMatchLen give the minimum and maximum values for +// encoding and decoding length values. minMatchLen is also used as base +// for the encoded length values. +const ( + minMatchLen = 2 + maxMatchLen = minMatchLen + 16 + 256 - 1 +) + +// lengthCodec support the encoding of the length value. +type lengthCodec struct { + choice [2]prob + low [1 << maxPosBits]treeCodec + mid [1 << maxPosBits]treeCodec + high treeCodec +} + +// deepcopy initializes the lc value as deep copy of the source value. +func (lc *lengthCodec) deepcopy(src *lengthCodec) { + if lc == src { + return + } + lc.choice = src.choice + for i := range lc.low { + lc.low[i].deepcopy(&src.low[i]) + } + for i := range lc.mid { + lc.mid[i].deepcopy(&src.mid[i]) + } + lc.high.deepcopy(&src.high) +} + +// init initializes a new length codec. +func (lc *lengthCodec) init() { + for i := range lc.choice { + lc.choice[i] = probInit + } + for i := range lc.low { + lc.low[i] = makeTreeCodec(3) + } + for i := range lc.mid { + lc.mid[i] = makeTreeCodec(3) + } + lc.high = makeTreeCodec(8) +} + +// lBits gives the number of bits used for the encoding of the l value +// provided to the range encoder. +func lBits(l uint32) int { + switch { + case l < 8: + return 4 + case l < 16: + return 5 + default: + return 10 + } +} + +// Encode encodes the length offset. The length offset l can be compute by +// subtracting minMatchLen (2) from the actual length. +// +// l = length - minMatchLen +// +func (lc *lengthCodec) Encode(e *rangeEncoder, l uint32, posState uint32, +) (err error) { + if l > maxMatchLen-minMatchLen { + return errors.New("lengthCodec.Encode: l out of range") + } + if l < 8 { + if err = lc.choice[0].Encode(e, 0); err != nil { + return + } + return lc.low[posState].Encode(e, l) + } + if err = lc.choice[0].Encode(e, 1); err != nil { + return + } + if l < 16 { + if err = lc.choice[1].Encode(e, 0); err != nil { + return + } + return lc.mid[posState].Encode(e, l-8) + } + if err = lc.choice[1].Encode(e, 1); err != nil { + return + } + if err = lc.high.Encode(e, l-16); err != nil { + return + } + return nil +} + +// Decode reads the length offset. Add minMatchLen to compute the actual length +// to the length offset l. +func (lc *lengthCodec) Decode(d *rangeDecoder, posState uint32, +) (l uint32, err error) { + var b uint32 + if b, err = lc.choice[0].Decode(d); err != nil { + return + } + if b == 0 { + l, err = lc.low[posState].Decode(d) + return + } + if b, err = lc.choice[1].Decode(d); err != nil { + return + } + if b == 0 { + l, err = lc.mid[posState].Decode(d) + l += 8 + return + } + l, err = lc.high.Decode(d) + l += 16 + return +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/literalcodec.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/literalcodec.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c949d6ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/literalcodec.go @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +// literalCodec supports the encoding of literal. It provides 768 probability +// values per literal state. The upper 512 probabilities are used with the +// context of a match bit. +type literalCodec struct { + probs []prob +} + +// deepcopy initializes literal codec c as a deep copy of the source. +func (c *literalCodec) deepcopy(src *literalCodec) { + if c == src { + return + } + c.probs = make([]prob, len(src.probs)) + copy(c.probs, src.probs) +} + +// init initializes the literal codec. +func (c *literalCodec) init(lc, lp int) { + switch { + case !(minLC <= lc && lc <= maxLC): + panic("lc out of range") + case !(minLP <= lp && lp <= maxLP): + panic("lp out of range") + } + c.probs = make([]prob, 0x300<= 7 { + m := uint32(match) + for { + matchBit := (m >> 7) & 1 + m <<= 1 + bit := (r >> 7) & 1 + r <<= 1 + i := ((1 + matchBit) << 8) | symbol + if err = probs[i].Encode(e, bit); err != nil { + return + } + symbol = (symbol << 1) | bit + if matchBit != bit { + break + } + if symbol >= 0x100 { + break + } + } + } + for symbol < 0x100 { + bit := (r >> 7) & 1 + r <<= 1 + if err = probs[symbol].Encode(e, bit); err != nil { + return + } + symbol = (symbol << 1) | bit + } + return nil +} + +// Decode decodes a literal byte using the range decoder as well as the LZMA +// state, a match byte, and the literal state. +func (c *literalCodec) Decode(d *rangeDecoder, + state uint32, match byte, litState uint32, +) (s byte, err error) { + k := litState * 0x300 + probs := c.probs[k : k+0x300] + symbol := uint32(1) + if state >= 7 { + m := uint32(match) + for { + matchBit := (m >> 7) & 1 + m <<= 1 + i := ((1 + matchBit) << 8) | symbol + bit, err := d.DecodeBit(&probs[i]) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + symbol = (symbol << 1) | bit + if matchBit != bit { + break + } + if symbol >= 0x100 { + break + } + } + } + for symbol < 0x100 { + bit, err := d.DecodeBit(&probs[symbol]) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + symbol = (symbol << 1) | bit + } + s = byte(symbol - 0x100) + return s, nil +} + +// minLC and maxLC define the range for LC values. +const ( + minLC = 0 + maxLC = 8 +) + +// minLC and maxLC define the range for LP values. +const ( + minLP = 0 + maxLP = 4 +) + +// minState and maxState define a range for the state values stored in +// the State values. +const ( + minState = 0 + maxState = 11 +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/matchalgorithm.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/matchalgorithm.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a244eb1a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/matchalgorithm.go @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import "errors" + +// MatchAlgorithm identifies an algorithm to find matches in the +// dictionary. +type MatchAlgorithm byte + +// Supported matcher algorithms. +const ( + HashTable4 MatchAlgorithm = iota + BinaryTree +) + +// maStrings are used by the String method. +var maStrings = map[MatchAlgorithm]string{ + HashTable4: "HashTable4", + BinaryTree: "BinaryTree", +} + +// String returns a string representation of the Matcher. +func (a MatchAlgorithm) String() string { + if s, ok := maStrings[a]; ok { + return s + } + return "unknown" +} + +var errUnsupportedMatchAlgorithm = errors.New( + "lzma: unsupported match algorithm value") + +// verify checks whether the matcher value is supported. +func (a MatchAlgorithm) verify() error { + if _, ok := maStrings[a]; !ok { + return errUnsupportedMatchAlgorithm + } + return nil +} + +func (a MatchAlgorithm) new(dictCap int) (m matcher, err error) { + switch a { + case HashTable4: + return newHashTable(dictCap, 4) + case BinaryTree: + return newBinTree(dictCap) + } + return nil, errUnsupportedMatchAlgorithm +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/operation.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/operation.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..733bb99da --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/operation.go @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "unicode" +) + +// operation represents an operation on the dictionary during encoding or +// decoding. +type operation interface { + Len() int +} + +// rep represents a repetition at the given distance and the given length +type match struct { + // supports all possible distance values, including the eos marker + distance int64 + // length + n int +} + +// verify checks whether the match is valid. If that is not the case an +// error is returned. +func (m match) verify() error { + if !(minDistance <= m.distance && m.distance <= maxDistance) { + return errors.New("distance out of range") + } + if !(1 <= m.n && m.n <= maxMatchLen) { + return errors.New("length out of range") + } + return nil +} + +// l return the l-value for the match, which is the difference of length +// n and 2. +func (m match) l() uint32 { + return uint32(m.n - minMatchLen) +} + +// dist returns the dist value for the match, which is one less of the +// distance stored in the match. +func (m match) dist() uint32 { + return uint32(m.distance - minDistance) +} + +// Len returns the number of bytes matched. +func (m match) Len() int { + return m.n +} + +// String returns a string representation for the repetition. +func (m match) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("M{%d,%d}", m.distance, m.n) +} + +// lit represents a single byte literal. +type lit struct { + b byte +} + +// Len returns 1 for the single byte literal. +func (l lit) Len() int { + return 1 +} + +// String returns a string representation for the literal. +func (l lit) String() string { + var c byte + if unicode.IsPrint(rune(l.b)) { + c = l.b + } else { + c = '.' + } + return fmt.Sprintf("L{%c/%02x}", c, l.b) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/prob.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/prob.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24d50ec68 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/prob.go @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +// movebits defines the number of bits used for the updates of probability +// values. +const movebits = 5 + +// probbits defines the number of bits of a probability value. +const probbits = 11 + +// probInit defines 0.5 as initial value for prob values. +const probInit prob = 1 << (probbits - 1) + +// Type prob represents probabilities. The type can also be used to encode and +// decode single bits. +type prob uint16 + +// Dec decreases the probability. The decrease is proportional to the +// probability value. +func (p *prob) dec() { + *p -= *p >> movebits +} + +// Inc increases the probability. The Increase is proportional to the +// difference of 1 and the probability value. +func (p *prob) inc() { + *p += ((1 << probbits) - *p) >> movebits +} + +// Computes the new bound for a given range using the probability value. +func (p prob) bound(r uint32) uint32 { + return (r >> probbits) * uint32(p) +} + +// Bits returns 1. One is the number of bits that can be encoded or decoded +// with a single prob value. +func (p prob) Bits() int { + return 1 +} + +// Encode encodes the least-significant bit of v. Note that the p value will be +// changed. +func (p *prob) Encode(e *rangeEncoder, v uint32) error { + return e.EncodeBit(v, p) +} + +// Decode decodes a single bit. Note that the p value will change. +func (p *prob) Decode(d *rangeDecoder) (v uint32, err error) { + return d.DecodeBit(p) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/properties.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/properties.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23418e25d --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/properties.go @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" +) + +// maximum and minimum values for the LZMA properties. +const ( + minPB = 0 + maxPB = 4 +) + +// maxPropertyCode is the possible maximum of a properties code byte. +const maxPropertyCode = (maxPB+1)*(maxLP+1)*(maxLC+1) - 1 + +// Properties contains the parameters LC, LP and PB. The parameter LC +// defines the number of literal context bits; parameter LP the number +// of literal position bits and PB the number of position bits. +type Properties struct { + LC int + LP int + PB int +} + +// String returns the properties in a string representation. +func (p *Properties) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("LC %d LP %d PB %d", p.LC, p.LP, p.PB) +} + +// PropertiesForCode converts a properties code byte into a Properties value. +func PropertiesForCode(code byte) (p Properties, err error) { + if code > maxPropertyCode { + return p, errors.New("lzma: invalid properties code") + } + p.LC = int(code % 9) + code /= 9 + p.LP = int(code % 5) + code /= 5 + p.PB = int(code % 5) + return p, err +} + +// verify checks the properties for correctness. +func (p *Properties) verify() error { + if p == nil { + return errors.New("lzma: properties are nil") + } + if !(minLC <= p.LC && p.LC <= maxLC) { + return errors.New("lzma: lc out of range") + } + if !(minLP <= p.LP && p.LP <= maxLP) { + return errors.New("lzma: lp out of range") + } + if !(minPB <= p.PB && p.PB <= maxPB) { + return errors.New("lzma: pb out of range") + } + return nil +} + +// Code converts the properties to a byte. The function assumes that +// the properties components are all in range. +func (p Properties) Code() byte { + return byte((p.PB*5+p.LP)*9 + p.LC) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/rangecodec.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/rangecodec.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6361c5e7c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/rangecodec.go @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "io" +) + +// rangeEncoder implements range encoding of single bits. The low value can +// overflow therefore we need uint64. The cache value is used to handle +// overflows. +type rangeEncoder struct { + lbw *LimitedByteWriter + nrange uint32 + low uint64 + cacheLen int64 + cache byte +} + +// maxInt64 provides the maximal value of the int64 type +const maxInt64 = 1<<63 - 1 + +// newRangeEncoder creates a new range encoder. +func newRangeEncoder(bw io.ByteWriter) (re *rangeEncoder, err error) { + lbw, ok := bw.(*LimitedByteWriter) + if !ok { + lbw = &LimitedByteWriter{BW: bw, N: maxInt64} + } + return &rangeEncoder{ + lbw: lbw, + nrange: 0xffffffff, + cacheLen: 1}, nil +} + +// Available returns the number of bytes that still can be written. The +// method takes the bytes that will be currently written by Close into +// account. +func (e *rangeEncoder) Available() int64 { + return e.lbw.N - (e.cacheLen + 4) +} + +// writeByte writes a single byte to the underlying writer. An error is +// returned if the limit is reached. The written byte will be counted if +// the underlying writer doesn't return an error. +func (e *rangeEncoder) writeByte(c byte) error { + if e.Available() < 1 { + return ErrLimit + } + return e.lbw.WriteByte(c) +} + +// DirectEncodeBit encodes the least-significant bit of b with probability 1/2. +func (e *rangeEncoder) DirectEncodeBit(b uint32) error { + e.nrange >>= 1 + e.low += uint64(e.nrange) & (0 - (uint64(b) & 1)) + + // normalize + const top = 1 << 24 + if e.nrange >= top { + return nil + } + e.nrange <<= 8 + return e.shiftLow() +} + +// EncodeBit encodes the least significant bit of b. The p value will be +// updated by the function depending on the bit encoded. +func (e *rangeEncoder) EncodeBit(b uint32, p *prob) error { + bound := p.bound(e.nrange) + if b&1 == 0 { + e.nrange = bound + p.inc() + } else { + e.low += uint64(bound) + e.nrange -= bound + p.dec() + } + + // normalize + const top = 1 << 24 + if e.nrange >= top { + return nil + } + e.nrange <<= 8 + return e.shiftLow() +} + +// Close writes a complete copy of the low value. +func (e *rangeEncoder) Close() error { + for i := 0; i < 5; i++ { + if err := e.shiftLow(); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// shiftLow shifts the low value for 8 bit. The shifted byte is written into +// the byte writer. The cache value is used to handle overflows. +func (e *rangeEncoder) shiftLow() error { + if uint32(e.low) < 0xff000000 || (e.low>>32) != 0 { + tmp := e.cache + for { + err := e.writeByte(tmp + byte(e.low>>32)) + if err != nil { + return err + } + tmp = 0xff + e.cacheLen-- + if e.cacheLen <= 0 { + if e.cacheLen < 0 { + panic("negative cacheLen") + } + break + } + } + e.cache = byte(uint32(e.low) >> 24) + } + e.cacheLen++ + e.low = uint64(uint32(e.low) << 8) + return nil +} + +// rangeDecoder decodes single bits of the range encoding stream. +type rangeDecoder struct { + br io.ByteReader + nrange uint32 + code uint32 +} + +// init initializes the range decoder, by reading from the byte reader. +func (d *rangeDecoder) init() error { + d.nrange = 0xffffffff + d.code = 0 + + b, err := d.br.ReadByte() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if b != 0 { + return errors.New("newRangeDecoder: first byte not zero") + } + + for i := 0; i < 4; i++ { + if err = d.updateCode(); err != nil { + return err + } + } + + if d.code >= d.nrange { + return errors.New("newRangeDecoder: d.code >= d.nrange") + } + + return nil +} + +// newRangeDecoder initializes a range decoder. It reads five bytes from the +// reader and therefore may return an error. +func newRangeDecoder(br io.ByteReader) (d *rangeDecoder, err error) { + d = &rangeDecoder{br: br, nrange: 0xffffffff} + + b, err := d.br.ReadByte() + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if b != 0 { + return nil, errors.New("newRangeDecoder: first byte not zero") + } + + for i := 0; i < 4; i++ { + if err = d.updateCode(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + + if d.code >= d.nrange { + return nil, errors.New("newRangeDecoder: d.code >= d.nrange") + } + + return d, nil +} + +// possiblyAtEnd checks whether the decoder may be at the end of the stream. +func (d *rangeDecoder) possiblyAtEnd() bool { + return d.code == 0 +} + +// DirectDecodeBit decodes a bit with probability 1/2. The return value b will +// contain the bit at the least-significant position. All other bits will be +// zero. +func (d *rangeDecoder) DirectDecodeBit() (b uint32, err error) { + d.nrange >>= 1 + d.code -= d.nrange + t := 0 - (d.code >> 31) + d.code += d.nrange & t + b = (t + 1) & 1 + + // d.code will stay less then d.nrange + + // normalize + // assume d.code < d.nrange + const top = 1 << 24 + if d.nrange >= top { + return b, nil + } + d.nrange <<= 8 + // d.code < d.nrange will be maintained + return b, d.updateCode() +} + +// decodeBit decodes a single bit. The bit will be returned at the +// least-significant position. All other bits will be zero. The probability +// value will be updated. +func (d *rangeDecoder) DecodeBit(p *prob) (b uint32, err error) { + bound := p.bound(d.nrange) + if d.code < bound { + d.nrange = bound + p.inc() + b = 0 + } else { + d.code -= bound + d.nrange -= bound + p.dec() + b = 1 + } + // normalize + // assume d.code < d.nrange + const top = 1 << 24 + if d.nrange >= top { + return b, nil + } + d.nrange <<= 8 + // d.code < d.nrange will be maintained + return b, d.updateCode() +} + +// updateCode reads a new byte into the code. +func (d *rangeDecoder) updateCode() error { + b, err := d.br.ReadByte() + if err != nil { + return err + } + d.code = (d.code << 8) | uint32(b) + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/reader.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/reader.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ef3dcaaa --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/reader.go @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package lzma supports the decoding and encoding of LZMA streams. +// Reader and Writer support the classic LZMA format. Reader2 and +// Writer2 support the decoding and encoding of LZMA2 streams. +// +// The package is written completely in Go and doesn't rely on any external +// library. +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "io" +) + +// ReaderConfig stores the parameters for the reader of the classic LZMA +// format. +type ReaderConfig struct { + DictCap int +} + +// fill converts the zero values of the configuration to the default values. +func (c *ReaderConfig) fill() { + if c.DictCap == 0 { + c.DictCap = 8 * 1024 * 1024 + } +} + +// Verify checks the reader configuration for errors. Zero values will +// be replaced by default values. +func (c *ReaderConfig) Verify() error { + c.fill() + if !(MinDictCap <= c.DictCap && int64(c.DictCap) <= MaxDictCap) { + return errors.New("lzma: dictionary capacity is out of range") + } + return nil +} + +// Reader provides a reader for LZMA files or streams. +type Reader struct { + lzma io.Reader + h header + d *decoder +} + +// NewReader creates a new reader for an LZMA stream using the classic +// format. NewReader reads and checks the header of the LZMA stream. +func NewReader(lzma io.Reader) (r *Reader, err error) { + return ReaderConfig{}.NewReader(lzma) +} + +// NewReader creates a new reader for an LZMA stream in the classic +// format. The function reads and verifies the the header of the LZMA +// stream. +func (c ReaderConfig) NewReader(lzma io.Reader) (r *Reader, err error) { + if err = c.Verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + data := make([]byte, HeaderLen) + if _, err := io.ReadFull(lzma, data); err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + return nil, errors.New("lzma: unexpected EOF") + } + return nil, err + } + r = &Reader{lzma: lzma} + if err = r.h.unmarshalBinary(data); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if r.h.dictCap < MinDictCap { + return nil, errors.New("lzma: dictionary capacity too small") + } + dictCap := r.h.dictCap + if c.DictCap > dictCap { + dictCap = c.DictCap + } + + state := newState(r.h.properties) + dict, err := newDecoderDict(dictCap) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + r.d, err = newDecoder(ByteReader(lzma), state, dict, r.h.size) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return r, nil +} + +// EOSMarker indicates that an EOS marker has been encountered. +func (r *Reader) EOSMarker() bool { + return r.d.eosMarker +} + +// Read returns uncompressed data. +func (r *Reader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + return r.d.Read(p) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/reader2.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/reader2.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a55cfaa4e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/reader2.go @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "errors" + "io" + + "github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/xlog" +) + +// Reader2Config stores the parameters for the LZMA2 reader. +// format. +type Reader2Config struct { + DictCap int +} + +// fill converts the zero values of the configuration to the default values. +func (c *Reader2Config) fill() { + if c.DictCap == 0 { + c.DictCap = 8 * 1024 * 1024 + } +} + +// Verify checks the reader configuration for errors. Zero configuration values +// will be replaced by default values. +func (c *Reader2Config) Verify() error { + c.fill() + if !(MinDictCap <= c.DictCap && int64(c.DictCap) <= MaxDictCap) { + return errors.New("lzma: dictionary capacity is out of range") + } + return nil +} + +// Reader2 supports the reading of LZMA2 chunk sequences. Note that the +// first chunk should have a dictionary reset and the first compressed +// chunk a properties reset. The chunk sequence may not be terminated by +// an end-of-stream chunk. +type Reader2 struct { + r io.Reader + err error + + dict *decoderDict + ur *uncompressedReader + decoder *decoder + chunkReader io.Reader + + cstate chunkState + ctype chunkType +} + +// NewReader2 creates a reader for an LZMA2 chunk sequence. +func NewReader2(lzma2 io.Reader) (r *Reader2, err error) { + return Reader2Config{}.NewReader2(lzma2) +} + +// NewReader2 creates an LZMA2 reader using the given configuration. +func (c Reader2Config) NewReader2(lzma2 io.Reader) (r *Reader2, err error) { + if err = c.Verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + r = &Reader2{r: lzma2, cstate: start} + r.dict, err = newDecoderDict(c.DictCap) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err = r.startChunk(); err != nil { + r.err = err + } + return r, nil +} + +// uncompressed tests whether the chunk type specifies an uncompressed +// chunk. +func uncompressed(ctype chunkType) bool { + return ctype == cU || ctype == cUD +} + +// startChunk parses a new chunk. +func (r *Reader2) startChunk() error { + r.chunkReader = nil + header, err := readChunkHeader(r.r) + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + return err + } + xlog.Debugf("chunk header %v", header) + if err = r.cstate.next(header.ctype); err != nil { + return err + } + if r.cstate == stop { + return io.EOF + } + if header.ctype == cUD || header.ctype == cLRND { + r.dict.Reset() + } + size := int64(header.uncompressed) + 1 + if uncompressed(header.ctype) { + if r.ur != nil { + r.ur.Reopen(r.r, size) + } else { + r.ur = newUncompressedReader(r.r, r.dict, size) + } + r.chunkReader = r.ur + return nil + } + br := ByteReader(io.LimitReader(r.r, int64(header.compressed)+1)) + if r.decoder == nil { + state := newState(header.props) + r.decoder, err = newDecoder(br, state, r.dict, size) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.chunkReader = r.decoder + return nil + } + switch header.ctype { + case cLR: + r.decoder.State.Reset() + case cLRN, cLRND: + r.decoder.State = newState(header.props) + } + err = r.decoder.Reopen(br, size) + if err != nil { + return err + } + r.chunkReader = r.decoder + return nil +} + +// Read reads data from the LZMA2 chunk sequence. +func (r *Reader2) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + if r.err != nil { + return 0, r.err + } + for n < len(p) { + var k int + k, err = r.chunkReader.Read(p[n:]) + n += k + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + err = r.startChunk() + if err == nil { + continue + } + } + r.err = err + return n, err + } + if k == 0 { + r.err = errors.New("lzma: Reader2 doesn't get data") + return n, r.err + } + } + return n, nil +} + +// EOS returns whether the LZMA2 stream has been terminated by an +// end-of-stream chunk. +func (r *Reader2) EOS() bool { + return r.cstate == stop +} + +// uncompressedReader is used to read uncompressed chunks. +type uncompressedReader struct { + lr io.LimitedReader + Dict *decoderDict + eof bool + err error +} + +// newUncompressedReader initializes a new uncompressedReader. +func newUncompressedReader(r io.Reader, dict *decoderDict, size int64) *uncompressedReader { + ur := &uncompressedReader{ + lr: io.LimitedReader{R: r, N: size}, + Dict: dict, + } + return ur +} + +// Reopen reinitializes an uncompressed reader. +func (ur *uncompressedReader) Reopen(r io.Reader, size int64) { + ur.err = nil + ur.eof = false + ur.lr = io.LimitedReader{R: r, N: size} +} + +// fill reads uncompressed data into the dictionary. +func (ur *uncompressedReader) fill() error { + if !ur.eof { + n, err := io.CopyN(ur.Dict, &ur.lr, int64(ur.Dict.Available())) + if err != io.EOF { + return err + } + ur.eof = true + if n > 0 { + return nil + } + } + if ur.lr.N != 0 { + return io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + return io.EOF +} + +// Read reads uncompressed data from the limited reader. +func (ur *uncompressedReader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + if ur.err != nil { + return 0, ur.err + } + for { + var k int + k, err = ur.Dict.Read(p[n:]) + n += k + if n >= len(p) { + return n, nil + } + if err != nil { + break + } + err = ur.fill() + if err != nil { + break + } + } + ur.err = err + return n, err +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/state.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/state.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..502351052 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/state.go @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +// states defines the overall state count +const states = 12 + +// State maintains the full state of the operation encoding or decoding +// process. +type state struct { + rep [4]uint32 + isMatch [states << maxPosBits]prob + isRepG0Long [states << maxPosBits]prob + isRep [states]prob + isRepG0 [states]prob + isRepG1 [states]prob + isRepG2 [states]prob + litCodec literalCodec + lenCodec lengthCodec + repLenCodec lengthCodec + distCodec distCodec + state uint32 + posBitMask uint32 + Properties Properties +} + +// initProbSlice initializes a slice of probabilities. +func initProbSlice(p []prob) { + for i := range p { + p[i] = probInit + } +} + +// Reset sets all state information to the original values. +func (s *state) Reset() { + p := s.Properties + *s = state{ + Properties: p, + // dict: s.dict, + posBitMask: (uint32(1) << uint(p.PB)) - 1, + } + initProbSlice(s.isMatch[:]) + initProbSlice(s.isRep[:]) + initProbSlice(s.isRepG0[:]) + initProbSlice(s.isRepG1[:]) + initProbSlice(s.isRepG2[:]) + initProbSlice(s.isRepG0Long[:]) + s.litCodec.init(p.LC, p.LP) + s.lenCodec.init() + s.repLenCodec.init() + s.distCodec.init() +} + +// initState initializes the state. +func initState(s *state, p Properties) { + *s = state{Properties: p} + s.Reset() +} + +// newState creates a new state from the give Properties. +func newState(p Properties) *state { + s := &state{Properties: p} + s.Reset() + return s +} + +// deepcopy initializes s as a deep copy of the source. +func (s *state) deepcopy(src *state) { + if s == src { + return + } + s.rep = src.rep + s.isMatch = src.isMatch + s.isRepG0Long = src.isRepG0Long + s.isRep = src.isRep + s.isRepG0 = src.isRepG0 + s.isRepG1 = src.isRepG1 + s.isRepG2 = src.isRepG2 + s.litCodec.deepcopy(&src.litCodec) + s.lenCodec.deepcopy(&src.lenCodec) + s.repLenCodec.deepcopy(&src.repLenCodec) + s.distCodec.deepcopy(&src.distCodec) + s.state = src.state + s.posBitMask = src.posBitMask + s.Properties = src.Properties +} + +// cloneState creates a new clone of the give state. +func cloneState(src *state) *state { + s := new(state) + s.deepcopy(src) + return s +} + +// updateStateLiteral updates the state for a literal. +func (s *state) updateStateLiteral() { + switch { + case s.state < 4: + s.state = 0 + return + case s.state < 10: + s.state -= 3 + return + } + s.state -= 6 +} + +// updateStateMatch updates the state for a match. +func (s *state) updateStateMatch() { + if s.state < 7 { + s.state = 7 + } else { + s.state = 10 + } +} + +// updateStateRep updates the state for a repetition. +func (s *state) updateStateRep() { + if s.state < 7 { + s.state = 8 + } else { + s.state = 11 + } +} + +// updateStateShortRep updates the state for a short repetition. +func (s *state) updateStateShortRep() { + if s.state < 7 { + s.state = 9 + } else { + s.state = 11 + } +} + +// states computes the states of the operation codec. +func (s *state) states(dictHead int64) (state1, state2, posState uint32) { + state1 = s.state + posState = uint32(dictHead) & s.posBitMask + state2 = (s.state << maxPosBits) | posState + return +} + +// litState computes the literal state. +func (s *state) litState(prev byte, dictHead int64) uint32 { + lp, lc := uint(s.Properties.LP), uint(s.Properties.LC) + litState := ((uint32(dictHead) & ((1 << lp) - 1)) << lc) | + (uint32(prev) >> (8 - lc)) + return litState +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/treecodecs.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/treecodecs.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..504b3d78e --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/treecodecs.go @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +// treeCodec encodes or decodes values with a fixed bit size. It is using a +// tree of probability value. The root of the tree is the most-significant bit. +type treeCodec struct { + probTree +} + +// makeTreeCodec makes a tree codec. The bits value must be inside the range +// [1,32]. +func makeTreeCodec(bits int) treeCodec { + return treeCodec{makeProbTree(bits)} +} + +// deepcopy initializes tc as a deep copy of the source. +func (tc *treeCodec) deepcopy(src *treeCodec) { + tc.probTree.deepcopy(&src.probTree) +} + +// Encode uses the range encoder to encode a fixed-bit-size value. +func (tc *treeCodec) Encode(e *rangeEncoder, v uint32) (err error) { + m := uint32(1) + for i := int(tc.bits) - 1; i >= 0; i-- { + b := (v >> uint(i)) & 1 + if err := e.EncodeBit(b, &tc.probs[m]); err != nil { + return err + } + m = (m << 1) | b + } + return nil +} + +// Decodes uses the range decoder to decode a fixed-bit-size value. Errors may +// be caused by the range decoder. +func (tc *treeCodec) Decode(d *rangeDecoder) (v uint32, err error) { + m := uint32(1) + for j := 0; j < int(tc.bits); j++ { + b, err := d.DecodeBit(&tc.probs[m]) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + m = (m << 1) | b + } + return m - (1 << uint(tc.bits)), nil +} + +// treeReverseCodec is another tree codec, where the least-significant bit is +// the start of the probability tree. +type treeReverseCodec struct { + probTree +} + +// deepcopy initializes the treeReverseCodec as a deep copy of the +// source. +func (tc *treeReverseCodec) deepcopy(src *treeReverseCodec) { + tc.probTree.deepcopy(&src.probTree) +} + +// makeTreeReverseCodec creates treeReverseCodec value. The bits argument must +// be in the range [1,32]. +func makeTreeReverseCodec(bits int) treeReverseCodec { + return treeReverseCodec{makeProbTree(bits)} +} + +// Encode uses range encoder to encode a fixed-bit-size value. The range +// encoder may cause errors. +func (tc *treeReverseCodec) Encode(v uint32, e *rangeEncoder) (err error) { + m := uint32(1) + for i := uint(0); i < uint(tc.bits); i++ { + b := (v >> i) & 1 + if err := e.EncodeBit(b, &tc.probs[m]); err != nil { + return err + } + m = (m << 1) | b + } + return nil +} + +// Decodes uses the range decoder to decode a fixed-bit-size value. Errors +// returned by the range decoder will be returned. +func (tc *treeReverseCodec) Decode(d *rangeDecoder) (v uint32, err error) { + m := uint32(1) + for j := uint(0); j < uint(tc.bits); j++ { + b, err := d.DecodeBit(&tc.probs[m]) + if err != nil { + return 0, err + } + m = (m << 1) | b + v |= b << j + } + return v, nil +} + +// probTree stores enough probability values to be used by the treeEncode and +// treeDecode methods of the range coder types. +type probTree struct { + probs []prob + bits byte +} + +// deepcopy initializes the probTree value as a deep copy of the source. +func (t *probTree) deepcopy(src *probTree) { + if t == src { + return + } + t.probs = make([]prob, len(src.probs)) + copy(t.probs, src.probs) + t.bits = src.bits +} + +// makeProbTree initializes a probTree structure. +func makeProbTree(bits int) probTree { + if !(1 <= bits && bits <= 32) { + panic("bits outside of range [1,32]") + } + t := probTree{ + bits: byte(bits), + probs: make([]prob, 1< 0 { + c.SizeInHeader = true + } + if !c.SizeInHeader { + c.EOSMarker = true + } +} + +// Verify checks WriterConfig for errors. Verify will replace zero +// values with default values. +func (c *WriterConfig) Verify() error { + c.fill() + var err error + if c == nil { + return errors.New("lzma: WriterConfig is nil") + } + if c.Properties == nil { + return errors.New("lzma: WriterConfig has no Properties set") + } + if err = c.Properties.verify(); err != nil { + return err + } + if !(MinDictCap <= c.DictCap && int64(c.DictCap) <= MaxDictCap) { + return errors.New("lzma: dictionary capacity is out of range") + } + if !(maxMatchLen <= c.BufSize) { + return errors.New("lzma: lookahead buffer size too small") + } + if c.SizeInHeader { + if c.Size < 0 { + return errors.New("lzma: negative size not supported") + } + } else if !c.EOSMarker { + return errors.New("lzma: EOS marker is required") + } + if err = c.Matcher.verify(); err != nil { + return err + } + + return nil +} + +// header returns the header structure for this configuration. +func (c *WriterConfig) header() header { + h := header{ + properties: *c.Properties, + dictCap: c.DictCap, + size: -1, + } + if c.SizeInHeader { + h.size = c.Size + } + return h +} + +// Writer writes an LZMA stream in the classic format. +type Writer struct { + h header + bw io.ByteWriter + buf *bufio.Writer + e *encoder +} + +// NewWriter creates a new LZMA writer for the classic format. The +// method will write the header to the underlying stream. +func (c WriterConfig) NewWriter(lzma io.Writer) (w *Writer, err error) { + if err = c.Verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + w = &Writer{h: c.header()} + + var ok bool + w.bw, ok = lzma.(io.ByteWriter) + if !ok { + w.buf = bufio.NewWriter(lzma) + w.bw = w.buf + } + state := newState(w.h.properties) + m, err := c.Matcher.new(w.h.dictCap) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + dict, err := newEncoderDict(w.h.dictCap, c.BufSize, m) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + var flags encoderFlags + if c.EOSMarker { + flags = eosMarker + } + if w.e, err = newEncoder(w.bw, state, dict, flags); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + if err = w.writeHeader(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return w, nil +} + +// NewWriter creates a new LZMA writer using the classic format. The +// function writes the header to the underlying stream. +func NewWriter(lzma io.Writer) (w *Writer, err error) { + return WriterConfig{}.NewWriter(lzma) +} + +// writeHeader writes the LZMA header into the stream. +func (w *Writer) writeHeader() error { + data, err := w.h.marshalBinary() + if err != nil { + return err + } + _, err = w.bw.(io.Writer).Write(data) + return err +} + +// Write puts data into the Writer. +func (w *Writer) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + if w.h.size >= 0 { + m := w.h.size + m -= w.e.Compressed() + int64(w.e.dict.Buffered()) + if m < 0 { + m = 0 + } + if m < int64(len(p)) { + p = p[:m] + err = ErrNoSpace + } + } + var werr error + if n, werr = w.e.Write(p); werr != nil { + err = werr + } + return n, err +} + +// Close closes the writer stream. It ensures that all data from the +// buffer will be compressed and the LZMA stream will be finished. +func (w *Writer) Close() error { + if w.h.size >= 0 { + n := w.e.Compressed() + int64(w.e.dict.Buffered()) + if n != w.h.size { + return errSize + } + } + err := w.e.Close() + if w.buf != nil { + ferr := w.buf.Flush() + if err == nil { + err = ferr + } + } + return err +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/writer2.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/writer2.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c1afe157 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma/writer2.go @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package lzma + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "io" +) + +// Writer2Config is used to create a Writer2 using parameters. +type Writer2Config struct { + // The properties for the encoding. If the it is nil the value + // {LC: 3, LP: 0, PB: 2} will be chosen. + Properties *Properties + // The capacity of the dictionary. If DictCap is zero, the value + // 8 MiB will be chosen. + DictCap int + // Size of the lookahead buffer; value 0 indicates default size + // 4096 + BufSize int + // Match algorithm + Matcher MatchAlgorithm +} + +// fill replaces zero values with default values. +func (c *Writer2Config) fill() { + if c.Properties == nil { + c.Properties = &Properties{LC: 3, LP: 0, PB: 2} + } + if c.DictCap == 0 { + c.DictCap = 8 * 1024 * 1024 + } + if c.BufSize == 0 { + c.BufSize = 4096 + } +} + +// Verify checks the Writer2Config for correctness. Zero values will be +// replaced by default values. +func (c *Writer2Config) Verify() error { + c.fill() + var err error + if c == nil { + return errors.New("lzma: WriterConfig is nil") + } + if c.Properties == nil { + return errors.New("lzma: WriterConfig has no Properties set") + } + if err = c.Properties.verify(); err != nil { + return err + } + if !(MinDictCap <= c.DictCap && int64(c.DictCap) <= MaxDictCap) { + return errors.New("lzma: dictionary capacity is out of range") + } + if !(maxMatchLen <= c.BufSize) { + return errors.New("lzma: lookahead buffer size too small") + } + if c.Properties.LC+c.Properties.LP > 4 { + return errors.New("lzma: sum of lc and lp exceeds 4") + } + if err = c.Matcher.verify(); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} + +// Writer2 supports the creation of an LZMA2 stream. But note that +// written data is buffered, so call Flush or Close to write data to the +// underlying writer. The Close method writes the end-of-stream marker +// to the stream. So you may be able to concatenate the output of two +// writers as long the output of the first writer has only been flushed +// but not closed. +// +// Any change to the fields Properties, DictCap must be done before the +// first call to Write, Flush or Close. +type Writer2 struct { + w io.Writer + + start *state + encoder *encoder + + cstate chunkState + ctype chunkType + + buf bytes.Buffer + lbw LimitedByteWriter +} + +// NewWriter2 creates an LZMA2 chunk sequence writer with the default +// parameters and options. +func NewWriter2(lzma2 io.Writer) (w *Writer2, err error) { + return Writer2Config{}.NewWriter2(lzma2) +} + +// NewWriter2 creates a new LZMA2 writer using the given configuration. +func (c Writer2Config) NewWriter2(lzma2 io.Writer) (w *Writer2, err error) { + if err = c.Verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + w = &Writer2{ + w: lzma2, + start: newState(*c.Properties), + cstate: start, + ctype: start.defaultChunkType(), + } + w.buf.Grow(maxCompressed) + w.lbw = LimitedByteWriter{BW: &w.buf, N: maxCompressed} + m, err := c.Matcher.new(c.DictCap) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + d, err := newEncoderDict(c.DictCap, c.BufSize, m) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + w.encoder, err = newEncoder(&w.lbw, cloneState(w.start), d, 0) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return w, nil +} + +// written returns the number of bytes written to the current chunk +func (w *Writer2) written() int { + if w.encoder == nil { + return 0 + } + return int(w.encoder.Compressed()) + w.encoder.dict.Buffered() +} + +// errClosed indicates that the writer is closed. +var errClosed = errors.New("lzma: writer closed") + +// Writes data to LZMA2 stream. Note that written data will be buffered. +// Use Flush or Close to ensure that data is written to the underlying +// writer. +func (w *Writer2) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + if w.cstate == stop { + return 0, errClosed + } + for n < len(p) { + m := maxUncompressed - w.written() + if m <= 0 { + panic("lzma: maxUncompressed reached") + } + var q []byte + if n+m < len(p) { + q = p[n : n+m] + } else { + q = p[n:] + } + k, err := w.encoder.Write(q) + n += k + if err != nil && err != ErrLimit { + return n, err + } + if err == ErrLimit || k == m { + if err = w.flushChunk(); err != nil { + return n, err + } + } + } + return n, nil +} + +// writeUncompressedChunk writes an uncompressed chunk to the LZMA2 +// stream. +func (w *Writer2) writeUncompressedChunk() error { + u := w.encoder.Compressed() + if u <= 0 { + return errors.New("lzma: can't write empty uncompressed chunk") + } + if u > maxUncompressed { + panic("overrun of uncompressed data limit") + } + switch w.ctype { + case cLRND: + w.ctype = cUD + default: + w.ctype = cU + } + w.encoder.state = w.start + + header := chunkHeader{ + ctype: w.ctype, + uncompressed: uint32(u - 1), + } + hdata, err := header.MarshalBinary() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if _, err = w.w.Write(hdata); err != nil { + return err + } + _, err = w.encoder.dict.CopyN(w.w, int(u)) + return err +} + +// writeCompressedChunk writes a compressed chunk to the underlying +// writer. +func (w *Writer2) writeCompressedChunk() error { + if w.ctype == cU || w.ctype == cUD { + panic("chunk type uncompressed") + } + + u := w.encoder.Compressed() + if u <= 0 { + return errors.New("writeCompressedChunk: empty chunk") + } + if u > maxUncompressed { + panic("overrun of uncompressed data limit") + } + c := w.buf.Len() + if c <= 0 { + panic("no compressed data") + } + if c > maxCompressed { + panic("overrun of compressed data limit") + } + header := chunkHeader{ + ctype: w.ctype, + uncompressed: uint32(u - 1), + compressed: uint16(c - 1), + props: w.encoder.state.Properties, + } + hdata, err := header.MarshalBinary() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if _, err = w.w.Write(hdata); err != nil { + return err + } + _, err = io.Copy(w.w, &w.buf) + return err +} + +// writes a single chunk to the underlying writer. +func (w *Writer2) writeChunk() error { + u := int(uncompressedHeaderLen + w.encoder.Compressed()) + c := headerLen(w.ctype) + w.buf.Len() + if u < c { + return w.writeUncompressedChunk() + } + return w.writeCompressedChunk() +} + +// flushChunk terminates the current chunk. The encoder will be reset +// to support the next chunk. +func (w *Writer2) flushChunk() error { + if w.written() == 0 { + return nil + } + var err error + if err = w.encoder.Close(); err != nil { + return err + } + if err = w.writeChunk(); err != nil { + return err + } + w.buf.Reset() + w.lbw.N = maxCompressed + if err = w.encoder.Reopen(&w.lbw); err != nil { + return err + } + if err = w.cstate.next(w.ctype); err != nil { + return err + } + w.ctype = w.cstate.defaultChunkType() + w.start = cloneState(w.encoder.state) + return nil +} + +// Flush writes all buffered data out to the underlying stream. This +// could result in multiple chunks to be created. +func (w *Writer2) Flush() error { + if w.cstate == stop { + return errClosed + } + for w.written() > 0 { + if err := w.flushChunk(); err != nil { + return err + } + } + return nil +} + +// Close terminates the LZMA2 stream with an EOS chunk. +func (w *Writer2) Close() error { + if w.cstate == stop { + return errClosed + } + if err := w.Flush(); err != nil { + return nil + } + // write zero byte EOS chunk + _, err := w.w.Write([]byte{0}) + if err != nil { + return err + } + w.cstate = stop + return nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzmafilter.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzmafilter.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69cf5f7c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzmafilter.go @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package xz + +import ( + "errors" + "fmt" + "io" + + "github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma" +) + +// LZMA filter constants. +const ( + lzmaFilterID = 0x21 + lzmaFilterLen = 3 +) + +// lzmaFilter declares the LZMA2 filter information stored in an xz +// block header. +type lzmaFilter struct { + dictCap int64 +} + +// String returns a representation of the LZMA filter. +func (f lzmaFilter) String() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("LZMA dict cap %#x", f.dictCap) +} + +// id returns the ID for the LZMA2 filter. +func (f lzmaFilter) id() uint64 { return lzmaFilterID } + +// MarshalBinary converts the lzmaFilter in its encoded representation. +func (f lzmaFilter) MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) { + c := lzma.EncodeDictCap(f.dictCap) + return []byte{lzmaFilterID, 1, c}, nil +} + +// UnmarshalBinary unmarshals the given data representation of the LZMA2 +// filter. +func (f *lzmaFilter) UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error { + if len(data) != lzmaFilterLen { + return errors.New("xz: data for LZMA2 filter has wrong length") + } + if data[0] != lzmaFilterID { + return errors.New("xz: wrong LZMA2 filter id") + } + if data[1] != 1 { + return errors.New("xz: wrong LZMA2 filter size") + } + dc, err := lzma.DecodeDictCap(data[2]) + if err != nil { + return errors.New("xz: wrong LZMA2 dictionary size property") + } + + f.dictCap = dc + return nil +} + +// reader creates a new reader for the LZMA2 filter. +func (f lzmaFilter) reader(r io.Reader, c *ReaderConfig) (fr io.Reader, + err error) { + + config := new(lzma.Reader2Config) + if c != nil { + config.DictCap = c.DictCap + } + dc := int(f.dictCap) + if dc < 1 { + return nil, errors.New("xz: LZMA2 filter parameter " + + "dictionary capacity overflow") + } + if dc > config.DictCap { + config.DictCap = dc + } + + fr, err = config.NewReader2(r) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return fr, nil +} + +// writeCloser creates a io.WriteCloser for the LZMA2 filter. +func (f lzmaFilter) writeCloser(w io.WriteCloser, c *WriterConfig, +) (fw io.WriteCloser, err error) { + config := new(lzma.Writer2Config) + if c != nil { + *config = lzma.Writer2Config{ + Properties: c.Properties, + DictCap: c.DictCap, + BufSize: c.BufSize, + Matcher: c.Matcher, + } + } + + dc := int(f.dictCap) + if dc < 1 { + return nil, errors.New("xz: LZMA2 filter parameter " + + "dictionary capacity overflow") + } + if dc > config.DictCap { + config.DictCap = dc + } + + fw, err = config.NewWriter2(w) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return fw, nil +} + +// last returns true, because an LZMA2 filter must be the last filter in +// the filter list. +func (f lzmaFilter) last() bool { return true } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/reader.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/reader.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0634c6bcc --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/reader.go @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +// Package xz supports the compression and decompression of xz files. It +// supports version 1.0.4 of the specification without the non-LZMA2 +// filters. See http://tukaani.org/xz/xz-file-format-1.0.4.txt +package xz + +import ( + "bytes" + "errors" + "fmt" + "hash" + "io" + + "github.com/ulikunitz/xz/internal/xlog" + "github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma" +) + +// ReaderConfig defines the parameters for the xz reader. The +// SingleStream parameter requests the reader to assume that the +// underlying stream contains only a single stream. +type ReaderConfig struct { + DictCap int + SingleStream bool +} + +// fill replaces all zero values with their default values. +func (c *ReaderConfig) fill() { + if c.DictCap == 0 { + c.DictCap = 8 * 1024 * 1024 + } +} + +// Verify checks the reader parameters for Validity. Zero values will be +// replaced by default values. +func (c *ReaderConfig) Verify() error { + if c == nil { + return errors.New("xz: reader parameters are nil") + } + lc := lzma.Reader2Config{DictCap: c.DictCap} + if err := lc.Verify(); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} + +// Reader supports the reading of one or multiple xz streams. +type Reader struct { + ReaderConfig + + xz io.Reader + sr *streamReader +} + +// streamReader decodes a single xz stream +type streamReader struct { + ReaderConfig + + xz io.Reader + br *blockReader + newHash func() hash.Hash + h header + index []record +} + +// NewReader creates a new xz reader using the default parameters. +// The function reads and checks the header of the first XZ stream. The +// reader will process multiple streams including padding. +func NewReader(xz io.Reader) (r *Reader, err error) { + return ReaderConfig{}.NewReader(xz) +} + +// NewReader creates an xz stream reader. The created reader will be +// able to process multiple streams and padding unless a SingleStream +// has been set in the reader configuration c. +func (c ReaderConfig) NewReader(xz io.Reader) (r *Reader, err error) { + if err = c.Verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + r = &Reader{ + ReaderConfig: c, + xz: xz, + } + if r.sr, err = c.newStreamReader(xz); err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + return nil, err + } + return r, nil +} + +var errUnexpectedData = errors.New("xz: unexpected data after stream") + +// Read reads uncompressed data from the stream. +func (r *Reader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + for n < len(p) { + if r.sr == nil { + if r.SingleStream { + data := make([]byte, 1) + _, err = io.ReadFull(r.xz, data) + if err != io.EOF { + return n, errUnexpectedData + } + return n, io.EOF + } + for { + r.sr, err = r.ReaderConfig.newStreamReader(r.xz) + if err != errPadding { + break + } + } + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + } + k, err := r.sr.Read(p[n:]) + n += k + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + r.sr = nil + continue + } + return n, err + } + } + return n, nil +} + +var errPadding = errors.New("xz: padding (4 zero bytes) encountered") + +// newStreamReader creates a new xz stream reader using the given configuration +// parameters. NewReader reads and checks the header of the xz stream. +func (c ReaderConfig) newStreamReader(xz io.Reader) (r *streamReader, err error) { + if err = c.Verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + data := make([]byte, HeaderLen) + if _, err := io.ReadFull(xz, data[:4]); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if bytes.Equal(data[:4], []byte{0, 0, 0, 0}) { + return nil, errPadding + } + if _, err = io.ReadFull(xz, data[4:]); err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + return nil, err + } + r = &streamReader{ + ReaderConfig: c, + xz: xz, + index: make([]record, 0, 4), + } + if err = r.h.UnmarshalBinary(data); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + xlog.Debugf("xz header %s", r.h) + if r.newHash, err = newHashFunc(r.h.flags); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return r, nil +} + +// errIndex indicates an error with the xz file index. +var errIndex = errors.New("xz: error in xz file index") + +// readTail reads the index body and the xz footer. +func (r *streamReader) readTail() error { + index, n, err := readIndexBody(r.xz) + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + return err + } + if len(index) != len(r.index) { + return fmt.Errorf("xz: index length is %d; want %d", + len(index), len(r.index)) + } + for i, rec := range r.index { + if rec != index[i] { + return fmt.Errorf("xz: record %d is %v; want %v", + i, rec, index[i]) + } + } + + p := make([]byte, footerLen) + if _, err = io.ReadFull(r.xz, p); err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + return err + } + var f footer + if err = f.UnmarshalBinary(p); err != nil { + return err + } + xlog.Debugf("xz footer %s", f) + if f.flags != r.h.flags { + return errors.New("xz: footer flags incorrect") + } + if f.indexSize != int64(n)+1 { + return errors.New("xz: index size in footer wrong") + } + return nil +} + +// Read reads actual data from the xz stream. +func (r *streamReader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + for n < len(p) { + if r.br == nil { + bh, hlen, err := readBlockHeader(r.xz) + if err != nil { + if err == errIndexIndicator { + if err = r.readTail(); err != nil { + return n, err + } + return n, io.EOF + } + return n, err + } + xlog.Debugf("block %v", *bh) + r.br, err = r.ReaderConfig.newBlockReader(r.xz, bh, + hlen, r.newHash()) + if err != nil { + return n, err + } + } + k, err := r.br.Read(p[n:]) + n += k + if err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + r.index = append(r.index, r.br.record()) + r.br = nil + } else { + return n, err + } + } + } + return n, nil +} + +// countingReader is a reader that counts the bytes read. +type countingReader struct { + r io.Reader + n int64 +} + +// Read reads data from the wrapped reader and adds it to the n field. +func (lr *countingReader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + n, err = lr.r.Read(p) + lr.n += int64(n) + return n, err +} + +// blockReader supports the reading of a block. +type blockReader struct { + lxz countingReader + header *blockHeader + headerLen int + n int64 + hash hash.Hash + r io.Reader + err error +} + +// newBlockReader creates a new block reader. +func (c *ReaderConfig) newBlockReader(xz io.Reader, h *blockHeader, + hlen int, hash hash.Hash) (br *blockReader, err error) { + + br = &blockReader{ + lxz: countingReader{r: xz}, + header: h, + headerLen: hlen, + hash: hash, + } + + fr, err := c.newFilterReader(&br.lxz, h.filters) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + br.r = io.TeeReader(fr, br.hash) + + return br, nil +} + +// uncompressedSize returns the uncompressed size of the block. +func (br *blockReader) uncompressedSize() int64 { + return br.n +} + +// compressedSize returns the compressed size of the block. +func (br *blockReader) compressedSize() int64 { + return br.lxz.n +} + +// unpaddedSize computes the unpadded size for the block. +func (br *blockReader) unpaddedSize() int64 { + n := int64(br.headerLen) + n += br.compressedSize() + n += int64(br.hash.Size()) + return n +} + +// record returns the index record for the current block. +func (br *blockReader) record() record { + return record{br.unpaddedSize(), br.uncompressedSize()} +} + +// errBlockSize indicates that the size of the block in the block header +// is wrong. +var errBlockSize = errors.New("xz: wrong uncompressed size for block") + +// Read reads data from the block. +func (br *blockReader) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + n, err = br.r.Read(p) + br.n += int64(n) + + u := br.header.uncompressedSize + if u >= 0 && br.uncompressedSize() > u { + return n, errors.New("xz: wrong uncompressed size for block") + } + c := br.header.compressedSize + if c >= 0 && br.compressedSize() > c { + return n, errors.New("xz: wrong compressed size for block") + } + if err != io.EOF { + return n, err + } + if br.uncompressedSize() < u || br.compressedSize() < c { + return n, io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + + s := br.hash.Size() + k := padLen(br.lxz.n) + q := make([]byte, k+s, k+2*s) + if _, err = io.ReadFull(br.lxz.r, q); err != nil { + if err == io.EOF { + err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } + return n, err + } + if !allZeros(q[:k]) { + return n, errors.New("xz: non-zero block padding") + } + checkSum := q[k:] + computedSum := br.hash.Sum(checkSum[s:]) + if !bytes.Equal(checkSum, computedSum) { + return n, errors.New("xz: checksum error for block") + } + return n, io.EOF +} + +func (c *ReaderConfig) newFilterReader(r io.Reader, f []filter) (fr io.Reader, + err error) { + + if err = verifyFilters(f); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + + fr = r + for i := len(f) - 1; i >= 0; i-- { + fr, err = f[i].reader(fr, c) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + return fr, nil +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/writer.go b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/writer.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c126f7099 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/ulikunitz/xz/writer.go @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +// Copyright 2014-2017 Ulrich Kunitz. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package xz + +import ( + "errors" + "hash" + "io" + + "github.com/ulikunitz/xz/lzma" +) + +// WriterConfig describe the parameters for an xz writer. +type WriterConfig struct { + Properties *lzma.Properties + DictCap int + BufSize int + BlockSize int64 + // checksum method: CRC32, CRC64 or SHA256 + CheckSum byte + // match algorithm + Matcher lzma.MatchAlgorithm +} + +// fill replaces zero values with default values. +func (c *WriterConfig) fill() { + if c.Properties == nil { + c.Properties = &lzma.Properties{LC: 3, LP: 0, PB: 2} + } + if c.DictCap == 0 { + c.DictCap = 8 * 1024 * 1024 + } + if c.BufSize == 0 { + c.BufSize = 4096 + } + if c.BlockSize == 0 { + c.BlockSize = maxInt64 + } + if c.CheckSum == 0 { + c.CheckSum = CRC64 + } +} + +// Verify checks the configuration for errors. Zero values will be +// replaced by default values. +func (c *WriterConfig) Verify() error { + if c == nil { + return errors.New("xz: writer configuration is nil") + } + c.fill() + lc := lzma.Writer2Config{ + Properties: c.Properties, + DictCap: c.DictCap, + BufSize: c.BufSize, + Matcher: c.Matcher, + } + if err := lc.Verify(); err != nil { + return err + } + if c.BlockSize <= 0 { + return errors.New("xz: block size out of range") + } + if err := verifyFlags(c.CheckSum); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} + +// filters creates the filter list for the given parameters. +func (c *WriterConfig) filters() []filter { + return []filter{&lzmaFilter{int64(c.DictCap)}} +} + +// maxInt64 defines the maximum 64-bit signed integer. +const maxInt64 = 1<<63 - 1 + +// verifyFilters checks the filter list for the length and the right +// sequence of filters. +func verifyFilters(f []filter) error { + if len(f) == 0 { + return errors.New("xz: no filters") + } + if len(f) > 4 { + return errors.New("xz: more than four filters") + } + for _, g := range f[:len(f)-1] { + if g.last() { + return errors.New("xz: last filter is not last") + } + } + if !f[len(f)-1].last() { + return errors.New("xz: wrong last filter") + } + return nil +} + +// newFilterWriteCloser converts a filter list into a WriteCloser that +// can be used by a blockWriter. +func (c *WriterConfig) newFilterWriteCloser(w io.Writer, f []filter) (fw io.WriteCloser, err error) { + if err = verifyFilters(f); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + fw = nopWriteCloser(w) + for i := len(f) - 1; i >= 0; i-- { + fw, err = f[i].writeCloser(fw, c) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + } + return fw, nil +} + +// nopWCloser implements a WriteCloser with a Close method not doing +// anything. +type nopWCloser struct { + io.Writer +} + +// Close returns nil and doesn't do anything else. +func (c nopWCloser) Close() error { + return nil +} + +// nopWriteCloser converts the Writer into a WriteCloser with a Close +// function that does nothing beside returning nil. +func nopWriteCloser(w io.Writer) io.WriteCloser { + return nopWCloser{w} +} + +// Writer compresses data written to it. It is an io.WriteCloser. +type Writer struct { + WriterConfig + + xz io.Writer + bw *blockWriter + newHash func() hash.Hash + h header + index []record + closed bool +} + +// newBlockWriter creates a new block writer writes the header out. +func (w *Writer) newBlockWriter() error { + var err error + w.bw, err = w.WriterConfig.newBlockWriter(w.xz, w.newHash()) + if err != nil { + return err + } + if err = w.bw.writeHeader(w.xz); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} + +// closeBlockWriter closes a block writer and records the sizes in the +// index. +func (w *Writer) closeBlockWriter() error { + var err error + if err = w.bw.Close(); err != nil { + return err + } + w.index = append(w.index, w.bw.record()) + return nil +} + +// NewWriter creates a new xz writer using default parameters. +func NewWriter(xz io.Writer) (w *Writer, err error) { + return WriterConfig{}.NewWriter(xz) +} + +// NewWriter creates a new Writer using the given configuration parameters. +func (c WriterConfig) NewWriter(xz io.Writer) (w *Writer, err error) { + if err = c.Verify(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + w = &Writer{ + WriterConfig: c, + xz: xz, + h: header{c.CheckSum}, + index: make([]record, 0, 4), + } + if w.newHash, err = newHashFunc(c.CheckSum); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + data, err := w.h.MarshalBinary() + if _, err = xz.Write(data); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err = w.newBlockWriter(); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return w, nil + +} + +// Write compresses the uncompressed data provided. +func (w *Writer) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + if w.closed { + return 0, errClosed + } + for { + k, err := w.bw.Write(p[n:]) + n += k + if err != errNoSpace { + return n, err + } + if err = w.closeBlockWriter(); err != nil { + return n, err + } + if err = w.newBlockWriter(); err != nil { + return n, err + } + } +} + +// Close closes the writer and adds the footer to the Writer. Close +// doesn't close the underlying writer. +func (w *Writer) Close() error { + if w.closed { + return errClosed + } + w.closed = true + var err error + if err = w.closeBlockWriter(); err != nil { + return err + } + + f := footer{flags: w.h.flags} + if f.indexSize, err = writeIndex(w.xz, w.index); err != nil { + return err + } + data, err := f.MarshalBinary() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if _, err = w.xz.Write(data); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +} + +// countingWriter is a writer that counts all data written to it. +type countingWriter struct { + w io.Writer + n int64 +} + +// Write writes data to the countingWriter. +func (cw *countingWriter) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + n, err = cw.w.Write(p) + cw.n += int64(n) + if err == nil && cw.n < 0 { + return n, errors.New("xz: counter overflow") + } + return +} + +// blockWriter is writes a single block. +type blockWriter struct { + cxz countingWriter + // mw combines io.WriteCloser w and the hash. + mw io.Writer + w io.WriteCloser + n int64 + blockSize int64 + closed bool + headerLen int + + filters []filter + hash hash.Hash +} + +// newBlockWriter creates a new block writer. +func (c *WriterConfig) newBlockWriter(xz io.Writer, hash hash.Hash) (bw *blockWriter, err error) { + bw = &blockWriter{ + cxz: countingWriter{w: xz}, + blockSize: c.BlockSize, + filters: c.filters(), + hash: hash, + } + bw.w, err = c.newFilterWriteCloser(&bw.cxz, bw.filters) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + bw.mw = io.MultiWriter(bw.w, bw.hash) + return bw, nil +} + +// writeHeader writes the header. If the function is called after Close +// the commpressedSize and uncompressedSize fields will be filled. +func (bw *blockWriter) writeHeader(w io.Writer) error { + h := blockHeader{ + compressedSize: -1, + uncompressedSize: -1, + filters: bw.filters, + } + if bw.closed { + h.compressedSize = bw.compressedSize() + h.uncompressedSize = bw.uncompressedSize() + } + data, err := h.MarshalBinary() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if _, err = w.Write(data); err != nil { + return err + } + bw.headerLen = len(data) + return nil +} + +// compressed size returns the amount of data written to the underlying +// stream. +func (bw *blockWriter) compressedSize() int64 { + return bw.cxz.n +} + +// uncompressedSize returns the number of data written to the +// blockWriter +func (bw *blockWriter) uncompressedSize() int64 { + return bw.n +} + +// unpaddedSize returns the sum of the header length, the uncompressed +// size of the block and the hash size. +func (bw *blockWriter) unpaddedSize() int64 { + if bw.headerLen <= 0 { + panic("xz: block header not written") + } + n := int64(bw.headerLen) + n += bw.compressedSize() + n += int64(bw.hash.Size()) + return n +} + +// record returns the record for the current stream. Call Close before +// calling this method. +func (bw *blockWriter) record() record { + return record{bw.unpaddedSize(), bw.uncompressedSize()} +} + +var errClosed = errors.New("xz: writer already closed") + +var errNoSpace = errors.New("xz: no space") + +// Write writes uncompressed data to the block writer. +func (bw *blockWriter) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) { + if bw.closed { + return 0, errClosed + } + + t := bw.blockSize - bw.n + if int64(len(p)) > t { + err = errNoSpace + p = p[:t] + } + + var werr error + n, werr = bw.mw.Write(p) + bw.n += int64(n) + if werr != nil { + return n, werr + } + return n, err +} + +// Close closes the writer. +func (bw *blockWriter) Close() error { + if bw.closed { + return errClosed + } + bw.closed = true + if err := bw.w.Close(); err != nil { + return err + } + s := bw.hash.Size() + k := padLen(bw.cxz.n) + p := make([]byte, k+s) + bw.hash.Sum(p[k:k]) + if _, err := bw.cxz.w.Write(p); err != nil { + return err + } + return nil +}